Federal Register final rules — 1996-01-31

issue-1996-01-31Federal Register final rules — 1996-01-31Regulation

Published Federal Register documents, not public-inspection drafts. The GPO XML/text rendition is a research aid; the linked complete official PDF retains the printed layout and all graphics. Graphics are retained in that PDF and are not independently reproduced in this text rendition. Publication does not establish that every provision remains legally in force.

FR Doc. X96-10131 Small Business Investment Companies
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3177-3189]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: X96-10131]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

13 CFR Part 107

Small Business Investment Companies

AGENCY: Small Business Administration.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule revises the regulations found at 13 CFR Part 
107, governing the Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) Program. It 
eliminates inconsistencies, clarifies procedures, accommodates program 
experience and industry changes, and provides for more efficient 
program operation. It also clarifies and shortens regulations where 
appropriate, eliminates redundant provisions, consolidates and 
reorganizes sections and clarifies ambiguous language.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This final rule is effective January 31, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Leonard Fagan, Office of Investment; telephone no. (202) 205-6510.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In response to a Memorandum from President 
Clinton for all federal agencies to simplify their regulations, SBA 
published a proposed rule on November 28, 1995, to revise the 
regulations governing the SBIC program. See 60 FR 58530 (November 28, 
1995). The public was afforded a thirty-day period in which to submit 
comments on the proposed rule to SBA. During that period, SBA received 
over 30 letters containing over 200 comments. After giving careful 
consideration to the comments and concerns raised in those letters, SBA 
is today finalizing the proposed rule with certain modifications 
discussed below. Only those sections which have changed, which were 
commented on or which 

[[Page 3178]]
need some clarification will be discussed.
    In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), SBA has determined that good 
cause exists to make this rule effective upon publication. Ample notice 
of material changes has been given the interested public through 
proposed rules published in the Federal Register inviting public 
comment and through distribution of draft rules before publication of 
the proposed rules. All comments received from the interested public 
have been carefully considered. Representatives of the entities 
affected by this rule concur with an immediate effective date. Almost 
all regulatory changes will relieve restrictions or merely reorganize 
and simplify text. To the extent there are substantive changes 
contained in these rules, SBA believes no prejudice will occur to 
affected entities by making the rules immediately effective. The 
affected entities will have had an adequate opportunity to take any 
necessary steps to be in compliance with the rules by the effective 
date, but to the extent that may not be the case, any instance of non-
compliance with a changed regulatory provision during the first 30 days 
after publication will be treated with such liberality as may be needed 
to avoid prejudice. New fees imposed through these rules will not be 
enforced until at least 30 days after publication.

General Comments

    Those comment letters which addressed the proposed renumbering, 
reorganization and rewrite of Part 107 were overwhelmingly 
complimentary. Some felt the proposed regulations were a vast 
improvement over the old, while others commended SBA on its efforts to 
simplify and streamline the regulations. Most agreed that the 
reorganization and stylistic revisions will make Part 107 easier to 
follow and understand. As one commenter stated, ``Practicality and 
common sense really pervade these new proposals.''

Part I

1. Subpart A--Introduction to Part 107

    SBA agrees with the comment received on proposed Sec. 107.20, 
suggesting that it is unnecessary to specifically mention Section 
301(d) Licensees when discussing the fact that all Licensees must 
comply with all applicable regulations. The section has been revised 
and finalized accordingly.

2. Subpart B--Definition of Terms Used in Part 107

a. ``Associate''
    (1) Several commenters suggested that the proposed language 
defining ``any person regularly serving a Licensee in the capacity of 
attorney at law'' as an Associate was ambiguous and could be construed 
too broadly. SBA agrees and will return to the language in the current 
definition which states that an Associate includes ``any Person 
regularly serving a Licensee on retainer in the capacity of attorney at 
law''. The definition is finalized accordingly.
b. ``Control''
    The proposed definition of ``Control'' has been adopted with a 
change suggested by one commenter. In the proposed rule, Control could 
be achieved through possession of the ``power to veto'' the direction 
of the management and policies of a concern; in the final rule, the 
reference to veto power is deleted. The commenter's concern was that 
this phrase could be interpreted so broadly as to prohibit normal 
covenants necessary to protect a Licensee's investments. This was not 
SBA's intention; furthermore the Agency believes that its concerns 
about negative Control of Small Businesses are sufficiently addressed 
by the reference in the definition to ``indirect'' Control, as well as 
by the ``presumption of Control'' provisions under Sec. 107.865(b).
c. ``Control Person''
    Under the existing regulations, a Person with at least a 40 percent 
limited partnership interest in a Licensee's general partner is a 
Control Person. Paragraph (4) of the proposed definition would apply 
the same criterion to a limited partner in the Licensee itself. One 
commenter objected to the entire concept of classifying a limited 
partner as a Control Person, suggesting that the provision contradicts 
established partnership principles and could threaten a limited 
partner's limited liability status. SBA does not believe that a 
regulatory definition would have this effect; furthermore, the Agency 
has stated previously that the definition of Control Person is intended 
to cover persons in a position to exercise influence, but not 
necessarily control, over a Licensee. Nevertheless, in response to the 
concern expressed, SBA has increased the ownership percentage required 
to classify a limited partner (of either a Licensee or its general 
partner) as a Control Person from 40 percent to 50 percent.
d. ``Disadvantaged Businesses''
    SBA received one comment objecting to the proposed language 
requiring that a Disadvantaged Business be managed ``on a day to day 
basis'' by persons who meet the criteria for social or economic 
disadvantage. The commenter considered this phrase an unwarranted 
expansion of the definition. SBA disagrees; the requirement that 
disadvantaged owners be actively involved in the management of their 
companies reflects long-standing SBA policy and is consistent with the 
Agency's statutory mandate for all of its programs for Disadvantaged 
Businesses. Accordingly, the definition is finalized as proposed.
e. ``Equity Capital Investment''
    SBA received one comment suggesting that ``a preferred stock 
investment with the liquidating dividend payable to the extent of 
available assets'' should be considered an Equity Capital Investment. 
SBA's interpretation of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as 
amended (``Act'') is that dividends may be payable only to the extent 
of retained earnings; this treatment is consistent with the statutory 
language concerning subordinated debt instruments, which can qualify as 
Equity Capital Investments if, among other things, they ``provide for 
interest payments contingent upon and limited to the extent of 
earnings.'' Accordingly, the definition is finalized without change.
f. ``Institutional Investor''
    In the proposed rule, SBA added language to the definition of 
``Institutional Investor'' to clarify that an entity cannot satisfy the 
net worth test on the basis of unfunded commitments from its investors. 
One commenter suggested that this language be dropped and that such 
commitments be recognized. SBA disagrees with this suggestion because 
it increases the government's financial risk. SBA has protections in 
place which allow it to require Institutional Investors to fund their 
commitments to a Licensee under certain circumstances; however, it is 
unlikely that such requirements could be extended to investors who are 
one or more levels removed from the Licensee. Therefore, the proposed 
definition is adopted as final.
g. ``Start-Up Financing''
    The proposed rule did not make any changes in this definition, but 
used it in a new context--it was proposed that Licensees be permitted 
to take temporary Control of Start-Up Financing under Sec. 107.865(d). 
In this context, 

[[Page 3179]]
several commenters felt that the definition was too narrow in terms of 
the types of businesses covered, the length of time the business had 
been in existence, and the exclusion of businesses formed to acquire 
existing businesses. SBA agrees that a broader definition is 
appropriate for purposes of Sec. 107.865 and is not objectionable for 
purposes of determining Capital Impairment, the other context in which 
it appears. Accordingly, the final rule largely eliminates these 
restrictions. A business formed as an acquisition company can qualify 
as long as the acquired company meets the criteria for a Start-Up 
Financing.
    The limitations on sales revenue and cash flow have also been 
modified: Under paragraph (3) of the proposed definition, companies 
could not have ``sales exceeding $5,000,000 or positive cash flow in 
any fiscal year.'' The final rule prohibits ``sales exceeding 
$3,000,000 or positive cash flow from operations in any of the past 
three fiscal years.'' SBA believes the lower sales ceiling is more 
appropriate to a true start-up company; the other changes respond to 
comments received.
h. ``Unrealized Appreciation''
    The proposed definition is adopted with one minor editorial change.
i. ``Unrealized Depreciation''
    The proposed definition is adopted with one minor editorial change.
j. ``Qualified Non-Private Funds''
    The proposed definition, which appears in Sec. 107.230(d), is 
adopted without change. SBA received one comment objecting to the 
language that permits government grants to nonprofit entities to be 
Qualified Non-Private Funds ``if SBA determines that such funds have 
taken on a private character and the nonprofit corporation or 
institution is not a mere conduit.'' SBA believes the language is an 
appropriate interpretation of the Act; in particular, the ``private 
character'' standard is specifically cited in the legislative history.

3. Subpart C--Qualifying for an SBIC License

a. Organizing a Licensee
    Comments received on proposed Sec. 107.100 and Sec. 107.110 
questioned why Section 301(c) and Section 301(d) Licensees could not be 
formed as limited liability companies. Limited liability companies are 
not a permitted form of organization recognized by the Act. Therefore, 
the rule is adopted as proposed.
b. 1940 Act and 1980 Act Companies
    SBA received several comments on proposed Sec. 107.115, all of 
which objected to the restriction against licensing 1940 Act or 1980 
Act companies that elect to be taxed as regulated investment companies 
under section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code. SBA is persuaded that 
Licensees would not be denied the ability to access capital by using 
these structures. Therefore, the final rule allows Licensees to 
organize as or convert to 1940 Act or 1980 Act Companies, and to elect 
to be taxed as regulated investment companies. The regulation also 
clarifies that when the tax code conflicts with SBA regulations or 
guidelines governing distributions, the SBA requirements will apply 
unless the Licensee requests and receives a waiver in accordance with 
the regulations.
c. SBA Approval of Initial Management Expenses
    Proposed Sec. 107.140, which requires all new SBIC license 
applicants (not just applicants planning to issue Participating 
Securities) to obtain SBA approval of their initial Management 
Expenses, is adopted with one change: This section will not apply to 
non-leveraged Licensees, which present no financial risk to the Agency.
d. Management and Ownership Diversity
    Proposed Sec. 107.150, which requires all license applicants 
planning to obtain Leverage to have diversity between management and 
ownership, is adopted without change. SBA received one comment that 
applicants should be permitted in all cases to satisfy the diversity 
requirement on a ``look through basis'' (that is, at the parent level). 
This option is available to Licensees if SBA approves; however, as 
stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, the Agency believes it 
must have discretion in this area in order to assure that a Licensee 
has genuine diversity, as opposed to an ownership structure that 
provides ``technical'' diversity but does not satisfy the intent of the 
regulation.
e. Special Rules for Partnership Licensees
    Proposed Sec. 107.160(b), allowing an Entity General Partner to be 
organized for the sole purpose of serving as the general partner of one 
or more licensees, is adopted without change. SBA considered the 
comment suggesting that an Entity General Partner not be precluded from 
other activities, but rejected the suggestion due to the complexity of 
examining a general partner involved in both SBA and non-SBA related 
activities. The Agency believes that this would result in an undue 
burden both on its examiners and on the Entity General Partner.
f. Minimum Capital Requirements for Licensees
    SBA received one comment on proposed Sec. 107.210(b) (which did not 
contain any substantive changes) suggesting that the Regulatory Capital 
requirement for Section 301(d) Licensees be inclusive, not exclusive 
of, unfunded commitments. This comment is inconsistent with SBA's 
interpretation of the minimum capital requirements of the Act; 
therefore, the proposed rule has been adopted as final without change.
g. Special Minimum Capital Requirements for Licensees Issuing Leverage
    A comment received on proposed Sec. 107.220(b) argued in favor of 
omitting the ``special'' minimum capital requirements which require any 
company licensed after the regulation is finalized to have Regulatory 
Capital of at least $5,000,000 in order to apply for Debentures, unless 
it demonstrates to SBA's satisfaction that it can be financially viable 
over the long term with a lower amount. The same commenter also 
suggested revising the ``grandfather'' provisions in Sec. 107220(c)(1), 
which allow certain existing Licensees that do not meet the current 
minimum capital requirements to receive additional Leverage if they are 
profitable. The commenter wrote that other criteria besides 
profitability should be considered.
    SBA is finalizing both provisions as proposed. The Agency considers 
these standards to be vital to the continuing success of the SBIC 
program. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, a review of 
the financial performance of Licensees supports the conclusion that 
higher levels of Regulatory Capital significantly reduces the 
likelihood of unprofitable operations over the long term. As to 
Sec. 107.220(c), the profitability criterion has been used since 1990, 
and SBA continues to believe that profitability is the best and most 
objective indicator of future successful operations.
    SBA has made two editorial changes to proposed Sec. 107.220(c)(2). 
Proposed paragraph (c)(2)(i), which deals with Debentures maturing 
before December 31, 1995, has been deleted because it is not longer 
applicable. Proposed paragraph (c)(2)(ii) has been incorporated into 
paragraph (c)(2) and revised by replacing ``a term of three years'' 
with ``a term to be determined by 

[[Page 3180]]
SBA.'' This change has been made because three-year Leverage is not 
routinely available at this time.
h. Limitations on Accepting Non-Cash Capital Contributions
    The heading of proposed Sec. 107.240 has been revised to read 
``Limitations on including non-cash capital contributions in Private 
Capital'', which is more consistent with the substance of the section. 
One commenter suggested that the section be revised to state that 
Licensees may still accept non-cash assets that cannot be included in 
Private Capital. SBA did not adopt this suggestion, primarily because 
of its concerns about liabilities that may be associated with 
unapproved non-cash assets. Therefore, except for the change in the 
section heading, proposed Sec. 107.240 is finalized without change.
i. Issuance of Stock Options by Licensees
    SBA agrees with the comment that proposed Sec. 107.250(a), which 
states that a Licensee may issue stock options, is unnecessary and has 
deleted it in the final rule. The deletion does not affect a Licensee's 
ability to issue stock options.
j. License Application Form & Fee
    A comment received on proposed Sec. 107.300 objected to the 
increase in the license fee for partnerships that plan to issue 
participating securities, particularly those using the standard 
partnership agreement annex already approved by SBA. SBA proposed the 
fee increase in order to reflect the Agency's costs of processing 
applications. Pursuant to applicable statutory provisions, the 
Administration has taken into consideration direct and indirect costs 
to SBA of necessary services performed, value to the recipients, the 
public policy interest served and other pertinent factors involved. 
After due consideration, SBA believes the increase in fees to be 
justified and is finalizing Sec. 107.300 as proposed.

4. Subpart D--Changes in Ownership, Control, or Structure of Licensee; 
Transfer of License

a. Changes in Control/SBA Prior Approval
    Section 107.410 requires SBA's prior approval for a change of 
Control while Sec. 107.440 sets out the standards governing SBA's 
approval. One commenter suggested that a grandfather clause be adopted 
for these sections. The effect of such a clause would be to allow an 
existing Licensee to undergo a change of Control without having to meet 
the increased minimum capital requirements currently in effect. SBA 
believes that a grandfather clause is not necessary because the Agency 
will apply the capital adequacy and financial viability standards of 
Secs. 107.200 and 107.220 in evaluating an application for a change of 
Control. Therefore, both sections are finalized without change.
b. Restrictions on Common Control or Ownership of Two (or More) 
Licensees
    SBA agrees with the comment that Sec. 107.460, which requires SBA 
approval of common Control or ownership of two or more Licensees, 
should not be applicable to unleveraged Licensees, so long as none of 
the Licensees involved has any Leverage. This change has been 
incorporated in the final rule.

5. Subpart E--Managing the Operations of a Licensee

a. Identification as a Licensee
    SBA received one comment which argued the difficulty of identifying 
an SBIC as a Federal Licensee on each Financing document. SBA agrees, 
and has decided to revise proposed Sec. 107.501 to state that before 
extending Financing or collecting an application fee from a Small 
Business, a Licensee must obtain a written statement from the concern 
acknowledging its awareness that it is dealing with a Federally 
licensed SBIC.
b. Licensee's Adoption of an Approved Valuation Policy
    Many comments on proposed Sec. 107.503(c) objected to the language 
which sated that ``SBA reserves the right to review or independently 
establish valuations of your Loans and Investments''. All the 
commenters agreed that SBA should only become involved in a specific 
valuation if that valuation is in violation of the agreed upon 
valuation policy. The proposed language was intended to address SBA's 
continuing concerns regarding certain instances of egregious non-
compliance with agreed-upon valuation policies, and the difficulties it 
has encountered in its attempts to take action regarding such non-
compliance. However, in recognition of the legitimate concerns of 
Licensees, SBA is revising Sec. 107.503. In the final rule, the 
language cited at the beginning of this paragraph has been replaced by 
the following: ``If SBA reasonably believes that your valuations, 
individually or in the aggregate, are materially misstated, it reserves 
the right to require you to engage, at your expense, an independent 
third party, acceptable to SBA, to substantiate the valuations.''
    In addition, purposed Sec. 107.503(d)(4) has been revised by adding 
the word ``adverse'' before the word ``change'', so that only material 
adverse changes in valuations must be reported quarterly to SBA.
c. SBA Approval of Licensee's Investment Adviser/Manager
    SBA agrees with the comment on proposed Sec. 107.510 that annual 
approval of the management contract by the Licensee's board of 
directors is unnecessary. The proposed rule has been revised and is 
finalized accordingly.
d. Restrictions on Investments of Idle Funds by Leveraged Licensees
    With one change, proposed Sec. 107.530 regarding idle funds is 
adopted as proposed. The section has been amended to permit Licensees 
to maintain a reasonable petty cash fund.
e. Limitations on Secured Third-Party Debt
    As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, proposed 
Sec. 107.550(a) was intended primarily as a restatement of the existing 
regulation requiring leveraged Licensees to obtain SBA approval before 
incurring secured third-party debt. The only change was the requirement 
that Licensees also obtain SBA approval before expanding the scope of a 
security interest or lien associated with existing debt. Based on some 
of the comments received, SBA realized that paragraph (a) was being 
misinterpreted. In particular, it was not SBA's intention to require 
approval each time a Licensee wants to draw down an approved line of 
credit. Nor did SBA intend to require Licensees to obtain approval to 
substitute one asset or group of assets for another as the subject of a 
security interest, as long as the values are comparable. In the final 
rule, proposed Sec. 107.550(a) has been split into two paragraphs and 
revised to clarify the intent.
    Two comments were received on proposed Sec. 107.550(c), suggesting 
that the limitation of the security interest to 125 percent of a 
proposed borrowing against a Licensee's investor commitments is 
impractical. SBA recognizes that some Licensees may not be able to 
borrow under this provision. However, it is only with reluctance that 
the Agency has permitted any third-party borrowing against investor 
commitments, since these are the same commitments that SBA may look to 
at some point to protect its own financial interests. Therefore, SBA is 
finalizing this provision (renumbered as Sec. 107.550(d)) without 
change.

[[Page 3181]]

    Proposed Sec. 107.550(d) stated the conditions under which SBA will 
provide a 30-day turnaround on applications for approval of secured 
third-party debt. One of these conditions was that the security 
interest be limited to the assets acquired with the borrowed funds, or 
an asset coverage ratio of no more than 1.25:1. SBA agrees with the 
commenters who suggested that the coverage ratio is unrealistically 
low, and is revising the ratio to 2:1 in the final rule (with this 
paragraph renumbered as Sec. 107.550(e)).
f. Subordination of SBA's Creditor Position
    Proposed Sec. 107.560 is adopted without change. One commenter 
argued that without a specific definition of subordination, expressed 
in a formal subordination agreement, Licensees would find it impossible 
to obtain third-party debt. SBA's experience with the subordination 
regulation, which was first adopted in 1991, is that lenders have been 
willing to work out the details of subordination agreements with SBA on 
an individual basis. Nevertheless, SBA is sympathetic to Licensees' 
desire to understand the Agency's specific concerns in this area, and 
will attempt to develop guidelines for a subordination agreement that 
would be generally acceptable to SBA.
g. Activity Requirement
    SBA received several comments on proposed Sec. 107.590 suggesting 
that the activity test is unnecessary, or should be revised, or should 
not apply to non-leveraged Licensees.
    SBA strongly believes that some form of activity test is necessary 
for both leveraged and non-leveraged Licensees. Companies are licensed 
with the understanding that they will help to fulfill the public 
purpose of the program, which is to further the growth and development 
of small businesses. Clearly, an inactive Licensee is not contributing 
to this goal. Furthermore, an inactive Licensee, even if it is non-
leveraged, imposes some degree of administrative burden on SBA.
    In response to the comments concerning the specific structure of 
the activity requirements, SBA has made a number of changes intended to 
make the test more practical and to modify provisions that were subject 
to interpretation. In the proposed rule, the basic activity test (in 
Sec. 107.590(a)) required a Licensee to satisfy two criteria dealing 
with investment activity and percentage of assets maintained as idle 
funds. In the final rule, a Licensee must satisfy only one of the 
criteria to be considered active.
    In paragraph (b)(1), the proposed rule stated that certain 
``recent'' cash inflows would be disregarded in determining whether a 
Licensee is active. In the final rule, ``recent'' has been replaced by 
a specific time period (within nine months of the Licensee's fiscal 
year end).
    In paragraph (b)(3), under the proposed rule, one of the criteria 
for an exception to the activity requirements was that a Licensee have 
``no remaining unfunded commitments from investors''. SBA agrees with 
the commenter who suggested that this standard was too narrow, and has 
revised the provision to include Licensees with unfunded commitments 
equal to no more than 20 percent of their Regulatory Capital.
    Finally, in Sec. 107.590(d), SBA has added a phase-in period for 
new Licensees, recognizing that the activity test is not relevant to 
those companies that have been in operation for less than 18 months.

6. Subpart F--Recordkeeping, Reporting, and Examination Requirements 
for Licensees

a. Information Required From Portfolio Concerns
    With some minor changes, Sec. 107.620 is adopted as proposed. SBA 
is not adopting the suggestion of one commenter that paragraphs (a) and 
(b), which require Licensees to obtain certain information from Small 
Businesses before extending Financing and on a periodic basis 
thereafter, should not apply to non-leveraged Licensees. Although one 
of the aims of these paragraphs is to mitigate SBA's financial risk, 
they are also intended to insure that Licensees are operating in a 
manner consistent with the goals of the Act. SBA agrees with the 
comment that paragraph (b)(2), which requires that the information 
submitted to the Licensee be certified by the chief financial officer, 
general partner, or proprietor of the Portfolio Concern, should be 
expanded to permit certification by the chief executive officer, 
President, or Treasurer. The section is finalized accordingly.
b. Requirements for Licensees To File Annual Financial Statements
    Except as hereafter noted, SBA adopts as final proposed 
Sec. 107.630, which deals with the requirements for filing annual 
financial statements with SBA. Based on comments received, SBA has 
added language to Sec. 107.630(a) clarifying that the portion of SBA 
Form 468 containing economic information on the Licensee's portfolio 
companies may be filed up to two months later than the remainder of the 
form; this reflects SBA's current policy. In Sec. 107.630(b), a cross 
reference to Sec. 107.1220 has been added to clarify the reporting 
requirements for Licensees with outstanding Leverage commitments.
    One commenter suggested that the ``economic impact'' information 
required by proposed Sec. 107.630(e) places an unfair burden on the 
Licensee. SBA is finalizing this paragraph as proposed; the information 
requirement is not new, having been in effect since April 25, 1994, and 
Sec. 107.630(e) is actually worded more narrowly than the current 
regulation that it replaces. While SBA considers the economic impact 
information to be vitally important to the mission and future of the 
SBIC program, the Agency recognizes that this information is not always 
easy to obtain. SBA has generally accepted Licensees' good faith 
efforts to provide the required data and will continue to do so to the 
extent possible.
    Proposed Sec. 107.630(a)(2) would have required a Licensee's 
independent public accountant to carry errors and omissions insurance 
in an amount acceptable to SBA, or be self-insured and have net worth 
acceptable to SBA. This proposal elicited comment from representatives 
of the accounting profession who objected to SBA's attempt to create a 
``deep pocket'' for recovery of damages, as well as concern from a few 
other commenters that the amount of insurance required be more clearly 
defined. SBA is sensitive to concerns that this requirement may prevent 
many smaller, but highly competent, practitioners from performing SBIC 
audits; however, the Agency also must consider its need to control 
financial risk. Furthermore, SBA feels that the ability of a firm to 
obtain some amount of insurance can be, in itself, a useful indicator 
of professional standing. After careful consideration of the issue, SBA 
is finalizing Sec. 107.630(a)(2) to require the independent public 
accountant to have errors and omissions insurance of at least 
$1,000,000, or to be self-insured and have a net worth of at least 
$1,000,000, unless SBA approves otherwise. This wording will give SBA 
the flexibility to make exceptions for firms that do not meet the 
insurance requirement but have strong track records as auditors of 
SBICs or similar entities.
c. Changes Not Subject to SBA Prior Approval
    Proposed Sec. 107.680 has been finalized with one change. A 
commenter suggested that this section, which 

[[Page 3182]]
requires SBA's post approval of certain changes in the Licensee's 
operations, capitalization, and management, should not apply to non-
leveraged Licensees. SBA does not entirely agree, particularly with 
regard to changes that cause Licensee to operate in a different way 
than was contemplated at the time it was licensed. However, for 
Licensees that have no outstanding Leverage or Earmarked Assets, SBA 
believes safety and soundness considerations do not require post 
approval of directors and officers (other than the Licensee's chief 
operating officer), and that it is sufficient for such Licensees to 
notify SBA of any changes.
d. Responsibilities of Licensee During Examination
    Proposed Sec. 107.691 included a provision requiring a Licensee and 
its independent public accountant to agree that the accountant's 
working papers would be made available to SBA upon request for 
examination purposes. One commenter stated that this requirement would 
not be objectionable if SBA provided assurance that any workpapers 
requested would be treated as confidential under the Freedom of 
Information Act (FOIA) or similar laws. An accountant's working papers 
relating to an individual Licensee are indeed protected from disclosure 
under the exemptions available under FOIA. Since these exemptions are 
statutory, SBA believes it is unnecessary to restate them in the 
regulations, and Sec. 107.691 is finalized as proposed.
e. Examination Fees
    SBA received more than ten comments on proposed Sec. 107.692. All 
of the comments objected to the increase in the examination fees to be 
charged to SBICs. Many stated that the cost of an SBA examination would 
far exceed the cost of their annual audit, even though the procedures 
involved are more limited. Further, some felt that unleveraged 
licensees would bear an unfair portion of the overall fees due to the 
fact that the fees are to be assessed on total assets of the Licensee. 
Unleveraged (usually bank owned) SBICs tend to have the largest amount 
of total assets yet have no federal funds at risk. Therefore, it was 
argued that the cost of enforcement should weigh more heavily against 
leveraged Licensees.
    As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, the proposed fee 
schedule was designed to produce total revenue sufficient to cover the 
current direct costs to SBA of conducting examinations. SBA considers 
examinations to be a key element in maintaining the integrity of the 
SBIC program. However, based on the comments, SBA is persuaded that the 
proposed fees were too high in general, and that the increases were 
particularly excessive for the largest Licensees. In the final rule, 
the examination fees have been lowered significantly, although they 
still represent an increase over the current levels.

7. Subpart G--Financing of Small Business by Licensees

a. Ineligible Small Businesses
    Under proposed Sec. 107.720 (a) through (i), SBA lists those Small 
Businesses which are ineligible for SBIC Financing and certain 
exceptions to those restrictions. Except for the revisions discussed 
below, this section is finalized as proposed.
    SBA received seventeen comments on this proposal. One comment 
questioned whether Sec. 107.720 as a whole should be applicable to non-
leveraged Licensees. Another suggested deletion of the prohibition in 
Sec. 107.720(a) against financing relenders or reinvestors as this type 
of financing could result in jobs and the payment of taxes. Neither of 
these comments were adopted because the provisions in question are 
mandated by the Act.
b. Passive Businesses
    One of the criteria defining a passive business in proposed 
Sec. 107.720(b) is that the business ``is not engaged in a regular and 
continuous business operation''. The proposed rule goes on to state 
that the ``mere receipt of payments * * * such as * * * lease 
payments'' would not be considered a regular and continuous business 
operation. One commenter asked how this definition would apply with 
respect to taxi medallion financing, an industry in which several SBICs 
already have millions of dollars invested. It is common practice in 
this industry for medallion owners to lease their medallions rather 
than employ taxi drivers directly.
    SBA's previously-stated position regarding taxi medallion lending 
is that Licensees may finance medallion owners who lease the medallions 
to others, but only if such owners are actively engaged in day to day 
management activities. These include supervision of lessees and 
responsibility for vehicle maintenance, insurance, and compliance with 
local laws and regulations. Owners who lease their medallions and 
receive payments without such active involvement will continue to be 
considered passive businesses under the final rule.
    Two comments objected to proposed Sec. 107.720(b)(1)(ii), which 
would define as passive any companies whose employees are not carrying 
on the majority of the day to day operations. The commenters argued 
that many businesses use third parties, including independent 
contractors and ``leased'' employees, to carry on day to day 
operations. SBA recognizes that such arrangements are now common and 
are not necessarily an indicator of a passive business. The final rule 
has been revised to define a business as passive if ``its employees are 
not carrying on the majority of day to day operation, and the company 
does not provide effective control and supervision, on a day to day 
basis, over persons employed under contract''.
    Proposed Sec. 107.720(b)(2) was a restatement of the existing 
``holding company'' exception to the passive business rule, under which 
Licensees could finance a passive business if it passed through all the 
proceeds to a wholly-owned active business. A number of comments 
suggested that the provision could allow something less than 100 
percent of the proceeds to be passed through without compromising the 
intent of the regulations. SBA agrees and has changed the final rule to 
require pass-through of ``substantially all'' the proceeds. The 
commenters also suggested deletion of the requirement that the active 
business be wholly-owned. SBA agrees that this restriction is not 
necessary. Instead, the final rule allows the financing of a passive 
business ``if, for all Financings extended, it passes substantially all 
the proceeds through the same eligible Small Business that is not 
passive'' (italic are added). This revision clarifies that a holding 
company must pass the Financing proceeds to only one Small Business, 
not to multiple businesses or to a series of different businesses if 
Financing is extended on more than one occasion.
c. Real Estate Businesses
    SBA agrees with a comment which suggested that proposed 
Sec. 107.720(c)(2) is too restrictive, in that it prohibits financing 
the acquisition of unimproved realty if the business does not intend to 
build on the property, even if the business intends to use it for 
another legitimate business purpose such as a parking lot for customers 
and employees, SBA did not intend to prohibit financing for this 
purpose and the final rule has been revised accordingly.

[[Page 3183]]

d. Project Financing
    One comment objected to the prohibition against project financing 
in proposed Sec. 107.720(d). As stated in the preamble to the proposed 
rule, though this prohibition does not appear in the current 
regulations, it has been in effect as a matter of policy for more than 
ten years. SBA views project financing as essentially short term and 
therefore, inconsistent with the Act. SBA considers this prohibition 
important and is therefore finalizing the rule without change.
e. Foreign Investments
    With one change, proposed Sec. 107.720(g) is adopted as final. The 
proposed rule generally would have prohibited financing a Small 
Business if more that 40 percent of its employees or tangible assets 
were located outside the United States. In response to comments 
suggesting that this percentage was too low, SBA has increased the 
allowable percentage to 49 percent in the final rule.
f. Conflicts of Interest
    SBA received seven comments on proposed Sec. 107.730. The proposed 
rule is adopted with changes to meet some of the concerns in the 
comment letters. One comment suggesting that the conflict of interest 
prohibitions not be applicable to unleveraged Licensees was rejected by 
SBA. Such an exception would be inconsistent with the purpose of the 
Act.
    Two commenters were concerned that proposed Sec. 107.730(a)(2), 
which deals with providing Financing to an Associate of another 
Licensee, would unduly restrict co-investing. In particular, the 
concern was whether the regulation could be construed to mean that if a 
Licensee brought an investor group involving another Licensee and its 
Associates into one of its investments, it would be prohibited from any 
future participation in investments initiated by that investor group. 
This interpretation is contrary to SBA's intent, which was to prohibit 
quid pro quo financing arrangements that would allow Licensees to 
accomplish indirectly what they are not permitted to do directly--
provide Financing to an Associate. SBA does not consider it necessary 
to revise paragraph (a)(2) to clarify the intent, since the language is 
essentially unchanged from the previous regulations.
    Proposed Sec. 107.730(d) set forth provisions governing investments 
in the same Small Business by a Licensee and its Associates, either 
simultaneously or at different times. In general, Licensees were 
required to demonstrate that the terms and conditions of such 
investments were fair and equitable to the Licensee. The proposed rule 
identified certain categories of Financing with Associates requiring 
SBA approval, and others that would be exempt from this requirement. 
Two comments suggested that the exemption in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) 
should be expended to include all situations where the Licensee is 
nonleveraged, regardless of the status of the Associate. SBA believes 
the exceptions provided are adequate and is not adopting this 
suggestion.
    Proposed Sec. 107.730(e)(1) would require a Licensee to obtain 
SBA's written approval for an Associate to participate in the 
management of a Portfolio Concern if the Associate has an actual or 
potential equity interest in the Portfolio Concern that exceeds 3 
percent. Comments received suggested that 5 percent is a more generally 
accepted standard used by other federal regulatory agencies in similar 
circumstances. SBA agrees and is revising the final rule accordingly.
    One comment was received urging the elimination of the publication 
requirement of proposed Sec. 107.730(g), which requires SBA to publish 
notice of exemptions requested under Sec. 107.730. The concern was that 
this requirement could slow down Financings, work a hardship on the 
Small Business or potentially disclose confidential information to 
competitors. Although SBA is sympathetic to these concerns, the 
publication requirement is mandated by the Act and cannot be deleted.
g. Overline Limitation
    Three comments were received on proposed Sec. 107.740. One 
commenter suggested that the ``overline'' limits not be imposed on non-
leveraged Licensees. This exemption has been effective since April 1994 
and was included in the proposed rule. The other comments dealt with 
paragraph (c), which allows Licenses to compute an ``increased limit'' 
if they have unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and Marketable 
securities. Both commenters advocated a more liberal cure period if a 
Licensee has overline violations resulting from a drop in the value of 
its securities. Because of the inherent volatility of publicly traded 
securities, SBA does not consider it prudent to encourage the use of 
the increased limit and is finalizing the proposed rule without change.
h. Change of Ownership
    The comments received on proposed Sec. 107.750 addressed the 
definitions of ``debt'' (paragraph (c)(2)) and ``equity'' (paragraph 
(c)(3)) used in determining whether the Small Business has an 
acceptable debt to equity ratio. It was suggested that the definition 
of ``debt'' (which, in this section, generally means long-term debt) 
specifically exclude any liabilities under a non-compete covenant with 
the seller. SBA chose not to add this automatic exclusion because such 
covenants are unique to the circumstances of each transaction. It was 
also suggested that the definition of ``equity'' should include 
subordinated notes payable to the seller. Such notes are specifically 
excluded from the definition of debt; to also include them in equity 
would further reduce the debt to equity ratio. SBA believes this result 
is inconsistent with the intent of the regulation and is finalizing the 
section as proposed.
i. Change in Size or Activity of a Portfolio Concern--Affect on 
Licensee
    SBA did not propose any change in the provisions governing 
additional investment in a Portfolio Concern that no longer meets the 
size standard. However, one commenter suggested that proposed 
Sec. 107.760(a) should be revised to allow a Licensee to make 
additional investments in such a concern either to honor a Commitment 
it has made or to protect its investment. The proposed rule already 
allows a Licensee to make follow-on investments without restriction in 
any Portfolio Concern up to the time it makes a public offering, so the 
commenter's suggestion would be relevant only after that time. SBA has 
added language to the final rule permitting a Licensee to honor a 
Commitment made before a public offering, since it would be legally 
bound to do so in any case. However, the Agency believes the 
``protection of investment'' standard is so broad as to be inconsistent 
with the goals of the program and has not adopted this change.
    In response to a comment, proposed Sec. 107.760(b) is being adopted 
as final with one non-substantive change. Paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3), 
which state that violations under paragraph (b) constitute default by 
the Small Business and allow the Licensee to pursue certain remedies, 
have been deleted. SBA agrees that these provisions cover matters that 
should be left to the Licensee and that it is unnecessary to include 
them in the regulations.
j. Definition of ``Equity Securities''
    SBA received two comments on the definition of Equity Securities in 
proposed Sec. 107.800. One suggested that the definition should include 
warrants 

[[Page 3184]]
and options. SBA agrees and has revised the section accordingly. The 
other commenter sought clarification of the statement that the presence 
of certain default or redemption provisions would cause a security, 
even if it has the legal form of equity, to be considered a Debt 
Security ``for all regulatory purposes''. SBA's intent was that such a 
security would be treated as a Debt Security only for purposes of 
Sec. 107.855, the Cost of Money regulations. The final rule is revised 
accordingly.
k. Options Received From Small Businesses
    Except for the following changes and revisions, proposed 
Sec. 107.815(b) is adopted as final. This section restricts the ability 
of a Licensee's employees, officers, directors, or general partners to 
receive options in a Small Business Financed by the Licensee. Under the 
proposed rule, such persons could receive options only if they 
participated in the Financing on the same terms and conditions as the 
Licensee (paragraph (b) (1)) or if approved by SBA (paragraph (b) (2)).
    Three comments were received on this section. Two suggested that 
paragraph (b) not be applicable to non-leverage SBICs and SBA agrees. 
The provision is revised accordingly.
    Two commenters suggested that the regulations should permit the 
receipt of stock options as compensation of service as a board member, 
as this is a common practice in the industry and is beneficial to the 
Small Business. SBA agrees and has added Sec. 107.815(b)(3) to the 
final rule to permit this practice, with the condition that the 
compensation paid must not exceed that paid to other outside board 
members. In the absence of such board members, fees must be reasonable 
when compared with amounts paid to outside directors of similar 
companies.
l. Guarantees of the Obligations of Small Businesses
    SBA received one comment seeking to clarify that if a Licensee 
invests in a Small Business and also guarantees its debt obligation, 
the guaranty should count against the overline limitation only to the 
extent of the Licensee's risk over and above its original investment. 
The situation described by the commenter is covered by 
Sec. 107.820(a)(2), which states that a guaranty consisting only of ``a 
pledge of the Equity Securities of the issuer'' does not count towards 
the overline limitation.
m. Commitments to Small Businesses
    SBA received one comment suggesting that proposed Sec. 107.825 be 
deleted, a second suggesting that it be moved back to the definitions 
section, and a third seeking clarification as to whether ``reasonable 
conditions precedent'' to a Licensee's obligation to fund its 
commitment can include ``completion of due diligence which confirms the 
accuracy of the initial business plan''.
    SBA is not deleting the defined term ``Commitment'' from the 
regulations because it is used in several important contexts (see, for 
example, the new provision in Sec. 107.860(g) that allows a Licensee to 
charge a ``breakup fee'' if a Small Business accepts its Commitment and 
then fails to close because it has accepted funds from another source). 
SBA agrees that proposed Sec. 107.825 properly belongs in the 
definitions section and has revised the final rule accordingly.
    SBA has addressed the meaning of ``reasonable conditions 
precedent'' in an earlier preamble and will repeat that discussion 
here: Although SBA is reluctant to provide a list of reasonable 
conditions precedent in the regulation for fear that such list might be 
regarded as an exclusive one, it is willing to describe ``reasonable 
conditions precedent'' in general terms. A ``reasonable condition 
precedent'' is one that does not lie within the Licensee's ability to 
cause or prevent. ``Completion of due diligence with results 
satisfactory to the Licensee'' is an example of a condition precedent 
that lies within the Licensee's control. On the other hand, 
requirements that a disinterested person verify the value of the Small 
Businesses' assets or its net worth, or that there be no adverse change 
in the Small Businesses' financial condition between the date of the 
commitment and the scheduled disbursement date, or that the Small 
Business do or achieve something that lies reasonably within its 
capacity would all be considered a ``reasonable condition precedent.''
n. Purchasing Securites From an Underwriter
    Comments received on proposed Sec. 107.828 requested relief for 
non-leveraged Licensees, reduction or elimination of recordkeeping 
requirements and reconsideration of fee limitations for Associate 
underwriters. SBA believes certain constraints on purchasing securities 
from underwriters are warranted in keeping with the purpose of the Act, 
but has made some revisions in response to the comments. Non-leveraged 
Licensees have been exempted from the recordkeeping requirements in 
paragraph (b) and the fee restrictions in paragraph (c). For leveraged 
Licensees, paragraph (c) has been revised to permit a Licensee to pay 
``reasonable and customary'' commissions and expenses to an Associate 
underwriter, provided the Licensee is purchasing no more than 25 
percent of the total offering.
    In the final rule, this section is renumbered as Sec. 107.825.
o. Minimum Term of Financing
    The comments received on proposed Sec. 107.830 strongly supported 
the changes made with regard to the minimum term of Financings for 
Section 301(d) Licensees. One commenter suggested allowing Section 
301(c) Licensees to have up to 25 percent of their investments with 
less than a five year term as long the weighted average duration of the 
portfolio is at least five years. SBA believes such a provision is not 
in keeping with the intent of the Act and would impose a burdensome 
recordkeeping requirement. Accordingly, SBA is finalizing the proposed 
rule without change.
p. Exceptions to Minimum Term of Financing
    One commenter requested a clarification of proposed Sec. 107.835, 
which allows a Licensee to make Short-term Financings (with terms less 
than five years) under certain circumstances. The commenter asked 
whether the provision in paragraph (c), which limits the dollar amount 
of Short-Term Financings to 20 percent of total Loans and Investment 
applies only to that paragraph or to all of Sec. 107.835, as has been 
the case in the past. It was SBA's intent to apply the 20 percent limit 
only to paragraph (c), which deals with Short-Term Financing for the 
purpose of financing a change in ownership under proposed Sec. 107.750. 
Therefore, the section is finalized as proposed. However, as stated in 
the preamble to the proposed rule, Licensees should bear in mind that 
the purpose of the SBIC program, as stated in the Act, is to provide 
equity capital and long-term loan funds to Small Businesses. Thus, 
Licensees should not plan to have the bulk of their portfolios in 
short-term investments; to do so would constitute engaging in 
activities not contemplated by the Act.
q. Maximum Term of Financing
    All of the comments received on proposed Sec. 107.840 suggested 
that the general rule which requires a maximum term of not longer than 
20 years for any 

[[Page 3185]]
Financing should apply only to Loans and Debt Securities. SBA agrees 
and has revised the final rule accordingly.
r. Redemption of Equity Securities
    Two comments were received on proposed Sec. 107.850. One commenter 
suggested that book value should be a permitted basis for determining 
the redemption price of an Equity Security under 
Sec. 107.850(b)(2)(ii). SBA agrees and has revised the final rule 
accordingly.
    The other commenter stated that Sec. 107.850(b)(1) should be 
broadened to allow accumulated dividends to be included in the 
redemption price of an Equity Security. SBA is not adopting this 
change. A Licensee is already permitted to structure its investments in 
this manner; the only consequence is that such investments are subject 
to the Cost of Money rules. Furthermore, as long as the dividends are 
payable only from earnings, such investments are not precluded from 
qualifying as Equity Capital Investments.
s. Cost of Money
    Under proposed Sec. 107.855, SBA sought to substantively revise 
some of the Cost of Money rules and to clarify others. SBA received six 
comments on this section, two of which advocated deleting the entire 
section and letting the market control. While the proposed rule gave 
Licensees considerable more flexibility than in the past, the Agency 
believes that some Cost of Money rules are necessary to provide a 
measure of protection for Small Businesses. The commenters generally 
applauded the increase in the minimum ``Cost of Money ceiling'' for 
Loans in Sec. 107.855(c); however, some argued that the ceiling for 
Debt Securities should also be raised. SBA believes that the proposed 
five percentage point difference between Loans and Debt Securities is 
justified because Loans do not allow for the Licensee to obtain any 
equity interest in the Small Business, and is finalizing this provision 
without change.
    One comment stated that it was very important for Licensees to be 
able to establish the Cost of Money ceiling for a Financing as of the 
date a Commitment is issued, not as of the date of the first closing as 
proposed in Sec. 107.855(b). The commenter explained that if rates went 
up between a Commitment date and a closing date, they would be able to 
increase the rate quoted in the Commitment. However, if rates went 
down, they would be forced by regulations to close at the lower rate. 
SBA is persuaded that Licensees should have flexibility in this area 
and has revised this paragraph to allow the ceiling to be set either at 
the time the Commitment is issued or as of the date of the first 
closing of the Financing.
    A Licensee is permitted to compute its Cost of Money ceiling based 
on either the current Debenture rate on its own ``Cost of Capital'' as 
determined under proposed Sec. 107.855(d). SBA received one comment 
suggesting that non-leveraged Licensees should be permitted to compute 
a Cost of Capital based on their non-SBA borrowings. The proposed rule 
would permit this practice and is therefore finalized without change.
    Proposed Sec. 107.855(g)(10) would allow a Licensee to charge a 
higher interest rate when a Small Business is in default. For this 
purpose, ``default'' is defined to include failure to provide 
information required under SBA regulations. One commenter pointed out 
that this appears to require Small Businesses to have knowledge of SBA 
regulations, and that it is the responsibility of Licensees to put all 
necessary default provisions in the Financing documents. SBA agrees and 
has deleted the reference to SBA regulations from the final rule.
    Proposed Sec. 107.855(i)(3) would allow Licensees to charge a one-
time ``bonus'' at the end of a loan instead of taking equity in the 
Small Business. One commenter suggested that the bonus not be limited 
to one time only, and that the bonus be computable on the earlier of 
five years or when the debt was originally due.
    SBA proposed the bonus to allow Licensees to obtain an adequate 
return on Financings of companies that do not want to give up equity. 
The Agency believes the proposed rule provides Licensees with 
sufficient flexibility and is not adopting the suggested changes. 
However, SBA is clarifying Sec. 107.855(i)(1) in the final rule to 
state that the bonus is computable ``on or after the date that the 
Financing is repaid in full or was originally scheduled to be repaid in 
full, whichever is earlier''.
    SBA has also made an editorial change in Sec. 107.855(i)(3), which 
states that a bonus must be contingent upon factors that reflect the 
performance of the Small Business. As an example, the proposed rule 
stated that net income and operating cash flow were generally 
acceptable factors, while gross revenue and gross profit were generally 
unacceptable. One commenter interpreted ``gross profit'' as pretax 
profit and suggested that this should be acceptable. SBA's 
interpretation of ``gross profit'' was the difference between sales and 
cost of goods sold, also known as ``gross margin''; to avoid confusion, 
the latter term is used in the final rule.
s. Financing Fees Charged to Small Businesses
    Two comments received on proposed Sec. 107.860 dealt with problems 
faced by Licensees in their dealings with Small Businesses that apply 
for Financing. According to the comments received, it is not unusual 
for a Small Business to use a Licensee's Commitment to solicit 
competing offers. Also, there are a number of frivolous ``shoppers'' 
who will use a Licensee's time and resources with no genuine intent of 
closing a transaction. One such commenter suggested that Licensees be 
permitted to address these problems by charging a ``break-up'' fee if a 
Small Business fails to close a Financing because it has accepted funds 
from another source. SBA is persuaded that the break-up fee represents 
a reasonable protection for Licensees and has finalized Sec. 107.860 
with a new paragraph (g) containing this provision. The permitted fee 
is the same as the closing fee the Licensee would have been permitted 
to charge under Sec. 107.860 (c) or (d).
    Another comment questioned whether the ``application fee'' and the 
``closing fee'' had to be two distinct fees separately identified, or 
whether they could both be collected together at closing. To clarify 
SBA's intent, language has been added to paragraph (a) of the final 
rule stating that the application fee may be collected at closing or at 
any time before closing.
t. Control of a Small Business
    Twelve comments were received on proposed Sec. 107.865. One comment 
objected to paragraph (b) which establishes a ``presumption of 
Control'' based on a Licensee's percentage of ownership, stating that 
this paragraph represented a ``poor and onerous change'', and further 
noting that investor groups typically own 75 percent of a business by 
the second or third round of Financing. In response, SBA, wishes to 
point out that the proposed provisions concerning the presumption of 
Control are exactly the same as those in the previous regulations. 
However, proposed paragraph (c) was added to identify specific 
conditions that would permit the presumption of Control to be rebutted. 
By defining such conditions, the provision was actually intended to 
make it easier for a Licensee to co-invest.
    With respect to proposed Sec. 107.865(c), two commenters argued 
that the ``presumption of Control'' should be 

[[Page 3186]]
rebutted if management can elect 25 percent of the board seats. SBA 
believes 40 percent is an appropriate standard for an automatic 
rebuttal; Licensee can still seek to rebut the presumption based on 
other evidence if this test is not met. Accordingly, proposed 
paragraphs (b) and (c) are finalized without change.
u. Temporary Control
    Proposed Sec. 107.865(d) set out those circumstances under which a 
Licensee may take temporary Control of a Small Business, and includes 
the provision: ``(1) Where reasonably necessary for the protection of 
your investment under circumstances where a Small Business is 
threatened with insolvency or closure.'' Several commenters suggested 
that by the time insolvency or closure occurs, it is often too late to 
``protect their investment''. SBA agrees and has revised the final rule 
to delete all of the language after the word ``investment'' in 
Sec. 107.865(d)(1). However, SBA advises Licensees that mere 
disagreement with the management of a Small Business does not provide 
grounds for taking temporary Control under this provision; rather, the 
Licensee must be facing a clearly identifiable risk of financial loss.
    In response to another comment, proposed Sec. 107.865(d)(3) has 
been revised by deleting the world ``original'', which SBA agrees is 
unnecessary. Another comment requested that temporary Control be 
permitted if a Licensee satisfies either of the criteria in paragraph 
(d)(3) instead of both. SBA considers the language in the proposed rule 
to be appropriate and has not adopted the comment.
    Proposed paragraph (d)(4) would allow a Licensee to take temporary 
Control if the Financing is a Start-up Financing and the Licensee (or 
investor group including the Licensee) is the concern's major source of 
capital. It was suggested by one commenter that this paragraph should 
also allow temporary Control if the Financing is a ``change of Control 
of a Small Business pursuant to proposed Sec. 107.750.'' SBA believes 
that the proposed temporary Control provisions give Licensees 
sufficient protection and flexibility, and is finalizing 
Sec. 107.865(d) without change.
    SBA received three comments on proposed Sec. 197.865(e)(3) 
questioning the reduction from seven years to five years of the time 
limit for maintaining temporary Control (subject to an extension 
granted by SBA in extraordinary circumstances). One comment suggested 
going back to seven years, one questioned the necessity of any time 
limit (due to the fact that it is inherent in the venture business to 
want to exit investments as soon as possible), and one suggested 
language stating that SBA would grant an extension if a Licensee can 
establish ``that the relinquishment of Control will materially impair 
the value'' of its investment.'' SBA rejects all three of these 
suggestions and is finalizing Sec. 107.865(e)(3) as proposed. Control 
is prohibited under the Act and SBA believes that exceptions to this 
prohibition must be narrowly tailored. The Agency considers the five 
year period sufficient in most cases and can grant exceptions if 
circumstances warrant.
v. Management Fees for Services Provided to Small Businesses
    Three comment letters were received regarding proposed 
Sec. 107.900. While one commenter approved the liberalization of the 
rules governing management services provided to Small Businesses, it 
was suggested that greater liberalization is still needed. The other 
two commenters argued in favor of expanding the criteria under which a 
Licensee could provide management services to a Financed Small Business 
without SBA approval. Specifically, they focused on the requirement 
that the Services be provided only on an hourly fee basis. They 
explained that the current trend is moving away from hourly billing 
toward ``project fees'' and that hourly billing has been perceived as 
being both inefficient and unfair. They further noted that while this 
issue can be resolved by acquiring SBA's prior written approval 
pursuant to proposed Sec. 107.900(c), this process is both time 
consuming and burdensome. SBA has reexamined this issue in light of the 
comments received and recognizes the reasonableness of this suggestion. 
Therefore, proposed Sec. 107.900 is revised to allow a Licensee to 
charge on a project fee or other reasonable basis. However, the burden 
of proof will be on the licensee to demonstrate, upon request, that 
fees charged to not exceed prevailing rates charged for comparable 
services by other organizations in the geographic area of this Small 
Business.
    Paragraph (b), concerning fees for service as a board member, is 
revised in the final rule in accordance with comments received, to 
allow for fees to be paid in the form of cash, warrants or other 
consideration. In addition, the following language is added at the end 
of the last sentence of paragraph (b): ``* * * or, in the absence of 
outside board members, amounts reasonable when compared to similar 
companies with outside board members.''
    Proposed Sec. 107.900(e)(2) discusses transaction fees which may be 
charged a Small Business by a Licensee's Associate for services 
performed in connection with a public or private offering made by the 
Small Business or the sale of all or part of the business. The comment 
received on this paragraph suggested that the 95 percent unrelated 
revenue test was too restrictive and would force Small Businesses to 
hire outside investment bankers who would be unfamiliar with the 
company, which could result in higher fees. SBA is persuaded by this 
argument and has deleted this provision from paragraph (e)(2).
    Except for the revisions discussed above, Sec. 107.900 has been 
finalized as proposed.

8. Subpart H--Non-Leveraged Licensees--Exceptions to Regulations

    Two comments were received on proposed Sec. 107.1000. One 
specifically praised the flexibility embodied in the proposal, which 
provides a consolidated listing of those regulatory provisions from 
which a non-leveraged Licensee would be exempt. The other comment 
listed a number of sections from which non-leveraged Licensees should 
be exempt, but these largely involved statutory requirements. As 
discussed throughout this preamble, some additional provisions have 
been added to this section. In addition to the exemptions in the 
proposed rule, the final rule exempts non-leveraged Licensees from:
    (1) The recordkeeping requirements and fee limitations in 
Sec. 107.825(b) and (c) for securities purchased through or from an 
underwriter;
    (2) The requirement to obtain SBA's prior approval of initial 
Management expenses under Sec. 107.140 and increases in Management 
Expenses under Sec. 107.520;
    (3) The prior approval requirement in Sec. 107.815(b) for options 
obtained from a Small Business by the Licensee's management or 
employees; and
    (4) The requirement to obtain post approval for new directors and 
new officers, other than the Licensee's chief operating officer. A 
notification requirement has been substituted.

9. Subpart I--SBA Financial Assistance for Licensees (Leverage)

a. Types of Leverage Available
    Only one comment was received on proposed Sec. 107.1100 which 
strongly supported the language clarifying that a Section 301(d) 
Licensee may apply for both Debenture and Participating Security 
Leverage. The section is therefore finalized without change.

[[Page 3187]]

b. General Eligibility Requirements for Leverage
    One comment was received on proposed Sec. 107.1120, objecting to 
the presumption that only Licensees with $5 million or more of 
Regulatory Capital are financially viable. The commenter stated that 
this represents a 300 percent increase for Section 301(d) Licensees, is 
not warranted and threatens the financial viability of Section 301(d) 
Licensees. As stated previously in this preamble, SBA considers the 
minimum capital requirements to be vital to the sound operation of the 
SBIC program.
c. Requirement To File Quarterly Financial Statements
    Proposed Sec. 107.1220 requires that Licensees file quarterly, 
unaudited financial statements on SBA Form 468 (short form) within 30 
days of the end of the quarter, so long as any part of SBA's Leverage 
commitment is outstanding to the Licensee. A commenter suggested, and 
SBA agrees, that this section should be revised to clarify that the 
quarterly filing requirement does not apply at the Licensee's fiscal 
year end, which is covered by the annual filing of Form 468 under 
Sec. 107.630. The section is revised and finalized accordingly.
d. Draw-downs by Licensee Under SBA's Leverage Commitment
    All three of the comment letters received on proposed Sec. 107.1230 
objected to one of the requirements listed under the ``procedures for 
funding draws'' in paragraph (d). As proposed, paragraph (d)(3) would 
require a Licensee, when requesting a ``draw'' pursuant to SBA's 
Leverage commitment, to furnish a statement to SBA ``that the proceeds 
are needed to fund one or more particular Small Business, including the 
name and address of each Small Business, and the amount and anticipated 
closing date of each proposed financing.'' One commenter labeled this 
paragraph an ``unnecessary burden requiring an act of prophecy.'' All 
agreed that as investors, they are not motivated to draw capital and 
not invest it, but that they may be looking at many investments at the 
time of the request, expecting to make one or more investments based 
upon proposals outstanding or being negotiated, and not all close. It 
was further pointed out that some negotiations may delay closing or 
alter amounts actually invested.
    SBA considered this issue at length. As participants in the SBIC 
program are aware, there is insufficient Leverage currently available 
to meet demand, and no change is expected in the near future. This 
places SBA in the position of having to allocate the limited Leverage 
available among all the eligible applicants. Under these conditions, 
SBA finds it useful to be able to review each Licensee's track record 
in closing its anticipated investments as part of its evaluation of the 
Licensee's need for Leverage in comparison with others. Thus, SBA is 
not willing to delete the requirement for information on specific 
planned Financings at this time.
    Nevertheless, SBA is sympathetic to the commenters' concerns and is 
open to future changes in this area, particularly if Leverage ceases to 
be in short supply. In the final rule, the information requirements in 
paragraph (d)(3) are preceded by the phrase ``if required by SBA''. 
This language gives the Agency the flexibility to drop these 
requirements in the future if conditions warrant, without having to 
revise the regulations.
e. Participating Securities--Requirement To Make Equity Capital 
Investments
    Under proposed Sec. 107.1500(b)(4), which was unchanged from the 
existing regulations, Licensees issuing Participating Securities would 
have been required to make Equity Capital Investments equal to the 
total amount of Participating Securities issued, and also to maintain 
Equity Capital Investments in an amount equal to their outstanding 
Participating Securities. SBA received a comment arguing strongly that 
the requirement to maintain a certain level of Equity Capital 
Investments should be deleted. The commenter's concern was that it is 
impossible to predict when investments will be liquidated and that a 
Licensee might fall into violation due to circumstances largely beyond 
its control.
    SBA appreciates the commenter's concern. However, section 303(g)(4) 
of the Act specifically requires Licensees to ``maintain an amount 
equal to the outstanding face value'' of Participating Securities in 
Equity Capital Investments. Therefore, this requirement cannot be 
abandoned, and the section is finalized as proposed. However, in 
considering waiver requests, the Agency will give weight to 
circumstances which suggest that noncompliance is the result of factors 
not readily controllable by the Licensee.
f. Participating Securities--Liquidity Requirement
    Proposed Sec. 107.1505(a) contained language giving SBA the right 
to make the final determination of a Licensee's liquidity impairment. 
SBA received a comment suggesting that this language be deleted. SBA is 
persuaded that Licensees are unlikely to be motivated to manipulate the 
liquidity computation in order to make distributions that would leave 
them without sufficient liquidity to continue their operations; 
therefore, this language has been deleted from the final rule.
g. Participating Securities--Computation of Earmarked Profit (Loss)
    In proposed Sec. 107.1510(d), SBA attempted to provide a simplified 
formula for the computation of Earmarked Profit (Loss) without changing 
the substance of the calculation. One comment pointed out that the 
revised language, which referred to ``Net Income (Loss) as reported on 
SBA Form 468'', created ambiguity with respect to the treatment of user 
fees paid to SBA and partnership syndication costs incurred by 
Licensees. Licensees have presented these items on Form 468 using a 
variety of accounting treatments, and in some cases have not made them 
a component of Net Income (Loss).
    SBA believes that Licensees should be permitted to treat both user 
fees and syndication costs as expenses for the purpose of determining 
Earmarked Profit (Loss). Accordingly, the final rule states that for 
the purpose of determining Net Income (Loss) in the Earmarked Profit 
formula, user fees and commitment fees paid to SBA, as well as 
partnership syndication costs, must be capitalized and amortized on a 
straight-line basis over five year. In all other respects, Net Income 
(Loss) must be as reported on SBA Form 468.
h. Participating Securities--Base for Profit Participation
    Proposed Sec. 107.1530(c) presented the formula for the Base on 
which a Licensee computes SBA Profit Participation. There was no change 
proposed in the formula; however, SBA received one comment pointing out 
a situation in which the formula produces an unintended result. If a 
Licensee were to compute and distribute Profit Participation for an 
interim period, and then experience losses during the remainder of its 
fiscal year which partially offset the interim profit, the later losses 
could not be included in Unused Losses for the purpose of determining 
the Base going forward. SBA agrees with the need for a technical 
correction of the Unused Loss definition, and is finalizing 
Sec. 107.1530(c) with the necessary revision.

[[Page 3188]]

i. Participating Securities--``PLC Ratio'' Used in Profit Participation 
Rate Formula
    Proposed Sec. 107.1530(e)(2) set forth the conditions under which a 
Licensee can reduce its PLC Ratio by increasing its Leverageable 
Capital. A reduction of the PLC Ratio has the effect of reducing the 
Licensee's Profit Participation Rate. One commenter suggested that a 
Licensee should be permitted to include a Leverageable Capital increase 
in the ratio without express SBA approval, provided the increase was 
the result of the takedown of commitments or the conversion to cash of 
non-cash assets included in Private Capital. Language to this effect 
was previously included in the regulations and was inadvertently 
dropped from the proposed rule. It has been restored in the final 
version of Sec. 107.1530(e)(2).
j. Participating Securities--Adjustment of Interim Profit Participation 
Calculations for Changes in the Year-End Profit Participation Rate
    SBA received a comment suggesting that proposed Sec. 107.1530(h)(3) 
be deleted. This provision, which was unchanged from the existing 
regulations, stated that if a Licensee computing Profit Participation 
had previously made an interim computation during the same fiscal year, 
it would be required to adjust the interim amount to account for any 
subsequent increases in the Profit Participation Rate. The commenter 
pointed out that the provision was inconsistent with the mechanics of 
Sec. 107.1530(h) (1) and (2), which resulted in automatic adjustment of 
interim computations for subsequent increases or decreases in the 
Licensee's Profit Participation Rate.
    SBA agrees that the provisions are inconsistent; however, the 
preamble to the April 8, 1994 final rule concerning the Participating 
Securities program (59 FR 16898) makes the following statement: ``Any 
computation of Profit Participation made as of the close of an interim 
fiscal quarter is subject to adjustment whenever any subsequent interim 
distributions are contemplated, and at the end of the fiscal year, in 
order to account for any increase in the Profit Participation Rate. If 
the Profit Participation Rate decreases as a result of an approved 
increase in Leverageable Capital, Profit Participations already 
computed for any interim periods shall not be adjusted.''
    Thus, with respect to the original intent of the regulations, the 
error in the proposed rule is found not in paragraph (h)(3), but in 
paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2), which incorrectly adjust interim Profit 
Participation computations for decreases in the Rate as well as 
increases. Accordingly, in the final rule, SBA has revised paragraph 
(h) so that an adjustment takes place only when the Profit 
Participation Rate increases.
k. Participating Securities--Basis for Distribution of Prioritized 
Payments and Adjustments
    Proposed Sec. 107.1540(a), which is essentially the same as the 
existing regulation, would require a Licensee to distribute the balance 
in its Distribution Account (consisting of Earned Prioritized Payments 
and earned Adjustments) annually, based on its profits as determined 
under Sec. 107.1520. One commenter pointed out that ``no distinction is 
made in Sec. 107.1520 between cash and non-cash earnings. Consequently, 
this provision effectively requires that a Licensee make an annual 
distribution of cumulative profits to pay Prioritized Payments even if 
the Licensee did not receive cash for all or a portion of these 
profits.'' The commenter suggested that distributions should be 
required only for profits earned by the Licensee in cash.
    SBA appreciates the concern expressed, but has decided to finalize 
this section as proposed. The Agency believes that Licensees are 
sufficiently protected by the provision in Sec. 107.1540(a) that makes 
all distributions under Sec. 107.1540 conditional upon the satisfaction 
of the liquidity requirement in Sec. 107.1505. Thus, a Licensee that 
had received only non-cash income likely would be precluded from making 
a distribution.
l. Payment of Prioritized Payments on Participating Securities in Order 
of Issue Date
    Under proposed Sec. 107.1540(c), Licensees would be required to pay 
Prioritized Payments on their Participating Securities in order of the 
securities' issue dates. One commenter pointed out that this would 
impose a substantial burden by requiring Licensees to maintain detailed 
sub-accounts to track the Accumulated Prioritized Payments associated 
with each individual Participating Security, and would not provide any 
benefit to the Agency. SBA agrees that this provision is unnecessary 
and has deleted it in the final rule.
m. Participating Securities--Computation of ``Maximum Tax Liability''
    Proposed Sec. 107.1550(b) set forth the formula used to compute a 
Licensee's Maximum Tax Liability, from which the Licensee calculates 
its permitted tax distribution. One element in the formula is ``total 
ordinary income'' allocated to Licensee's investors for Federal income 
tax purposes. One commenter sought clarification as to whether this 
phrase was intended to represent ordinary income less ordinary 
deductions. That is the interpretation intended by SBA, and the 
paragraph has been revised in the final rule to clarify the meaning.
    With respect to the same paragraph, the commenter also suggested 
that ``total ordinary income'' be defined to exclude expenses that 
partners may not be able to deduct fully under the tax law. SBA 
believes this suggestion is inconsistent with the Act, which refers to 
``income allocated to each partner or shareholder * * * for Federal 
income tax purposes'' and does not provide for any adjustment for 
nondeductible expenses. Furthermore, the Agency finds no compelling 
reason to provide all investors with an additional benefit based on the 
possibility that some may face limitations on their deductions.
n. Participating Securities--Payment Dates
    SBA received several comments concerning the Participating Security 
distribution regulations (Secs. 107.1540 through 107.1570) which would 
require Licensees to make distributions only on quarterly Payment 
Dates. All the commenters objected to the inflexibility of these 
provisions. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule, the Payment 
Dates represent the dates on which Trust Certificate holders receive 
interest payments and any returns of principal to which they are 
entitled. Because Participating Securities can be redeemed only on 
Payment Dates, the proposed rule limited Licensees' distributions to 
these dates to avoid certain problems, such as the question of who is 
responsible for Prioritized Payments on a Participating Security during 
the interval between the making of a distribution and the actual 
redemption of the Participating Security with the proceeds of the 
distribution.
    However, SBA recognizes that the loss of flexibility under the 
Payment Date structure can have a significant negative impact on both 
the Licensee and the Agency, particularly in the case of distributions 
to be made in the form of securities. In this instance, the 
restrictions may force the Licensee to hold securities for a 
substantial period of time, during which the Licensee and its investors 
(including SBA) would be subject to a high degree of market risk.
    Because of time constraints, SBA is unable to modify the Payment 
Date restrictions in this final rule. However, 

[[Page 3189]]
the Agency intends to seek a solution that will provide Licensees with 
greater flexibility in making distributions of securities, and to 
publish a proposed rule dealing with this problem as soon as possible.
    One change concerning the timing of distributions is being 
incorporated in the final rule. In the preamble to the proposed rule, 
SBA indicated that it was willing to consider allowing tax 
distributions under Sec. 107.1550 to be made during some window period 
between the February 1 and May 1 Payment Dates, in order to allow 
investors to receive cash before their Federal tax filing deadlines. 
Based on the comments received, SBA is finalizing Sec. 107.1550(d) with 
revised language permitting a tax Distribution to be made between March 
1 and April 15 by a Licensee with a December 31 year end. Licensees 
still must pay all Prioritized Payments before being eligible to make a 
tax distribution.
o. Trust Certificates
    During the comment period, SBA reviewed proposed Secs. 107.1600 
through 107.1680 pertaining to Trust Certificates guaranteed by SBA to 
fund Leverage. Section 321 of the Act and the documentation of the 
Trust Certificates are very specific with respect to the terms and 
conditions. SBA has chosen to shorten these sections by eliminating 
language contained in the statute or detailed in the Trust 
Certificates. None of the changes made to the proposed Secs. 107.1600 
through 107.1680 are substantive. In the final rule, Trust Certificates 
are covered in renumbered Secs. 107.1600 through 107.1640.
p. Miscellaneous Leverage Provisions
    In the final rule, SBA has eliminated proposed Sec. 107.1700(a) and 
(c) as redundant and unnecessary language. Section 321(a) of the Act is 
specific with respect to SBA's unconditional guarantee and the 
requirement for a bond. SBA will continue to provide for an 
unconditional guarantee. The bonding requirement has been eliminated in 
this section as well as in the Trust Certificate sections because the 
bond is required by statute.

10. Subpart J--Licensee's Noncompliance With Terms of Leverage

a. Capital Impairment
    SBA received one comment on proposed Sec. 107.1840(d)(6), which 
would have required a Licensee, in computing its Capital Impairment 
Percentage, to reduce its ``Adjusted Unrealized Gain'' by the amount of 
any borrowing or other obligation associated with portfolio securities 
that were the source of the Unrealized Appreciation used as the basis 
for determining the Adjusted Unrealized Gain. The commenter correctly 
pointed out that the reduction should be limited to the extent of the 
Unrealized Appreciation. SBA agrees and has finalized the provision 
accordingly.

11. Appendices to Part 107

    The existing regulations include two appendices: Appendix I, 
Accounting Standards and Financial Reporting Requirements for Small 
Business Investment Companies, and appendix II, Valuation Guidelines 
for SBICs. SBA has decided to delete the appendices from Part 107, and 
will publish them in a different format at a later date. Although they 
are no longer part of the regulations themselves, both the accounting 
standards and the valuation guidelines remain applicable to all 
Licensees.

Compliance With Executive Orders 12612, 12778, and 12866, the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.), and the 
Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 35)

    SBA certifies that this final rule will not be a significant 
regulatory action for purposes of Executive Order 12866 because it will 
not have an annual effect on the economy of more than $100 million, and 
that it will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.
    The primary purpose of the rule is to streamline the regulations 
governing the SBIC program by eliminating obsolete regulations and 
reorganizing the remainder in a more logical and readable format.
    Two areas of the regulations will have some economic effect, 
including possible effects on small entities. First, license 
application fees and examination fees will be raised. An SBIC license 
applicant will pay a fee of $10,000 to $20,000, compared with the 
current $5,000. This increase is not significant relative to the 
private capital of an average Licensee, which exceeds $10 million. Exam 
fees will continue to be based on the total assets of a Licensee, but 
at higher rates. The largest Licensees, generally those with several 
hundred million dollars of assets, could experience fee increases of 
$20,000 or more; however, the number of such Licensees is currently 
very small.
    Second, the changes in the regulations governing ``Cost of Money'' 
(the maximum amount a Licensee can charge on loans and debt securities) 
will potentially affect the borrowing costs of small entities. Although 
the interest rate on loans is determined primarily by market forces, 
the final rule will raise the interest rate ceiling on loans extended 
by Licensees from 15 percent to 19 percent. The total amount of loans 
provided to small businesses by Licensees is approximately $240 million 
per year. Even if the additional four percentage points were charged on 
the entire balance of such loans, the annual economic impact would be 
less than $10 million.
    For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35, SBA 
certifies that this final rule contains no new reporting or record 
keeping requirements that have not already been approved by the Office 
of Management and Budget. The ``Financing Eligibility Statement'' (SBA 
Form 1941) which is required under Sec. 107.610 has already been 
approved by OMB under Control Number 3245-0301.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12612, SBA certifies that this rule 
does not have any federalism implications warranting the preparation of 
a Federalism Assessment.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12778, SBA certifies that this rule 
is drafted, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards 
set forth in Section 2 of that Order.

List of Subjects in 13 CFR Part 107

    Investment companies, Loan programs-business, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.

    For the reasons set forth above, SBA hereby revises Part 107 of 
Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations to read as follows:
BILLING CODE 8025-01-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1907 Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pollock in Statistical Area 62
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 3333]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1907]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
50 CFR Part 672

[Docket No. 951120272-5272-01; I.D. 012696B]

Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pollock in Statistical Area 62

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Closure.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for pollock in 
Statistical Area 62 in the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is 
necessary to prevent exceeding the interim specification for pollock in 
this area.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12 noon, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), January 29, 1996, 
until superseded by the final 1996 specifications.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mary Furuness, 907-586-7228.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive 
economic zone is managed by NMFS according to the Fishery Management 
Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North 
Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson 
Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Fishing by U.S. vessels is 
governed by regulations implementing the FMP at 50 CFR parts 620 and 
672.
    The interim specification of pollock total allowable catch in 
Statistical Area 62 was established by Interim 1996 Harvest 
Specifications (60 FR 61492, November 30, 1995) as 3,125 metric tons 
(mt), determined in accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(1)(ii)(A).
    The Director, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Director), has 
determined, in accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(2)(ii), that the 1996 
interim specification of pollock in Statistical Area 62 soon will be 
reached. The Regional Director established a directed fishing allowance 
of 2,925 mt, and has set aside the remaining 200 mt as bycatch to 
support other anticipated groundfish fisheries., Consequently, NMFS is 
prohibiting directed fishing for pollock in Statistical Area 62 until 
superseded by the Final 1996 Harvest Specifications of Groundfish in 
the Federal Register.
    Maximum retainable bycatch amounts for applicable gear types may be 
found in the regulations at Sec. 672.20(g). Classification
    This action is taken under 50 CFR 672.20 and is except from review 
under E.O. 12866.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: January 26, 1996.
Richard H. Schaefer,
Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, National 
Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-1907 Filed 1-26-96; 3:28 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1906 Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pollock in Statistical Area 61
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3332-3333]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1906]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

50 CFR Part 672

[Docket No. 951120272-5272-01; I.D. 012696A]

Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pollock in Statistical Area 61

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Closure.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for pollock in 
Statistical Area 61 in the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is 
necessary to prevent exceeding the interim specification for pollock in 
this area.
EFFECTIVE DATE: 12 noon, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), January 28, 1996, 
until superseded by the final 1996 specifications.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mary Furuness, 907-586-7228.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive 
economic zone is managed by NMFS according to the Fishery Management 

[[Page 3333]]

Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North 
Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson 
Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Fishing by U.S. vessels is 
governed by regulations implementing the FMP at 50 CFR parts 620 and 
672.
    The interim specification of pollock total allowable catch in 
Statistical Area 61 was established by Interim 1996 Harvest 
Specifications (60 FR 61492, November 30, 1995) as 6,125 metric tons 
(mt), determined in accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(1)(ii)(A).
    The Director, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Director), has 
determuined, in accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(2)(ii), that the 1996 
interim specification of pollock in Statistical Area 61 soon will be 
reached. The Regional Director established a directed fishing allowance 
of 5,925 mt, and has set aside the remaining 200 mt as bycatch to 
support other anticipated groundfish fisheries. Consequently, NMFS is 
prohibiting directed fishing for pollock in Statistical Area 61 until 
superseded by the Final 1996 Harvest Specifications for Groundfish in 
the Federal Register.
    Maximum retainable bycatch amounts for applicable gear types may be 
found in the regulations at Sec. 672.20(g).

Classification

    This action is taken under 50 CFR 672.20 and is exempt from review 
under E.O. 12866.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: January 26, 1996.
Richard H. Schaefer,
Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, National 
Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-1906 Filed 1-26-96; 3:28 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1905 Chlorpyrifos; Pesticide Tolerance
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3328-3330]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1905]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 180

[PP 4E4288 and 4E4289/R2198; FRL-4995-1]
RIN 2070-AC18

Chlorpyrifos; Pesticide Tolerance

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This rule revises tolerances for residues of the insecticide 
chlorpyrifos in or on the raw agricultural commodities peaches, pears, 
plums, and nectarines by establishing the current time-limited 
tolerances as permanent tolerances. The regulations to establish 
maximum permissible levels of residues of the insecticide were 
requested in petitions submitted by DowElanco and are needed to cover 
maximum expected residues in or on imported commodities.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This regulation became effective January 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Written objections and hearing requests, identified by the 
docket control number, [PP 4E4288 and 4E4289/R2198], may be submitted 
to: Hearing Clerk (A-110), Environmental Protection Agency, Rm. M3708, 
401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460. A copy of any objections and 
hearing requests filed with the Hearing Clerk should be identified by 
the docket control number and submitted to: Public Response and Program 
Resources Branch, Field Operations Division (7506C), Office of 
Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., 
Washington, DC 20460. In person, bring copy of objections and hearing 
requests to Rm. 1132, CM 1B2, 1921 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, 
VA. Fees accompanying objections shall be labeled ``Tolerance Petition 
Fees'' and forwarded to: EPA Headquarters Accounting Operations Branch, 
OPP (Tolerance Fees), P.O. Box 360277M, Pittsburgh, PA 15251.
    An electronic copy of objections and hearing requests filed with 
the Hearing Clerk may be submitted to OPP by sending electronic mail 
(e-mail) to:
    [email protected]
    Copies of electronic objections and hearing requests must be 
submitted as an ASCII file avoiding the use of special characters and 
any form of encryption. Copies of electronic objections and hearing 
requests will also be accepted on disks in WordPerfect 5.1 file format 
or ASCII file format. All copies of electronic objections and hearing 
requests must be identified by the docket number [PP 4E4288 and 4E4289/
R2198]. No Confidential Business Information (CBI) should be submitted 
through e-mail. Copies of electronic objections and hearing requests on 
this rule may be filed online at many Federal Depository Libraries. 
Additional information on electronic submissions can be found below in 
this document.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: By mail: Dennis H. Edwards, Jr., 
Product Manager (PM) 19, Registration Division (7505C), Office of 
Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., 
Washington, DC 20460. Office location, telephone number, and e-mail 
address: Rm. 207, CM #2, 1921 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA, 
(703) 305-6386; e-mail:[email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EPA issued a proposed rule, published in the 
Federal Register of September 28, 1993 (58 FR 68621) which announced 
that DowElanco had submitted pesticide petitions (PP 4E4288 and PP 
4E4289) to the Administrator, pursuant to section 408(e) of the Federal 
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), 21 U.S.C. 346a(e), to amend 40 
CFR 180.342 by revising the tolerances for residues of the insecticide 
chlorpyrifos [O,O-diethyl O-(3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridyl) 

[[Page 3329]]
phosphorothioate] in or on the raw agricultural commodity pears from 
0.01 to 0.05 part per million (ppm) and peaches, nectarines, and plums 
from 0.01 ppm to 0.05 ppm. These revisions in the tolerances were 
needed because of differing use patterns of chlorpyrifos in other parts 
of the world as compared to the U.S.
    The Agency reviewed preliminary residue data and concluded that 
residues should not exceed the proposed tolerances, but determined that 
additional residue data for imported pears, peaches (data for peaches 
suffices for nectarines), plums and prunes (the processed commodity of 
plums) were required.
    Pending submission and review of the data, the Agency issued a 
final rule, published in the Federal Register of February 25, 1994 (59 
FR 9095), which announced that the Agency had revised the tolerances 
for a 2-year period. The expiration date is January 28, 1996, at which 
time the tolerances would revert to the previous 0.01 ppm for the named 
commodities.
    Additional residue data for pears, peaches, and plums were 
submitted. (It was determined that chlorpyrifos residues do not 
concentrate in the processing of plums to prunes, and no data were 
submitted or required.) The data were reviewed and were determined to 
be sufficient to justify removing the time limitation from the existing 
tolerances. The available data do not support a change in the U.S. use 
pattern for the crops listed above. If such a change is desired, 
additional residue data generated in the U.S. must be submitted.
    The scientific data submitted in the petitions and other relevant 
material have been evaluated. The toxicological data considered in 
support of the tolerance include:
    1. A 2-year dog feeding study with a no-observed-effect level 
(NOEL) for systemic effects of 1.0 milligram (mg)/kilogram (kg)/day and 
lowest effect level (LEL) (increased liver weight) of 3.0 mg/kg/day. 
The NOELs for cholinesterase (ChE) inhibition were as follows: 0.01 mg/
kg/day for plasma, 0.1 mg/kg/day for red blood cells, and 1.0 mg/kg/day 
for brain cells. Levels tested were 0, 0.01, 0.03, 0.1, 1.0, and 3 mg/
kg/day.
    2. A voluntary human study with chronic ChE NOEL of 0.03 mg/kg/day 
(based on 20 days of exposure at this level).
    3. A 2-year mouse chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity study with a 
NOEL of 15 ppm for systemic effects (equivalent to 2.25 mg/kg/day) and 
no carcinogenic effects observed under the conditions of the study at 
all levels tested (0, 0.5, 5, and 15 ppm, equivalent to 0.075, 0.75, 
and 2.25 mg/kg/day).
    4. A voluntary human study with acute ChE NOEL of 0.10 mg/kg/day 
(based on daily single-dose exposures of 0, 0.014, 0.03, or 0.10 mg/kg/
day) determined at 1, 3, 6, and 9 days of treatment.
    5. A 2-year rat feeding/carcinogenicity study with ChE NOEL of 0.1 
and LEL of 1.0 mg/kg/day (based on decreased plasma and brain ChE 
activity), and a systemic NOEL of 1.0 mg/kg/day and LEL of 10 mg/kg/day 
(based on decreased erythrocyte and hemoglobin values and increased 
platelet count during the first year). There were no observed 
carcinogenic effects at the levels tested (0.05, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 mg/
kg/day) under the conditions of the study. Chlorpyrifos is classified 
as a Group E chemical (no evidence of carcinogenicity).
    6. A three-generation reproduction study in rats with no 
reproductive effects observed at the dietary levels tested (0, 0.1, 
0.3, and 1.0 mg/kg/day).
    7. Two rat developmental toxicity studies: one negative for 
developmental toxicity at all dose levels (levels tested were 0.1, 3.0, 
and 15.0 mg/kg/day); and one with maternal NOEL of 15 mg/kg/day and 
developmental NOEL of 2.5 mg/kg/day (levels tested, by gavage, were 0, 
0.5, 2.5, and 15 mg/kg/day).
    8. A mouse developmental toxicity study with a teratogenic NOEL 
greater than 25 mg/kg/day (highest dose tested) and a developmental 
fetotoxic NOEL of 10 mg/kg/day and LEL of 25 mg/kg/day (decreased fetal 
length and increased skeletal variants).
    9. A developmental toxicity study in rabbits with maternal and 
developmental NOELs of 81 mg/kg/day, and maternal and developmental 
LELs of 140 mg/kg/day (based on maternal decreased food consumption on 
gestation day 15 to 19, and body weight loss during the dosing period 
followed by a compensatory weight gain; and based on a slight reduction 
in fetal weights and crown-rump lengths, and fetal increased incidence 
of unossified fifth sternebrae and/or xiphisternum). Levels tested were 
0, 1, 9, 81, and 140 mg/kg/day.
    10. An acute delayed neurotoxicity study in the hen that was 
negative at 50 and 100 mg/kg/day.
    11. Several mutagenicity studies which were all negative. These 
include an Ames assay, two Chinese hamster ovary cell mutation assays, 
a micronucleus assay for chromosomal aberration, an in vitro 
chromosomal aberration assay with and without enzymatic activation, and 
an unscheduled DNA synthesis assay.
    12. A general metabolism study in rats shows that the major 
metabolite of chlorpyrifos is 3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridinol (TCP). The 
studies listed below were conducted to demonstrate that TCP is less 
toxic than chlorpyrifos and is not a ChE inhibitor.
    a. A 90-day rat feeding study with a systemic NOEL of 30 mg/kg/day. 
Levels tested were 0, 10, 30, and 100 mg/kg/day.
    b. A rat developmental toxicity study with no developmental 
toxicity observed at the dosages tested (0, 50, 100, and 150 mg/kg/
day).
    c. Mutagenicity studies (including an Ames assay and an unscheduled 
DNA synthesis assay) were negative for mutagenic effects.
    Based on the above studies, the Agency has concluded that the TCP 
metabolite is not of toxicological concern.
    For the assessment of chronic dietary risk, the reference dose 
(RfD) based on the human voluntary ChE study (ChE NOEL of 0.03 mg/kg/
day) and using a 10-fold uncertainty factor is calculated to be 0.003 
mg/kg of body weight/day. Tolerances for food uses appear in 40 CFR 
180.342 and 40 CFR 185.1000. The Dietary Risk Exposure Section (DRES) 
used, when justified and appropriate, anticipated residues rather than 
published tolerance values, and data regarding percent crop treated 
(when less than 100%). The anticipated residue contribution (ARC) from 
published uses of chlorpyrifos is 0.000860 mg/kg of body weight/day for 
the overall U.S. population. This represents 28.7% of the RfD. None of 
the DRES subgroups has an exposure that exceeds the RfD. The population 
subgroup most highly exposed is non-nursing infants, less than 1 year 
old, with an ARC from published uses of 0.002147 mg/kg of body weight/
day, 71.6% of the RfD. The next most highly exposed population subgroup 
is children, 1-6 years old, with an ARC from published uses of 0.001914 
mg/kg of body weight/day, 63.8% of the RfD. It should be noted that 
these values include contributions from pears, nectarines, peaches, and 
plums with tolerances of 0.05 ppm; the tolerances are already in place 
as temporary tolerances. This rule converts existing, temporary 
tolerances to permanent tolerances and does not raise the ARC as a 
percentage of the RfD.
    The DRES detailed acute analysis estimates the distribution of 
single-day exposures for the overall U.S. population and certain 
subgroups. The analysis evaluates individual food consumption as 
reported by respondents in the USDA 1977-78 

[[Page 3330]]
Nationwide Food Consumption Survey (NFCS) and accumulates exposure to 
the chemical for each commodity. Each analysis assumes uniform 
distribution of chlorpyrifos in the commodity. Since the toxicological 
endpoint to which exposure is being compared in this analysis is 
neurotoxicity, four human population subgroups (infants, less than 1 
year old; children, 1-12 years old; females, 13 years old and older; 
males, 13 years old and older), as well as the overall population, are 
of interest.
    The Margin of Exposure (MOE) is the ratio of the NOEL to the 
exposure (NOEL/exposure = MOE). For neurotoxicity, the Agency is 
generally not concerned unless the MOE is below 10 when the NOEL is 
based on human data. Using refined exposure estimates generated in the 
preparation of the Reregistration Eligibility Document (RED) for 
chlorpyrifos, MOEs are greater than 10 for all population subgroups 
evaluated except for children 1 through 6 years. Although the Agency 
has concerns when low MOEs are calculated, this tolerance action does 
not raise risk concerns. The MOEs are not affected by the rule because 
any incremental change in exposure resulting from the tolerances for 
pears, nectarines, peaches, and plums is negligible. Thus MOEs are not 
changed by the tolerances for these commodities, much less by the 
raising of the tolerance from 0.01 ppm to 0.05 ppm. It should also be 
noted that the Agency will reassess chlorpyrifos tolerances in general 
as part of the reregistration process. The RED is scheduled to be 
issued in 1996.
    A record has been established for this rulemaking under docket 
number [PP 4E4288 and 4E4289/R2198] (including any objections and 
hearing requests submitted electronically as described below). A public 
version of this record, including printed, paper versions of electronic 
comments, which does not include any information claimed as CBI, is 
available for inspection from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through 
Friday, excluding legal holidays. The public record is located in Room 
1132 of the Public Response and Program Resources Branch, Field 
Operations Division (7506C), Office of Pesticide Programs, 
Environmental Protection Agency, Crystal Mall #2, 1921 Jefferson Davis 
Highway, Arlington, VA.
    The official record for this rulemaking, as well as the public 
version, as described above will be kept in paper form. Accordingly, 
EPA will transfer any copies of objections and hearing requests 
received electronically into printed, paper form as they are received 
and will place the paper copies in the official rulemaking record which 
will also include all comments submitted directly in writing. The 
official rulemaking record is the paper record maintained at the 
address in ``ADDRESSES'' at the beginning of this document.
    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
Agency must determine whether the regulatory action is ``significant'' 
and therefore subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget 
(OMB) and the requirements of the Executive Order. Under section 3(f), 
the order defines ``a significant regulatory action'' as an action that 
is likely to result in a rule: (1) Having an annual effect on the 
economy of $100 million or more, or adversely and materially affecting 
a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the 
environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal 
governments or communities (also referred to as ``economically 
significant''); (2) creating serious inconsistency or otherwise 
interfering with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) 
materially altering the budgetary impacts of entitlement, grants, user 
fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations thereof; or (4) 
raising novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the 
President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive 
Order.
    Pursuant to the terms of this Executive Order, EPA has determined 
that this rule is not ``significant'' and is therefore not subject to 
OMB review.
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 
(Pub. L. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. 601-612), the Administrator 
has determined that regulations establishing new tolerances or raising 
tolerance levels or establishing exemptions from tolerance requirements 
do not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities. A certification statement to this effect was published 
in the Federal Register of May 4, 1981 (46 FR 24950).

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, 
Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: January 24, 1996.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.

    Therefore, 40 CFR part 180 is amended as follows:

PART 180--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 21 U.S.C. 346a and 371.

    2. In Sec. 180.342, by revising paragraph (e), to read as follows:

Sec. 180.342   Chlorpyrifos; tolerances for residues.

*      *      *      *      *
    (e) Tolerances are established as follows for residues of the 
insecticide chlorpyrifos [O,O-diethyl O-(3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridyl) 
phosphorothioate] in or on the following raw agricultural commodities:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Parts per 
                         Commodity                             million  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
Nectarines.................................................         0.05
Peaches....................................................         0.05
Pears......................................................         0.05
Plums......................................................         0.05
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------

*      *      *      *      *

[FR Doc. 96-1905 Filed 1-26-96; 2:55 pm]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1882 Regulated Navigation Area: Chesapeake Bay Ice Navigation Season
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 3316]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1882]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Coast Guard

33 CFR Part 165

[CGD 05-96-002]

Regulated Navigation Area: Chesapeake Bay Ice Navigation Season

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of implementation.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Coast Guard Captain of the Port (COTP) Baltimore is placing in 
effect from January 4, 1996 to April 15, 1996 the Regulated Navigation 
Area for the Maryland portion of the Chesapeake Bay, the District of 
Columbia, the Potomac River and its tributaries on the Maryland side, 
and the Maryland portion of the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal. 
Operators of specified vessels are required to contact COTP Baltimore 
prior to entering or getting underway within the Regulated Navigation 
Area to determine if operating restrictions have been imposed due to 
ice conditions.

EFFECTIVE DATES: Section 165.503 of 33 CFR is effective from 12:01 
a.m., January 4, 1996 to 12:01 a.m., April 15, 1996, unless sooner 
terminated by the Captain of the Port Baltimore by publication of a 
notice in the Federal Register.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Call the 24 Hour recorded message at (410) 
576-2682, or U.S. Coast Guard Activities Baltimore Duty Officer at 
(410) 576-2520 for COTP ice information.

    Drafting Information. The drafters of this regulation are 
Lieutenant Eric Bautz, project officer, Captain of the Port, 
Baltimore, Maryland, and Lieutenant Kathleen A. Duignan, project 
attorney, Fifth Coast Guard District Legal Staff.

Discussion

    Ice conditions frequently exist during winter months on the 
northern portion of Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries, including the 
Chesapeake and Delaware Canal. Severe ice conditions may threaten the 
safety of persons, vessels and the environment. COTP Baltimore may 
issue specific COTP orders imposing operating restrictions due to ice 
conditions, vessel construction, and cargo. Mariners are also 
encouraged to monitor Broadcast Notices to Mariners to determine if ice 
conditions exist in a specific area.
    Section 165.503 of 33 CFR establishes a Regulated Navigation Area 
(RNA). Operators of vessels carrying oil or hazardous materials in bulk 
as cargo or residue, power-driven vessels of three hundred gross tons 
or more, vessels of one hundred gross tons or more carrying one or more 
passengers for hire, and towing vessels of 26 feet or more in length 
must contact COTP Baltimore before entering or getting underway within 
the RNA to obtain current COTP orders. Section 165.503 will remain in 
effect from January 4, 1996 to April 15, 1996.

    Dated: January 3, 1996.
G.S. Cope,
Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port, Baltimore, Maryland.
[FR Doc. 96-1882 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1859 Truth in Lending
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 3177]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1859]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

12 CFR Part 226

[Regulation Z; Docket No. R-0915]

Truth in Lending

AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

ACTION: Notice of adjustment of dollar amount.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Board is publishing an adjustment to the dollar amount 
that triggers certain requirements of Regulation Z (Truth in Lending) 
for mortgages bearing fees above a certain amount. The Home Ownership 
and Equity Protection Act of 1994 sets forth rules for creditors 
offering home-secured loans with total points and fees payable by the 
consumer at or before loan consummation that exceed the greater of $400 
or 8 percent of the total loan amount. The Board is required to 
annually adjust the $400 amount based on the annual percentage change 
in the Consumer Price Index as reported on June 1. The Board has 
adjusted the dollar amount from $400 to $412.

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Michael Hentrel, Staff Attorney, 
Division of Consumer and Community Affairs, Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System, at (202) 452-3667. For the users of 
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf only, please contact Dorothea 
Thompson at (202) 452-3544.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The Truth in Lending Act (TILA; 15 U.S.C. 1601--1666j) requires 
creditors to disclose credit terms and the cost of consumer credit as 
an annual percentage rate. The act requires additional disclosures for 
loans secured by a consumer's home, and permits consumers to cancel 
certain transactions that involve their principal dwelling. The TILA is 
implemented by the Board's Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226).
    On March 24, 1995, the Board published amendments to Regulation Z 
implementing the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 
(HOEPA), contained in the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory 
Improvement Act of 1994, Public Law 103-325, 108 Stat. 2160 (60 FR 
15463). These amendments, which became effective on October 1, 1995, 
are contained in Sec. 226.32 of the regulation and impose new 
disclosure requirements and substantive limitations on certain closed-
end mortgage loans bearing rates or fees above a certain percentage or 
amount. Creditors are required to comply with the rules in Sec. 226.32 
if the total points and fees payable by the consumer at or before loan 
consummation exceed the greater of $400 or 8 percent of the total loan 
amount. The TILA and Sec. 226.32(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation Z provide that 
the $400 figure shall be adjusted annually on January 1 by the annual 
percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) that was reported 
on the preceding June 1. See 15 U.S.C. 1602(aa).
    The Bureau of Labor Statistics publishes consumer-based indices 
monthly, but does not ``report'' a CPI change on June 1; adjustments 
are reported in the middle of each month. The CPI-U is based on all 
urban consumers and represents approximately 80 percent of the U.S. 
population; the CPI-W is based on urban wage earners and clerical 
workers and represents about 30 percent of the population. The Board 
believes the index representing the broader population of U. S. 
consumers--the CPI-U--is the appropriate index to use in any adjustment 
to the $400 dollar figure.
    The adjustment to the $400 dollar figure reflects the adjustment 
reported on May 15 (the rate ``in effect'' on June 1) which states the 
percentage increase from April 1994 to April 1995. During that period 
the CPI-U increased by 3.1 percent which would cause an adjustment of 
the $400 to $412.40. The Board is rounding that number to whole dollars 
for ease of compliance.

Adjustment

    Effective January 1, 1996, under Sec. 226.32(a), a home mortgage 
loan is covered by Sec. 226.32 if the total points and fees payable by 
the consumer at or before loan consummation exceed the greater of $412 
or 8 percent of the total loan amount. The adjustment will be codified 
in the official staff commentary to Regulation Z.

    By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System, January 25, 1995.
William W. Wiles,
Secretary of the Board.
[FR Doc. 96-1859 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6210-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1855 Pine Shoot Beetle
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3176-3177]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1855]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service

7 CFR Part 301

[Docket No. 92-139-9]

Pine Shoot Beetle

AGENCY: Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.

ACTION: Affirmation of interim rules as final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: We are affirming, without change, the pine shoot beetle 
regulations, as established and amended by a series of interim rules 
published in the Federal Register between November 1992 and January 
1995. The regulations quarantine portions of several States and 
restrict the interstate movement of regulated articles from those areas 
to prevent the artificial spread of the pine shoot beetle into 
noninfested areas of the United States. The pine shoot beetle is a 
highly destructive pest of pine trees.

EFFECTIVE DATE: March 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Steve Knight, Senior Operations 
Officer, Domestic and Emergency Operations, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road 
Unit 134, Riverdale, MD 20737-1236, (301) 734-7935.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The pine shoot beetle is a highly destructive pest of pine trees. 
The pine shoot beetle can cause damage in weak and dying trees, where 
reproduction and immature stages of pine shoot beetle occur, and in the 
new growth of healthy trees. During ``maturation feeding,'' young 
beetles bore up the center of pine shoots (usually of the current 
year's growth), causing stunted and distorted growth in the host trees. 
The pine shoot beetle is also a vector of several diseases of pine 
trees. Adults can fly at least 1 kilometer, and infested trees and pine 
products are often transported long distances. This pest damages urban 
trees and can cause economic losses to the timber, Christmas tree, and 
nursery industries.
    Pine shoot beetle hosts include all pine species. The beetle has 
been found in a variety of pine species (Pinus spp.) in the United 
States. Scotch pine (P. sylvestris) is the preferred host of the pine 
shoot beetle.
    The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) established 
regulations at 7 CFR 301.50 through 301.50-10 (referred to below as the 
regulations) to prevent the artificial spread of the pine shoot beetle 
into noninfested areas of the United States.
    The regulations were established and refined by a series of interim 
rules, beginning with Docket 92-139-1, which was effective on November 
13, 1992, and published in the Federal Register on November 19, 1992 
(57 FR 54492-54499). Docket 92-139-1 quarantined 42 counties in 
Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, New York, Ohio, and Pennsylvania, and 
established restrictions on the interstate movement of various 
articles, including pine trees, from the quarantined areas. We 
solicited comments on the interim rule for 60 days ending January 19, 
1993. We received 96 comments by that date from nurseries, Christmas 
tree producers, State governments, and others. Nearly all asked us to 
ease restrictions by establishing a mechanism for allowing all pine 
nursery stock to be certified for interstate movement by visual 
inspection.
    Docket 92-139-2, effective January 19, 1993, and published in the 
Federal Register on January 28, 1993 (58 FR 6346-6348), established the 
requested visual inspection protocol for pine nursery stock and 
provided an alternative treatment for pine Christmas trees. It also 
quarantined one additional county in Illinois. We solicited comments on 
the interim rule for 60 days ending March 29, 1993. We received six 
comments by that date from a nursery association, State governments, 
and others. One simply expressed support; the others encouraged APHIS 
to continue to examine treatment and inspection processes.
    In response to these comments APHIS continued to examine its 
treatment and inspection processes. As a result, Dockets 92-139-3 
through 92-139-8 further amended the regulations by removing fir, 
larch, and spruce from the list of regulated articles, relieving 
certain restrictions on logs and lumber of pine, allowing visual 
certification of certain pine transplants, providing a new and less 
harsh methyl bromide treatment schedule for cut pine Christmas trees, 
and adding pine stumps and pine bark nuggets (including bark chips) to 
the list of regulated articles. In addition, these dockets added 8 
counties in Illinois, 13 counties in Indiana, 33 counties in Michigan, 
10 counties in New York, 4 counties in Ohio, and 7 counties in 
Pennsylvania to the list of quarantined areas.
    These interim rules were effective and published as follows: Docket 
92-139-3, effective May 13, 1993, and published May 13, 1993 (58 FR 
28333-28335); Docket 92-139-4, effective June 23, 1993, and published 
June 29, 1993 (58 FR 34681-34683); Docket 92-139-5, effective November 
23, 1993, and published November 30, 1993 (58 FR 63024-63027); Docket 
92-139-6, effective August 1, 1994, and published August 5, 1994 (59 FR 
39937-39941); Docket 92-139-7, effective October 14, 1994, and 
published October 20, 1994 (59 FR 52891-52894); and Docket 92-139-8, 
effective December 29, 1994, and published January 9, 1995 (60 FR 2321-
2323). We solicited comments on each interim rule for 60 days, and 
received a total of four comments, three in support and one expressing 
concern about enforcement of the regulations. The enforcement concerns 
involve the availability of money and persons to enforce the 
regulations, and not the need for changes in the regulations.
    This document affirms, without change, the pine shoot beetle 
regulations, as established and amended by the interim rules listed 
above.
    This action also affirms the information contained in the interim 
rules concerning Executive Orders 12291 and 12866 and the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act, Executive Orders 12372 and 12778, and the Paperwork 
Reduction Act.
    For this action, the Office of Management and Budget has waived the 
review process required by Executive Order 12866.

List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 301

    Agricultural commodities, Plant diseases and pests, Quarantine, 

[[Page 3177]]
    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.

    Accordingly, we are adopting as a final rule, without change, the 
regulations at 7 CFR 301.50 through 301.50-10, as established and 
amended by interim rules published at: 57 FR 54492-54499 on November 
19, 1992; at 58 FR 6346-6348 on January 28, 1993; at 58 FR 28333-28335 
on May 13, 1993; at 58 FR 34681-34683 on June 29, 1993; at 58 FR 63024-
63027 on November 30, 1993; at 59 FR 39937-39941 on August 5, 1994; at 
59 FR 52891-52894 on October 20, 1994; and at 60 FR 2321-2323 on 
January 9, 1995.

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 150bb, 150dd, 150ee, 150ff, 161, 162, and 
164-167; 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, and 371.2(c).

    Done in Washington, DC, this 25th day of January 1996.
Lonnie J. King,
Administrator, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.
[FR Doc. 96-1855 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3410-34-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1848 Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans and Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes; Ohio
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3319-3326]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1848]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 52 and 81

[OH66-1-6499A, OH76-1-6900A; FRL-5405-4]

Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans and Designation 
of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes; Ohio

AGENCY: United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The USEPA is approving the State of Ohio's State 
Implementation Plan revision request to redesignate the Canton (Stark 
County), and Youngstown (Mahoning and Trumbull Counties) marginal ozone 
nonattainment areas to attainment, and establish ozone standard 
maintenance plans for these areas. Ground-level ozone, commonly known 
as smog, is an air pollutant which forms on hot summer days which 
harmfully affects lung tissue and breathing passages. The redesignation 
to attainment of the health-based ozone air quality standard is based 
on a request from the State of Ohio to redesignate this area and 
approve its maintenance plan, and on the supporting data the State 
submitted in support of the requests. Under the Clean Air Act, 
designations can be changed if sufficient data are available to warrant 
such change, and a maintenance plan is put in place which is designed 
to ensure the area maintains ozone air quality standard for the next 
ten years.

[[Page 3320]]

DATES: The ``direct final'' is effective on April 1, 1996, unless USEPA 
receives adverse or critical comments by March 1, 1996. If USEPA 
receives comments adverse to or critical of the approval discussed 
above, USEPA will withdraw this approval before its effective date by 
publishing a subsequent Federal Register document which withdraws this 
final action. All public comments received will then be addressed in a 
subsequent rulemaking document.

ADDRESSES: Copies of the revision request and USEPA's analysis 
(Technical Support Document) are available for inspection at the 
following address: United States Environmental Protection Agency, 
Region 5, Air and Radiation Division, 77 West Jackson Boulevard (AR-
18J), Chicago, Illinois 60604. (It is recommended that you telephone 
William Jones at (312) 886-6058, before visiting the Region 5 Office).
    Written comments should be sent to: J. Elmer Bortzer, Chief, 
Regulation Development Section, Regulation Development Branch (AR-18J), 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, 
Chicago, Illinois 60604.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: William Jones at (312) 886-6058.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Under section 107(d) of the pre-amended 
Clean Air Act (CAA), the United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(USEPA) promulgated the ozone attainment status for each area of every 
State. For Ohio, Canton (Stark County), and Youngstown (Mahoning, and 
Trumbull Counties) were designated as a nonattainment area for ozone, 
see 43 FR 8962 (March 3, 1978), and 43 FR 45993 (October 5, 1978). On 
November 15, 1990, the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted. 
Public Law 101-549, 104 Stat. 2399, codified at 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q. 
Pursuant to section 107(d)(1)(C) of the CAA, the Canton and Youngstown 
areas retained their designation of nonattainment for ozone by 
operation of law, see 56 FR 56694 (November 6, 1991). At the same time 
these areas were classified as marginal ozone nonattainment areas based 
on design values of 0.135 parts per million (ppm) for Canton, and 0.134 
ppm for Youngstown. Design values are based upon actual monitoring data 
collected in the area. A design value is calculated for each monitoring 
site in the area, with the highest monitor design value being the 
design value for the area. A design value for each monitor is usually 
the fourth highest reading during a three year period. Generally, the 
design value has been set from the years 1987 to 1989. Section 181 of 
the CAA provides a table establishing classifications for different 
areas based upon area design values. Areas with design values of 0.121 
ppm up to 0.138 ppm are classified as marginal nonattainment. Mercer 
County, Pennsylvania was also included in the Youngstown-Warren-Sharon 
marginal ozone nonattainment area, along with Mahoning and Trumbull 
Counties, Ohio. An ozone redesignation request was made by Ohio for 
Mahoning and Trumbull Counties, but Pennsylvania has not requested 
redesignation of Mercer County. In this case it is appropriate to 
proceed with the redesignation of the Ohio portion of this ozone 
nonattainment area, because: (1) The entire Youngstown-Warren-Sharon 
marginal ozone nonattainment area has attained the ozone National 
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS); and (2) Ohio's maintenance plan 
contains triggers that rely on the ozone monitor located in Mercer 
County, Pennsylvania.
    The Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (OEPA) requested that the 
areas be redesignated in letters dated March 25, 1994, (received on 
April 5, 1994) and August 15, 1994, (received on August 22, 1994) for 
Canton and Youngstown, Ohio, respectively. The public hearing portions 
were transmitted to us in letters from Robert Hodanbosi, Chief of the 
Division of Air Pollution Control, OEPA, dated August 10, 1994, for 
Canton, and November 14, 1994, for Youngstown.
    The State provided monitoring, emissions data, and other 
documentation to support its redesignation requests. The review 
criteria and a review of the requests are provided below.

I. Redesignation Review Criteria

    Under the CAA, designations can be changed if sufficient data are 
available to warrant such change. The CAA provides the requirements for 
redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment. Specifically, section 
107(d)(3)(E) provides for redesignation if: (i) The Administrator 
determines that the area has attained the NAAQS; (ii) The Administrator 
has fully approved the applicable implementation plan for the area 
under Section 110(k); (iii) The Administrator determines that the 
improvement in air quality is due to permanent and enforceable 
reductions in emissions resulting from implementation of the applicable 
implementation plan and applicable Federal air pollutant control 
regulations and other permanent and enforceable reductions; (iv) The 
Administrator has fully approved a maintenance plan for the area as 
meeting the requirements of Section 175A; and (v) The State containing 
such area has met all requirements applicable to the area under Section 
110 and Part D.
    The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has 
provided guidance on processing redesignation requests in the following 
memoranda and related documents:
    1. Inspection/Maintenance Program Requirement--Provisions for 
Redesignation (60 FR 1735), January 5, 1995.
    2. ``Part D New Source Review (part D NSR) Requirements for Areas 
Requesting Redesignation to Attainment,'' Mary D. Nichols, Assistant 
Administrator for Air and Radiation, October 14, 1994.
    3. Conformity; General Preamble for Exemption from Nitrogen Oxides 
Provisions, General Preamble for Future Proposed Rulemakings (59 FR 
31238), June 17, 1994.
    4. ``Section 182(f) Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Exemptions Revised 
Process and Criteria,'' John S. Seitz, Director, Office of Air Quality 
Planning and Standards, May 27, 1994.
    5. ``Maintenance Plan Requirements for Incomplete/No Data Areas,'' 
Lydia Wegman, Deputy Director, Office of Air Quality Planning and 
Standards, May 8, 1994.
    6. ``Use of Actual Emissions in Maintenance Demonstrations for 
Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Nonattainment Areas,'' D. Kent Berry, 
Acting Director, Air Quality Management Division, November 30, 1993.
    7. ``State Implementation Plan (SIP) Requirements for Areas 
Submitting Requests for Redesignation to Attainment of the Ozone and 
Carbon Monoxide (CO) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) on 
or after November 15, 1992,'' Michael H. Shapiro, Acting Assistant 
Administrator for Air and Radiation, September 17, 1993.
    8. ``Technical Support Document (TSDs) for Redesignating Ozone and 
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Nonattainment Areas,'' G. T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/
Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, August 17, 1993.
    9. ``State Implementation Plan (SIP) Actions Submitted in Response 
to Clean Air Act (ACT) Deadlines,'' John Calcagni, Director, Air 
Quality Management Division, October 28, 1992.
    10. ``Procedures for Processing Requests to Redesignate Areas to 
Attainment,'' John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, 
September 4, 1992. 

[[Page 3321]]

    11. ``Contingency Measures for Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) 
Redesignations,'' G.T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs 
Branch, June 1, 1992.

II. Review of the Redesignation Requests

    The redesignation requests were reviewed to determine if they meet 
the criteria for redesignating an area to attainment.

A. The Area Must Have Attained the Ozone NAAQS

    For ozone, an area may be considered attaining the NAAQS if there 
are no violations, as determined in accordance with the regulation 
codified at 40 CFR 50.9, based on the three (3) most recent consecutive 
calendar years of quality assured monitoring data. A violation occurs 
when the ozone air quality monitoring data show greater than one (1) 
average expected exceedance per year. An exceedance occurs when the 
maximum hourly ozone concentration exceeds 0.124 parts per million 
(ppm). The data should be collected and quality-assured in accordance 
with 40 CFR part 58, and recorded in the Aerometric Information 
Retrieval System (AIRS) in order for it to be available to the public 
for review.
    Ambient air quality monitoring data show that these two areas 
attained the NAAQS for ozone during the 1989 to 1994 time period, and 
preliminary 1995 ozone monitoring data continues to demonstrate both 
areas' continued attainment.
    The ozone monitoring network for Canton consists of four (4) 
monitors. In Canton only one (1) exceedance of the ozone standard has 
been monitored since 1990; it was 0.130 ppm and occurred at the North 
Canton monitor in 1991. The monitoring network for the Youngstown area 
consists of four (4) monitors that are located in Mercer, Mahoning, and 
Trumbull Counties. The Youngstown area has monitored several 
exceedances since 1990 but is not in violation of the ozone standard. 
Preliminary monitoring data for 1995 shows only one exceedance at the 
Mahoning County Monitor, which is the first exceedance at that monitor 
since 1991. This would not result in a violation.
    Data stored in AIRS was used to determine the annual average 
expected exceedances for the years 1992, 1993, and 1994. Data contained 
in AIRS have undergone quality assurance review by the State and USEPA. 
Since the annual average number of expected exceedances for each 
monitor during the most recent three years is less than 1.0, the Canton 
and Youngstown areas are attaining the standard.
    Summaries of air quality data for Canton, and Youngstown are 
contained in Tables 1 and 2. The areas are currently meeting the 
section 107(d)(3)(E)(i) requirement of attaining the ozone NAAQS.

                   Table 1.--Peak 1-Hour Ozone Concentrations in the Canton Area 1989 to 1994                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Exceedances    Expected 
                    Site                                  County                Year      measured   exceedances
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1989           0          0.0 
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1990           0          0.0 
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1991           0          0.0 
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1992           0          0.0 
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1993           0          0.0 
Malone College..............................  Stark........................       1994           0          0.0 
245 W 5th St................................  Stark........................       1992           0          0.0 
245 W 5th St................................  Stark........................       1993           0          0.0 
245 W 5th St................................  Stark........................       1994           0          0.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1989           0          0.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1990           0          0.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1991           1          1.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1992           0          0.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1993           0          0.0 
6318 Heminger Av............................  Stark........................       1994           0          0.0 
City of Alliance............................  Stark........................       1991           0          0.0 
City of Alliance............................  Stark........................       1992           0          0.0 
City of Alliance............................  Stark........................       1993           0          0.0 
City of Alliance............................  Stark........................       1994           0          0.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 Table 2.--Peak 1-Hour Ozone Concentrations in the Youngstown Area 1989 to 1994                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Exceedances    Expected 
                    Site                                  County                Year      measured   exceedances
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1989           0          0.0 
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1990           0          0.0 
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1991           1          1.0 
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1992           0          0.0 
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1993           0          0.0 
9 West Front St.............................  Mahoning.....................       1994           0          0.0 
Airport.....................................  Trumbull.....................       1991           0          0.0 
Airport.....................................  Trumbull.....................       1992           0          0.0 
Airport.....................................  Trumbull.....................       1993           0          0.0 
Airport.....................................  Trumbull.....................       1994           0          0.0 
Community Hall..............................  Trumbull.....................       1992           0          0.0 
Community Hall..............................  Trumbull.....................       1993           1          1.0 
Community Hall..............................  Trumbull.....................       1994           0          0.0 
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1989           0          0.0 
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1990           0          0.0 
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1991           0          0.0 

[[Page 3322]]
                                                                                                                
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1992           0          0.0 
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1993           0          0.0 
City of Farrell.............................  Mercer.......................       1994           0          0.0 
M. K. Goddard State Park....................  Mercer.......................       1989           0          0.0 
M. K. Goddard State Park....................  Mercer.......................       1990           0          0.0 
M. K. Goddard State Park....................  Mercer.......................       1991           0          0.0 
M. K. Goddard State Park....................  Mercer.......................       1992           0          0.0 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. The Area Must Have a Fully Approved SIP Under Section 110(k); and 
the Area Must Have Met all Applicable Requirements Under Section 110 
and Part D

    Before the Canton and Youngstown areas may be redesignated to 
attainment for ozone, each area must have fulfilled the applicable 
requirements of section 110 and part D. USEPA interprets section 
107(d)(3)(E)(v) to mean that, for a redesignation request to be 
approved, the State must have met all requirements that became 
applicable to the subject area prior to or at the time of the 
submission of the redesignation request. As the Canton and Youngstown 
redesignation requests were submitted to USEPA in March and August 
1994, requirements that came due prior to these respective times must 
be met for each request to be approved. Requirements of the CAA that 
come due subsequent to the submission of the redesignation request 
continue to be applicable to the area (see section 175A(c)) and, if the 
redesignation is disapproved, the State remains obligated to fulfill 
those requirements.
1. Section 110  Requirements
    General SIP elements are delineated in section 110(a)(2) of Title 
I, Part A. These requirements include but are not limited to the 
following: submittal of a SIP that has been adopted by the State after 
reasonable notice and public hearing, provisions for establishment and 
operation of appropriate apparatus, methods, systems and procedures 
necessary to monitor ambient air quality, implementation of a permit 
program, provisions for Part C (PSD) and D (NSR) permit programs, 
criteria for stationary source emission control measures, monitoring, 
and reporting, provisions for modeling, and provisions for public and 
local agency participation. For purposes of redesignation, the Ohio SIP 
was reviewed to ensure that all requirements under the amended Act were 
satisfied.
2. Part D  Requirements
    Under part D, an area's classification determines the requirements 
to which it is subject. Subpart 1 of part D sets forth the basic 
nonattainment requirements applicable to all nonattainment areas. 
Subpart 2 of part D establishes additional requirements for 
nonattainment areas classified under table 1 of section 181(a). As 
described in the General Preamble for the Implementation of Title 1, 
specific requirements of subpart 2 may override subpart 1's general 
provisions (57 FR 13501 (April 16, 1992)). The 1990 Amendments to the 
CAA reaffirmed the ozone nonattainment status of the Canton and 
Youngstown areas and classified the areas as marginal. Therefore, in 
order to be redesignated, the State must meet the applicable 
requirements of subpart 1 of part D--as well as the applicable 
requirements of subpart 2 of part D that apply to marginal areas such 
as Canton and Youngstown.
    Section 172(c) sets forth general requirements applicable to all 
nonattainment areas. Under section 172(b), the section 172(c) 
requirements are applicable as determined by the Administrator, but no 
later than 3 years after an area has been designated as nonattainment 
under the amended CAA. Furthermore, as noted above, some of these 
section 172(c) requirements are superseded by more specific 
requirements in subpart 2 of part D. In the cases of Canton and 
Youngstown, the State has satisfied all of the section 172(c) 
requirements necessary for these areas to be redesignated upon the 
basis of the redesignation requests submitted on March 25, 1994, and 
August 15, 1994.
    In the case of marginal ozone nonattainment areas, the section 
172(c)(1) Reasonably Available Control Measures was superseded by 
section 182(a)(2) Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) 
requirements, which required marginal ozone nonattainment areas that 
were previously designated nonattainment to submit RACT corrections. 
See General Preamble for the Implementation of Title I, 57 FR at 13503, 
and the volatile organic compound (VOC) RACT Fix-up rulemaking 
published at 58 FR 49458. Thus, for the Canton and Youngstown areas, 
the VOC RACT fix-up SIP must be fully approved. The VOC RACT fix-up SIP 
previously submitted by Ohio was given partial approval, partial 
disapproval, and partial limited approval/limited disapproval. See the 
Federal Register rulemaking dated May 9, 1994, at 56 FR 23796. However, 
Ohio made a subsequent submittal to address the VOC RACT requirements 
for these areas, for which USEPA has published a direct final approval, 
along with a proposed approval action. See the direct final and 
proposed rulemakings published in the Federal Register on March 23, 
1995 (60 FR 15235, and 60 FR 15270). Consequently, the VOC RACT fix-up 
requirements have now been fully approved and became effective on May 
5, 1995. Also, by virtue of provisions of section 182(a), marginal 
areas were not required to submit a demonstration that the SIP provide 
for attainment.
    With respect to the section 172(c)(2) Reasonable Further Progress 
(RFP) requirement, as the Canton and Youngstown areas have attained the 
ozone NAAQS no RFP requirements apply. See General Preamble for the 
Implementation of title I, 57 FR at 13564.
    The section 172(c)(3) emissions inventory requirement was addressed 
in a separate review and December 7, 1995, rulemaking action on the 
1990 base year inventory required under subpart 2 of part D, section 
182(a)(1) (See 60 FR 62737). In that action, the inventory was approved 
as meeting the section 182(a)(1) requirement. Since the 182(a)(1) 
requirement is met, the 172(c)(3) requirement is also satisfied.
    As for the section 172(c)(5) NSR requirement, USEPA has determined 
that areas being redesignated need not comply with the NSR requirement 
prior to redesignation provided that the area demonstrates maintenance 
of the standard without part D NSR in effect. 

[[Page 3323]]
A memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator for Air and 
Radiation, dated October 14, 1994, entitled Part D New Source Review 
(part D NSR) Requirements for Areas Requesting Redesignation to 
Attainment, fully describes the rationale for this view, and is based 
on the Agency's authority to establish de minimis exceptions to 
statutory requirements. See Alabama Power Co. v. Costle, 636 F. 2d 323, 
360-61 (D.C. Cir. 1979). As discussed below, the State of Ohio has 
demonstrated that the Canton and Youngstown areas will be able to 
maintain the standard without part D NSR in effect and, therefore, the 
State need not have a fully-approved part D NSR program prior to 
approval of the redesignation request for these areas. Once the area is 
redesignated to attainment, the PSD program, which has been delegated 
to Ohio, will become effective immediately. The PSD program was 
delegated to Ohio at Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR 52.21(u), on 
May 1, 1980, and amended November 7, 1988.
    The section 172(c)(9) contingency measure requirements also do not 
apply to marginal ozone nonattainment areas. Section 182(a) of the CAA 
states that section 172(c)(9) (relating to contingency measures) shall 
not apply to marginal areas.
    Finally, for purposes of redesignation, the Canton and Youngstown 
SIPs were reviewed to ensure that all requirements of section 
110(a)(2), containing general SIP elements, were satisfied. As noted 
above, USEPA believes the SIP satisfies all of those requirements.
    Section 176(c) of the Act requires States to revise their SIPs to 
establish criteria and procedures to ensure that, before they are 
taken, Federal actions conform to the air quality planning goals in the 
applicable State SIP. The requirement to determine conformity applies 
to transportation plans, programs and projects developed, funded or 
approved under Title 23 U.S.C. or the Federal Transit Act 
(``transportation conformity''), as well as to all other Federal 
actions (``general conformity'').
    The USEPA promulgated final transportation conformity regulations 
on November 24, 1993 (58 FR 62188) and general conformity regulations 
on November 30, 1993 (58 FR 63214). Pursuant to section 51.396 of the 
transportation conformity rule and section 51.851 of the general 
conformity rule, the State of Ohio is required to submit a SIP revision 
containing transportation conformity criteria and procedures consistent 
with those established in the Federal rule by November 25, 1994, and 
November 30, 1994, respectively. Because the redesignation request was 
submitted before these SIP revisions came due, they are not applicable 
requirements under section 107(d)(3)(E)(v) for the purposes of 
evaluating this redesignation request.
    Marginal ozone nonattainment areas are subject to the requirements 
of section 182(a) of subpart 2. Ohio has met all of the applicable 
requirements of that subsection with respect to the Canton and 
Youngstown areas. The emission statement SIP required by section 
182(a)(3)(B) was approved on October 13, 1994. See 59 FR 51863. An 
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) SIP was not required under section 
182(a)(2)(B) since these areas were not required to have an I/M program 
before the enactment of the 1990 CAA Amendments. On September 23, 1993, 
the proposed rulemaking on the VOC RACT SIP was published. On May 9, 
1994, the final rulemaking was published. This rulemaking gave partial 
approval/disapproval, partial limited approval/limited disapproval. A 
direct final rulemaking was published on March 23, 1995, providing full 
approval of the VOC RACT rules required for Youngstown and Canton. The 
emissions inventories were approved in a separate rulemaking, published 
on December 7, 1995 (See 60 FR 62737). Finally, the State need not 
comply with the requirements of section 182(a)(2)(C) concerning 
revisions to the part D NSR program in order for the Canton and 
Youngstown areas to be redesignated for the reasons explained above in 
connection with the discussion of the section 172(c)(5) NSR 
requirement. Since the emissions inventory, emissions statements, and 
VOC RACT SIPs are fully approved, the redesignations meet the section 
107(d)(3)(E)(ii) and (v) requirements.

C. The Improvement in Air Quality Must be due to Permanent and 
Enforceable Reductions in Emissions Resulting From the SIP, Federal 
Measures and Other Permanent and Enforceable Reductions

    In order to meet this requirement, the State should show the change 
in an area's emissions from its design value year (this is generally 
1988) to an attainment year. The design value year is the year in which 
the monitored concentration, used to classify these areas as marginal, 
occurred.
    In Canton, point source VOC emissions decreased 2.9 tons per day 
(TPD) from 1988 to 1993, due to a State permit controlling emissions at 
the Smith & Nephew Perry facility in Massillon. Area sources changed 
very little between 1988 and 1993. Mobile source VOC and NOX 
decreased 15.0 tons per day (TPD) of VOC, and 1.7 TPD, respectively 
from 1988 to 1993. These mobile source emission reductions were due to 
Federal Motor Vehicle Emissions Control Program (FMVECP) required at 40 
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 86 and the Federal Reid Vapor 
Pressure (RVP) program (which lowered the RVP of gasoline to 9.0 psi) 
required at 40 CFR Part 80. Since both these programs are Federal 
programs and are Federally enforceable and permanent, the improvement 
in Canton's air quality was due to permanent and enforceable reductions 
in emissions.
    In Youngstown, mobile and point source VOC emissions decreased 
approximately 5 TPD, and 1 TPD, respectively, between 1988 and 1990. 
The area source emissions were unchanged. This results in a total 
change in VOC emissions of approximately 6 TPD (6 percent decrease) 
from 1988 to 1990. The majority of this reduction was due to the 
FMVECP. Based on this, the improvement in Youngstown's air quality was 
due to permanent and enforceable reductions in emissions.
    Both the Canton and Youngstown redesignation requests meet the 
section 107(d)(3)(E)(iii) redesignation requirements.

D. The Area Must Have a Fully Approved Maintenance Plan Meeting the 
Requirements of Section 175A

    Section 175A of the CAA sets forth the elements of a maintenance 
plan for areas seeking redesignation from nonattainment to attainment. 
The maintenance plan is a SIP revision which provides for maintenance 
of the relevant NAAQS in the area for at least 10 years after 
redesignation. A September 4, 1992, USEPA memorandum from the Director 
of the Air Quality Management Division, Office of Air Quality Planning 
and Standards, to Directors of Regional Air Divisions regarding 
redesignation provides further guidance on the required content of a 
maintenance plan.
    An ozone maintenance plan should address the following five areas: 
the attainment inventory, maintenance demonstration, monitoring 
network, verification of continued attainment and a contingency plan. 
The attainment emissions inventory identifies the emissions level in 
the area which is sufficient to attain the ozone NAAQS, and includes 
emissions during the time period which had no monitored violations. 
Maintenance is demonstrated by showing that future emissions will 

[[Page 3324]]
not exceed the level established by the attainment inventory. 
Provisions for continued operation of an appropriate air quality 
monitoring network are to be included in the maintenance plan. The 
State must show how it will track and verify the progress of the 
maintenance plan. Finally, the maintenance plan must include 
contingency measures which ensure prompt correction of any violation of 
the ozone standard.
    The State addresses the attainment inventory, maintenance 
demonstration, continued monitoring, tracking plans progress, and the 
contingency plan. The State has included emissions summaries for 1990 
as the attainment inventories for Canton and Youngstown.
    The Canton and Youngstown maintenance plans provide emissions 
estimates from 1990 to 2005 for VOCs.1 The emissions are projected 
to decrease for both areas. The emissions projections for Youngstown 
show an expected 18 percent decrease in total VOC emissions, and almost 
a 6 percent decrease in total NOX emissions from 1990 to 2005. For 
Canton, the emissions projections show a 15 percent reduction in VOC 
emissions and almost a 6 percent reduction in NOX emissions. The 
results show that these areas are expected to maintain the ozone air 
quality standard for the next 10 years into the future.

    \1\  The State used USEPA's MOBILE emission factor model and 
vehicle miles travelled projections to estimate future mobile source 
emissions in the area.

                                 Table 3.--VOC Emissions in Tons Per Summer Day                                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Point       Area       Mobile              
                              Year                                  sources     sources     sources     Totals  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990............................................................       12.36       42.65       31.66       86.67
1996............................................................       13.01       43.25       18.27       74.53
2000............................................................       13.46       43.67       16.90       74.03
2006............................................................       14.07       44.20       15.34       73.61
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Table 4.--NOX VOC Emissions in Tons Per Summer Day                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990............................................................        6.74       16.87       16.20       39.81
1996............................................................        7.17       17.19       14.20       38.56
2000............................................................        7.51       17.40       13.18       38.09
2006............................................................        7.96       17.68       12.00       37.64
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Emissions summaries for VOCs and NOX are provided below for 
the Youngstown area:

             Table 5.--VOC Emissions in Tons Per Summer Day             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Point       Area      Mobile            
            Year               sources    sources    sources     Totals 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990........................      16.71      41.28      48.98     106.97
1996........................      16.38      41.21      31.27      88.86
2000........................      15.90      41.14      27.58      84.62
2005........................      15.42      41.11      24.33      80.86
------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Table 6.--NOX Emissions in Tons Per Summer Day             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Point       Area      Mobile            
            Year               sources    sources    sources     Totals 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990........................      23.25      17.99      29.87      71.11
1996........................      23.30      17.90      27.54      68.74
2000........................      23.36      17.79      24.11      65.26
2005........................      23.46      17.70      21.12      62.28
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The State also commits to continuing the operation of the monitors 
in both areas. It will also track the maintenance of the areas by 
regularly updating the emissions inventories for the areas. The 
transportation conformity budgets for 2005 will be 32.16 TPD of VOC and 
27.30 TPD of oxides of nitrogen (NOX) for Youngstown. These 
budgets were chosen by the State of Ohio. The interim years do not set 
a budget for transportation conformity. They are based on allocating 30 
percent of the VOC emissions safety margin to the mobile source sector 
and 70 percent of the NOX emissions safety margin to the mobile 
sources sector. The safety margin is the difference in emissions 
between the total 2006 emissions and the 1990 emissions for VOC and 
NOX. For Canton, the mobile source emissions budgets for 2006 are 
15.34 TPD of VOC emissions and 12.0 TPD of NOX. The budgets 
provided above for Canton and Youngstown are the only transportation 
conformity budgets established by the maintenance plan for these areas. 

[[Page 3325]]

    The State commits to lower RVP as the contingency measure for 
Canton. They also provided the following schedule in Table 4 for 
implementing the measure. This measure would be triggered in Canton by 
a violation of the ozone standard in Stark County. In order for the 
State to user lower RVP gasoline, a finding of necessity must first be 
made by USEPA under Section 211(c)(4)(C). If this finding of necessity 
is not provided, Ohio EPA has committed to choose an alternative 
unspecified emissions control measure deemed appropriate based upon a 
consideration of cost-effectiveness, VOC reduction potential, economic 
and social considerations, or other factors that the State judges to be 
appropriate. This decision would be made and implemented within 12 
months from the official notification by USEPA that a waiver would not 
be granted.
    In the Youngstown area a violation of the standard in Mahoning, 
Trumbull, or Mercer County, would trigger the lower RVP measure for 
Mahoning and Trumbull Counties. USEPA has to provide a waiver before 
the lower RVP measure can be implemented. The State will select a 
different measure if USEPA does not provide the waiver. The maintenance 
requirements of section 107(d)(3)(E)(iv) have been met by the Canton 
and Youngstown areas.

Table 7.--Schedule for Implementing Lower RVP Gasoline in the Canton and
                            Youngstown Areas                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Date                             Action/event         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
March 15, 1994.........................  Submit draft rules to USEPA.   
                                          Revisions will be necessary to
                                          accommodate the Youngstown    
                                          contingency plan.             
October 15, 1994.......................  Submit final rules to USEPA.   
Trigger event..........................  Monitored violation.           
1 month from trigger...................  Ohio EPA finding of violation  
                                          announced.                    
                                         Ohio EPA submits request for   
                                          program budget.               
                                         Ohio EPA hires additional staff
                                          for program.                  
2 months from trigger..................  Ohio EPA secures lab contracts.
3 months from trigger..................  Ohio EPA purchases needed      
                                          equipment.                    
4 months from trigger..................  Ohio EPA initiates public      
                                          awareness program.            
                                         Ohio EPA secures lab contracts.
Six months from trigger................  Gasoline Dispensing Facilities 
                                          achieve final compliance.     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. Transport of Ozone Precursors to Downwind Areas

    Preliminary modeling results utilizing USEPA's regional oxidant 
model (ROM) indicate that ozone precursor emissions from various states 
west of the ozone transport region (OTR) contribute to increases in 
ozone concentrations in the OTR.\2\ The State of Ohio has provided 
documentation that VOC emissions will remain below attainment levels 
for the next 10 years in the Canton and Youngstown areas. The USEPA is 
currently developing policy which will address the long range impacts 
of ozone transport. In addition, USEPA is working with the States and 
other organizations to design and complete studies which consider 
upwind sources and quantify their impacts. Finally, USEPA intends to 
address the transport issue through Section 110 based on a domain-wide 
modeling analysis.

    \2\ The OTR, comprised of eleven Eastern States and the District 
of Columbia, has been organized by the authority of section 184(a) 
of the CAA for the purpose of facilitating multi-State partnership 
to more effectively control ozone transport in the region.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

IV. Comment and Approval Procedure

    The redesignation request is approved as meeting conditions of the 
CAA in section 107(d)(3)(E) for redesignation.
    The USEPA is publishing this action without prior proposal because 
USEPA views this action as a noncontroversial revision and anticipates 
no adverse comments. However, USEPA is publishing a separate document 
in this Federal Register publication, which constitutes a ``proposed 
approval'' of the requested SIP revision and clarifies that the 
rulemaking will not be deemed final if timely adverse or critical 
comments are filed. The ``direct final'' approval shall be effective on 
April 1, 1996, unless USEPA receives adverse or critical comments by 
March 1, 1996. If USEPA receives comments adverse to or critical of the 
approval discussed above, USEPA will withdraw this approval before its 
effective date by publishing a subsequent Federal Register document 
which withdraws this final action. All public comments received will 
then be addressed in a subsequent rulemaking document. Any parties 
interested in commenting on this action should do so at this time. If 
no such comments are received, USEPA hereby advises the public that 
this action will be effective on April 1, 1996.
    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214-2225), as revised by a 
July 10, 1995, memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator 
for Air and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has 
exempted this regulatory action from Executive Order 12866 review.
    Nothing in this action should be construed as permitting, allowing, 
or establishing a precedent for any future request for revision to any 
SIP. USEPA shall consider each request for revision to the SIP in light 
of specific technical, economic, and environmental factors and in 
relation to relevant statutory and regulatory requirements.
    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (``Unfunded 
Mandates Act'') (signed into law on March 22, 1995) requires that the 
USEPA prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule 
that includes a Federal mandate that may result in expenditure by 
State, local, and tribal governments, in aggregate, or by the private 
sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. Section 203 requires 
the USEPA to establish a plan for obtaining input from and informing, 
educating, and advising any small governments that may be significantly 
or uniquely affected by the rule.
    Under section 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Act, the USEPA must 
identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives 
before promulgating a rule for which a budgetary impact statement must 
be prepared. The USEPA must select from those alternatives the least 
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that 
achieves the objectives of the rule, unless the USEPA explains why this 
alternative is not selected or the selection of this alternative is 
inconsistent with law.
    Because this final rule is estimated to result in the expenditure 
by State, local, 

[[Page 3326]]
and tribal governments or the private sector of less then $100 million 
in any one year, the USEPA has not prepared a budgetary impact 
statement or specifically addressed the selection of the least costly, 
most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative. Because small 
governments will not be significantly or uniquely affected by this 
rule, the USEPA is not required to develop a plan with regard to small 
governments. This rule only approves the incorporation of existing 
state rules into the SIP. It imposes no additional requirements.
    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et seq., USEPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities. (5 U.S.C. 603 and 604.) 
Alternatively, USEPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities include small businesses, small not-for-profit enterprises, 
and government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    SIP approvals under section 110 and subchapter I, part D of the 
Clean Air Act do not create any new requirements, but simply approve 
requirements that the State is already imposing. Therefore, because the 
Federal SIP-approval does not impose any new requirements, I certify 
that it does not have a significant impact on any small entities 
affected. Moreover, due to the nature of the Federal-State relationship 
under the Act, preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis would 
constitute Federal inquiry into the economic reasonableness of the 
State action. The Clean Air Act forbids USEPA to base its actions 
concerning SIPs on such grounds. Union Electric Co. v. USEPA., 427 U.S. 
246, 256-66 (S.Ct. 1976); 42 U.S.C. 7410(a)(2).
    Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for 
judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court 
of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by April 1, 1996. Filing a 
petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule 
does not affect the finality of this rule for the purposes of judicial 
review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial 
review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such 
rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings 
to enforce its requirements. (See Section 307(b)(2)).

List of Subjects

40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Intergovernmental 
relations, Ozone.

40 CFR Part 81

    Air pollution control.

    Dated: December 15, 1995.
Valdas V. Adamkus,
Regional Administrator.
    Chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended 
as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

    2. Section 52.1885 is amended by adding paragraphs (b) (7) and (8) 
to read as follows:

Sec. 52.1885   Control strategy: Ozone.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (7) Stark County.
    (8) Mahoning and Trumbull Counties.
* * * * *

PART 81--DESIGNATION OF AREAS FOR AIR QUALITY PURPOSES--OHIO

    1. The authority citation for part 81 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401--7671q.

    2. In Sec. 81.336 the ozone table is amended by revising the 
entries for Stark, Mahoning, and Trumbull Counties to read as follows:

Sec. 81.336   Ohio.

* * * * *

                                                   Ohio--Ozone                                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Designation                        Classification   
            Designated area            -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Date\1\                    Type             Date\1\      Type  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *                
                                                        *                                                       
Canton Area                             ........................  ........................                      
  Stark County........................  April 1, 1996...........  Attainment..............                      
                                                                                                                
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *                
                                                        *                                                       
Youngstown-Warren-Sharon Area:          ........................  ........................                      
  Mahoning County.....................  April 1, 1996...........  Attainment..............                      
  Trumbull County.....................  April 1, 1996...........  Attainment..............                      
                                                                                                                
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *                
                                                        *                                                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\This date is November 15, 1990, unless otherwise noted.                                                      

[FR Doc. 96-1848 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1837 Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans Tennessee: Approval of Revisions to Process Emission Standards for New and Existing Cotton Gins
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3318-3319]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1837]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 52

[TN-154-7092a; FRL-5328-7]

Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans Tennessee: 
Approval of Revisions to Process Emission Standards for New and 
Existing Cotton Gins

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: EPA is approving revisions to the Tennessee State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) submitted by the State of Tennessee through 
the Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation on April 18, 
1995. This submittal included revisions to the current regulations 
concerning process emission standards for new and existing cotton gins. 
These revisions also provide an optional method of using selected 
controls to demonstrate compliance with the emission standards.

DATES: This final rule is effective April 1, 1996 unless adverse or 
critical comments are received by March 1, 1996. If the effective date 
is delayed, timely notice will be published in the Federal Register.

ADDRESSES: Written comments on this action should be addressed to Karen 
Borel, at the EPA Regional Office listed below. Copies of the documents 
relative to this action are available for public inspection during 
normal business hours at the following locations. The interested 
persons wanting to examine these documents should make an appointment 
with the appropriate office at least 24 hours before the visiting day.

Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Air Docket 6102), U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4 Air Programs Branch, 345 
Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30365
Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, Division of Air 
Pollution Control, 9th Floor L & C Annex, 401 Church Street, Nashville, 
Tennessee 37243-1531.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Interested persons wanting to examine 
documents relative to this action should make an appointment with the 
Region 4 Air Programs Branch at least 24 hours before the visiting day. 
To schedule the appointment or to request additional information, 
contact Karen C. Borel, Regulatory Planning and Development Section, 
Air Programs Branch, Air, Pesticides & Toxics Management Division, 
Region 4 EPA, 345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30365. The 
telephone number is 404/347-3555 extension 4197. Reference file TN154-
01-7092.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On April 18, 1995, the State of Tennessee 
through the Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation 
submitted a revision to their SIP incorporating changes to regulations 
for new and existing cotton gins. The SIP revision consists of changes 
to Paragraph 1200-3-7-.08(3). EPA is approving these revisions which 
are summarized as follows.
    1. Subparagraph 1200-3-7-.08(3)(a) has been revised. This 
subparagraph has been amended to add definitions for the following 
items: ``Cotton Gins;'' ``Cotton Gin Site or Gin Site;'' ``High 
Efficiency Cyclone;'' ``Low Pressure Exhausts;'' ``High Pressure 
Exhaust;'' and ``Dust House.'' The former subparagraph prohibited ``the 
emission of particulate matter in any on hour in excess of *  *  * 
amount shown in Table 4'' and has been deleted. This requirement was 
incorporated into Subparagraph 1200-3-7-.08(3)(b).
    2. Subparagraph 1200-3-7-.08(3)(b) has been revised. This paragraph 
has been amended by deleting the former language that allowed the total 
process weight from all similar units at a plant to be used to 
determine the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter from a 
stack. This has been replaced by the requirements that the owner or 
operator of the cotton gin meet the standards set forth in Table 4 of 
this paragraph. Table 4 establishes the allowable rate of particulate 
emissions based on the process weight rate for new and existing cotton 
gins. These allowable emission rates have not been amended. This 
revised subparagraph alternatively allows the owner or operator of a 
cotton gin to utilize defined control devices, rather than 
demonstrating compliance with the emission standards. The control 
devices which are allowed include screens with a mesh size of 80 by 80 
or finer, or perforated condenser drums with holes of .045 inches in 
diameter or less, or dust houses for emission control from low pressure 
exhausts. For emission control from high pressure exhausts, high 
efficiency cyclones may be used to demonstrate compliance. Subparagraph 
1200-3-7-.08(3)(b) has also been amended to prohibit the burning of 
cotton gin waste at a gin site in a wigwam or any other type of 
enclosed burner.
    3. Subparagraph 1200-3-7-.08(3)(c) has been revised. The former 
subparagraph required compliance by January 1, 1973, or July 1, 1975. 
This language was deleted. The new compliance date for this regulation 
has been included in subparagraph (b), above, and is now July 1, 1991. 
The revised paragraph (c) now states that the ``allowable particulate 
emission standards for *  *  * cotton gins shall be determined by Table 
4.'' This language was contained in subparagraph (a) prior to this SIP 
revision.
    4. Table 4, subparagraph 1200-3-7-.08(3), has been revised. The 
title of this table has been modified from ``Allowable Particulate 
Emission Based on Process Weight Rate for Cotton Gins'' to ``Allowable 
Rate of Particulate Emissions Based on Process Weight Rate for New and 
Existing Cotton Gins.'' The address for the Tennessee Division of Air 
Pollution Control has also been updated.

Final Action

    EPA is approving the aforementioned revisions contained in the 
State's April 18, 1995, submittal. The EPA is publishing this 
rulemaking without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a 
noncontroversial amendment and anticipates no adverse comments. 
However, in a separate document in this Federal Register publication, 
the EPA is proposing to approve the SIP revision should adverse or 
critical comments be filed. This action will be effective April 1, 
1996, unless, within 30 days of its publication, adverse or critical 
comments are received.
    If the EPA receives such comments, this action will be withdrawn 
before the effective date by publishing a 

[[Page 3319]]
subsequent document that will withdraw the final action. All public 
comments received will then be addressed in a subsequent final rule 
based on the separate proposed rule. The EPA will not institute a 
second comment period on this action. Any parties interested in 
commenting on this action should do so at this time. If no such 
comments are received, the public is advised that this action will be 
effective April 1, 1996.
    Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), 42 U.S.C. 
7607(b)(1), petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed 
in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by 
April 1, 1996. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the 
Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this 
rule for purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within 
which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not 
postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not 
be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See 
section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7607(b)(2).)
    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214-2225), as revised by a 
July 10, 1995, memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator 
for Air and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has 
exempted this regulatory action from E.O. 12866 review.
    Nothing in this action shall be construed as permitting or allowing 
or establishing a precedent for any future request for a revision to 
any state implementation plan. Each request for revision to the state 
implementation plan shall be considered separately in light of specific 
technical, economic, and environmental factors and in relation to 
relevant statutory and regulatory requirements.
    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et seq., EPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities. 5 U.S.C. 603 and 604. 
Alternatively, EPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities include small businesses, small not-for-profit enterprises, 
and government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    SIP approvals under section 110 and subchapter I, part D of the CAA 
do not create any new requirements, but simply approve requirements 
that the State is already imposing. Therefore, because the Federal SIP-
approval does not impose any new requirements, I certify that it does 
not have a significant impact on any small entities affected. Moreover, 
due to the nature of the Federal-state relationship under the CAA, 
preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis would constitute 
Federal inquiry into the economic reasonableness of state action. The 
CAA forbids EPA to base its actions concerning SIPs on such grounds. 
Union Electric Co. v. U.S. E.P.A., 427 U.S. 246, 256-66 (S.Ct. 1976); 
42 U.S.C. Sec. 7410(a)(2) and 7410(k)(3).
    Under sections 202, 203, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform 
Act of 1995 (``Unfunded Mandates Act''), signed into law on March 22, 
1995, EPA must undertake various actions in association with proposed 
or final rules that include a Federal mandate that may result in 
estimated costs of $100 million or more to the private sector, or to 
State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate.
    Through submission of this state implementation plan or plan 
revision, the State and any affected local or tribal governments have 
elected to adopt the program provided for under section 110 of the CAA. 
These rules may bind State, local and tribal governments to perform 
certain actions and also require the private sector to perform certain 
duties. EPA has examined whether the rules being approved by this 
action will impose no new requirements, since such sources are already 
subject to these regulations under State law. Accordingly, no 
additional costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or to the 
private sector, result from this action. Therefore this final action 
does not include a mandate that may result in estimated costs of $100 
million or more to State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate 
or to the private sector.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by 
reference, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

    Dated: October 17, 1995.
Patrick M. Tobin,
Acting Regional Administrator.
    Part 52 of chapter I, title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, is 
amended as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42.U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

Subpart RR--Tennessee

    2. Section 52.2220, is amended by adding paragraph (c)(127) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 52.2220  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (127) Revisions to the State of Tennessee Air Pollution Control 
Regulations submitted by the Tennessee Department of Environment and 
Conservation on April 18, 1995. These consist of revisions to the 
process emission standards for new and existing cotton gins. These 
revised regulations also provide an optional method of using selected 
controls to demonstrate compliance with the emission standards.
    (i) Incorporation by reference.
    (A) Tennessee Division of Air Pollution Control Regulations, 
Chapter 1200-3-7-.08(3) effective July 16, 1990.
    (ii) Other material. None.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-1837 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1836 Prevailing Rate Systems; Abolishment of Franklin, OH, Nonappropriated Fund Wage Area
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3175-3176]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1836]

========================================================================
Rules and Regulations
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains regulatory documents 
having general applicability and legal effect, most of which are keyed 
to and codified in the Code of Federal Regulations, which is published 
under 50 titles pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 1510.

The Code of Federal Regulations is sold by the Superintendent of Documents. 
Prices of new books are listed in the first FEDERAL REGISTER issue of each 
week.

========================================================================

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 21 / Wednesday, January 31, 1996 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 3175]]

OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

5 CFR Part 532

RIN 3206-AH29

Prevailing Rate Systems; Abolishment of Franklin, OH, 
Nonappropriated Fund Wage Area

AGENCY: Office of Personnel Management.

ACTION: Interim rule with request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Office of Personnel Management is issuing an interim rule 
to abolish the Franklin, OH, nonappropriated fund (NAF) Federal Wage 
System (FWS) wage area and redefine the five counties having continuing 
FWS employment as areas of application to the Greene-Montgomery, OH, 
NAF wage area for pay-setting purposes. Those five counties include 
three Ohio counties (Franklin, Licking, and Ross) and two West Virginia 
counties (Raleigh and Wayne).

DATES: This interim rule becomes effective on January 31, 1996. 
Comments must be received by March 1, 1996. Employees currently paid 
rates from the Franklin, OH, NAF wage schedule will continue to be paid 
from that schedule until their conversion to the Greene-Montgomery, OH, 
NAF wage schedule 1 day prior to the effective date of the next Greene-
Montgomery, OH, wage schedule.

ADDRESSES: Send or deliver comments to Donald J. Winstead, Assistant 
Director for Compensation Policy, Human Resources Systems Service, U.S. 
Office of Personnel Management, Room 6H31, 1900 E Street NW., 
Washington, DC 20415, or FAX: (202) 606-0824.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Paul Shields, (202) 606-2848.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Department of Defense (DOD) recommended 
to the Office of Personnel Management that the Franklin, OH, FWS NAF 
wage area be abolished and that the five counties having continuing FWS 
employment be added as areas of application to the Greene-Montgomery, 
OH, NAF wage area. Those five counties include three Ohio counties 
(Franklin, Licking, and Ross) and two West Virginia counties (Raleigh 
and Wayne). The remaining Franklin wage area county (Cabell County, WV) 
is being deleted because it has no FWS employment. This change is 
necessary because the pending closure of the wage area host activity, 
Newark Air Force Base, leaves the Franklin wage area without an 
activity having the capability to conduct a wage survey.
    As required in regulation, 5 CFR 532.219, the following criteria 
were considered in redefining these wage areas:
    (1) Proximity of largest activity in each county;
    (2) Transportation facilities and commuting patterns; and
    (3) Similarities of the counties in:
    (i) Overall population;
    (ii) Private employment in major industry categories; and
    (iii) Kinds and sizes of private industrial establishments.
    For Franklin County, proximity and transportation facilities and 
commuting patterns strongly favor Greene-Montgomery. The third 
criterion, similarities of the counties, is not definitive. For each of 
the three factors in this criterion, Franklin falls between the more 
populous Allegheny, PA, and the two less populous areas, Greene-
Montgomery and Hardin-Jefferson, KY.
    For Ross County, all three criteria favor Greene-Montgomery.
    For Licking County, proximity and similarities of the counties 
strongly favor Greene-Montgomery. Transportation facilities and 
commuting patterns slightly favor Allegheny (23 commuters to Allegheny 
versus 20 commuters to Greene-Montgomery).
    Raleigh County is a little closer to Allegheny, 372 kilometers (231 
miles), than it is to Greene-Montgomery, 433 kilometers (269 miles). 
With no commuters to the survey areas under consideration, the second 
criterion does not distinguish between them. The third criterion, 
similarities of the counties, strongly favors Greene-Montgomery.
    For Wayne County, both proximity and similarities of the counties 
favor Greene-Montgomery. The transportation facilities and commuting 
patterns criterion does not distinguish among the options because there 
are no commuters to the counties in question.
    The Federal Prevailing Rate Advisory Committee reviewed this 
recommendation and by consensus recommended approval.
    Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), I find that good cause exists 
for waiving the general notice of proposed rulemaking. Also, pursuant 
to section 553(d)(3) of title 5, United States Code, I find that good 
cause exists for making this rule effective in less than 30 days. The 
notice is being waived and the regulation is being made effective in 
less than 30 days because preparations for the 1996 Franklin, OH, NAF 
wage area survey must otherwise begin immediately.

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    I certify that these regulations will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because they 
affect only Federal agencies and employees.

List of Subjects in 5 CFR Part 532

    Administrative practice and procedure, Freedom of information, 
Government employees, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Wages.

Office of Personnel Management
Lorraine A. Green,
Deputy Director.

    Accordingly, OPM is amending 5 CFR part 532 as follows:

PART 532--PREVAILING RATE SYSTEMS

    1. The authority citation for part 532 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 5 U.S.C. 5343, 5346; Sec. 532.707 also issued under 5 
U.S.C. 552.

Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 532--[Amended]

    2. In Appendix B to subpart B, the listing for the State of Ohio is 
amended by removing the entry for Franklin.
    3. Appendix D to subpart B is amended by removing the wage area 
list for Franklin, Ohio, and by revising the list for Greene-
Montgomery, Ohio, to read as follows:

[[Page 3176]]

Appendix D to Subpart B of Part 532--Nonappropriated Fund Wage and 
Survey Areas

* * * * *

Ohio

* * * * *

Greene-Montgomery

Survey Area

Ohio:
    Greene
    Montgomery

Area of application. Survey area plus:

Ohio:
    Clinton
    Franklin (Effective date March 8, 1996)
    Hamilton
    Licking (Effective date March 8, 1996)
    Ross (Effective date March 8, 1996)
West Virginia:
    Raleigh (Effective date March 8, 1996)
    Wayne (Effective date March 8, 1996)
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-1836 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6325-01-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1831 Organization and Delegation of Powers and Duties Delegation to the Commandant, United States Coast Guard
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3331-3332]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1831]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Office of the Secretary

49 CFR Part 1

[OST Docket No. 1; Amdt. 1-276]

Organization and Delegation of Powers and Duties Delegation to 
the Commandant, United States Coast Guard

agency: Office of the Secretary, DOT.

action: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

summary: The Secretary of Transportation is delegating to the 
Commandant, United States Coast Guard, the authority contained in 46 
U.S.C. Chapter 47, abandonment of barges, and Sec. 12301(b), numbering 
of undocumented barges. In order that the Code of Federal Regulations 
reflect these delegations, a change is necessary.

effective date: January 31, 1996.

for further information contact: LT Chris Hayes, Office of Marine 
Safety, Security and Environmental Protection (G-MRO-3), (202) 267-
2614, U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593; 
or Steven B. Farbman, Office of the Assistant General Counsel for 
Regulation and Enforcement, C-50, (202) 366-9307, Department of 
Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.

[[Page 3332]]

supplementary information: Public Law 102-587 is The Oceans Act of 
1992. Subtitle C of Title V of The Oceans Act of 1992, titled the 
Abandoned Barge Act of 1992, (hereinafter referred to as the Act), 
amended 46, U.S. Code, to prohibit abandonment of barges, to provide a 
civil penalty for abandonment, to authorize removal, and to require the 
numbering of barges. The Secretary of Transportation is delegating his 
authority under the Act to the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
    The Act prohibits an owner or operator of a barge over 100 gross 
tons from abandoning it on the navigable waters of the United States. 
The Act authorizes the Secretary to assess a civil penalty of up to 
$1,000 per day of abandonment. If the barge owner or operator cannot be 
identified or refuses to remove the barge, the Secretary may contract 
for removal of the barge at the expense of the owner or operator. To 
help identify barge owners, the Secretary is required to ensure the 
numbering of all undocumented barges over 100 gross tons.
    This rule adds a specific delegation of authority to 49 CFR 
Sec. 1.46, thus amending the codification to reflect the Secretarial 
delegation of authority to the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
    Since this amendment relates to departmental management, 
organization, procedure, and practice, notice and comment on it are 
unnecessary and it may be made effective in fewer than 30 days after 
publication in the Federal Register. Therefore, this final rule is 
effective upon publication in the Federal Register.

List of Subjects in 49 CFR Part 1

    Authority delegations (Government agencies), Organization and 
functions (Government agencies).
    In consideration of the foregoing, Part 1 of Title 49, Code of 
Federal Regulations, is amended as follows:

PART 1--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for Part 1 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322; Pub. L. 101-552, 28 U.S.C. 2672, 31 
U.S.C. 3711(a)(2).

    2. Section 1.46 is amended by adding a new paragraph (zz) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 1.46  Delegations to Commandant of the Coast Guard.

 * * * * *
    (zz) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in 
the Secretary by 46 U.S. Code Chapter 47 (abandonment of barges) and 
Sec. 12301(b) (numbering of undocumented barges), as enacted by the 
Oceans Act of 1992, Title V, section 5301 et seq., Pub. L. No. 102-587, 
106 Stat. 5081. This authority may be redelegated.

    Issued at Washington, DC this 23rd day of January, 1996.
Federico Pena,
Secretary of Transportation.
[FR Doc. 96-1831 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-62-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1719 1-[[2-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-Propyl-1,3-Dioxolan-2-yl]Methyl]-1H- 1,2,4-Triazole; Pesticide Tolerances
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3326-3328]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1719]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 180

[PP 2E4037 and 5E4437/R2195; FRL-4993-1]
RIN 2070-AB78

1-[[2-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-Propyl-1,3-Dioxolan-2-yl]Methyl]-1H-
1,2,4-Triazole; Pesticide Tolerances

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This rule establishes tolerances for residues of the fungicide 
1-[[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-propyl-1,3-dioxolan-2yl]methyl]-1H-1,2,4-
triazole (also called propiconazole) and its metabolites determined as 
2,4-dichlorobenzoic acid and expressed as parent compound in or on the 
raw agricultural commodities mint tops (leaves and stems) at 0.3 part 
per 

[[Page 3327]]
million (ppm) and mushrooms at 0.1 ppm. The Interregional Research 
Project No. 4 (IR-4) submitted petitions under the Federal Food, Drug 
and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) requesting that EPA establish maximum 
permissible levels for residues of propiconazole in or on the 
commodities.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This regulation becomes effective January 31, 1996.

ADDRESSES:  Written objections and hearing requests, identified by the 
document control number, [PP 2E4037 and 5E4437/R2195], may be submitted 
to: Hearing Clerk (1900), Environmental Protection Agency, Rm. M3708, 
401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460. A copy of any objections and 
hearing requests filed with the Hearing Clerk should be identified by 
the document control number and submitted to: Public Response and 
Program Resources Branch, Field Operations Division (7506C), Office of 
Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., 
Washington, DC 20460. In person, bring copy of objections and hearing 
requests to Rm. 1132, CM 1B2, 1921 Jefferson Davis Hwy., Arlington, VA 
22202. Fees accompanying objections shall be labeled ``Tolerance 
Petition Fees'' and forwarded to: EPA Headquarters Accounting 
Operations Branch, OPP (Tolerance Fees), P.O. Box 360277M, Pittsburgh, 
PA 15251.
    An electronic copy of objections and hearing requests filed with 
the Hearing Clerk may be submitted to OPP by sending electronic mail 
(e-mail) to:

[email protected]

    Copies of electronic objections and hearing requests must be 
submitted as an ASCII file avoiding the use of special characters and 
any form of encryption. Copies of electronic objections and hearing 
requests will also be accepted on disks in WordPerfect 5.1 file format 
or ASCII file format. All copies of electronic objections and hearing 
requests must be identified by the docket number [PP 2E4037 and 5E4437/
R2195] . No Confidential Business Information (CBI) should be submitted 
through e-mail. Copies of electronic objections and hearing requests on 
this rule may be filed online at many Federal Depository Libraries. 
Additional information on electronic submissions can be found below in 
this document.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:By mail: Hoyt L. Jamerson, Registration 
Division (7505W), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental 
Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460. Office 
location and telephone number: Rm. 207, CM #2, 1921 Jefferson Davis 
Hwy., Arlington, VA 22202, (703)-308-8783; e-mail: 
[email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EPA issued a proposed rule, published in the 
Federal Register of November 15, 1995 (60 FR 57375), which announced 
that the Interregional Research Project No. 4 (IR-4), New Jersey 
Agricultural Experiment Station, P.O. Box 231, Rutgers University, New 
Brunswick, NJ 08903, had submitted to EPA pesticide petitions, PP 
2E4037 and PP 5E4437, on behalf of the named Agricultural Experiment 
Stations. The petitions requested that the Administrator, pursuant to 
section 408(e) of th Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), 21 
U.S.C. 346a(e), amend 40 CFR 180.434 by establishing tolerances for 
residues of 1-[[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-propyl-1,3-dioxolan-
2yl]methyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazole and its metabolites determined as 2,4-
dichlorobenzoic acid and expressed as parent compound in or on certain 
raw agricultural commodities as follows:
    1. PP 2E4037. Petition submitted on behalf of the Agricultural 
Experiment Station of Oregon proposing a tolerance for mint tops 
(leaves and stems) at 0.3 ppm. The petitioner proposed that use of 
propiconazole on mint be limited to mint production areas west of the 
Cascade Mountains based on the geographical representation of the 
residue data submitted. Additional residue data will be required to 
expand the area of usage. Persons seeking broader registration should 
contact the Agency's Registration Division at the address provided 
above.
    2. PP 5E4437. Petition submitted on behalf of the Agricultural 
Experiment Station of Pennsylvania proposing a tolerance for mushrooms 
at 0.1 ppm.
    There were no comments or requests for referral to an advisory 
committee received in response to the proposed rule.
    The data submitted with the proposal and other relevant material 
have been evaluated and discussed in the proposed rule. Based on the 
data and information considered, the Agency concludes that the 
tolerances will protect the public health. Therefore, the tolerances 
are established as set forth below.
    Any person adversely affected by this regulation may, within 30 
days after publication of this document in the Federal Register, file 
written objections to the regulation and may also request a hearing on 
those objections. Objections and hearing requests must be filed with 
the Hearing Clerk, at the address given above (40 CFR 178.20). A copy 
of the objections and/or hearing requests filed with the Hearing Clerk 
should be submitted to the OPP docket for this rulemaking. The 
objections submitted must specify the provisions of the regulation 
deemed objectionable and the grounds for the objections (40 CFR 
178.25). Each objection must be accompanied by the fee prescribed by 40 
CFR 180.33(i). If a hearing is requested, the objections must include a 
statement of the factual issue(s) on which a hearing is requested, the 
requestor's contentions on such issues, and a summary of any evidence 
relied upon by the objector (40 CFR 178.27). A request for a hearing 
will be granted if the Administrator determines that the material 
submitted shows the following: There is genuine and substantial issue 
of fact; there is a reasonable possibility that available evidence 
identified by the requestor would, if established, resolve one or more 
of such issues in favor of the requestor, taking into account 
uncontested claims or facts to the contrary; and resolution of the 
factual issue(s) in the manner sought by the requestor would be 
adequate to justify the action requested (40 CFR 178.32).
    EPA has established a record for this rulemaking under docket 
number [PP 2E4037 and 5E4437/R2195] (including any comments and data 
submitted electronically). A public version of this record, including 
printed, paper versions of electronic comments, which does not include 
any information claimed as CBI, is available for inspection from 8 a.m. 
to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The 
public record is located in Room 1132 of the Public Response and 
Program Resources Branch, Field Operations Division (7506C), Office of 
Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, Crystal Mall 1B2, 
1921 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA.
    Electronic comments may be sent directly to EPA at:

[email protected].

    Electronic comments must be submitted as an ASCII file avoiding the 
use of special characters and any form of encryption.
    The official record for this rulemaking, as well as the public 
version, as described above will be kept in paper form. Accordingly, 
EPA will transfer any copies of objections and hearing requests 
received electronically into printed, paper form as they are received 
and will place the paper copies in the official rulemaking record which 
will also include all comments submitted directly in writing. The 
official rulemaking record is the paper record maintained at the 
address in 

[[Page 3328]]
ADDRESSES at the beginning of this document.
    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
Agency must determine whether the regulatory action is ``significant'' 
and therefore subject to all the requirements of the Executive Order 
(i.e., Regulatory Impact Analysis, review by the Office of Management 
and Budget (OMB)). Under section 3(f), the order defines 
``significant'' as those actions likely to lead to a rule (1) having an 
annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely and 
materially affecting a sector of the economy, productivity, 
competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, 
local or tribal governments or communities (also known as 
``economically significant''); (2) creating serious inconsistency or 
otherwise interfering with an action taken or planned by another 
agency; (3) materially altering the budgetary impacts of entitlement, 
grants, user fees, or loan programs; or (4) raising novel legal or 
policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's 
priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive Order.
    Pursuant to the terms of this Executive Order, EPA has determined 
that this rule is not ``significant'' and is therefore not subject to 
OMB review.
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 
(Pub. L. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. 601-612), the Administrator 
has determined that regulations establishing new tolerances or raising 
tolerance levels or establishing exemptions from tolerance requirements 
do not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities. A certification statement to this effect was published 
in the Federal Register of May 4, 1981 (46 FR 24950).

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, 
Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: January 23, 1996.
Stephen L. Johnson.
Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.

    Therefore, 40 CFR part 180 is amended as follows:

PART 180--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 21 U.S.C. 346a and 371.

    2. In Sec. 180.434, paragraph (a) is amended in the table therein 
by adding and alphabetically inserting an entry for mushrooms, and 
paragraph (b) is amended in the table therein by adding and 
alphabetically inserting an entry for mint, to read as follows:

Sec. 180.434   1-[[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-propyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-
yl]methyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazole; tolerances for residues.

    (a) *  *  *

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Parts per 
                         Commodity                             million  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
                                * * * * *                               
Mushrooms..................................................          0.1
                                                                        
                                * * * * *                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) *  *  *

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Parts per 
                         Commodity                             million  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
                                * * * * *                               
Mint, tops (leaves and stems)..............................          0.3
                                                                        
                                * * * * *                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

[FR Doc. 96-1719 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1710 National Oil and Hazardous Substances Contingency Plan; National Priorities List Update
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3330-3331]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1710]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 3331]]

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
[FRL-5406-7]

40 CFR Part 300

National Oil and Hazardous Substances Contingency Plan; National 
Priorities List Update

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Notice of Deletion of the Ossineke Groundwater Contamination 
Superfund Site from the National Priorities List (NPL).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) announces the 
deletion of the Ossineke Groundwater Contamination site in Michigan 
from the National Priorities List (NPL). The NPL is Appendix B of 40 
CFR part 300 which is the National Oil and Hazardous Substances 
Contingency Plan (NCP), which EPA promulgated pursuant to Section 105 
of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and 
Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended. EPA and the State of 
Michigan have determined that all appropriate Fund-financed responses 
under CERCLA have been implemented and that no further response by 
responsible parties under CERCLA is appropriate. The site is being 
addressed under the Subtitle I provisions of RCRA.

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 31, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rita Garner-Davis at (312) 886-2440, 
Associate Remedial Project Manager, Office of Superfund, U.S. EPA--
Region V, 77 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604. Information on the 
site is available at: EPA Region V docket room at the above address and 
at the Alpenda Bank; 11686 U.S. Highway 23 south; Ossineke, MI 49766.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The site to be deleted from the NPL is the 
Ossineke Groundwater Contamination Site in Ossineke, Michigan. A Notice 
of Intent to Delete was published August 11, 1995 (60 FR 41051) for 
this site. The closing date for comments on the Notice of Intent to 
Delete was September 11, 1995. EPA received no comments.
    The EPA identifies sites which appear to present a significant risk 
to public health, welfare, or the environment and it maintains the NPL 
as the list of those sites. Sites on the NPL may be the subject of 
Hazardous Substance Response Trust Fund (Fund-) financed remedial 
actions. Any site deleted from the NPL remains eligible for Fund-
financed remedial actions in the unlikely event that conditions at the 
site warrant such action. Section 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP states that 
Fund-financed actions may be taken at sites deleted from the NPL in the 
unlikely event that conditions at the site warrant such action. 
Deletion of a site from the NPL does not affect responsible party 
liability or impede Agency efforts to recover costs associated with 
response efforts.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 300

    Environmental protection, Hazardous Waste, Chemicals, Hazardous 
substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water 
pollution control, Water supply.

PART 300--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 300 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 
12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 
2923, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 193.

Appendix B--[Amended]

    2. Table 1 of appendix B to part 300 is amended by removing the 
Ossineke Ground Water Contamination, Ossineke, Michigan.

    Dated: December 19, 1995.
David Ullrich,
Acting Regional Administrator U.S. EPA, Region V.
[FR Doc. 96-1710 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1553 Protection of Stratospheric Ozone
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3316-3318]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1553]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 82

[FRL-5406-3]

Protection of Stratospheric Ozone

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Notice of stay and reconsideration.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This action announces a three-month stay and reconsideration 
of 

[[Page 3317]]
a certain reporting requirement in the petition process for the import 
of used class I controlled substances promulgated under sections 604 
and 606 of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. The effectiveness of 
40 CFR 82.13(g)(2)(viii), that requires the importer to certify that 
the purchaser of the controlled substance is liable for the tax, is 
stayed for three months pending reconsideration. The EPA is issuing 
this stay pursuant to section 307(d)(7)(B) of the Clean Air Act, which 
provides the Administrator authority to stay the effectiveness of a 
rule during reconsideration.
    In the proposed rules Section of today's Federal Register document, 
EPA is proposing to extend this stay to the extent necessary to 
complete reconsideration (including any appropriate regulatory action) 
of the rule in question.

DATES: Effective January 31, 1996, 40 CFR 82.13(g)(2)(viii) is stayed 
until April 30, 1996.
ADDRESSES: Comments and materials supporting this rulemaking are 
contained in Public Docket No. A-92-13, Waterside Mall (Ground Floor) 
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 
20460 in room M-1500. Dockets may be inspected from 8 a.m. until 5:30 
p.m., Monday through Friday. A reasonable fee may be charged for 
copying docket materials.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Tom Land, Stratospheric Protection 
Division, Office of Air and Radiation, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency (6205-J), 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 233-
9185. The Stratospheric Ozone Information Hotline at 1-800-296-1996 can 
also be contacted for further information.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background
II. Rules to be Stayed
III. Issuance of Stay
IV. Authority for Stay and Reconsideration
V. Proposed Additional Temporary Stay
VI. Effective Date

I. Background

    On May 31, 1995, PAACO International, Inc., an importer of used 
class I controlled ozone-depleting substances, sent to the United 
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) a petition for 
reconsideration of one reporting requirement in the petition process 
for the import of used class I controlled substances. This reporting 
requirement is included as Sec. 82.13(g)(2)(viii) in the amendment to 
the Accelerated Phaseout Rule promulgated on May 10, 1995 (60 FR 
24970). The provision requires an importer to certify that the 
purchaser of the used substances is liable for the excise tax. By this 
action, EPA is convening a proceeding for reconsideration.

II. Rules to be Stayed and Reconsidered

    EPA proposed amendments to the accelerated phaseout regulation in 
the Federal Register on November 10, 1994. In the proposal, EPA 
discussed options for addressing the illegal import of controlled 
substances that are mislabelled as being previously used. EPA viewed 
the potential for mislabelling virgin ozone-depleting substances as 
``used'' as a possible loophole in the controls on imports. The 
controls on imports are established in the phaseout regulation in 
accordance with United States' obligations under the Montreal Protocol 
and as required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA) in 
Section 604(c). The final rule amending the accelerated phaseout 
regulation was published in the Federal Register on May 10, 1995, and 
established a petition process for the import of used class I 
controlled substances in Sec. 82.13(g)(2). A person wishing to import 
used class I controlled substances is required to submit a petition to 
EPA at least 15 working-days before the shipment is to leave the port 
of export. The petition must provide specific information to allow EPA 
to independently verify that the material was in fact previously used. 
Section 82.13(g)(2)(viii) requires the person submitting the petition 
to certify that the purchaser of the used substances is liable for the 
tax.
    The petitioners stated as the basis for their request for the stay 
and reconsideration that EPA did not give public notice of this 
requirement and therefore it was ``impracticable to raise objections'' 
to the provision during the public comment period. The petitioner also 
claimed that the objections are of central relevance to the rule 
because it believes that ``purchasers'' are not liable for the tax, it 
could not certify liability, and it could not conduct its business 
under the rule.
    Today's action stays the requirement in Sec. 82.13(g)(2)(viii) 
regarding certification of liability for the tax. EPA recognizes that 
the proposed rule did not discuss the possibility of a certification of 
liability for taxes. The Agency has completed a preliminary review of 
PAACO's information and will reconsider the need to include such a 
requirement.

III. Issuance of Stay

    EPA hereby issues a three-month administrative stay of the 
effectiveness of Sec. 82.13(g)(2)(viii), including all applicable 
compliance dates (60 FR 25001). EPA will reconsider this rule, as 
discussed above and, following the notice and comment procedures of 
section 307(d) of the Clean Air Act, will take appropriate action.
    If the reconsideration results in provisions for the import of used 
class I controlled substances that are stricter than the existing rule, 
EPA will propose an adequate compliance period from the date of final 
action on reconsideration. EPA will seek to ensure that the affected 
parties are not unduly prejudiced by the Agency's reconsideration.

IV. Authority for Stay and Reconsideration

    The administrative stay and reconsideration of the rule and 
associated compliance period announced by this notice are being 
undertaken pursuant to section 307(d)(7)(B) of the Clean Air Act, 42 
U.S.C. 7607(d)(7)(B). That provision authorizes the Administrator to 
stay the effectiveness of a rule for three months in order to consider 
a request for reconsideration. The issues in the petition for 
reconsideration were impracticable to raise during the comment period, 
and are of central relevance to the outcome of this provision of the 
rule.

V. Proposed Additional Temporary Stay

    Because EPA may not be able to complete the reconsideration 
(including any appropriate regulatory action) of the rule stayed by 
this document within the three-month period expressly provided in 
section 307(d)(7)(B), in the Proposed Rules Section of today's Federal 
Register, EPA proposes a temporary extension of the stay beyond the 
three months provided, only to the extent necessary to complete 
reconsideration of the rule in question.
    I certify that this stay of a reporting requirement for a petition 
to import used controlled substances will not have any additional 
negative economic imports on any small entities.

VI. Effective Date

    This action is effective on January 31, 1996.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 82

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, 
Air pollution control, Chemicals, Chlorofluorocarbons, Exports, 
Hydrochlorofluorocarbons, Imports, 

[[Page 3318]]
Interstate commerce, Nonessential products, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements, Stratospheric ozone layer.

    Dated: January 11, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.

    Part 82, chapter I, title 40, of the code of Federal Regulations, 
is amended as follows:

PART 82--PROTECTION OF STRATOSPHERIC OZONE

    1. The authority citation for part 82 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7414, 7601, 7671-7671q.

    2. Section 82.13 is amended by January 31, 1996 staying paragraph 
(g)(2)(viii) from until April 30, 1996.
[FR Doc. 96-1553 Filed 1-31-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1432 Business Loan Programs
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3226-3266]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1432]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
13 CFR Parts 108, 116, 120, 122, 131

Business Loan Programs

Agency: Small Business Administration (SBA).

Action: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary: SBA has completed an extensive review of all of its 
regulations, and it has decided to eliminate some regulations and 
consolidate, clarify, and simplify the remainder. This final rule 
consolidates five current CFR parts into one Part to be known as Part 
120. This surviving Part 120 covers virtually all policies and 
regulations, other than size standards, applicable to SBA's business 
(non-disaster) loan programs. Almost all provisions have been reworded, 
renumbered, and relocated. There are a few new or revised policies. 
Several sections have been deleted. However, most of the revisions 
merely streamline and clarify the regulations and do not represent 
substantive change.

DATES: This rule is effective March 1, 1996. This rule applies with 
respect to all applications for financial assistance filed on or after 
March 1, 1996.

[[Page 3227]]

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John R. Cox, (202) 205-6490.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On December 15, 1995, SBA published in the 
Federal Register (60 FR 64356) a notice of proposed rulemaking with 
respect to the consolidation of five current CFR parts into one Part to 
be known as Part 120. SBA received and considered 136 timely comments 
in response to the proposed rule. SBA has adopted many of the comments 
in issuing this final rule. Each of the significant comments is 
addressed below. In addition, SBA has made technical changes and 
clarifications in this final rule, where appropriate.
    This final rule combines Parts 108, 116, 120, 122 and 131 of 13 CFR 
into one new Part to be known as Part 120. This new Part 120 will 
regulate all of SBA's non-disaster financial assistance to small 
businesses under its general business loan program (``7(a) loans''), 
its microloan demonstration program (``Microloans''), and its 
development company program (``504 loans'').
    Many repetitive and overlapping sections from the current 
regulations are eliminated in this final rule. Formerly, provisions 
applicable to a business loan program were often located in different 
Parts. Sometimes unintended differences developed between the loan 
programs in the interpretation or implementation of similar program 
policies because of minor inconsistencies in the language of the 
provisions in the several Parts. These inconsistencies have been 
eliminated.
    In this final rule, the basic requirements that apply to all of the 
business loan programs are located in subpart A. These include elements 
currently found in portions of Parts 108, 116 and 120. Policies 
specific to a particular program are in the separate subpart applying 
to that program. Rules specific to 7(a) loans are in subpart B and 
include elements currently in portions of Parts 116, 120, and 122. 
Regulations applying to SBA's special purpose loans currently in Part 
122 and a portion of Part 116 are in Subpart C. Subparts D, E, and F 
contain rules regarding lenders, program administration, and the 
secondary market currently found in Part 120. The loan moratorium 
provisions presently in Part 131 are located in subpart E. Subpart G 
contains rules specific to Microloans currently in Part 122. 
Regulations applying to 504 loans currently located in Part 108 are in 
subpart H.

Definitions

    Many comments were received which addressed the definition of 
Associate in Sec. 120.10. Most commenters expressed the opinion that 
the definition was too broad and, if promulgated, would adversely 
affect the ability of small businesses to use SBA's lending programs. 
Of particular concern was the inclusion of a ``Close Relative'' of a 
principal of an entity in the definition of Associate of a small 
business, Lender or CDC. As a result of the comments, SBA re-examined 
this definition and modified it. An Associate of a Lender or CDC will 
include a holder of 20 percent or more of the value of a Lender's or 
CDC's stock or debt instruments, as well as an entity in which the 
Close Relative of an Officer, Director, key employee, or holder of at 
least a 20 percent interest in the Lender or CDC. The definition of an 
Associate of a small business was amended to include an owner of more 
than 20 percent of the equity of the small business, but not an entity 
in which a Close Relative of such an owner is also an owner.

Subpart A

    Numerous commenters indicated that Sec. 120.101, pertaining to the 
unavailability of credit, needed clarification with respect to the 
substantiation required to support a Lender's or CDC's certification. 
SBA is promulgating this section as proposed because it plans to 
provide information on how to provide the required substantiation in 
its Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
    Proposed Sec. 120.102, which imposed a requirement that the 
personal resources of the owners of an applicant for a business loan be 
injected into the applicant generated more than 80 comments from the 
public. The overwhelming majority of the responses objected to the 
application of a personal resources test to the 504 program because 
that program is an economic development program. After considering the 
responses received, SBA has revised the final rule to require an 
injection of personal resources at a level dependent on the amount of a 
total financing package which includes an SBA business loan. This means 
that the injection of personal resources will bear a designated 
correlation to the total financing package of SBA and non-SBA 
assistance. This regulation will ensure that applicants for SBA 
financial assistance will be able to ascertain the demand on their 
personal resources, with some certainty, before they seek SBA financial 
assistance.
    Section 120.110 lists types of businesses which are not eligible 
for SBA financial assistance. Several commenters suggested SBA further 
explain when a business is engaged in a religious activity for purposes 
of ineligibility under Sec. 120.110(k), and to eliminate the proposed 
requirement that a business be principally engaged in the activity. SBA 
has decided to retain the prohibition on providing assistance to a 
business principally engaged in a religious activity. SBA believes that 
this standard comports with Constitutional requirements. SBA intends to 
administer the standard in a manner which balances the needs of small 
businesses with applicable legal requirements. However, given the 
uncertainty of the state of legal precedent relative to the 
Establishment Clause, SBA will continue to review this issue, and may 
make such prospective changes in the regulation as may be required.
    In addition, for purposes of consistency SBA will use a standard of 
no more than one-third of gross annual revenue derived from the 
prescribed activity to determine the eligibility of businesses engaged 
in legal gambling activities or packaging SBA loans for purposes of 
Secs. 120.110 (g) and (m).
    Proposed Sec. 120.111 would permit an Eligible Passive Company to 
be eligible for 7(a) and 504 loan assistance if it leases real or 
personal property to an otherwise eligible small business. SBA received 
many comments suggesting that it permit a revocable or irrevocable 
trust to be such an entity. SBA has decided to delete the requirement 
that when a trust is an Eligible Passive Company it must be an 
irrevocable trust in favor of one permitting eligibility for revocable 
trusts in prescribed circumstances. In order to be eligible, the 
trustor must warrant and certify that the trust will not be revoked or 
substantially amended without SBA's consent, and the trustor's personal 
guarantee will be required to provide adequate assurances of continuity 
and financial support. SBA will monitor its experience with revocable 
trusts and make modification to this provision if such experience 
warrants it.
    Under current rules, an Eligible Passive Company may not use the 
proceeds of a business loan for working capital. Only an active company 
may obtain working capital as part of a business loan. SBA recognizes 
that this requirement has been burdensome and has caused some 
applicants to obtain two separate loans for the benefit of the same 
Operating Company. Accordingly, Sec. 120.120(b) will allow an Eligible 
Passive Company to use part of business loan funds for the working 
capital of the Operating Company if the Operating Company is a co-
Borrower.
    With respect to proposed Sec. 120.195, which required the reporting 
of fees 

[[Page 3228]]
paid in connection with obtaining business loan assistance by a Lender, 
CDC, Intermediary Lender, and Borrower, SBA has decided to retain only 
a requirement relating to the Borrower since other regulations cover 
the obligation by the other parties to report fees. By eliminating a 
reference to other parties, SBA avoids unnecessary duplication.

Subpart B

    Proposed Sec. 120.200 specified that bonding is required as 
collateral for a 7(a) loan in which construction is financed. Two 
commenters recommended that a minimum amount of construction should be 
designated in Sec. 120.200 before payment and performance bonds and 
builder's risk insurance would be required. Another commenter expressed 
concern that the proposed regulation would require formal waivers of 
bonding and insurance requirements on a case-by-case basis. Another 
comment noted that the revised provision does not appear to cover 
direct loans approved by SBA. SBA has made minor changes in the 
language of the provision to clarify that the provision covers direct 
and guaranteed loans. SBA has decided not to establish a specific size 
limit on the construction project which would trigger the bonding and 
insurance requirements, electing instead to address the specific 
construction project size in an SOP.
    One commenter suggested that the proposed revised language in 
Sec. 120.201 was so restrictive as to disqualify any refinancing of 
unsecured or undersecured debt regardless of circumstances. That was 
not the intent of the proposal. However, the final regulation specifies 
that SBA will not permit 7(a) financing to be used to shift a 
creditor's potential loss to SBA.
    SBA has decided to delete proposed Sec. 120.203 relating to 
revolving credit, as unnecessary. Revolving line of credit financing is 
currently authorized under Sec. 120.390 for the CapLines program, and 
the Agency wants the flexibility to consider special finance needs of 
small business, such as ``floor plan'' financing, at a later date.
    With respect to proposed Sec. 120.213, SBA carefully considered 
suggestions to add language to the regulation pertaining to preemptive 
federal interest rates and the quarterly publication by SBA of maximum 
allowable fixed interest rates in the Federal Register. SBA has decided 
that it is unnecessary to address in the regulations the legal 
conclusion that maximum interest rates prescribed by SBA are exempt by 
statute from any maximum rates established under state law. It is SBA's 
intent to publish on a quarterly basis in the Federal Register notice 
of the maximum fixed interest rate permitted on guaranteed and direct 
loans. The final rule retains the language in the proposed rule.
    Proposed Sec. 120.214(f) has been rewritten in order to clarify 
that SBA has the authority to establish higher interest for smaller 
loans, and that the authority applies to both variable and fixed rate 
loans. The proposal has been finalized at Sec. 120.215. Proposed 
Sec. 120.214(g), has been renumbered and is now Sec. 120.214(f).
    A number of commenters suggested that SBA should amend proposed 
Sec. 120.220(b), claiming that the policy of terminating a guarantee 
for nonpayment of the guarantee fee is too harsh. SBA has considered 
the comments, but has decided to retain the present policy of 
terminating guarantees for nonpayment of guarantee fees as one means of 
assuring timely submission of guarantee fees. In addition, under the 
Lender's agreement with SBA, payment of the guarantee fee is the 
consideration necessary to support SBA's guarantee commitment. Minor 
editorial changes have been made in this section to reflect that a 
guarantee fee payment may be reimbursed to the Lender from funds 
allocated in the working capital portion of a guaranteed loan.
    Two commenters suggested that SBA should clarify in Sec. 120.220(c) 
that the annual fee payable by a Lender cannot be charged to a 
Borrower. SBA has adopted the suggestion.
    SBA has deleted proposed Sec. 120.221(b), relating to commitment 
fees for Export Working Capital loans. This provision was based on the 
former Export Revolving Line of Credit program and is no longer 
applicable to any program.
    A commenter suggested that SBA define the term ``Extraordinary 
servicing'' as proposed in Sec. 120.221(c). SBA believes that any 
further description of special or extraordinary servicing practices 
would be more appropriate for its SOPs, and therefore declines to adopt 
the suggestion. The suggestion to permit prepayment fees, which were 
prohibited under proposed Sec. 120.221(e), has not been adopted by SBA. 
The Agency believes that a small business should be allowed to prepay a 
7(a) loan without incurring additional costs, and the prohibition on 
charging prepayment fees is a positive marketing tool for making 7(a) 
financial assistance available to small business.
    SBA has added referral fees to the list of fees in Sec. 120.222(b) 
which a Lender or Associate may not charge a Borrower since such fees 
are not fees which relate to services normally provided by a Lender. 
SBA has included a Service Provider as an entity in Sec. 120.222(d) 
with which a Lender or Associate cannot share a premium received from 
the sale of an SBA guaranteed loan in the secondary market. The 
inclusion of a Service Provider in the prohibition reduces further the 
possibility of a conflict of interest or the appearance thereof.

Subpart C

    Two commenters noted that under the provisions of proposed 
Sec. 120.314, SBA was precluded from requiring personal guarantees for 
DAL-2 financial assistance. SBA intended the prohibition for requiring 
personal guarantees to be applicable only to DAL-1 financial 
assistance, and the provision has been corrected to reflect that 
intent.
    One commenter suggested that SBA should state in the provisions 
pertaining to the Export Working Capital Program (EWCP) that limits on 
lender fees and interest rates are not prescribed. In final 
Sec. 120.344, SBA has addressed the issue of extraordinary fees and 
interest rates pertaining to the EWCP. SBA does not set a maximum rate 
of interest which may be charged for this program.
    At the suggestion of a commenter, the reference to loan proceeds to 
develop or penetrate foreign markets has been deleted from Sec. 120.342 
and moved to Sec. 120.347, pertaining to eligible use of proceeds for 
International Trade Loans. EWCP loan proceeds are to be used only to 
finance export transactions.
    Two commenters noted that proposed Sec. 120.348 did not address a 
limitation on the fixed-asset portion of International Trade Loans. The 
provision has been amended to specify limitations on portions of loan 
amounts allocated for fixed assets and non-fixed assets.
    At the suggestion of one commenter, SBA has clarified Sec. 120.377 
to provide that only a manufacturing concern may use loan proceeds for 
working capital for this particular loan program.
    Two commenters suggested SBA should address the DELTA loan program 
in Sec. 120.380. While the DELTA loan program is not a permanently 
funded SBA program, SBA has elected to briefly describe it in 
Sec. 120.381(c).

Subpart D

    Although Sec. 120.420, which allows nondepository lenders to pledge 
notes evidencing SBA guaranteed loans or to sell the unguaranteed 
portions is not new, two commenters asked that depository lenders be 
allowed the same 

[[Page 3229]]
option. SBA has rejected this suggestion. This option is not available 
to depository lenders because they have a depository base which 
provides liquidity, whereas the nondepository lenders have no such 
base. They have only a capital base which must be left unimpaired. To 
provide them with some liquid assets, SBA allows them to sell the 
unguaranteed portions of SBA guaranteed loans.
    Two commenters wrote that a conflict exists between 
Secs. 120.420(a) and 120.453(c). SBA adopted the commenter's suggestion 
to include language which makes clear that nondepository lenders who 
are also PLP lenders may sell the entire unguaranteed portion, not just 
90 percent, of SBA guaranteed loans with SBA's consent.
    Section 120.420(b)(2) concerning retention of economic risk, has 
been revised to require a nondepository lender which has sold the 
unguaranteed portion of a loan, to establish a sufficient reserve fund 
at the time of sale. The two other options available in the current 
regulations have not been used and are not being retained, and SBA has 
only approved proposals that have included a reserve fund.
    One commenter proposed that Sec. 120.441, concerning the Certified 
Lenders Program, be amended to permit certification of individual loan 
officers rather than the lending institution. SBA has considered this 
idea previously. SBA relies on the capability of its lenders, not 
individual loan officers. Therefore, SBA has decided not to alter the 
present procedure at this time. The current selection criteria already 
permit consideration of the experience of individual loan officers in 
certifying lenders.
    Concerning the provision at Sec. 120.442 which sets forth grounds 
for suspension or revocation of eligibility to participate in the CLP 
program, one commenter suggested including ethics violations as a basis 
for suspension or revocation. SBA will consider including this in its 
SOP which, if violated, would fall within the language ``violations of 
applicable * * * published SBA policies and procedures.'' SBA will 
follow suit with the PLP program, which has a similar revocation and 
suspension provision. SBA also emphasizes that the reasons listed in 
Sec. 120.442 are simply examples of causes for suspension or revocation 
and not an exclusive list.
    One commenter requested that PLP lenders be allowed to process 
loans which refinance interim loans under Sec. 120.452(a)(2). SBA has 
decided to permit such loans if made for other than construction 
purposes and if the interim loan was approved by the lender within 90 
days of receipt of the PLP loan number or the refinancing.
    SBA received two comments requesting clarification on whether a 
lender was required to be a CLP lender before being eligible to apply 
for PLP status. Both commenters approved of the eligibility 
requirement. In the final rule, SBA is eliminating this requirement. It 
is not necessary to develop lenders into PLP lenders in stages. If a 
lender does not perform well as a PLP lender, SBA can revoke its PLP 
status.
    Several commenters suggested that SBLCs be allowed to extend credit 
through other programs. SBA has been considering this for some time and 
has decided to amend Sec. 120.470 by allowing SBLCs to provide SBA 
guaranteed loans to Intermediaries participating in the SBA Microloan 
program.
    A commenter suggested raising the minimum bond coverage a Small 
Business Lending Company is required to have, from $25,000 to $500,000. 
SBA agrees with the commenter that $25,000 is too low and is adopting 
the suggestion by amending Sec. 120.470(b)(10).

Subpart E

    SBA received several comments concerning Sec. 120.524(a) which sets 
forth grounds under which SBA may deny liability. The commenters 
opposed the proposed language which would allow SBA to deny liability 
upon any failure of a lender to take certain actions, as compared to 
the current language of the regulation which allows SBA to deny 
liability only upon substantial failure. SBA has decided not to adopt 
this suggestion. The final regulation makes it clear that SBA may deny 
liability on the basis of any material noncompliance with SBA's 
regulations or the terms of applicable loan documentation.
    The provisions of Sec. 120.532 et seq., which describe the loan 
moratorium program, have been deleted from this final rule and will be 
inserted into the Agency's SOPs. The requirements of this program are 
already provided for by statute and the regulations are therefore 
redundant. SBA has retained in the regulations a short description of 
the program, and provides notice that complete information concerning 
moratoriums is available at local SBA district offices.
    One commenter opined that Sec. 120.540(a) requires additional 
language concerning when SBA or a lender may liquidate collateral 
securing a loan. SBA agrees and is including language that allows 
liquidation if the loan is in default.
    One commenter suggested that Sec. 120.540(c)(1) be revised to allow 
lenders to liquidate collateral as they normally would, rather than 
having to attempt to sell at auction. SBA has adopted the commenter's 
suggestion and the section now allows a lender to use negotiated sales 
if consistent with its usual practice for liquidating non-SBA-related 
assets.
    One commenter discussed the revisions to the homestead protection 
provisions found at Sec. 120.550 et seq. Much of the details have been 
removed with the intention of publishing them in an SOP. The writer was 
concerned that persons interested in these provisions will not know 
what is needed to comply with the requirements of this program. With 
the publication of the procedures in an SOP, persons wishing to know 
more about this program will be able to obtain the information easily 
from any local SBA district office.

Subpart F

    Only one comment was received on Subpart F. The commenter requested 
that a definition of ``Associates of a Pool Assembler'' be added to the 
definitional section. This comment was not adopted since ``Associate'' 
is defined in Sec. 120.10 and there is no need for a different 
definition for this Subpart. Minor changes were made to this Subpart 
for clarification.

Subpart G

    Only one comment was received on Subpart G. The commenter suggested 
that proposed Sec. 120.707(d) be revised to require Intermediaries to 
assign all guarantees and liens from their Microloans to SBA. This 
comment was not adopted. SBA believes that it is adequately protected 
by the current requirement that the Intermediary pledge to SBA a first 
lien position in the Microloan Revolving Fund, Loan Loss Reserve Fund, 
and all notes receivable. Minor changes were made to this Subpart for 
clarification.

Subpart H

    Sec. 120.801. SBA received several comments regarding this 
introductory section describing the 504 program in general terms. All 
pointed out that a small business must apply for 504 financing through 
a CDC servicing the area in which the Project is located, not in which 
the business is located. SBA concurs and makes the correction in this 
final rule. SBA also has made several other minor revisions to this 
section in response to comments. 

[[Page 3230]]

    Sec. 120.810. Several comments suggested minor changes in one or 
more definitions that apply to the 504 program. SBA disagrees with all 
of the comments, except one regarding Substantial Increase in 
Unemployment. The commenter questioned the need for such a definition, 
questioning the SBA's ability to quantify the increases mentioned in 
the definition. SBA concurs and has deleted the definition (see 
Sec. 120.881).
    Sec. 120.827. As a result of a comment, SBA amended this section to 
make it clear that a CDC may itself provide financial and technical 
assistance to small businesses, as well as help small businesses to 
obtain such assistance from other sources.
    Sec. 120.828. SBA received 13 comments on this section. As 
discussed more thoroughly in the following discussion of expansion into 
additional Areas of Operation, small businesses in some areas of the 
country receive excellent 504 assistance measured, at least, by loan 
activity, while in other areas, few, if any, small businesses have 
received assistance. SBA attempted to address this fact by, among other 
things, designating a minimum number of loan approvals which a CDC must 
process in order to retain certification. The present rule requires a 
minimum of 2 loan approvals averaged over the preceding 2 years. In the 
proposed rule, SBA altered the requirement to be ``the minimum number 
of 504 loans set by SBA in an annual program announcement.'' The 
purpose of the proposed change was to give SBA the flexibility to 
adjust the number as required to reflect an expected increase in loan 
volumes.
    Without exception, every comment opposed this change, believing it 
imposed a burden both on the industry and SBA to adjust the standard 
every year in a program announcement. The industry trade association 
recommended changing the annual language to ``from time to time.'' Most 
of the other comments suggested that SBA retain its existing 
regulation. Based upon such comments, SBA has decided to retain the 
standard of 2 per year. The only change from the existing regulation is 
that SBA feels it is no longer necessary to use an average of the 
previous two years.
    Many of the comments confused this issue with the performance 
standard for expansion into another Area of Operation. SBA wishes to 
emphasize that the standard in Sec. 120.828 has nothing to do with 
expansion or competition.
    Sec. 120.829. Three comments were received regarding this section. 
Title V of the Small Business Investment Act requires a CDC's portfolio 
to reflect a Job Opportunity Average. At the present time, the 
requirement is one Job Opportunity per $35,000 of 504 funding. That 
figure has been in effect for many years. The current regulation 
permits the AA/FA to allow a CDC's average to be up to 25 percent 
higher in certain areas. In the proposed rule, SBA rounded the 25 
percent maximum ($43,875) up to $45,000. Otherwise SBA retained the 
current rule.
    SBA received comments suggesting that SBA increase both the base 
$35,000 and the exception because of inflation. In addition, one 
comment recommended that SBA delete all of the exceptions in 
Sec. 120.829 except Alaska and Hawaii because the rule is impossible to 
administer. SBA rejects both suggestions, principally because it is not 
aware that the industry has been having any problem complying with the 
Job Opportunity Average requirement at its present level. However, SBA 
does agree that redevelopment areas as defined in 42 U.S.C. 3161 should 
be deleted from the provision. The purpose of the 25 percent 
differential was to assist distressed geographical areas needing 
development. However, once designated, redevelopment areas remain so 
designated forever. Because they have become so common, the effect 
would be to increase the Job Opportunity Average for entire Areas of 
Operations to $45,000 rather than $35,000, if the CDC and SBA followed 
the regulation exactly. From a review of the Job Opportunity Averages 
submitted by CDCs in their annual reports, it is clear that the 
increased average in redevelopment areas is not required by CDCs or is 
not being followed. Furthermore, areas that were once distressed, but 
no longer are, would continue to be eligible for the higher average, 
even though it is no longer needed. For these reasons, SBA has 
determined that redevelopment areas be deleted from the section.
    Sec. 120.830. Several comments objected that the definition of 
``Associates'' would cause increased and burdensome reporting 
requirements. SBA believes that the amended definition of Associate 
cures this problem.
    Sec. 120.831. The proposed rule included a new requirement that a 
CDC disclose to SBA and the Borrower any referral fees or other payment 
made or received by the CDC from the Lender or other party to the 504 
transaction. A comment from the industry trade association indicated 
that it understood that SBA may want this disclosure, but that it 
should be required of all SBA guaranteed lenders, not just CDCs. In the 
interest of program consistency, SBA agrees, has broadened the language 
to include all lenders, and has consolidated the section with 
Sec. 120.195 so that it applies to all business loans.
    Sec. 120.835. Throughout the history of the 504 program there has 
been a great divergence among CDCs in the number of loan approvals each 
year. While some CDCs have exhibited continued growth measured by their 
loan approvals and ability to package, process and service loans, other 
CDCs have lagged behind. There are many complicated reasons for this, 
but the net result has been a patchwork of 504 service (measured by 
loan approvals) across the country, with many small businesses in some 
areas receiving 504 assistance while in other areas few, if any, small 
businesses have received such assistance.
    SBA attempted to address this issue by permitting CDCs to expand 
temporarily into adjacent areas, and, then, in 1993, by designating a 
minimum number of loan approvals per year which a CDC must average over 
the previous two fiscal year periods to retain certification as a CDC. 
The current number of required loan approvals is two. SBA also 
established the status of an Associate Development Company (``ADC''). 
Those CDCs unable or unwilling to meet the minimum number of loan 
approvals may become ADCs, thereby continuing to participate in the 
program goals of economic and community development without having to 
make loans. A number of CDCs have been decertified as a result of this 
policy and have opted for ADC status.
    However, a focus on removal from CDC status does not address the 
real question of adequacy of service within an Area of Operations. What 
constitutes adequate service within a community? The statutory 
objectives of the 504 program are to provide a portion of long term 
fixed-asset financing for small business projects that provide jobs and 
result in economic development. Clearly, these goals cannot be met in 
an Area of Operations unless loans are being packaged, processed, 
approved, closed and serviced by one or more CDCs. Unfortunately, SBA 
is aware of too many locations across the country in which present CDCs 
are unable or unwilling to meet the small business demand for 504 
loans. Transferring an existing CDC to ADC status does not address this 
inadequacy. SBA has concluded that the answer lies not in 
decertification, but in competition and customer service.
    Therefore, SBA proposed in Sec. 120.835 that existing CDCs be 
permitted to expand into Areas of Operations that are not being 
adequately serviced. Under 

[[Page 3231]]
the proposed rule, the expanding CDC would have to show that the 
proposed Area of Operations is not being adequately served by the 
existing CDCs and that the expanding CDC is well-qualified to serve it. 
SBA did not propose any geographic or size limitation on CDCs applying 
to service a location, but suggested that such factors would be 
considered in evaluating the application. As proposed, a CDC would 
apply in writing to the SBA district office serving the geographic area 
in which the CDC proposes to expand.
    In the proposed rule, SBA solicited comment on the factors to be 
considered in determining whether an area is being adequately serviced. 
As a result of many discussions with industry members, SBA had 
concluded that, in general, the starting point for any determination 
would be the number of loan approvals averaged by the existing CDCs in 
the Area of Operations over the last two fiscal years. Even if the 
number of loan approvals does not accurately represent the competence 
of a CDC, it does accurately reflect the market penetration of 504 
financing in the proposed area of expansion.
    SBA had also concluded that there is no minimum loan approval 
number appropriate to every CDC in every location across the country. A 
small CDC with a rural Area of Operations and slow economic activity 
may be providing adequate service at a low level of approvals while a 
larger CDC in a metropolitan region with much economic activity may be 
providing inadequate service, despite having a greater number of loan 
approvals. In the proposed rule, SBA advanced the population of an Area 
of Operations as the base factor, but indicated that industry members 
had suggested other possibilities such as the number of small 
businesses in the Area of Operations.
    As a result of numerous consultations with the industry and small 
businesses, SBA had also concluded at the time of the proposed rule 
that adequate service includes other factors in addition to the number 
of loan approvals, including adequate servicing of loans. Thus, in the 
proposed rule, SBA indicated that any CDC seeking to expand will have 
to show that it has a history of adequate experience and expertise in 
both loan packaging and servicing, and that the existing CDCs in the 
proposed area of expansion have not been adequately packaging or 
servicing loans.
    In the proposed rule, SBA solicited comments and recommendations 
regarding the factors that should be included in a determination of 
whether the existing CDCs are adequately servicing an Area of 
Operations. SBA asked commenters to particularly focus on how to 
incorporate a servicing component into its approach.
    SBA received 35 comments in response to its solicitation. Only two 
opposed the policy proposed by SBA. The remainder supported SBA's 
efforts to assure availability of 504 financing everywhere in the 
country by establishing limited competition. Most of the comments 
discussed various factors which the commenter believed should be 
incorporated into SBA's decision making process upon receipt of an 
application for extension of one CDC into another's Area of Operations. 
Among the comments received was a proposal submitted by the industry's 
trade association, as well as many recommendations from individual CDCs 
and financial institutions.
    As a result of the comments received, SBA has determined to amend 
its proposed rule in several respects. The proposed rule provided that 
SBA would consider an Area of Operations inadequately served if the 
existing CDCs in the Area of Operation have not averaged, over the last 
two fiscal years, sufficient loan approvals for the population in the 
CDCs' Area of Operation, as set by SBA in an annual program 
announcement. All of the comments which were addressed to the issue 
were concerned about the annual development of a standard. Commenters 
expressed the opinion that annually revisiting the standard would 
create a ``moving target'' for the industry to achieve and introduce 
uncertainty and instability into the industry. Most indicated support 
for a reviewable standard consistent with national performance levels.
    Most comments were opposed to judging performance solely on the 
number of loan approvals based upon population levels as suggested by 
SBA in the proposed rule (along with a servicing component). The 
comment submitted by the industry's trade association did utilize the 
number of loan approvals per million of general population (and a 
servicing component) as the criterion for determining that the CDCs in 
an Area of Operations are adequately serving the area. However, many 
individual CDCs presented numerous other elements which they 
recommended be considered as part of the performance level ``formula''. 
In addition to the number of loan approvals per population of the Area 
of Operation, the various factors included: The number of small 
businesses in the Area of Operations; the number of deals closed, 
rather than approved (showing that the deals are ``real'' and the CDC 
is capable of following through); the density of small businesses in 
the Area of Operation; the character of the Area of Operations (urban, 
suburban, or rural); the types of small businesses; the economic 
conditions prevailing in the Area of Operations; amount loaned per 
small business population; jobs created/retained; servicing record and 
capabilities; currency rate; loss rates; other services provided to 
small businesses (technical and financial assistance); relationship 
with the local SBA office; ties to the local community and its 
resources; and knowledge of the area and its economic and business 
climate. In short, solely looking at loan approval volume is an 
inadequate measure of a CDC's service to the community.
    Several commenters pointed out potential problems that could result 
from basing CDC performance solely on ``packaging'' and loan approval 
volume.
    SBA agrees with several commenters that level of activity is 
probably an accurate barometer of past and future performance. However, 
SBA has determined that loan approval volume based upon general 
population alone should not be the sole determination of whether an 
area is being adequately served.
    Based upon the comments received, SBA has decided to amend its 
proposed rule to delete the reference to any one factor determining 
that an Area of Operations is being inadequately served. Rather, SBA 
has determined that loan approval volume should be utilized only as a 
benchmark upon which to support the application of a CDC to expand into 
an Area of Operation which it presently does not serve. If the loan 
approval volume of the existing CDCs in the area does not reach the 
benchmark figure, the applying CDC will be able to proceed with its 
application.
    The application to expand must be in writing to the SBA District 
Office serving the geographic area in which the CDC proposes to expand. 
It must demonstrate to the satisfaction of SBA that the CDC is capable 
of providing the additional territory the full range of services 
expected of a CDC, including the ability to process, close, service, 
and, if authorized, liquidate 504 loans. The existing CDC or CDCs in 
the expansion area will then have at least 30 days in which to respond 
to the District Office. The ``burden of proof'' shall be upon the 
existing CDC or CDCs to explain why the SBA should not grant the 
application for extension. In its deliberations, the SBA District 
Office may, in its discretion, consider any factor presented to it, but 
SBA will 

[[Page 3232]]
consider particularly relevant information concerning the various 
factors suggested in the comments to the proposed rule and previously 
set forth in this preamble. The SBA District Office shall submit its 
recommendation within 30 days of the end of the comment period to the 
AA/FA for a final decision within 30 days of receipt of the District 
Office's recommendation.
    Seven comments cautioned that expansion should be permitted only 
into contiguous areas, referencing the problems experienced by the 
banking industry when interstate banking was first permitted. These 
commenters suggested that ``leapfrogging'' financial institutions may 
not know their new markets, leading to potential loan losses and damage 
to the program. Two other commenters were concerned with ``cherry 
picking'' of valuable markets to the detriment of markets where 
business potential was less.
    These are both matters which SBA will consider very carefully. The 
expanding CDC's application must specify the exact territory into which 
it proposes to expand. SBA will compare the loan approval volume of the 
existing CDC or CDCs in that exact territory to the benchmark figure. 
The expanding CDC will not be able to use an existing CDC's loan 
approval volume for its entire Area of Operations (presumably lower) to 
justify expansion into a smaller, valuable market, which is being 
adequately served by the existing CDC or CDCs. If the more valuable 
market is not being adequately served, then the expanding CDC is 
justified in attempting to expand into it. SBA will at all times 
maintain its focus on the ultimate customers, the small businesses 
which both SBA and the CDC industry serve. If small businesses in a 
``prime'' area are not being adequately served, the existing CDC or 
CDCs will not be supported by SBA in any argument that the area is 
being ``cherry picked''. If a CDC is concerned about potential 
expansion into its territory, SBA believes, as do many of the 
commenters, that competition will cause that CDC to better serve its 
community.
    Although sensitive to the advantages resulting from regional 
experience and knowledge, SBA has determined not to limit applications 
for expansion to contiguous areas. SBA will, however, require that an 
expanding CDC have a local presence in a non-contiguous territory. As 
part of its application, the expanding CDC must indicate how it intends 
to provide that local presence, and must agree to have a local presence 
in place before submitting any 504 loans for approval.
    Finally, the comments presented to SBA several suggestions which it 
has considered for establishing the benchmark figure. SBA recognizes 
that each number suggested by any of the commenters was somewhat 
arbitrary. Several comments presented data on loan approval volume in 
the country or in specific regions. Based on the figures provided by 
the industry trade association in its comment, total loan approvals for 
FY 1993 were 2,388 resulting in an average loans per million of general 
population of 5.37. In FY 1994 and 1995, the corresponding figures were 
3,685 (8.29 loans per million) and 4,398 (9.89 per million). The 
industry trade association suggested that an average of 5 loans per 
million of general population, for the previous two years, or 2, 
whichever is greater, be the standard. (In the proposed rule, the 
standard would have been absolute and determined that a CDC was not 
adequately serving its Area of Operation.)
    SBA prefers to set a higher target. Unlike the performance standard 
in Sec. 120.828, failure to attain the standard will not disqualify a 
CDC in any way or cause it to be subject to decertification. So long as 
a CDC provides 2 loan approvals per year, it will continue as an active 
CDC if it so chooses. The standard in Sec. 120.835 is merely a 
benchmark to determine whether another CDC may be able to expand into 
the CDC's Area of Operations in order to compete with the CDC in order 
to better serve the small business community.
    Therefore, SBA has adopted the suggestions contained in the comment 
of an individual CDC and has established in this final rule the 
benchmark standard of one approved loan per 100,000 of general 
population averaged over the last year 2 years. Both the industry and 
SBA expect the number of loans approved to grow sharply over the next 
several years. As discussed earlier in this preamble, the industry 
prefers and SBA agrees that the benchmark remain constant and not 
change on an annual basis so that CDCs will know that they have a 
constant ``target'' to attain. SBA does not want to establish a 
benchmark which is already outdated. The industry average is nearly 10 
loan approvals per million (or one per 100,000). By adopting the 
comment of 1 per 100,000, SBA feels it has established a figure which 
may remain in effect for the foreseeable future and is already exceeded 
by a majority of the industry. Further, the benchmark applies to a 
total loan volume of all CDCs existing in an Area of Operations, not 
each individual CDC.
    SBA will continue to work with the industry to refine the 
benchmark. One or more of the factors discussed previously may 
supplement or ultimately replace loan approvals per 100,000 of general 
population (such as small business population, job creation/retention, 
loans closed, or dollar amount of loan volume).
    Sec. 120.838. In the proposed rule, SBA determined that all 
existing, temporary expansions of Areas of Operations would expire 
automatically 6 months after the effective date of these regulations, 
unless a CDC applies for permanent expansion into that Area before the 
expiration date. SBA believed that CDCs will best serve the small 
business community by making a permanent commitment to an Area of 
Operations. SBA received several comments in support of this provision 
and none in opposition. Therefore, SBA adopts the proposed provision 
without change in this final rule.
    Sec. 120.839. In the proposed rule, SBA provided for a CDC, upon 
showing good cause, to apply to SBA to make an individual loan for a 
Project outside its Area of Operations in an area not being adequately 
served by other CDCs. The SBA also proposed to permit an applicant 
small business to write to the AA/FA to request the assistance of a CDC 
not currently serving the area. SBA added this provision to give a 
small business more flexibility if it had a concern about the ability 
of a particular CDC to provide service.
    SBA received 12 comments concerning this proposal, none of which 
opposed the provision. Several supported the provision as proposed. 
Others concurred that case-by-case extensions can help to assure access 
to 504 financing, but should be limited to specific situations. Others 
felt that the proposed regulations were too vague and permitted too 
much discretion on the part of decision-makers. Most commenters favored 
more explicit directions and alternatives.
    SBA has determined to adopt, in most part, the suggestions of the 
industry trade association in its comment. Provided that the applicant 
CDC can demonstrate that it can adequately service the loan, a CDC may 
apply to make an individual loan outside its Area of Operations if (1) 
the applicant CDC has previously assisted the business to obtain a 504 
loan, (2) the applicant small business or CDC can document in writing 
to the AA/FA specific circumstances that would prevent the existing CDC 
or CDCs serving the area from assisting the business adequately, or (3) 
the existing CDC or CDCs serving the area agree to 

[[Page 3233]]
permit the applicant CDC to make the loan. SBA has deleted from its 
proposed rule the reference to an area not adequately served by other 
CDCs. As discussed previously with respect to Sec. 120.835, this final 
rule does not establish a standard of performance, but only a 
benchmark. Thus, it would not be possible to establish that an area is 
inadequately served without going through the entire process set forth 
in Sec. 120.835, which is not SBA's intent in this section. Further, 
the focus in this section is on the particular Project in question and 
that is covered sufficiently by the situation (2) as recommended by the 
industry trade association. The second circumstance in SBA's proposed 
rule, Borrower initiation of the request, is also subsumed into 
situation (2) in this final rule.
    Sec. 120.840. SBA received one comment regarding this section, 
pointing out that the section set forth only basic eligibility 
standards for a CDC to become an Accredited Lender, which standards did 
not refer to servicing or portfolio quality in any way. SBA concurs 
with the comment and has amended the section to include additional 
eligibility requirements, including that an applicant must have been a 
CDC for a minimum of 12 months.
    Sec. 120.845. SBA received two comments regarding this section. One 
comment pointed out that the proposed language appeared to suggest that 
SBA approved Premier Certified Lender loans in the same manner as any 
other 504 loan. SBA has adopted the language of the comment, clarifying 
that SBA's final approval is limited to eligibility of the guarantee. 
The other comment requested SBA to include in the regulation the 
specific amounts and payment schedule of contributions to the loss 
reserve. SBA has concluded that this is not necessary. The schedule is 
in the statute and will be expounded upon in SBA's SOP, to which PCLPs 
will have access. Therefore, SBA declines to adopt this comment.
    Sec. 120.862. This section sets forth community development and 
public policy goals, the achievement of any one of which causes a 
Project to be eligible for 504 financing if a CDC's overall portfolio 
of 504 loans, including the subject loan, meets or exceeds the CDC's 
Job Opportunity average. Also, qualifying under a public policy goal 
makes a Project subject to an increased amount of funding. One comment 
pointed out that assisting businesses in Labor Surplus Areas had been a 
community development goal in the current regulation, but had been 
included as a public policy goal. Another comment pointed out that 
there must be a written revitalization plan in order to invoke 
revitalizing a business district as a public policy goal. A third 
comment pointed out that the rule should include assisting businesses 
located in areas affected by Federal budget reduction, not just 
businesses affected by such matters. SBA concurs in all three comments 
and has made the revisions in this final rule. A fourth comment 
contended that assisting manufacturing firms was a public policy goal, 
not a community development goal. However, assisting manufacturing 
firms has always been a community development goal in SBA's 
regulations, and SBA declines to change this long-standing placement.
    Sec. 120.871. Both the 7(a) and 504 loan programs limit the amount 
of the rentable property which can be leased to a third-party, whether 
the loan or Project involves new construction or an existing building. 
Currently, there are minor differences between the programs in the 
amount of space permitted to be leased. The 504 limitation is currently 
set forth in a regulation, while the 7(a) limitations are set forth in 
an SOP. Several commenters noted the differences between the programs 
and suggested that the proposed regulation be made applicable to all 
SBA business loan programs. SBA concurs with the comments and has moved 
Secs. 120.871 and 120.872 from Part H to Part A as Secs. 120.131 and 
120.132.
    Sec. 120.880. SBA received five comments pointing out that the size 
standard for 504 eligibility set forth in the proposed rule omitted the 
word ``tangible'' to modify net worth. SBA concurs and adds the word 
``tangible'' in this final rule.
    Sec. 120.881. This section sets forth types of Projects ineligible 
only for 504 loans (as opposed to 7(a) loans). In the current 
regulation, a Project is ineligible, if the relocation of any of the 
operations of the small business will cause a substantial increase in 
unemployment in any area of the country or a net reduction of one-third 
or more in the workforce of the relocating small business. In the 
proposed rule, SBA attempted to limit the effect to distressed areas 
rather than the entire country by creating a defined term. As discussed 
earlier, commenters pointed out that SBA's proposed definition may have 
been unworkable. Therefore, SBA has dropped the proposed change and 
returned the relocation limitation to the language in the current 
regulation.
    One commenter pointed out that speculative projects are ineligible 
in all business loan programs, not just 504. SBA concurs and has moved 
Sec. 120.881(c) to Sec. 120.110(s).
    Sec. 120.882. In the current regulations, costs incurred by a 
Borrower in anticipation of receiving a 504 loan are not eligible to be 
included in Project costs unless the applicant has filed a written 
notices with the CDC and SBA within 60 days of incurring the expense 
and SBA gives written approval. As a result, CDCs and SBA receive 
notices from many potential borrowers considering 504 financing who 
desire to maximize potential financing. Many of these businesses never 
actually apply or their applications are denied. In those cases, the 
written notices are a useless paperwork burden on SBA, the CDC and the 
applicant. Therefore, SBA proposed in Sec. 120.882(a)(2) to eliminate 
the requirement for written notice and allow as an eligible Project 
cost any expense incurred toward a Project within six months of receipt 
by SBA of a complete loan application.
    SBA received 16 comments opposing the 6 month limit. Commenters 
pointed out that in actual practice the time it takes to reach the 
point of application is often far greater than 6 months. In many 
metropolitan areas, the zoning use permits, building permits, and other 
clearances can take 9 to 12 months. Often engineering plans and 
architectural drawings may need to be completed or redone, and lengthy 
environmental studies may be required. In states like Minnesota with 
long winters, the delay between site preparations and construction may 
span more than 6 months.
    The intent of the proposed rule was to alleviate unnecessary 
paperwork. It was not intended to limit eligible costs. Therefore, SBA 
increases the limit in this final rule to 9 months and adopts a comment 
suggesting a waiver of the limit by the SBA District Office for good 
cause, which waiver should not be unreasonably withheld.
    Sec. 120.883. This section sets forth eligible administrative costs 
which may be paid with the proceeds of the 504 loan, thereby allowing 
the small business to borrow the cost of the item so that it does not 
have to be paid out of the Borrower's own resources. One of the 
permitted costs is the CDC processing fee. Seven commenters pointed out 
that in streamlining the language of the regulation, SBA had deleted 
language in the current regulation describing at what point in time the 
fee is considered earned and may be collected. SBA agrees that this is 
important information for Borrowers to know and adds the requested 
language in this final rule. 

[[Page 3234]]

    Another grouping of costs traditionally allowed by SBA to be paid 
out of the proceeds of the 504 loan are closing costs. Currently, SBA 
interprets closing costs to include fees of professionals, such as 
engineers and attorneys, involved in the Project (see Sec. 120.961(a)).
    Typically, many of the legal services required to close the 504 
financing are provided by the CDC's counsel, who is usually experienced 
in closing 504 loans and thus, is able to do so cost effectively. 
Sometimes, a Borrower will also retain an attorney. Under the current 
regulations, the CDC may charge the Borrower up to $2,500 to reimburse 
the CDC for the legal expenses resulting from services performed by the 
CDC counsel relating to the 504 financing. The Borrower must pay the 
legal fees of Borrower's counsel, if retained. If CDC counsel desires 
to charge the CDC more than $2,500, the CDC may only do so if SBA 
approves the higher fee, in which case, the CDC must pay the difference 
to the CDC counsel and may not be reimbursed by the Borrower. The CDC 
collects the fee (up to $2,500) at closing and forwards it to the 
closing attorney.
    The $2,500 figure in the current regulation has engendered much 
debate within the industry. Many CDCs feel the figure establishes a 
minimum base for attorney fees and is, therefore, anti-competitive. On 
the other hand, during the past year, SBA has conducted several 
expedited closing training sessions for CDC counsel. Many attorneys 
feel that the figure establishes a ceiling for attorney services and 
is, therefore, anti-competitive. There appears to be a wide range of 
fees charged by CDC counsel for closing services.
    Most CDCs try to minimize counsel fees to reduce costs to the 
Borrower. One of the ways is for the CDC to use in-house counsel. 
Another way is to use in-house paralegals and staff to prepare the 
closing documents, close the loan, and present a completed loan closing 
package after closing to outside counsel solely for review and legal 
opinion. However, the current regulations allow a CDC to charge the 
Borrower only for the legal bill of outside CDC counsel. A CDC that 
retains its own counsel in-house or employs paralegals and other staff 
to prepare and close the loan cannot recover its costs for providing 
that service.
    In the proposed regulation, SBA omitted reference to any legal fee 
amount in either Sec. 120.883(d) or Sec. 120.961(a). Whether it is 
viewed as a ceiling or a base, the $2,500 reference certainly appears 
to have had an effect on legal fees charged. SBA believes legal fees 
should be determined by the competitive market. There is no reason for 
SBA to influence the market rate by referring to a specific fee level 
in its regulation.
    SBA received 15 comments concerning legal fees from the industry. 
All but one strongly objected to the deletion of the $2,500 reference 
from the regulations. In addition, several comments requested SBA to 
allow CDCs to recover the staff and in-house counsel costs of closing a 
loan.
    SBA concurs with the comments recommending that CDCs be allowed to 
charge the Borrower for the in-house costs of preparing the loan 
documents and closing the loan. Since both the CDCs and SBA desire to 
reduce the level of legal fees incurred by the Borrowers, it is self-
defeating to require CDCs to utilize outside counsel in order to 
recover legal costs. Allowing the CDC to recover in-house costs from 
the Borrower will still result in a savings to the Borrower because the 
costs of CDC staff and in-house counsel are less than outside counsel. 
Therefore, proposed rule Sec. 120.961(a) (which is Sec. 120.971(a)(2)) 
in this final rule has been amended to allow the CDC to charge the 
Borrower an amount sufficient to reimburse it for reasonable legal 
expenses of outside counsel, and in-house counsel and staff related to 
closing the 504 financing.
    Despite the near unanimous opposition to the deletion of the $2,500 
reference, SBA declines to amend either Sec. 120.883(d) or 
Sec. 120.971(a)(2) (Sec. 120.961(a) in the proposed rule). None of the 
comments presented any persuasive arguments to cause SBA to change its 
convictions. Many of the comments referred to the $2,500 reference as a 
``cap'' which kept legal fees to the Borrower in line. Whether it 
functioned more to inhibit or increase fees is open for discussion. But 
exceeding the ``cap'' certainly did not affect the Borrower. If SBA 
approved, the CDC paid the attorney without reimbursement. Thus, if the 
reference functioned as a ``cap'', it did so to benefit the CDC, not 
the Borrower.
    As more attorneys become designated to perform expedited 504 loan 
closings, as more attorneys become familiar with the 504 closing 
process (because of the expected large increase in loan volume), and as 
additional CDCs use in-house counsel or paralegal staff to prepare 
documents and close loans, SBA expects competitive pressures to limit 
increases in legal fees. In any event, SBA does not belong in the 
business of setting or suggesting legal fees. That is a function of the 
competitive market.
    The comment process caused SBA to review carefully the whole issue 
of legal fees as treated in the 504 program compared to commercial 
lending generally. A number of comments present information concerning 
CDC efforts to reduce Borrowers' legal costs. SBA has previously 
interpreted legal fees to be eligible costs, either as Project costs or 
administrative costs. Most of the legal fees for which a Borrower is 
responsible are eligible Project costs directly attributable and 
essential to the Project.
    Legal fees associated with the closing of the 504 loan are not 
eligible as Project costs. They are not directly attributable and 
essential to the Project. If they are eligible at all, they would have 
to be eligible administrative costs.
    All of the eligible administrative costs in Sec. 120.883, with the 
exception of legal fees, are fees imposed upon the Borrower by the 
financing process itself over which the Borrower has no control. All 
are defined by regulation or other government entities (recording fees, 
for example). The only variable cost is legal fees.
    Closing legal fees are not usually financed by commercial loan 
proceeds. Closing legal fees are current costs. Why should they be 
financed over 20 years? Legal fees are not usually financed over time. 
SBA suspects that if claims are true that closing legal fees have been 
maintained at an artificially high level, it is because the fees have 
been able to be financed over a lengthy period of time and have been 
``hidden'' in the Debenture. SBA has concluded that closing legal fees 
should not be eligible administrative costs for 504 loans. CDCs and 
Borrowers will now have a real incentive to reduce fees. Therefore, in 
this final rule, SBA has eliminated legal fees from the eligible 
administrative costs for 504 loans in Sec. 120.883(d).
    Finally, several commenters recommended that the specific fees for 
the items in Sec. 120.883 be identified. SBA concurs. These fees have 
been set forth with specific numbers in Sec. 120.971.
    Sec. 120.891. This section of the proposed rule required the 
interim lender to certify to the amount of the interim loan disbursed 
and the CDC to certify that the Project was completed in accordance 
with the plans and specifications. Three comments noted that the 
wording of the first requirement implied that the interim lender must 
certify to much more than just the amount disbursed. SBA concurs that 
the language could be misleading. In this final rule, SBA clarifies 
that the interim lender must certify only the amount disbursed. 

[[Page 3235]]

    Sec. 120.892. This sections deals with certifications to SBA by the 
CDC, interim lender, and Borrower that there has been no adverse change 
in the ability of the Borrower to repay the 504 loan. For over 15 years 
the standard phrase used was ``unremedied substantial adverse change.'' 
In the proposed rule, SBA substituted ``adverse change,'' believing 
that if there were insubstantial adverse changes or remedied changes, 
it did not affect whether the Borrower could repay the loan. However, 
after receiving seven comments requesting a return to the familiar 
language, SBA amends the three subsections of Sec. 120.892 to insert in 
this final rule ``unremedied substantial adverse change.''
    Sec. 120.911. The current regulations state that the Borrower's 
contribution to the permanent financing may be land or cash. The 
regulations have never permitted the value of buildings or other 
structures on the land to be counted toward the Borrower's 
contribution. SBA did not propose any change in this section in the 
proposed rule.
    However, SBA received 10 comments suggesting that SBA consider 
including the value of site improvements such as buildings on 
contributed property if the Project is for the purpose of renovating 
the building or constructing an addition to the building. According to 
the comments, older buildings that need renovation are often not 
financed under the 504 program due to this restriction. SBA sees no 
reason why it should not agree to these suggestions. Whatever the 
original purpose of the restriction may have been, it appears to have 
no logical reason, credit or otherwise, for continuing it. Therefore, 
SBA adopts the comments in this final rule and allows Borrowers to 
contribute the value of buildings, structures and other site 
improvements which will be part of the Project Property, previously 
acquired by the Borrower or CDC.
    Sec. 120.921. As a result of comments received, two subsections 
have been added to Sec. 120.921. First, Sec. 120.923(b) in the proposed 
rule has become Sec. 120.921(d). The language of the proposed rule has 
been changed to clarify that a Third-Party lienholder must subordinate 
to the CDC/SBA lien any future advance in excess of the outstanding 
principal balance and accrued interest of the Third-Party Loan at the 
time of such advance. The new Sec. 120.921(e) prohibits a Third-Party 
lender from escalating the rate of interest upon default to an amount 
greater than the maximum rate in Sec. 120.921(b).
    Sec. 120.930. SBA received five comments pointing out that the 
language was confusing. In the proposed rule, SBA attempted to indicate 
what happens if the cost of the completed Project is less than the 
Debenture amount. Since five commenters all felt the language was 
confusing, SBA returns in this final rule to the language in the 
present regulation.
    Sec. 120.938. This section defines when SBA will look to the CDC 
for recourse in the event it defaults on a Debenture. SBA received 6 
comments contending that negligence is too high a standard. SBA 
examined the Debenture which CDCs sign. The language in the Debenture 
includes fraud, negligence, or misrepresentation. Therefore, SBA has 
adopted the language in the Debenture.
    Sec. 120.961(b). SBA received 4 comments contending that the 
referral fee which a CDC may charge a Third-Party lender is excessive. 
However, none of the comments presented any reasons or support for such 
assertions. Therefore, SBA declines to change the proposed rule. 
However, commenters did point out an error in the section in that the 
fee applies to the Third-Party loan, not the 504 loan. In addition, SBA 
refers to the fee in the final rule as a referral fee, rather than a 
finder's fee. SBA further indicates in this final rule that a CDC 
receiving such a fee must comply with the regulations under Part 103 of 
this chapter.
    Sec. 120.971. In this final rule, SBA has consolidated into this 
section the fees which were previously set forth in Sec. 120.883, so 
that a Borrower may find in one section all allowable fees to which it 
may be subject.

Compliance With Executive Orders 12612, 12778, and 12866, the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.), and the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 35)

    SBA certifies that this final rule involves internal administrative 
procedures and does not constitute a significant rule within the 
meaning of Executive Order 12866 and does not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the 
meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, et seq. It is 
not likely to have an annual economic effect of $100 million or more, 
result in a major increase in costs or prices, or have a significant 
adverse effect on competition or the United States economy.
    For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35, SBA 
certifies that this final rule contains no new reporting or record 
keeping requirements.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12612, SBA certifies that this rule 
has no federalism implications warranting the preparation of a 
Federalism Assessment.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12778, SBA certifies that this rule 
is drafted, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards 
set forth in Section 2 of that Order.

List of Subjects

13 CFR Part 108

    Equal employment opportunity, Loan programs-business, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.

13 CFR Part 116

    Coastal Zone, Flood insurance, Flood plains, Lead poisoning, Small 
businesses, Veterans.

13 CFR Part 120

    Loan programs-business, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, 
Small businesses.

13 CFR Part 122

    Community development, Employee benefit plans, Energy conservation, 
Environmental protection, Exports, Individuals with disabilities, Loan 
programs-business, Loan programs-energy, Loan programs-veterans, 
Microloans, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses, 
Solar energy, Trusts and trustees, Veterans.

13 CFR Part 131

    Loan programs-business, Small businesses.

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority set forth in sections 
5(b)(1) and (b)(6) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 634(b)(6) and 
636(a) and (h), SBA hereby amends Chapter I of Title 13, Code of 
Federal Regulations (CFR), as follows:
    1. Part 120 is revised to read as follows:

PART 120--BUSINESS LOANS

General Descriptions of SBA'S Business Loan Programs
Sec.
120.1  Which loan programs does this part cover?
120.2  Descriptions of the business loan programs.
120.3  Pilot programs.

Definitions

120.10  Definitions. 

[[Page 3236]]

Subpart A--Policies Applying to All Business Loans

Eligibility Requirements

120.100  What are the basic eligibility requirements for all 
applicants for SBA business loans?
120.101  Credit not available elsewhere.
120.102  Funds not available from alternative sources, including 
personal resources of principals.
120.103  Are farm enterprises eligible?
120.104  Are businesses financed by SBICs eligible?
120.105  Special consideration for veterans.

Ineligible Businesses and Eligible Passive Companies

120.110  What businesses are ineligible for SBA business loans?
120.111  What conditions must an Eligible Passive Company satisfy?

Uses of Proceeds

120.120  What are eligible uses of proceeds?
120.130  Restrictions on uses of proceeds.
120.131  Leasing part of new construction or existing building to 
another business.

Ethical Requirements

120.140  What ethical requirements apply to participants?

Credit Criteria for SBA Loans

120.150  What are SBA's lending criteria?
120.151  What is the statutory limit for total loans to a Borrower?
120.160  Loan conditions.

Requirements Imposed Under Other Laws and Orders

120.170  Flood insurance.
120.171  Compliance with child support obligations.
120.172  Flood-plain and wetlands management.
120.173  Lead-based paint.
120.174  Earthquake hazards.
120.175  Coastal barrier islands.
120.176  Compliance with other laws.

Enforceability Despite Rule Changes

120.180  Are rules enforceable if they are changed later?

Loan Applications

120.190  Where does an applicant apply for a loan?
120.191  The contents of a business loan application.
120.192  Approval or denial.
120.193  Reconsideration after denial.

Computerized SBA Forms

120.194  Use of computer forms.

Reporting of Fees

120.195  Disclosure of Fees.

Subpart B--Policies Specific to 7(a) Loans

Bonding Requirements

120.200  What bonding requirements exist during construction?

Limitations on Use of Proceeds

120.201  Refinancing unsecured or undersecured loans.
120.202  Restrictions on loans for changes in ownership.

Maturities; Interest Rates; Loan and Guarantee Amounts

120.210  What percentage of a loan may SBA guarantee?
120.211  What limits are there on the amounts of direct loans?
120.212  What limits are there on loan maturities?
120.213  What fixed interest rates may a Lender charge?
120.214  What conditions apply for variable interest rates?
120.215  What interest rates apply to smaller loans?

Fees for Guaranteed Loans

120.220  Fees that Lender pays SBA.
120.221  Fees which the Lender may collect from a loan applicant.
120.222  Fees which the Lender or Associate may not collect from the 
Borrower or share with third parties.

Subpart C--Special Purpose Loans

120.300  Statutory authority.

Disabled Assistance Loan Program (DAL)

120.310  What assistance is available for the disabled?
120.311  Definitions.
120.312  DAL-1 use of proceeds and other program conditions.
120.313  DAL-2 use of proceeds and other program conditions.
120.314  Resolving doubts about creditworthiness.
120.315  Interest rate and loan limit.

Businesses Owned by Low Income Individuals

120.320  Policy.

Energy Conservation

120.330  Who is eligible for an energy conservation loan?
120.331  What devices or techniques are eligible for a loan?
120.332  What are the eligible uses of proceeds?
120.333  Are there any special credit criteria?

Export Working Capital Program (EWCP)

120.340  What is the Export Working Capital Program?
120.341  Who is eligible?
120.342  What are eligible uses of proceeds?
120.343  Collateral.
120.344  Unique requirements of the EWCP.

International Trade Loans

120.345  Policy.
120.346  Eligibility.
120.347  Use of proceeds.
120.348  Amount of guarantee.

Qualified Employee Trusts (ESOP)

120.350  Policy.
120.351  Definitions.
120.352  Use of proceeds.
120.353  Eligibility.
120.354  Creditworthiness.

Veterans Loan Program

120.360  Which veterans are eligible?
120.361  Other conditions of eligibility.

Pollution Control Program

120.370  Policy.

Loans to Participants in the 8(a) Program

120.375  Policy.
120.376  Special requirements.
120.377  Use of proceeds.

Defense Economic Transition Assistance

120.380  Program.
120.381  Eligibility.
120.382  Repayment ability.
120.383  Restrictions on loan processing.

Caplines Program

120.390  Revolving credit.

Builders Loan Program

120.391  What is the Builders Loan Program?
120.392  Who may apply?
120.393  Are there special application requirements?
120.394  What are the eligible uses of proceeds?
120.395  What is SBA's collateral position?
120.396  What is the term of the loan?
120.397  Are there any special restrictions?

Subpart D--Lenders

120.400  Loan Guarantee Agreements.

Participation Criteria

120.410  Requirements for all participating Lenders.
120.411  Preferences.
120.412  Other services Lenders may provide Borrowers.
120.413  Advertisement of relationship with SBA.

Pledging Notes or Transferring Unguaranteed Portion

120.420  Financings by Nondepository Lenders.

Miscellaneous Provisions

120.430  SBA access to Lender files.
120.431  Suspension or revocation of eligibility to participate.

Certified Lenders Program (CLP)

120.440  What is the Certified Lenders Program?
120.441  How does a Lender become a CLP Lender?
120.442  Suspension or revocation of CLP status.

Preferred Lenders Program (PLP)

120.450  What is the Preferred Lenders Program?
120.451  How does a Lender become a PLP Lender?
120.452  What are the requirements of PLP loan processing?
120.453  What are the requirements of a PLP Lender in servicing and 
liquidating SBA guaranteed loans?
120.454  PLP performance review.
120.455  Suspension or revocation of PLP status.

Small Business Lending Companies (SBLC)

120.470  What is an SBLC?
120.471  Records.
120.472  Reports to SBA.
120.473  Change of ownership or control.
120.474  Prohibited financing. 

[[Page 3237]]

120.475  Audits.
120.476  Suspension or revocation.

Subpart E--Loan Administration

120.500  General.

Servicing

120.510  Servicing direct and immediate participation loans.
120.511  Servicing guaranteed loans.
120.512  Who services the loan after SBA honors its guarantee?
120.513  What servicing actions require the 
FR Doc. 96-1432 Business Loan Programs
prior written consent of 
SBA?

SBA'S Purchase of a Guaranteed Portion

120.520  When does SBA honor its guarantee?
120.521  What interest rate applies after SBA purchases its 
guaranteed portion?
120.522  How much accrued interest does SBA pay to the Lender or 
Registered Holder when SBA purchases the guaranteed portion?
120.523  What is the ``earliest uncured payment default''?
120.524  When is SBA released from liability on its guarantee?

Deferment, Extension of Maturity and Loan Moratorium

120.530  Deferment of payment.
120.531  Extension of maturity.
120.532  What is a loan Moratorium?

Liquidation of Collateral

120.540  What are SBA's policies concerning liquidation of 
collateral?

Homestead Protection for Farmers

120.550  What is homestead protection for farmers?
120.551  Who is eligible for homestead protection?
120.552  Lease.
120.553  Appeal.
120.554  Conflict of laws.

Subpart F--Secondary Market

Fiscal and Transfer Agent (FTA)

120.600  Definitions.
120.601  SBA Secondary Market.

Certificates

120.610  Form and terms of Certificates.
120.611  Pools backing Pool Certificates.
120.612  Loans eligible to back Certificates.
120.613  Secondary Participation Guarantee Agreement.

The SBA Guarantee of a Certificate

120.620  SBA guarantee of a Pool Certificate.
120.621  SBA guarantee of an Individual Certificate.

Pool Assemblers

120.630  Qualifications to be a Pool Assembler.
120.631  Suspension or termination of Pool Assembler.

Miscellaneous Provisions

120.640  Administration of the Pool and Individual Certificates.
120.641  Disclosure to purchasers.
120.642  Requirements before the FTA issues Pool Certificates.
120.643  Requirements before the FTA issues Individual Certificate.
120.644  Transfers of Certificates.
120.645  Redemption of Certificates.
120.650  Registration duties of FTA in Secondary Market.
120.651  Claim to FTA by Registered Holder to replace Certificate.
120.652  FTA fees.

Suspension or Revocation of Participant in Secondary Market

120.660  Suspension or revocation.

Subpart G--Microloan Demonstration Program

120.700  What is the Microloan Program?
120.701  Definitions.
120.702  Are there limitations on who can be an Intermediary or on 
where an Intermediary may operate?
120.703  How does an organization apply to become an Intermediary?
120.704  How are applications evaluated?
120.705  What is a Specialized Intermediary?
120.706  What are the terms and conditions of an Intermediary SBA 
loan?
120.707  What conditions apply to loans by Intermediaries to 
Microloan borrowers?
120.708  What is the Intermediary's financial contribution?
120.709  What is the Microloan Revolving Fund?
120.710  What is the Loan Loss Reserve Fund?
120.711  What rules govern Intermediaries?
120.712  How does an Intermediary get a grant to assist Microloan 
Borrowers?
120.713  Does SBA provide technical assistance to Intermediaries?
120.714  How does a non-Intermediary get a grant?
120.715  Does SBA guarantee any loans an Intermediary obtains from 
another source?

Subpart H--Development Company Loan Program (504)

120.800  What is the purpose of the 504 program?
120.801  How is a 504 Project financed?
120.802  Definitions.

Certification Procedures to Become a CDC

120.810  Applications for certification as a CDC.
120.811  Public notice of CDC certification application.
120.812  Probationary period for newly certified CDCs.

Requirements for CDC Certification and Operation

120.820  CDC non-profit status.
108.821  CDC Area of Operations.
120.822  CDC membership.
120.823  CDC Board of Directors.
120.824  Professional management and staff.
120.825  Financial ability to operate.
120.826  Basic requirements for operating a CDC.
120.827  Services a CDC provides to small businesses.
120.828  Minimum level of CDC lending activity.
120.829  Job Opportunity average a CDC must maintain.
120.830  Reports a CDC must submit.

Extending a CDC's Area of Operations

120.835  Application to extend an Area of Operations.
120.836  Public notice and opportunity for response.
120.837  SBA decision on application for extension.
120.838  Expiration of existing, temporary expansions.
120.839  Case-by-case extensions.

Accredited Lenders Program

120.840  Accredited Lenders Program (ALP).

Premier Certified Lenders Program

120.845  Premier Certified Lenders Program.

Associate Development Companies (ADCs)

120.850  ADC functions.
120.851  ADC eligibility and operating requirements.
120.852  Suspension and revocation of ADCs.

Ethical Requirements

120.855  CDC and ADC ethical requirements.

Project Economic Development Goals

120.860  Required objectives.
120.861  Job creation or retention.
120.862  Other economic development objectives.

Leasing Policies Specific to 504 Loans

120.870  Leasing Project Property.
120.871  Leasing part of an existing building to another business.

Loan-Making Policies Specific to 504 Loans

120.880  Basic eligibility requirements.
120.881  Ineligible Projects for 504 loans.
120.882  Eligible Project costs for 504 loans.
120.883  Eligible administrative costs for 504 loans.
120.884  Ineligible costs for 504 loans.

Interim Financing

120.890  Source of interim financing.
120.891  Certifications of disbursement and completion.
120.892  Certifications of no adverse change.

Permanent Financing

120.900  What are the sources of permanent financing?

The Borrower's Contribution

120.910  How much must the Borrower contribute?
120.911  Land contributions.
120.912  Borrowed contributions.
120.913  May an SBIC provide the contribution?

Third Party Loans

120.920  The first lien position.
120.921  Terms of Third Party loans.
120.922  Pre-existing debt on the Project Property.
120.923  What are the policies on subordination?
120.924  Prepayment of subordinate financing.
120.925  Preferences.
120.926  Referral fees.

504 Loans and Debentures

120.930  Amount.
120.931  504 lending limits. 

[[Page 3238]]

120.932  Interest rate.
120.933  Maturity.
120.934  Collateral.
120.935  Deposit.
120.936  Subordination to CDC.
120.937  Assumption.
120.938  Default.
120.939  Borrower prohibition.
120.940  Prepayment of the 504 loan or Debenture.
120.941  Certificates.

Debenture Sales and Service Agents

120.950  SBA and CDC must appoint agents.
120.951  Selling agent.
120.952  Fiscal agent.
120.953  Trustee.
120.954  Central Servicing Agent.
120.955  Agent bonds and records.
120.956  Suspension or revocation of brokers and dealers.

Closings

120.960  Responsibility for closing.
120.961  Construction escrow accounts.

Servicing and Fees

120.970  Servicing of 504 loans and Debentures.
120.971  Allowable fees paid by Borrower.
120.972  Oversight and evaluation of CDCs and ADCs.

CDR Transfer, Suspension and Revocation

120.980  Transfer of CDC to ADC status.
120.981  Voluntary transfer and surrender of CDC certification.
120.982  Correcting CDC servicing deficiencies.
120.983  Transfer of CDC servicing to SBA or another CDC.
120.984  Suspension or revocation of CDC certification.

Enforceability of 501, 502 and 503 Loans and Other Laws

120.990  501, 502 and 503 loans.
120.991  Effect of other laws.

    Authority: 15 U.S.C 634(b)(6) and 636(a) and (h).

General Descriptions of SBA's Business Loan Programs

Sec. 120.1  Which loan programs does this part cover?

    This Part regulates SBA's financial assistance to small businesses 
under its general business loan programs (``7(a) loans'') authorized by 
section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (``the Act''), 15 U.S.C. 636(a), 
its microloan demonstration loan program (``Microloans'') authorized by 
section 7(m) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 636(m), and its development company 
program (``504 loans'') authorized by Title V of the Small Business 
Investment Act, 15 U.S.C. 695 to 697f (``Title V''). These three 
programs constitute the business loan programs of the SBA.

Sec. 120.2  Descriptions of the business loan programs.

    (a) 7(a) loans. (1) 7(a) loans provide financing for general 
business purposes and may be:
    (i) A direct loan by SBA;
    (ii) An immediate participation loan by a Lender and SBA; or
    (iii) A guaranteed loan (deferred participation) by which SBA 
guarantees a portion of a loan made by a Lender.
    (2) A guaranteed loan is initiated by a Lender agreeing to make an 
SBA guaranteed loan to a small business and applying to SBA for SBA's 
guarantee under a blanket guarantee agreement (participation agreement) 
between SBA and the Lender. If SBA agrees to guarantee (authorizes) a 
portion of the loan, the Lender funds and services the loan. If the 
small business defaults on the loan, SBA's guarantee requires SBA to 
purchase its portion of the outstanding balance, upon demand by the 
Lender and subject to specific conditions. Regulations specific to 7(a) 
loans are found in subpart B of this part.
    (b) Microloans. SBA makes loans and loan guarantees to non-profit 
Intermediaries that make short-term loans up to $25,000 to eligible 
small businesses for general business purposes, except payment of 
personal debts. SBA also makes grants to Intermediaries for use in 
providing management assistance and counseling to small businesses. 
Regulations specific to these loans are found in subpart G of this 
part.
    (c) 504 loans. Projects involving 504 loans require long-term 
fixed-asset financing for small businesses. A Certified Development 
Company (CDC) provides the final portion of this financing with a 504 
loan made from the proceeds of a Debenture issued by the CDC, 
guaranteed 100 percent by SBA (with the full faith and credit of the 
United States), and sold to investors. The regulations specific to 
these loans are found in subpart H of this part.

Sec. 120.3  Pilot programs.

    The Administrator of SBA may from time to time suspend, modify, or 
waive rules for a limited period of time to test new programs or ideas. 
The Administrator shall publish a document in the Federal Register 
explaining the reasons for these actions.

Subpart A--Policies Applying to All Business Loans

Definitions

Sec. 120.10  Definitions.

    The following terms have the same meaning wherever they are used in 
this part. Defined terms are capitalized wherever they appear.
    Associate. (1) An Associate of a Lender or CDC is:
    (i) An officer, director, key employee, or holder of 20 percent or 
more of the value of the Lender's or CDC's stock or debt instruments, 
or an agent involved in the loan process;
    (ii) Any entity in which one or more individuals referred to in 
paragraphs (1)(i) of this definition or a Close Relative of any such 
individual owns or controls at least 20 percent.
    (2) An Associate of a small business is:
    (i) An officer, director, owner of more than 20 percent of the 
equity, or key employee of the small business;
    (ii) Any entity in which one or more individuals referred to in 
paragraphs (2)(i) of this definition owns or controls at least 20 
percent; and
    (iii) Any individual or entity in control of or controlled by the 
small business (except a Small Business Investment Company (``SBIC'') 
licensed by SBA).
    (3) For purposes of this definition, the time during which an 
Associate relationship exists commences six months before the following 
dates and continues as long as the certification, participation 
agreement, or loan is outstanding:
    (i) For a CDC, the date of certification by SBA;
    (ii) For a Lender, the date of application for a loan guarantee on 
behalf of an applicant; or
    (iii) For a small business, the date of the loan application to 
SBA, the CDC, the Intermediary, or the Lender.
    Authorization is SBA's written agreement providing the terms and 
conditions under which SBA will make or guarantee business loans. It is 
not a contract to make a loan.
    Borrower is the obligor of an SBA business loan.
    Certified Development Company (``CDC'') is an entity authorized by 
SBA to deliver 504 financing to small businesses.
    Close Relative is a spouse; a parent; or a child or sibling, or the 
spouse of any such person.
    Eligible Passive Company is a small entity or trust which does not 
engage in regular and continuous business activity, which leases real 
or personal property to an Operating Company for use in the Operating 
Company's business, and which complies with the conditions set forth in 
Sec. 120.111.
    Intermediary is the entity in the Microloan program that receives 
SBA financial assistance and makes loans to small businesses in amounts 
up to $25,000. 

[[Page 3239]]

    Lender is an institution that has executed a participation 
agreement with SBA under the guaranteed loan program.
    Loan Instruments are the Authorization, note, instruments of 
hypothecation, and all other agreements and documents related to a 
loan.
    Operating Company is an eligible small business actively involved 
in conducting business operations now or about to be located on real 
property owned by an Eligible Passive Company, or using or about to use 
in its business operations personal property owned by an Eligible 
Passive Company.
    Preference is any arrangement giving a Lender or a CDC a preferred 
position compared to SBA relating to the making, servicing, or 
liquidation of a business loan with respect to such things as 
repayment, collateral, guarantees, control, maintenance of a 
compensating balance, purchase of a Certificate of deposit or 
acceptance of a separate or companion loan, without SBA's consent.
    Rural Area is a political subdivision or unincorporated area in a 
non-metropolitan county (as defined by the Department of Agriculture), 
or, if in a metropolitan county, any such subdivision or area with a 
resident population under 20,000 which is designated by SBA as rural.
    Service Provider is an entity that contracts with a Lender or CDC 
to perform management, marketing, legal or other services.

Subpart A--Policies Applying to All Business Loans

Eligibility Requirements

Sec. 120.100  What are the basic eligibility requirements for all 
applicants for SBA business loans?

    To be eligible for an SBA business loan, a small business applicant 
must:
    (a) Be an operating business (except for loans to Eligible Passive 
Companies);
    (b) Be organized for profit;
    (c) Be located in the United States;
    (d) Be small under the size requirements of Part 121 of this 
chapter (including affiliates). See subpart H of this part for the size 
standards of Part 121 of this chapter which apply only to 504 loans; 
and
    (e) Be able to demonstrate a need for the desired credit.

Sec. 120.101  Credit not available elsewhere.

    SBA provides business loan assistance only to applicants for whom 
the desired credit is not otherwise available on reasonable terms from 
non-Federal sources. SBA requires the Lender or CDC to certify or 
otherwise show that the desired credit is unavailable to the applicant 
on reasonable terms and conditions from non-Federal sources without SBA 
assistance, taking into consideration the prevailing rates and terms in 
the community in or near where the applicant conducts business, for 
similar purposes and periods of time. Submission of an application to 
SBA by a Lender or CDC constitutes certification by the Lender or CDC 
that it has examined the availability of credit to the applicant, has 
based its certification upon that examination, and has substantiation 
in its file to support the certification.

Sec. 120.102  Funds not available from alternative sources, including 
personal resources of principals.

    (a) An applicant for a business loan must show that the desired 
funds are not available from the personal resources of any owner of 20 
percent or more of the equity of the applicant. SBA will require the 
use of personal resources from any such owner as an injection to reduce 
the SBA funded portion of the total financing package (i.e., any SBA 
loans and any other financing, including loans from any other source) 
when that owner's liquid assets exceed the amounts specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section. When the total financing 
package:
    (1) Is $250,000 or less, each 20 percent owner of the applicant 
must inject any personal liquid assets which are in excess of two times 
the total financing package or $100,000, whichever is greater;
    (2) Is between $250,001 and $500,000, each 20 percent owner of the 
applicant must inject any personal liquid assets which are in excess of 
one and one-half times the total financing package or $500,000, 
whichever is greater;
    (3) Exceeds $500,000, each 20 percent owner of the applicant must 
inject any personal liquid assets which are in excess of one times the 
total financing package or $750,000, whichever is greater.
    (b) Any liquid assets in excess of the applicable amount set forth 
in paragraph (a) of this section must be used to reduce the SBA portion 
of the total financing package. These funds must be injected prior to 
the disbursement of the proceeds of any SBA financing.
    (c) For purposes of this section, liquid assets means cash or cash 
equivalent, including savings accounts, CDs, stocks, bonds, or other 
similar assets. Equity in real estate holdings and other fixed assets 
are not to be considered liquid assets.

Sec. 120.103  Are farm enterprises eligible?

    Federal financial assistance to agricultural enterprises is 
generally made by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), 
but may be made by SBA under the terms of a Memorandum of Understanding 
between SBA and USDA. Farm-related businesses which are not 
agricultural enterprises are eligible businesses under SBA's business 
loan programs.

Sec. 120.104  Are businesses financed by SBICs eligible?

    SBA may make or guarantee loans to a business financed by an SBIC 
if SBA's collateral position will be superior to that of the SBIC. SBA 
may also make or guarantee a loan to an otherwise eligible small 
business which temporarily is owned or controlled by an SBIC under the 
regulations in part 107 of this chapter. SBA neither guarantees SBIC 
loans nor makes loans jointly with SBICs.

Sec. 120.105  Special consideration for veterans.

    SBA will give special consideration to a small business owned by a 
veteran or, if the veteran chooses not to apply, to a business owned or 
controlled by one of the veteran's dependents. If the veteran is 
deceased or permanently disabled, SBA will give special consideration 
to one survivor or dependent. SBA will process the application of a 
business owned or controlled by a veteran or dependent promptly, 
resolve close questions in the applicant's favor, and pay particular 
attention to maximum loan maturity. For SBA loans, a veteran is a 
person honorably discharged from active military service.

Ineligible Businesses and Eligible Passive Companies

Sec. 120.110  What businesses are ineligible for SBA business loans?

    The following types of businesses are ineligible:
    (a) Non-profit businesses (for-profit subsidiaries are eligible);
    (b) Financial businesses primarily engaged in the business of 
lending, such as banks, finance companies, and factors (pawn shops, 
although engaged in lending, may qualify in some circumstances);
    (c) Passive businesses owned by developers and landlords that do 
not actively use or occupy the assets acquired or improved with the 
loan proceeds (except Eligible Passive Companies under Sec. 120.111); 

[[Page 3240]]

    (d) Life insurance companies;
    (e) Businesses located in a foreign country (businesses in the U.S. 
owned by aliens may qualify);
    (f) Pyramid sale distribution plans;
    (g) Businesses deriving more than one-third of gross annual revenue 
from legal gambling activities;
    (h) Businesses engaged in any illegal activity;
    (i) Private clubs and businesses which limit the number of 
memberships for reasons other than capacity;
    (j) Government-owned entities (except for businesses owned or 
controlled by a Native American tribe);
    (k) Businesses principally engaged in teaching, instructing, 
counseling or indoctrinating religion or religious beliefs, whether in 
a religious or secular setting;
    (l) Consumer and marketing cooperatives (producer cooperatives are 
eligible);
    (m) Loan packagers earning more than one third of their gross 
annual revenue from packaging SBA loans;
    (n) Businesses with an Associate who is incarcerated, on probation, 
on parole, or has been indicted for a felony or a crime of moral 
turpitude;
    (o) Businesses in which the Lender or CDC, or any of its Associates 
owns an equity interest;
    (p) Businesses which:
    (1) Present live performances of a prurient sexual nature; or
    (2) Derive directly or indirectly more than de minimis gross 
revenue through the sale of products or services, or the presentation 
of any depictions or displays, of a prurient sexual nature;
    (q) Unless waived by SBA for good cause, businesses that have 
previously defaulted on a Federal loan or Federally assisted financing, 
resulting in the Federal government or any of its agencies or 
Departments sustaining a loss in any of its programs, and businesses 
owned or controlled by an applicant or any of its Associates which 
previously owned, operated, or controlled a business which defaulted on 
a Federal loan (or guaranteed a loan which was defaulted) and caused 
the Federal government or any of its agencies or Departments to sustain 
a loss in any of its programs. For purposes of this section, a 
compromise agreement shall also be considered a loss;
    (r) Businesses primarily engaged in political or lobbying 
activities; and
    (s) Speculative businesses (such as oil wildcatting).

Sec. 120.111  What conditions must an Eligible Passive Company satisfy?

    An Eligible Passive Company must use loan proceeds to acquire or 
lease, and/or improve or renovate real or personal property (including 
eligible refinancing) that it leases to an Operating Company for the 
conduct of the Operating Company's business. Any ownership structure or 
legal form may qualify as an Eligible Passive Company.
    (a) Conditions that apply to all legal forms:
    (1) The Operating Company must be an eligible small business, and 
the proposed use of the proceeds must be an eligible use if the 
Operating Company were obtaining the financing directly;
    (2) The Eligible Passive Company (with the exception of a trust) 
and the Operating Company each must be small under the appropriate size 
standards in part 121 of this chapter;
    (3) The lease between the Eligible Passive Company and the 
Operating Company must be in writing and must be subordinated to SBA's 
mortgage, trust deed lien, or security interest on the property. Also, 
the Eligible Passive Company (as landlord) must furnish as collateral 
for the loan an assignment of all rents paid under the lease;
    (4) The lease between the Eligible Passive Company of the Operating 
Company, including options to renew exercisable solely by the Operating 
Company, must have a remaining term at least equal to the term of the 
loan;
    (5) The Operating Company must be a guarantor or a co-borrower 
(with the Eligible Passive Company) of the loan (in a 7(a) loan 
including working capital, the Operating Company must be a co-
borrower); and
    (6) Each holder of an ownership interest constituting at least 20 
percent of the Eligible Passive Company and the Operating Company must 
guarantee the loan (the trustee shall execute the guarantee on behalf 
of any trust).
    (b) Additional conditions that apply to trusts. The eligibility 
status of the trustor will determine trust eligibility. All donors to 
the trust will be deemed to have trustor status for eligibility 
purposes. A trust qualifying as an Eligible Passive Company may engage 
in other activities as authorized by its trust agreement. The trustee 
must warrant and certify that the trust will not be revoked or 
substantially amended for the term of the loan without the consent of 
SBA. The trustor must guarantee the loan. For purposes of this section, 
the trustee shall certify to SBA that:
    (1) The trustee has authority to act;
    (2) The trust is not regarded as a grantor trust for tax purposes;
    (3) The trust has the authority to borrow funds, pledge trust 
assets, and lease the property to the Operating Company;
    (4) The trustee has provided accurate, pertinent language from the 
trust agreement confirming the above; and
    (5) The trustee has provided and will continue to provide SBA with 
a true and complete list of all trustors and donors.

Uses of Proceeds

Sec. 120.120  What are eligible uses of proceeds?

    A small business must use an SBA business loan for sound business 
purposes. The uses of proceeds are prescribed in each loan's 
Authorization.
    (a) A Borrower may use loan proceeds from any SBA loan to:
    (1) Acquire land (by purchase or lease);
    (2) Improve a site (e.g., grading, streets, parking lots, 
landscaping), including up to 5 percent for community improvements such 
as curbs and sidewalks;
    (3) Purchase one or more existing buildings;
    (4) Convert, expand or renovate one or more existing buildings;
    (5) Construct one or more new buildings; and/or
    (6) Acquire (by purchase or lease) and install fixed assets (for a 
504 loan, these assets must have a useful life of at least 10 years and 
be at a fixed location, although short-term financing for equipment, 
furniture, and furnishings may be permitted where essential to and a 
minor portion of the 504 Project).
    (b) A Borrower may also use 7(a) and microloan proceeds for:
    (1) Inventory;
    (2) Supplies;
    (3) Raw materials; and
    (4) Working capital (if the Operating Company is a co-Borrower with 
an Eligible Passive Company, part of the loan proceeds may be applied 
for working capital if used for that purpose only by the Operating 
Company).
    (c) A Borrower may use 7(a) loan proceeds for refinancing certain 
outstanding debts.

Sec. 120.130  Restrictions on uses of proceeds.

    SBA will not authorize nor may a Borrower use loan proceeds for the 
following purposes (including the replacement of funds used for any 
such purpose):
    (a) Payments, distributions or loans to Associates of the applicant 
(except for ordinary compensation for services rendered);
    (b) Refinancing a debt owed to a Small Business Investment Company 
(``SBIC'');
    (c) Floor plan financing or other revolving line credit, except 
under Sec. 120.390; 

[[Page 3241]]

    (d) Investments in real or personal property acquired and held 
primarily for sale, lease, or investment (except for a loan to an 
Eligible Passive Company or to a small contractor under Sec. 120.310);
    (e) A purpose which does not benefit the small business; or
    (f) Any use restricted by Secs. 120.201 through 120.203 and 120.884 
(specific to 7(a) loans and 504 loans respectively).

Sec. 120.131  Leasing part of new construction or existing building to 
another business.

    (a) If the SBA business loan involves the construction of a new 
building, a Borrower may lease up to 33% of the square footage of 
rentable property (total square footage of all buildings or facilities 
used for business operations) for a short term to any third party if 
reasonable growth projections show that the Borrower will need 
additional space within three years and will use all of the additional 
space within ten years. If the Borrower is an Eligible Passive Company 
leasing 100 percent of the Project space to an Operating Company, the 
Operating Company may sublease up to 33 percent to a third party under 
the same conditions.
    (b) If the SBA business loan involves the acquisition, renovation, 
or reconstruction of an existing building, the Borrower (or Operating 
Company, if the Borrower is an Eligible Passive Company) must occupy at 
least 51 percent of the Rentable Property. The balance of the Rentable 
Property may be leased out to any third party, if the loan proceeds 
were not used to remodel or convert the space to be leased out. (For 
504 loans, see also Sec. 120.871.)

Ethical Requirements

Sec. 120.140  What ethical requirements apply to participants?

    Lenders, Intermediaries, CDCs, and Associate Development Companies 
(``ADCs'') (in this section, collectively referred to as 
``Participants''), must act ethically and exhibit good character. 
Ethical indiscretion of an Associate of a Participant or a member of a 
CDC will be attributed to the Participant. A Participant must promptly 
notify SBA if it obtains information concerning the unethical behavior 
of an Associate. The following are examples of such unethical behavior. 
A Participant may not:
    (a) Self-deal;
    (b) Have a real or apparent conflict of interest with a small 
business with which it is dealing (including any of its Associates or 
an Associate's Close Relatives) or SBA;
    (c) Own an equity interest in a business that has received or is 
applying to receive SBA financing (during the term of the loan or 
within 6 months prior to the loan application);
    (d) Be incarcerated, on parole, or on probation;
    (e) Knowingly misrepresent or make a false statement to SBA;
    (f) Engage in conduct reflecting a lack of business integrity or 
honesty;
    (g) Be a convicted felon, or have an adverse final civil judgment 
(in a case involving fraud, breach of trust, or other conduct) that 
would cause the public to question the Participant's business 
integrity, taking into consideration such factors as the magnitude, 
repetition, harm caused, and remoteness in time of the activity or 
activities in question;
    (h) Accept funding from any source that restricts, prioritizes, or 
conditions the types of small businesses that the Participant may 
assist under an SBA program or that imposes any conditions or 
requirements upon recipients of SBA assistance inconsistent with SBA's 
loan programs or regulations;
    (i) Fail to disclose to SBA all relationships between the small 
business and its Associates (including Close Relatives of Associates), 
the Participant, and/or the lenders financing the Project of which it 
is aware or should be aware;
    (j) Fail to disclose to SBA whether the loan will:
    (1) Reduce the exposure of a Participant or an Associate of a 
Participant in a position to sustain a loss;
    (2) Directly or indirectly finance the purchase of real estate, 
personal property or services (including insurance) from the 
Participant or an Associate of the Participant;
    (3) Repay or refinance a debt due a Participant or an Associate of 
a Participant; or
    (4) Require the small business, or an Associate (including Close 
Relatives of Associates), to invest in the Participant (except for 
institutions which require an investment from all members as a 
condition of membership, such as a Production Credit Association);
    (k) Issue a real estate forward commitment to a builder or 
developer; or
    (l) Engage in any activity which taints its objective judgment in 
evaluating the loan.

Credit Criteria for SBA Loans

Sec. 120.150  What are SBA's lending criteria?

    The applicant (including an Operating Company) must be 
creditworthy. Loans must be so sound as to reasonably assure repayment. 
SBA will consider:
    (a) Character, reputation, and credit history of the applicant (and 
the Operating Company, if applicable), its Associates, and guarantors;
    (b) Experience and depth of management;
    (c) Strength of the business;
    (d) Past earnings, projected cash flow, and future prospects;
    (e) Ability to repay the loan with earnings from the business;
    (f) Sufficient invested equity to operate on a sound financial 
basis;
    (g) Potential for long-term success;
    (h) Nature and value of collateral (although inadequate collateral 
will not be the sole reason for denial of a loan request); and
    (i) The effect any affiliates (as defined in part 121 of this 
chapter) may have on the ultimate repayment ability of the applicant.

Sec. 120.151  What is the statutory limit for total loans to a 
Borrower?

    The aggregate amount of the SBA portions of all loans to a single 
Borrower, including the Borrower's affiliates as defined in part 121 of 
this chapter, may not exceed a guarantee amount of $750,000, except as 
otherwise authorized by statute for a specific loan program. The amount 
of any loan received by an Eligible Passive Company applies to the loan 
limit of both the Eligible Passive Company and the Operating Company.

Sec. 120.160  Loan conditions.

    The following requirements are normally required by SBA for all 
business loans:
    (a) Personal guarantees. Holders of at least a 20 percent ownership 
interest generally must guarantee the loan. SBA, in its discretion, 
consulting with the Participating Lender, may require other appropriate 
individuals to guarantee the loan as well, except SBA will not require 
personal guarantees from those owning less than 5% ownership.
    (b) Appraisals. SBA may require professional appraisals of the 
applicant's and principals' assets, a survey, or a feasibility study.
    (c) Hazard Insurance. SBA requires hazard insurance on all 
collateral.
    (d) Taxes. The applicant may not use any of the proceeds to pay 
past-due Federal and state payroll taxes.

Requirements Imposed Under Other Laws and Orders

Sec. 120.170  Flood insurance.

    Under the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (Sec. 205(b) of 
Pub. L. 93-234; 87 Stat. 983 (42 U.S.C. 4000 et seq.)), a loan 
recipient must obtain flood insurance if any building (including 

[[Page 3242]]
mobile homes), machinery, or equipment acquired, installed, improved, 
constructed, or renovated with the proceeds of SBA financial assistance 
is located in a special flood hazard area. The requirement applies also 
to any inventory (business loan program), fixtures or furnishings 
contained or to be contained in the building. Mobile homes on a 
foundation are buildings. SBA, Lenders, CDCs, and Intermediaries must 
notify Borrowers that flood insurance must be maintained.

Sec. 120.171  Compliance with child support obligations.

    Any holder of 50% or more of the ownership interest in the 
recipient of an SBA loan must certify that he or she is not more than 
60 days delinquent on any obligation to pay child support arising 
under:
    (a) An administrative order;
    (b) A court order;
    (c) A repayment agreement between the holder and a custodial 
parent; or
    (d) A repayment agreement between the holder and a State agency 
providing child support enforcement services.

Sec. 120.172  Flood-plain and wetlands management.

    (a) All loans must conform to requirements of Executive Orders 
11988, ``Flood Plain Management'' (3 CFR, 1977 Comp., p. 117) and 
11990, ``Protection of Wetlands'' (3 CFR, 1977 Comp., p. 121). Lenders, 
Intermediaries, CDCs, and SBA must comply with requirements applicable 
to them. Applicants must show:
    (1) Whether the location for which financial assistance is proposed 
is in a floodplain or wetland;
    (2) If it is in a floodplain, that the assistance is in compliance 
with local land use plans; and
    (3) That any necessary construction or use permits will be issued.
    (b) Generally, there is an 8-step decision making process with 
respect to:
    (1) Construction or acquisition of anything, other than a building;
    (2) Repair and restoration equal to more than 50% of the market 
value of a building; or
    (3) Replacement of destroyed structures.
    (c) SBA may determine for the following types of actions, on a 
case-by-case basis, that the full 8-step process is not warranted and 
that only the first step (determining if a proposed action is in the 
base floodplain) need be completed:
    (1) Actions located outside the base floodplain;
    (2) Repairs, other than to buildings, that are less than 50% of the 
market value;
    (3) Replacement of building contents, materials, and equipment;
    (4) Hazard mitigation measures;
    (5) Working capital loans; or
    (6) SBA loan assistance of $1,500,000 or less.

Sec. 120.173  Lead-based paint.

    If loan proceeds are for the construction or rehabilitation of a 
residential structure, lead-based paint may not be used on any interior 
surface, or on any exterior surface that is readily accessible to 
children under the age of seven years.

Sec. 120.174  Earthquake hazards.

    When loan proceeds are used to construct a new building or an 
addition to an existing building, the construction must conform with 
the ``National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (``NEHRP'') 
Recommended Provisions for the Development of Seismic Regulations for 
New Buildings'' (which can be obtained from the Federal Emergency 
Management Agency, Publications Office, Washington, D.C.) or a code 
identified by SBA as being substantially equivalent.

Sec. 120.175  Coastal barrier islands.

    SBA and Intermediaries may not make or guarantee any loan within 
the Coastal Barrier Resource System.

Sec. 120.176  Compliance with other laws.

    All SBA loans are subject to all applicable laws, including 
(without limitation) the civil rights laws (see Parts 112, 113, 117 and 
136 of this chapter), prohibiting discrimination on the grounds of 
race, color, national origin, religion, sex, marital status, disability 
or age. SBA requests agreements or evidence to support or document 
compliance with these laws, including reports required by applicable 
statutes or the regulations in this chapter.

Enforceability Despite Rule Changes

Sec. 120.180  Are rules enforceable if they are changed later?

    Regulations and contractual provisions in effect at the time of a 
transaction govern an SBA loan financing transaction, notwithstanding 
subsequent rule or contract changes. SBA may conduct an enforcement 
action regarding any violation of provisions of regulations or 
contracts applicable at the time, but no longer in effect or in use.

Loan Applications

120.190  Where does an applicant apply for a loan?

    An applicant for a business loan should apply to:
    (a) A Lender for a guaranteed or immediate participation loan;
    (b) A CDC for a 504 loan;
    (c) An Intermediary for a Microloan; or
    (d) SBA for a direct loan.

Sec. 120.191  The contents of a business loan application.

    For most business loans, SBA requires that an application for a 
business loan contain, among other things, a description of the history 
and nature of the business, the amount and purpose of the loan, the 
collateral offered for the loan, current financial statements, 
historical financial statements (or tax returns if appropriate) for the 
past three years, IRS tax verification, and a business plan, when 
applicable. Personal histories and financial statements will be 
required from principals of the applicant (and the Operating Company, 
if applicable).

Sec. 120.192  Approval or denial.

    Applicants receive notice of approval or denial by the Lender, CDC, 
Intermediary, or SBA, as appropriate. Notice of denial will include the 
reasons. If a loan is approved, an Authorization will be issued.

Sec. 120.193  Reconsideration after denial.

    An applicant or recipient of a business loan may request 
reconsideration of a denied loan or loan modification request within 6 
months of denial. Applicants denied due to a size determination can 
appeal that determination under part 121 of this chapter. All others 
must be submitted to the office that denied the original request. To 
prevail, the applicant must demonstrate that it has overcome all 
legitimate reasons for denial. Six months after denial, a new 
application is required. If the reconsideration is denied, a second and 
final reconsideration may be considered by the Associate Administrator 
for Financial Assistance (AA/FA), whose decision is final.

Computerized SBA Forms

Sec. 120.194  Use of computer forms.

    Any Applicant or Participant may use computer generated SBA 
application forms, closing forms, and other forms designated by SBA if 
the forms are exact reproductions of SBA forms.

Reporting of Fees 

[[Page 3243]]

Sec. 120.195  Disclosure of fees.

    An Applicant for a business loan must identify to SBA the name of 
each Agent as defined in part 103 of this chapter that helped the 
applicant obtain the loan, describing the services performed, and 
disclosing the amount of each fee paid or to be paid by the applicant 
to the Agent in conjunction with the performance of those services.

Subpart B--Policies Specific to 7(a) Loans

Bonding Requirements

Sec. 120.200  What bonding requirements exist during construction?

    On 7(a) loans which finance construction, the Borrower must supply 
a 100 percent payment and performance bond and builder's risk 
insurance, unless waived by SBA.

Limitations on Use of Proceeds

Sec. 120.201  Refinancing unsecured or undersecured loans.

    A Borrower may not use 7(a) loan proceeds to pay any creditor in a 
position to sustain a loss causing a shift to SBA of all or part of a 
potential loss from an existing debt.

Sec. 120.202  Restrictions on loans for changes in ownership.

    A Borrower may not use 7(a) loan proceeds to purchase a portion of 
a business or a portion of another owner's interest. One or more 
current owners may use loan proceeds to purchase the entire interest of 
another current owner, or a Borrower can purchase ownership of an 
entire business.

Maturities; Interest Rates; Loan and Guarantee Amounts

Sec. 120.210  What percentage of a loan may SBA guarantee?

    SBA's guarantee percentage must not exceed the applicable 
percentage established in section 7(a) of the Act. The maximum 
allowable guarantee percentage on a loan will be determined by the loan 
amount. As of October 12, 1995, the percentages are: Loans of $100,000 
or less may receive a maximum guarantee of 80 percent. All other loans 
may receive a maximum guarantee of 75 percent, not to exceed $750,000, 
unless otherwise authorized by SBA.

Sec. 120.211  What limits are there on the amounts of direct loans?

    (a) The statutory limit for direct loans made under the authority 
of section 7(a)(1)-(19) of the Small Business Act is $350,000. SBA has 
established an administrative limit of $150,000 for direct loans. The 
AA/FA may authorize acceptance of an application up to the statutory 
limit.
    (b) The statutory limit for direct loans made under the authority 
of section 7(a)(20) is $750,000. SBA has established an administrative 
limit of $150,000. The Associate Administrator for Minority Enterprise 
Development may authorize the acceptance of an application that exceeds 
the administrative limit.
    (c) The statutory limit on SBA's portion of an immediate 
participation loan is $350,000. The administrative limit is the lesser 
of 75 percent of the loan or $150,000. The AA/FA may authorize 
exceptions to the administrative limit up to $350,000.

Sec. 120.212  What limits are there on loan maturities?

    The term of a loan shall be:
    (a) The shortest appropriate term, depending upon the Borrower's 
ability to repay;
    (b) Ten years or less, unless it finances or refinances real estate 
or equipment with a useful life exceeding ten years; and
    (c) A maximum of 25 years, including extensions. (A portion of a 
loan used to acquire or improve real property may have a term of 25 
years plus an additional period needed to complete the construction or 
improvements.)

Sec. 120.213  What fixed interest rates may a Lender charge?

    (a) Fixed Rates for Guaranteed Loans. A loan may have a reasonable 
fixed interest rate. SBA periodically publishes the maximum allowable 
rate in the Federal Register.
    (b) Direct loans. A statutory formula based on the cost of money to 
the Federal government determines the interest rate on direct loans. 
SBA publishes the rate periodically in the Federal Register.

Sec. 120.214  What conditions apply for variable interest rates?

    A Lender may use a variable rate of interest, upon SBA's approval. 
SBA's maximum allowable rates apply only to the initial rate on the 
date SBA received the loan application. SBA shall approve the use of a 
variable interest rate under the following conditions:
    (a) Frequency. The first change may occur on the first calendar day 
of the month following initial disbursement, using the base rate (see 
paragraph (c) of this section) in effect on the first business day of 
the month. After that, changes may occur no more often than monthly.
    (b) Range of fluctuation. The amount of fluctuation shall be equal 
to the movement in the base rate. The difference between the initial 
rate and the ceiling rate may be no greater than the difference between 
the initial rate and the floor rate.
    (c) Base rate. The base rate shall be the prime rate in effect on 
the first business day of the month, printed in a national financial 
newspaper published each business day, or the SBA Optional Peg Rate 
which SBA publishes quarterly in the Federal Register.
    (d) Maturities under 7 years. For loans with maturities under seven 
years, the maximum interest rate shall not exceed two and one-quarter 
(2 1/4 ) percentage points over the base rate.
    (e) Maturities of 7 years or more. For loans with maturities of 
seven or more years, the maximum interest rate shall not exceed two and 
three-quarters (2 3/4 ) percentage points over the base rate.
    (f) Amortization. Initial amortization of principal and interest 
may be recomputed and reassessed as interest rates fluctuate, as 
directed by SBA. With prior approval of SBA, the Lender may use certain 
other amortization methods, except that SBA does not allow balloon 
payments.

Sec. 120.215  What interest rates apply to smaller loans?

    For a loan over $25,000 but not exceeding $50,000, the interest 
rate may be one percent more than the maximum interest rate described 
above. For a variable rate loan of $25,000 or less, the maximum 
interest rate described above may be increased by two percentage 
points.

Fees for Guaranteed Loans

Sec. 120.220  Fees that Lender pays SBA.

    (a) The Lender pays a guarantee fee to SBA for each loan as 
follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Fee measured as                        Lender may get                        
  Guaranteed portion of loan        percentage of        When payable        fee from       When SBA refunds fee
                                  guaranteed portion                         borrower          from borrower    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Months or less.............  25%..................  With Guarantee    When SBA          If Application       
                                                        Application.      Approves Loan.    Withdrawn or        
                                                                                            Denied.\1\          

[[Page 3244]]
                                                                                                                
More Than 12 months and Total   2.0% of Guaranteed     Within 90 days    After First       If Loan Cancelled and
 Guaranteed Portion Is $80,000   Portion.               of SBA Approval.  Disbursement.     Never Disbursed.    
 or Less.                                                                                                       
More Than 12 Months and Amount  3%...................  Within 90 Days    After First       If Loan Cancelled and
 of Guaranteed Portion of Loan                          of SBA Approval.  Disbursement.     Never Disbursed.    
 That Is $250,000 or Less.                                                                                      
More Than 12 Months and Amount  3.0% of 1st $250,000   Within 90 Days    After First       If Loan Cancelled and
 of Guaranteed Portion of Loan   plus 3.5% of balance.  of SBA Approval.  Disbursement.     Never Disbursed.    
 Between $250,000 and $500,000.                                                                                 
More Than 12 Months and Amount  3.0% of 1st $250,000   Within 90 Days    After First       If Loan Cancelled and
 of Guaranteed Portion of Loan   plus 3.5% of next      of SBA Approval.  Disbursement.     Never Disbursed.    
 Exceeding $500,000.             $250,000 plus 3.875%                                                           
                                 of the Amount                                                                  
                                 Exceeding $500,000.                                                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Also, if SBA substantially changes the Lender's loan terms and approves the loan, but the modified terms are
  unacceptable to the Borrower or Lender. (The Lender must request refund in writing within 30 calendar days of 
  the approval).                                                                                                

    (b) If the guarantee fee is not paid, SBA may terminate the 
guarantee. The Borrower may use working capital loan proceeds to 
reimburse the Lender for the guarantee fee. Acceptance of the guarantee 
fee by SBA shall not waive any right of SBA arising from the Lender's 
misconduct or violation of any provision of this part, the guarantee 
agreement, the Authorization, or other loan documents.
    (c) The Lender shall also pay SBA an annual service fee equal to 
0.5 percent of the outstanding balance of the guaranteed portion of 
each loan. The service fee cannot be charged to the Borrower. SBA may 
institute a late fee charge for delinquent payments of the annual 
service fee to cover administrative costs associated with collecting 
delinquent fees.

Sec. 120.221  Fees which the Lender may collect from a loan applicant.

    (a) Service and packaging fees. The Lender may charge an applicant 
reasonable fees (customary for similar Lenders in the geographic area 
where the loan is being made) for packaging and other services. The 
Lender must advise the applicant in writing that the applicant is not 
required to obtain or pay for unwanted services. The applicant is 
responsible for deciding whether fees are reasonable. SBA may review 
these fees at any time. Lender must refund any such fee considered 
unreasonable by SBA.
    (b) Extraordinary servicing. Subject to prior written SBA approval, 
if all or part of a loan will have extraordinary servicing needs, the 
Lender may charge the applicant a service fee not to exceed 2 percent 
per year on the outstanding balance of the part requiring special 
servicing.
    (c) Out-of-pocket expenses. The Lender may collect from the 
applicant necessary out-of-pocket expenses such as filing or recording 
fees.
    (d) Late payment fee. The Lender may charge the Borrower a late 
payment fee not to exceed 5 percent of the regular loan payment.
    (e) No prepayment fee. The Lender may not charge a fee for full or 
partial prepayment of a loan.

Sec. 120.222  Fees which the Lender or Associate may not collect from 
the Borrower or share with third parties.

    The Lender or its Associate may not:
    (a) Require the applicant or Borrower to pay the Lender, an 
Associate, or any party designated by either, any fees or charges for 
goods or services, including insurance, as a condition for obtaining an 
SBA guaranteed loan (unless permitted by this part);
    (b) Charge an applicant any commitment, bonus, broker, commission, 
referral or similar fee;
    (c) Charge points or add-on interest;
    (d) Share any premium received from the sale of an SBA guaranteed 
loan in the secondary market with a Service Provider, packager, or 
other loan-referral source; or
    (e) Charge the Borrower for legal services, unless they are hourly 
charges for requested services actually rendered.

Subpart C--Special Purpose Loans

Sec. 120.300  Statutory authority.

    Congress has authorized several special purpose programs in various 
subsections of section 7(a) of the Act. Generally, 7(a) loan policies, 
eligibility requirements and credit criteria enumerated in Subpart B of 
this part apply to these programs. The sections of this subpart 
prescribe the special conditions applying to each special purpose 
program. As with other business loans, special purpose loans are 
available only to the extent funded by annual appropriations.

Disabled Assistance Loan Program (DAL)

Sec. 120.310  What assistance is available for the disabled?

    Section 7(a)(10) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee or make 
direct loans to the disabled. SBA distinguishes two kinds of 
assistance:
    (a) DAL-1. DAL-1 Financial Assistance is available to non-profit 
public or private organizations for disabled individuals that employ 
such individuals; or
    (b) DAL-2. DAL-2 Financial Assistance is available to:
    (1) Small businesses wholly owned by disabled individuals; and
    (2) Disabled individuals to establish, acquire, or operate a small 
business.

Sec. 120.311  Definitions.

    (a) Organization for the disabled means one which:
    (1) Is organized under federal or state law to operate in the 
interest of disabled individuals;
    (2) Is non-profit;
    (3) Employs disabled individuals for seventy-five percent of the 
time needed to produce commodities or services for sale; and
    (4) Complies with occupational and safety standards prescribed by 
the Department of Labor.
    (b) Disabled individual means a person who has a permanent 
physical, mental or emotional impairment, defect, ailment, disease or 
disability which limits the type of employment for which the person 
would otherwise be qualified.

Sec. 120.312  DAL-1 use of proceeds and other program conditions.

    (a) DAL-1 applicants must submit appropriate documents to establish 
program eligibility. 

[[Page 3245]]

    (b) Generally, applicants may use loan proceeds for any 7(a) loan 
purposes. Loan proceeds may not be used:
    (1) To purchase or construct facilities if construction grants and 
mortgage assistance are available from another Federal source; or
    (2) For supportive services (expenses incurred by a DAL-1 
organization to subsidize wages of low producers, health and 
rehabilitation services, management, training, education, and housing 
of disabled workers).
    (c) SBA does not consider a DAL-1 organization to have a conflict 
of interest if one or more of its Associates is an Associate of the 
Lender.

Sec. 120.313  DAL-2 use of proceeds and other program conditions.

    (a) The DAL-2 loan proceeds may be used for any 7(a) loan purposes.
    (b) An applicant may use DAL-2 loan proceeds to acquire an eligible 
small business without complying with the change of ownership 
conditions in Sec. 120.202.
    (c) A DAL-2 applicant must submit evidence from a physician, 
psychiatrist, or other qualified professional as to the permanent 
nature of the disability and the limitation it places on the applicant.

Sec. 120.314  Resolving doubts about creditworthiness.

    For the purpose of the DAL Program, SBA shall resolve doubts 
concerning the creditworthiness of an applicant in favor of the 
applicant. However, the applicant must present satisfactory evidence of 
repayment ability. Personal guarantees of Associates are not required 
for purposes of DAL-1 financial assistance.

Sec. 120.315  Interest rate and loan limit.

    The interest rate on direct DAL loans is three percent. There is an 
administrative limit of $150,000 on a direct DAL loan.

Businesses Owned by Low Income Individuals

Sec. 120.320  Policy.

    Section 7(a)(11) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee or make 
direct loans to establish, preserve or strengthen small business 
concerns:
    (a) Located in an area having high unemployment according to the 
Department of Labor;
    (b) Located in an area in which a high percentage of individuals 
have a low income inadequate to satisfy basic family needs; and
    (c) More than 50 percent owned by low income individuals.

Energy Conservation

Sec. 120.330  Who is eligible for an energy conservation loan?

    SBA may make or guarantee loans to assist a small business to 
design, engineer, manufacture, distribute, market, install, or service 
energy devices or techniques designed to conserve the Nation's energy 
resources.

Sec. 120.331  What devices or techniques are eligible for a loan?

    Eligible energy conservation devices or techniques include:
    (a) Solar thermal equipment;
    (b) Photovoltaic cells and related equipment;
    (c) A product or service which increases the energy efficiency of 
existing equipment, methods of operation or systems which use fossil 
fuels, and which is on the Energy Conservation Measures list of the 
Secretary of Energy;
    (d) Equipment producing energy from wood, biological waste, grain 
or other biomass energy sources;
    (e) Equipment for cogeneration of energy, district heating or 
production of energy from industrial waste;
    (f) Hydroelectric power equipment;
    (g) Wind energy conversion equipment; and
    (h) Engineering, architectural, consulting, or other professional 
services necessary or appropriate for any of the devices or techniques 
in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section.

Sec. 120.332  What are the eligible uses of proceeds?

    (a) Acquire property. The Borrower may use the loan proceeds to 
acquire land necessary for imminent plant construction, buildings, 
machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, facilities, supplies, and 
material needed to accomplish any of the eligible program purposes in 
Sec. 120.330.
    (b) Research and development. Up to 30% of loan proceeds may be 
used for research and development:
    (1) Of an existing product or service; or
    (2) A new product or service.
    (c) Working capital. The Borrower may use proceeds for working 
capital for entering or expanding in the energy conservation market.

Sec. 120.333  Are there any special credit criteria?

    In addition to regular credit evaluation criteria, SBA shall weigh 
the greater risk associated with energy projects. SBA shall consider 
such factors as quality of the product or service, technical 
qualifications of the applicant's management, sales projections, and 
financial status.

Export Working Capital Program (EWCP)

Sec. 120.340  What is the Export Working Capital Program?

    Under the EWCP, SBA guarantees short-term working capital loans 
made by participating lenders to exporters (section 7(a)(14) of the 
Act). Loan maturities may be for up to three years with annual 
renewals. Proceeds can be used only to finance export transactions. 
Loans can be for single or multiple export transactions. An export 
transaction is the production and payment associated with a sale of 
goods or services to a foreign buyer.

Sec. 120.341  Who is eligible?

    In addition to the eligibility criteria applicable to all 7(a) 
loans, an applicant must be in business for one full year at the time 
of application, but not necessarily in the exporting business. SBA may 
waive this requirement if the applicant has sufficient export trade 
experience or other managerial experience.

Sec. 120.342  What are eligible uses of proceeds?

    Loan proceeds may be used:
    (a) To acquire inventory;
    (b) To pay the manufacturing costs of goods for export;
    (c) To purchase goods or services for export;
    (d) To support standby letters of credit;
    (e) For pre-shipment working capital; and
    (f) For post-shipment foreign accounts receivable financing.

Sec. 120.343  Collateral.

    A Borrower must give SBA a first security interest sufficient to 
cover 100 percent of the EWCP loan amount (such as insured accounts 
receivable or letters of credit). Collateral must be located in the 
United States, its territories or possessions.

Sec. 120.344  Unique requirements of the EWCP.

    (a) An applicant must submit cash flow projections to support the 
need for the loan and the ability to repay. After the loan is made, the 
loan recipient must submit continual progress reports.
    (b) SBA does not limit the amount of extraordinary servicing fees, 
as referenced in Sec. 120.221(b), under the EWCP.
    (c) SBA does not prescribe the interest rates for the EWCP, but 
will monitor these rates for reasonableness.

International Trade Loans

[[Page 3246]]

Sec. 120.345  Policy.

    Section 7(a)(16) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee loans to 
small businesses that are:
    (a) Engaged or preparing to engage in international trade; or
    (b) Adversely affected by import competition.

Sec. 120.346  Eligibility.

    (a) An applicant must establish that:
    (1) The loan proceeds will significantly expand an existing export 
market or develop new export markets; or
    (2) The applicant business is adversely affected by import 
competition; and
    (3) Upgrading facilities or equipment will improve the applicant's 
competitive position.
    (b) The applicant must have a business plan reasonably supporting 
its projected export sales.

Sec. 120.347  Use of proceeds.

    The Borrower may use loan proceeds to acquire, construct, renovate, 
modernize, improve, or expand facilities and equipment to be used in 
the United States to produce goods or services involved in 
international trade, and to develop and penetrate foreign markets.

Sec. 120.348  Amount of guarantee.

    SBA can guarantee up to $1,250,000 for a combination of fixed-asset 
financing and working capital, supplies and EWCP assistance. The fixed-
asset portion of the loan cannot exceed $1,000,000 and the non-fixed-
asset portion cannot exceed $750,000.

Qualified Employee Trusts (ESOP)

Sec. 120.350  Policy.

    Section 7(a)(15) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee a loan to a 
qualified employee trust (``ESOP'') to:
    (a) Help finance the growth of its employer's small business; or
    (b) Purchase ownership or voting control of the employer.

Sec. 120.351  Definitions.

    All terms specific to ESOPs have the same definition for purposes 
of this section as in the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Code (title 26 
of the United States Code) or regulations (26 CFR chapter I).

Sec. 120.352  Use of proceeds.

    Loan proceeds may be used for two purposes.
    (a) Qualified employer securities. A qualified employee trust may 
relend loan proceeds to the employer by purchasing qualified employer 
securities. The small business concern may use these funds for any 
general 7(a) purpose.
    (b) Control of employer. A qualified employee trust may use loan 
proceeds to purchase a controlling interest (51 percent) in the 
employer. Ownership and control must vest in the trust by the time the 
loan is repaid.

Sec. 120.353  Eligibility.

    SBA may assist a qualified employee trust (or equivalent trust) 
that meets the requirements and conditions for an ESOP prescribed in 
all applicable IRS, Treasury and Department of Labor (DOL) regulations. 
In addition, the following conditions apply:
    (a) The small business must provide the funds needed by the trust 
to repay the loan; and
    (b) The small business must provide adequate collateral.

Sec. 120.354  Creditworthiness.

    In determining repayment ability, SBA shall not consider the 
personal assets of the employee-owners of the trust. SBA shall consider 
the earnings history and projected future earnings of the employer 
small business. SBA may consider the business and management experience 
of the employee-owners.

Veterans Loan Program

Sec. 120.360  Which veterans are eligible?

    SBA may guarantee or make direct loans to a small business 51 
percent owned by one or more of the following eligible veterans:
    (a) Vietnam-era veterans who served for a period of more than 180 
days between August 5, 1964, and May 7, 1975, and were discharged other 
than dishonorably;
    (b) Disabled veterans of any era with a minimum compensable 
disability of 30 percent; or
    (c) A veteran of any era who was discharged for disability.

Sec. 120.361  Other conditions of eligibility.

    (a) Management and daily operations of the business must be 
directed by one or more of the veteran owners whose veteran status was 
used to qualify for the loan.
    (b) This direct loan program is available only if private sector 
financing and guaranteed loans are not available.
    (c) A veteran may qualify only once for this program on a direct 
loan basis.

Pollution Control Program

Sec. 120.370  Policy.

    Section 7(a)(12) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee loans up to 
$1,000,000 to an eligible small business to plan, design or install a 
pollution control facility. An applicant must meet the eligibility 
requirements for 7(a) loans.

Loans to Participants in the 8(a) Program

Sec. 120.375  Policy.

    Section 7(a)(20) of the Act authorizes SBA to provide direct 
(unilaterally or together with Lenders) or guaranteed loans to firms 
participating in the 8(a) Program.

Sec. 120.376  Special requirements.

    The following special conditions apply (otherwise, 7(a) loan 
eligibility criteria apply):
    (a) The Associate Administrator of Minority Enterprise Development 
(``MED'') may waive the direct loan administrative ceiling of $150,000, 
and raise it to $750,000.
    (b) The SBA portion of a guaranteed loan must not exceed $750,000.
    (c) The interest rate on a guaranteed loan shall be the same as on 
7(a) guaranteed business loans. The interest rate on a direct loan 
shall be one percent less than on a regular direct loan.
    (d) For a direct loan or SBA's portion of an immediate 
participation loan, SBA shall subordinate its security interest on all 
collateral to other debt of the applicant.

Sec. 120.377  Use of proceeds.

    The loan proceeds shall not be used for debt refinancing. Only a 
manufacturing concern may use loan proceeds for working capital.

Defense Economic Transition Assistance

Sec. 120.380  Program.

    Section 7(a)(21) of the Act authorizes SBA to guarantee loans to 
help eligible small businesses transition from defense to civilian 
markets, or eligible individuals adversely impacted by base closures or 
defense cutbacks to acquire or open and operate a small business.

Sec. 120.381  Eligibility.

    (a) Eligible small businesses. A small business is eligible if it 
has been detrimentally impacted by the closure (or substantial 
reduction) of a Department of Defense installation, or the termination 
(or substantial reduction) of a Department of Defense Program on which 
the small business was a prime contractor, subcontractor, or supplier 
at any tier.
    (b) Eligible individual. An eligible individual, for purposes of 
this program, includes the following persons involuntarily separated 
from their position or voluntarily terminated under a program offering 
inducements to encourage early retirement:

[[Page 3247]]

    (1) A member of the Armed Forces of the United States (honorably 
discharged);
    (2) A civilian employee of the Department of Defense; or
    (3) An employee of a prime contractor, sub-contractor, or supplier 
at any tier of a Department of Defense program.
    (c) Defense loan and technical assistance (DELTA). The DELTA 
program provides financial and technical assistance to defense 
dependent small businesses which have been adversely affected by 
defense reductions. The goal of the program is to assist these 
businesses to diversify into the commercial market while remaining part 
of the defense industrial base. Complete information on eligibility and 
other rules is available from each SBA district office.

Sec. 120.382  Repayment ability.

    SBA shall resolve reasonable doubts concerning the small business' 
proposed business plan for transition to non-defense-related markets in 
favor of the loan applicant in determining the sound value of the 
proposed loan.

Sec. 120.383  Restrictions on loan processing.

    Since greater risk may be associated with a loan to an applicant 
under this program, a Certified Lender or Preferred Lender shall not 
make a defense economic assistance loan under the PLP or CLP programs.

CapLines Program

Sec. 120.390  Revolving credit.

    (a) CapLines finances eligible small businesses' short-term, 
revolving and non-revolving working-capital needs. SBA regulations 
governing the 7(a) loan program govern business loans made under this 
program. Under CapLines, SBA generally can guarantee up to $750,000.
    (b) CapLines proceeds can be used to finance the cyclical, 
recurring, or other identifiable short-term operating capital needs of 
small businesses. Proceeds can be used to create current assets or used 
to provide financing against the current assets that already exist.

Builders Loan Program

Sec. 120.391  What is the Builders Loan Program?

    Under section 7(a)(9) of the Act, SBA may make or guarantee loans 
to finance small general contractors to construct or rehabilitate 
residential or commercial property for resale. This program provides an 
exception under specified conditions to the general rule against 
financing investment property. ``Construct'' and ``rehabilitate'' mean 
only work done on-site to the structure, utility connections and 
landscaping.

Sec. 120.392 Who may apply?

    A construction contractor or home-builder with a past history of 
profitable construction or rehabilitation projects of comparable type 
and size may apply. An applicant may subcontract the work. Subcontracts 
in excess of $25,000 may require 100 percent payment and performance 
bonds.

Sec. 120.393  Are there special application requirements?

    (a) An applicant must submit documentation from:
    (1) A mortgage lender indicating that permanent mortgage money is 
available to qualified purchasers to buy such properties;
    (2) A real estate broker indicating that a market exists for the 
proposed building and that it will be compatible with its neighborhood; 
and
    (3) An architect, appraiser or engineer agreeing to make 
inspections and certifications to support interim disbursements.
    (b) The Borrower may substitute a letter from a qualified Lender 
for one or more of the letters.

Sec. 120.394  What are the eligible uses of proceeds?

    A Borrower must use the loan proceeds solely to acquire, construct 
or substantially rehabilitate an individual residential or commercial 
building for sale. ``Substantial'' means rehabilitation expenses of 
more than one-third of the purchase price or fair market value at the 
time of the application. A Borrower may use up to 20 percent of the 
proceeds to acquire land, and up to 5 percent for community 
improvements such as curbs and sidewalks.

Sec. 120.395  What is SBA's collateral position?

    SBA will require a lien on the building which must be in no less 
than a second position.

Sec. 120.396  What is the term of the loan?

    The loan must not exceed sixty (60) months plus the estimated time 
to complete construction or rehabilitation.

Sec. 120.397  Are there any special restrictions?

    The borrower must not use loan proceeds to purchase vacant land for 
possible future construction or to operate or hold rental property for 
future rehabilitation. SBA may allow rental of the property only if the 
rental will improve the ability to sell the property. The sale must be 
a legitimate change of ownership.

Subpart D--Lenders

Sec. 120.400  Loan Guarantee Agreements.

    SBA may enter into a Loan Guarantee Agreement with a Lender to make 
deferred participation (guaranteed) loans. Such an agreement does not 
obligate SBA to participate in any specific proposed loan that a Lender 
may submit. The existence of a Loan Guarantee Agreement does not limit 
SBA's rights to deny a specific loan or establish general policies. See 
also Secs. 120.441(b) and 120.451(d) concerning Supplemental Guarantee 
Agreements.

Participation Criteria

Sec. 120.410  Requirements for all participating Lenders.

    A Lender must:
    (a) Have a continuing ability to evaluate, process, close, 
disburse, service and liquidate small business loans;
    (b) Be open to the public for the making of such loans (not be a 
financing subsidiary, engaged primarily in financing the operations of 
an affiliate);
    (c) Have continuing good character and reputation, and otherwise 
meet and maintain the ethical requirements of Sec. 120.140; and
    (d) Be supervised and examined by a State or Federal regulatory 
authority, satisfactory to SBA.

Sec. 120.411  Preferences.

    An agreement to participate under the Act may not establish any 
Preferences in favor of the Lender.

Sec. 120.412  Other services Lenders may provide Borrowers.

    Subject to Sec. 120.140 Lenders, their Associates or the designees 
of either may provide services to and contract for goods with a 
Borrower only after full disbursement of the loan to the small business 
or to an account not controlled by the Lender, its Associate, or the 
designee. A Lender, an Associate, or a designee providing such services 
must do so under a written contract with the small business, based on 
time and hourly charges, and must maintain time and billing records for 
examination by SBA. Fees cannot exceed those charged by established 
professional consultants providing similar services. See also 
Sec. 120.195.

Sec. 120.413  Advertisement of relationship with SBA.

    A Lender may refer in its advertising to its participation with 
SBA. The advertising may not:
    (a) State or imply that the Lender, or any of its Borrowers, has or 
will receive preferential treatment from SBA;

[[Page 3248]]

    (b) Be false or misleading; or
    (c) Make use of SBA's seal.

Pledging Notes or Transferring Unguaranteed Portion

Sec. 120.420  Financings by Nondepository Lenders.

    (a) A Small Business Lending Company regulated by SBA or a Business 
and Industrial Development Company (``Nondepository Lender'') may 
pledge the notes evidencing SBA guaranteed loans or sell the 
unguaranteed portions of such loans if SBA, notwithstanding the 
provisions of Sec. 120.453(c), in its sole discretion, gives its prior 
written consent. The Lender must be secure financially and have a 
history of compliance with SBA's regulations and any other applicable 
state or Federal statutory and regulatory requirements.
    (b) The Nondepository Lender, SBA, and any th
FR Doc. 96-1432 Business Loan Programs
ird party involved in 
the transaction, as determined by SBA in its sole discretion, must 
enter into a written agreement satisfactory to SBA acknowledging SBA's 
interest as guarantor of the subject loans and accepting that all 
relevant third parties agree to recognize and uphold those interests 
under the Act, this part, and the contractual provisions of SBA's Loan 
Guarantee Agreement. In any such agreement, the parties must agree to 
the following conditions:
    (1) The Nondepository Lender, SBA, or a third party custodian 
agreeable to SBA, will hold all pertinent Loan Instruments, and the 
Nondepository Lender will continue to service the loans after the 
pledge or transfer is made; and
    (2) The Nondepository Lender must retain an economic risk in and 
bear the ultimate risk of loss on the unguaranteed portions. This must 
be demonstrated to SBA's satisfaction by establishing a sufficient 
reserve fund at the time of sale of the unguaranteed portions and, in 
the case of pledging notes, by retaining all of the economic interest 
in the unguaranteed portion of any loan which a note evidences.
    (c) The Nondepository Lender may not use SBA guaranteed loans or 
the collateral supporting such loans as collateral for any borrowing 
not related to financing of the guaranteed or unguaranteed portion of 
SBA loans.

Miscellaneous Provisions

Sec. 120.430  SBA access to Lender files.

    A Lender must allow SBA's authorized representatives, during normal 
business hours, access to its files to review, inspect and copy all 
records and documents relating to SBA guaranteed loans.

Sec. 120.431  Suspension or revocation of eligibility to participate.

    SBA may suspend or revoke the eligibility of a Lender to 
participate in the 7(a) program because of a violation of SBA 
regulations, a breach of any agreement with SBA, a change of 
circumstance resulting in the Lender's inability to meet operational 
requirements, or a failure to engage in prudent lending practices. 
Proceedings for such purposes will be conducted in accordance with the 
provisions of part 134 of this chapter. A suspension or revocation will 
not invalidate a guarantee previously provided by SBA.

Certified Lenders Program (CLP)

Sec. 120.440  What is the Certified Lenders Program?

    Under the Certified Lenders Program (CLP), designated Lenders 
process, close, service, and may liquidate, SBA guaranteed loans. SBA 
gives priority to applications and servicing actions submitted by 
Lenders under this program, and attempts to respond within three days 
of submission to SBA. All other rules in this part 120 relating to the 
operations of Lenders apply to CLP Lenders.

Sec. 120.441  How does a Lender become a CLP Lender?

    (a) An SBA field office may nominate a Lender or a Lender may 
request a field office to consider it for CLP status. SBA district 
directors may approve and renew a Lender's CLP status. The district 
director will consider whether the Lender:
    (1) Has the ability to process, close, service and liquidate loans;
    (2) Has a satisfactory performance history with SBA, including the 
submission of complete and accurate loan guarantee application 
packages;
    (3) Has an acceptable SBA purchase rate; and
    (4) Has shown the ability to work well with the local SBA office.
    (b) If the district director does not approve a request for CLP 
status, the Lender may appeal to the AA/FA, whose decision will be 
final. If SBA grants CLP status, it applies only in the field office 
that processed the CLP designation. A CLP Lender must execute a 
Supplemental Guarantee Agreement that will specify a term not to exceed 
two years.

Sec. 120.442  Suspension or revocation of CLP status.

    The AA/FA may suspend or revoke CLP status upon written notice 
providing the reasons at least 10 business days prior to the effective 
date of the suspension or revocation. Reasons for suspension or 
revocation may include a loan performance record unacceptable to SBA, 
failure to make the required number of loans under the expedited 
procedures, or violations of applicable statutes, regulations or 
published SBA policies and procedures. A CLP Lender may appeal the 
suspension or revocation made under this section under procedures found 
in part 134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/FA remains in effect 
pending resolution of the appeal.

Preferred Lenders Program (PLP)

Sec. 120.450  What is the Preferred Lenders Program?

    Under the Preferred Lenders Program (PLP), designated Lenders 
process, close, service, and liquidate SBA guaranteed loans with 
reduced requirements for documentation to and prior approval by SBA.

Sec. 120.451  How does a Lender become a PLP Lender?

    (a) An SBA field office serving the area in which a Lender's office 
is located can nominate the Lender, or a Lender can request a field 
office to consider it for PLP status. The SBA field office will forward 
its recommendation to an SBA centralized loan processing center which 
will submit its recommendation and supporting documentation to the AA/
FA for final decision.
    (b) In making its decision, SBA considers whether the Lender:
    (1) Has the required ability to process, close, service and 
liquidate loans;
    (2) Has the ability to develop and analyze complete loan packages; 
and
    (3) Has a satisfactory performance history with SBA.
    (c) If the Lender is approved, the AA/FA will designate the area in 
which it can make PLP loans.
    (d) Before it can operate as a PLP Lender, the approved Lender must 
execute a Supplemental Guarantee Agreement, which will specify a term 
not to exceed two years.
    (e) When a PLP's Supplemental Guarantee Agreement expires, SBA may 
recertify it as a PLP Lender for an additional term not to exceed two 
years. Prior to recertification, SBA will review a PLP Lender's loans, 
policies and procedures. The recertification decision of the AA/FA is 
final.
    (f) A PLP Lender may request an expansion of the territory in which 
it can process PLP loans by submitting its request to a loan processing 
center. The center will obtain the recommendation of each SBA office in 
the area into which the PLP Lender would like to expand its PLP 
operations. The center 

[[Page 3249]]
will forward the recommendations to the AA/FA for final decision. If a 
PLP Lender is not a CLP Lender in a territory into which it seeks to 
expand its PLP status, it automatically obtains CLP status in that 
territory when it is granted PLP status for the territory.

Sec. 120.452  What are the requirements of PLP loan processing?

    (a) Subparts A and B of this part govern the making of PLP loans, 
except for the following:
    (1) Certain types of businesses, loans, and loan programs are not 
eligible for PLP, as detailed in published SBA policy and procedures.
    (2) A Lender may not make a PLP business loan which reduces its 
existing credit exposure for any Borrower, except in cases where an 
interim loan(s) has been made for other than real estate construction 
purposes to the Borrower which was approved by the Lender within 90 
days of receipt of the issuance fo a subsequent PLP loan number.
    (3) SBA will not guarantee more than the specified statutory 
percentage of any PLP loan.
    (b) A PLP Lender notifies SBA of its approval of a PLP loan by 
submitting to SBA's loan processing center appropriate documentation 
signed by two of the PLP's authorized representatives. SBA will attach 
the SBA guarantee and notify the PLP Lender of the SBA loan number (if 
it does not identify a problem with eligibility, and funds are 
available).
    (c) The PLP Lender is responsible for all PLP loan decisions 
regarding eligibility (including size) and creditworthiness. The PLP 
Lender is also responsible for confirming that all PLP loan closing 
decisions are correct, and that it has complied with all requirements 
of law and SBA regulations.

Sec. 120.453  What are the requirements of a PLP Lender in servicing 
and liquidating SBA guaranteed loans?

    The PLP Lender must service and liquidate its SBA guaranteed loan 
portfolio (including its non-PLP loans) using generally accepted 
commercial banking standards employed by prudent lenders. The PLP 
Lender must liquidate any defaulted SBA guaranteed loan in its 
portfolio unless SBA advises in writing that SBA will liquidate the 
loan. The PLP Lender must submit a liquidation plan to SBA prior to 
commencing liquidation action. The PLP Lender may take any necessary 
servicing action, or liquidation action consistent with a plan, for any 
SBA guaranteed loan in its portfolio, except it may not:
    (a) Take any action that confers a Preference on the Lender;
    (b) Accept a compromise settlement without prior written SBA 
consent; and
    (c) Sell or pledge more than 90 percent of a PLP loan.

Sec. 120.454  PLP performance review.

    SBA may review the performance of a PLP Lender. SBA may charge the 
PLP Lender a fee to cover the costs of this review.

Sec. 120.455  Suspension or revocation of PLP status.

    The AA/FA may suspend or revoke PLP status upon written notice 
providing the reasons at least 10 business days prior to the effective 
date of the suspension or revocation. Reasons for suspension or 
revocation may include loan performance unacceptable to SBA, failure to 
make the required number of loans under the expedited procedures, or 
violations of applicable statutes, regulations or published SBA 
policies and procedures. A PLP Lender may appeal the suspension or 
revocation made under this section under procedures found in part 134 
of this chapter. The action of the AA/FA remains in effect pending 
resolution of the appeal.

Small Business Lending Companies (SBLC)

Sec. 120.470  What is an SBLC?

    A Small Business Lending Company (SBLC) is a nondepository lending 
institution licensed by SBA. SBA supervises, examines, and regulates 
SBLCs. An SBLC is subject to all applicable SBA regulations, including 
those governing Lenders. SBA has imposed a moritorium on licensing new 
SBLC's since January, 1982.
    (a) An SBLC may only make:
    (1) Loans under section 7(a) (except section 7(a)(13)) of the Act 
in participation with SBA; and/or
    (2) SBA guaranteed loans to micro-Lenders in the SBA Microloan 
program (see subpart G of this part). Such loans are subject to the 
same conditions as guaranteed loans made to SBA-designated microlenders 
by SBA participating Lenders.
    (b) In addition to complying with Secs. 120.400 through 120.413, an 
SBLC must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Business structure. It must be a corporation (profit or non-
profit).
    (2) Written agreement. It must sign a written agreement with SBA.
    (3) Capital structure. It must have unencumbered paid-in capital 
and paid-in surplus of at least $1,000,000, or ten percent of the 
aggregate of its share of all outstanding loans, whichever is more.
    (4) Capital impairment. It must avoid capital impairment at all 
times. Impairment exists if the retained earnings deficit of an SBLC 
exceeds 50 percent of combined paid-in capital and paid-in-surplus, 
excluding treasury stock. An SBLC must give SBA prompt written notice 
of any capital impairment within 30 calendar days of the month-end 
financial report that first reflects the impairment. Until the 
impairment is cured, an SBLC may not present any loans to SBA for 
guarantee.
    (5) Issuance of securities. Without prior written SBA approval, it 
must not issue any securities (including stock options and debt 
securities) except stock dividends and common stock issued for cash or 
direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to principal 
and interest by, the United States.
    (6) Voluntary capital reduction. Without prior written SBA 
approval, it must not voluntarily reduce its capital, or purchase and 
hold more than 2 percent of any class or combination of classes of its 
stock.
    (7) Reserves for losses. It must maintain a reserve in the amount 
of anticipated losses on loans and receivables.
    (8) Internal control. It must adopt a plan designed to safeguard 
its funds and other assets, to assure the reliability of its personnel, 
and to maintain the accuracy of its financial data.
    (9) Dual control. It must maintain dual control over disbursement 
of funds and withdrawal of securities. An SBLC may disburse funds only 
by checks or wire transfers authorized by signatures of two or more 
officers covered by the SBLC's fidelity bond, except that checks in an 
amount of $1,000 or less may be signed by one bonded officer. There 
must be two or more bonded officers, or one bonded officer and a bonded 
employee to open safe deposit boxes or withdraw securities from 
safekeeping. The SBLC shall furnish to each depository bank, custodian, 
or entity providing safe deposit boxes a certified copy of the 
resolution implementing these control procedures.
    (10) Fidelity insurance. It must maintain a Brokers Blanket Bond, 
Standard Form 14, or Finance Companies Blanket Bond, Standard Form 15, 
or such other form of coverage as SBA may approve, in a minimum amount 
of $500,000 executed by a surety holding a certificate of authority 
from the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 9304-9308.
    (11) Common control. It must not control, be controlled by, or be 
under common control with, another SBLC. Without prior written SBA 
approval, an 

[[Page 3250]]
Associate of one SBLC shall not be an Associate of another SBLC or of 
any entity which directly or indirectly controls or is under common 
control with another SBLC.
    (12) Management. An SBLC must employ full time professional 
management.
    (13) Borrowed funds. Without SBA's prior written approval, it must 
not be capitalized with borrowed funds. Shareholders owning 10 percent 
or more of any class of its stock shall not use borrowed funds to 
purchase the stock unless the net worth of the shareholders is at least 
twice the amount borrowed or unless the shareholders receive SBA's 
prior written approval for a lower ratio.

Sec. 120.471  Records.

    Each SBLC must comply with the following requirements concerning 
records:
    (a) Maintenance of Records. It must maintain accurate and current 
financial records, including books of account, minutes of stockholder, 
directors, and executive committee meetings, and all documents and 
supporting materials relating to the SBLC's transactions at its 
principal business office. Securities held by a custodian pursuant to a 
written agreement shall be exempt from this requirement.
    (b) Preservation of records. (1) It must preserve in a manner 
permitting immediate retrieval the following documentation for the 
financial statements required by Sec. 120.472 (and of the accompanying 
certified public accountant's opinion), for the following specified 
periods:
    (i) Preserve permanently:
    (A) All general and subsidiary ledgers (or other records) 
reflecting asset, liability, capital stock and surplus, income, and 
expense accounts;
    (B) All general and special journals (or other records forming the 
basis for entries in such ledgers); and
    (C) The corporate charter, bylaws, application for determination of 
eligibility to participate with SBA, and all minutes books, capital 
stock certificates or stubs, stock ledgers, and stock transfer 
registers;
    (ii) Preserve for at least 6 years following final disposition of 
the related loan:
    (A) All applications for financing;
    (B) Lending, participation, and escrow agreements;
    (C) Financing instruments; and
    (D) All other documents and supporting material relating to such 
loans, including correspondence.
    (2) Records and other documents referred to in this section may be 
preserved electronically if the original is available for retrieval 
within a reasonable period.

Sec. 120.472  Reports to SBA.

    An SBLC must submit the following to the AA/FA:
    (a) An audited financial statement prepared by a certified public 
accountant within three months after the close of each fiscal year, and 
interim financial reports when requested by SBA;
    (b) A report of any legal or administrative proceeding, by or 
against the SBLC, or against an officer, director, or employee of the 
SBLC for an alleged breach of official duty, within 10 days after 
initiating or learning of the proceeding, as well as notification of 
the terms of any settlement or final judgment (in addition to any 
reporting under applicable SBA Forms);
    (c) Copies of any report furnished to its stockholders (including 
any prospectus, letter, or other publication concerning the financial 
operations of the SBLC);
    (d) A summary of any changes in the SBLC's organization or 
financing, such as:
    (1) Any change in its name, address or telephone number;
    (2) Any change in its charter, bylaws, or its officers or directors 
(to be accompanied by a statement of personal history on an approved 
SBA form);
    (3) Any changes in capitalization (including those identified in 
Sec. 120.470);
    (4) Any changes affecting the eligibility of the SBLC to continue 
to participate as an SBLC; and
    (5) Notice of a pledge of stock within 30 calendar days of the 
transaction if 10 percent or more of the stock is pledged by any person 
(or group of persons acting in concert) as collateral for indebtedness, 
and such pledge does not involve a transfer for which prior written 
approval of SBA is required under Sec. 120.473;
    (e) Such other reports as SBA may require from time to time by 
written directive.

Sec. 120.473  Change of ownership or control.

    (a) Any change of ownership or control without prior written 
approval of SBA is prohibited. An SBLC must request approval of any 
such change from the AA/FA. Pending the approval, the SBLC may not 
register the proposed new owners on its transfer books nor permit them 
to participate in any manner in the conduct of the SBLC's affairs. 
Change of ownership or control includes:
    (1) Any transfer of 10 percent or more of any class of the SBLC's 
stock, and any agreement providing for such transfer;
    (2) Any transfer that could result in the beneficial ownership by 
any person or group of persons acting in concert of 10 percent or more 
of any class of its stock, and any agreement providing for such 
transfer;
    (3) Any merger, consolidation, or reorganization; or
    (4) Any other transaction or agreement that transfers control of 
the SBLC.
    (b) If transfer of ownership or control is subject to the approval 
of any State or Federal chartering, licensing, or other regulatory 
authority, copies of any documents filed with such authority must, at 
the same time, be transmitted to the AA/FA.

Sec. 120.474  Prohibited financing.

    An SBLC may not make a loan to a small business that has received 
financing (or a commitment for financing) from an SBIC that is an 
Associate of the SBLC.

Sec. 120.475  Audits.

    Every SBLC is subject to periodic audits by SBA's Office of 
Inspector General, Auditing Division, and the cost of such audits will 
be assessed against the SBLC, except for the first audit. Fees are 
structured based on the SBLC's assets as of the date of the latest 
audited financial statement submitted to SBA before the audit. The fee 
schedule is set forth in SBA's Standard Operating Procedures manual.

Sec. 120.476  Suspension or revocation.

    SBA may revoke or suspend an SBLC for a violation of law, these 
regulations, or any agreement with SBA. An appeal can be made following 
the procedures set forth in part 134 of this chapter.

Subpart E--Loan Administration

Sec. 120.500  General.

    This subpart outlines the general loan administration policies 
applicable to loan servicing and liquidation.

Servicing

Sec. 120.510  Servicing direct and immediate participation loans.

    SBA services the direct loans that it makes. Generally, the Lender 
services immediate participation loans that it makes and in which SBA 
participates.

Sec. 120.511  Servicing guaranteed loans.

    The Lender services guaranteed loans, holds the Loan Instruments 
and receives the Borrower's payments of principal and interest. 

[[Page 3251]]

Sec. 120.512  Who services the loan after SBA honors its guarantee?

    Generally, after SBA honors its guarantee, the Lender must continue 
to hold the Loan Instruments and service and liquidate the loan. The 
Lender must execute a Certificate of Interest showing SBA's percentage 
of the loan, and must submit a liquidation plan to SBA for each loan to 
be liquidated. If SBA elects to service or liquidate the loan, the 
Lender must assign the Loan Instruments to SBA.

Sec. 120.513  What servicing actions require the prior written consent 
of SBA?

    Except as otherwise provided in a Supplemental Guarantee Agreement 
with the Lender, SBA must give its prior written consent before the 
Lender takes any of the following actions:
    (a) Alters substantially the terms or conditions of any Loan 
Instrument (for example, any increase in the principal amount or change 
in the interest rate, or action conferring a Preference on the Lender);
    (b) Releases collateral having a cumulative value in excess of 20 
percent of the original loan amount;
    (c) Accelerates the maturity of the note;
    (d) Sues upon any Loan Instrument;
    (e) Compromises or waives any claim against any Borrower, 
guarantor, obligor or standby creditor arising out of any Loan 
Instrument; or
    (f) Increases the amount of any prior lien held by the Lender on 
the collateral securing the loan.

SBA'S Purchase of a Guaranteed Portion

Sec. 120.520  When does SBA honor its guarantee?

    (a) SBA, in its sole discretion, may purchase a guaranteed portion 
of a loan at any time. A Lender may demand in writing that SBA honor 
its guarantee if the Borrower is in default on any installment for more 
than 60 calendar days (or less if SBA agrees) and the default has not 
been cured. If a Borrower cures a default before a Lender requests 
purchase by SBA, the Lender's right to request purchase on that default 
lapses.
    (b) Purchase by SBA of the guaranteed portion does not waive any of 
SBA's rights to recover money paid on the guarantee, based upon the 
Lender's negligence, misconduct, or violation of this part, including 
those actions listed in Sec. 120.524(a), the Loan Guarantee Agreement 
or the Loan Instruments.

Sec. 120.521  What interest rate applies after SBA purchases its 
guaranteed portion?

    When SBA purchases the guaranteed portion of a fixed interest rate 
loan, the rate of interest remains as stated in the note. On loans with 
a fluctuating interest rate, the interest rate that the Borrower owes 
will be at the rate in effect at the time of the earliest uncured 
payment default, or the rate in effect at the time of purchase (where 
no default has occurred).

Sec. 120.522  How much accrued interest does SBA pay to the Lender or 
Registered Holder when SBA purchases the guaranteed portion?

    (a) Rate of interest. If SBA purchases the guaranteed portion from 
a Lender or from a Registered Holder (if sold in the Secondary Market), 
it will pay accrued interest at:
    (1) The rate in the note if it is a fixed rate loan; or
    (2) The rate in effect on the date of the earliest uncured payment 
default, or of SBA's purchase (if there has been no default).
    (b) Payment to Lender. If the Lender submits a complete purchase 
request to SBA within 120 days of the earliest uncured payment default, 
SBA will pay accrued interest to the Lender from the last interest 
paid-to-date up to the date of payment. If the Lender requests SBA to 
purchase after 120 days from the date of the earliest uncured payment 
default date, SBA will pay only 120 days of interest. For LowDoc loans, 
the interest paid to the Lender will be governed by the Supplemental 
Guarantee Agreement.
    (c) Payment to Registered Holder. SBA will pay a Registered Holder 
all accrued interest up to the date of payment.
    (d) Extension of the 120 day period. Before the 120 days expire, 
the SBA field office may extend the period if the Lender and SBA agree 
that the Borrower can cure the default within a reasonable and definite 
period of time or that the benefits from doing so otherwise will exceed 
the costs of SBA paying additional interest. If the 120 days have 
passed, only the AA/FA or designee can extend the period.

Sec. 120.523  What is the ``earliest uncured payment default''?

    The earliest uncured payment default is the date of the earliest 
failure by a Borrower to pay a regular installment of principal and/or 
interest when due. Payments made by the Borrower before a Lender makes 
its request to SBA to purchase are applied to the earliest uncured 
payment default. If the installment is paid in full, the earliest 
uncured payment default date will advance to the next unpaid 
installment date. If a Borrower makes any payment after the Lender 
makes its request to SBA to purchase, the earliest uncured payment 
default date does not change because the Lender has already exercised 
its right to request purchase.

Sec. 120.524  When is SBA released from liability on its guarantee?

    (a) SBA is released from liability on a loan guarantee (in whole or 
in part, within SBA's exclusive discretion), if any of the events below 
occur:
    (1) The Lender has failed to comply materially with any of the 
provisions of these regulations, the Loan Guarantee Agreement, or the 
Authorization;
    (2) The Lender has failed to make, close, service, or liquidate a 
loan in a prudent manner;
    (3) The Lender's improper action or inaction has placed SBA at 
risk;
    (4) The Lender has failed to disclose a material fact to SBA 
regarding a guaranteed loan in a timely manner;
    (5) The Lender has misrepresented a material fact to SBA regarding 
a guaranteed loan;
    (6) SBA has received a written request from the Lender to terminate 
the guarantee;
    (7) The Lender has not paid the guarantee fee within the period 
required under SBA rules and regulations;
    (8) The Lender has failed to request that SBA purchase a guarantee 
within 120 days after maturity of the loan;
    (9) The Lender has failed to use required SBA forms or exact 
electronic copies; or
    (10) The Borrower has paid the loan in full.
    (b) If SBA determines, after purchasing its guaranteed portion of a 
loan, that any of the events set forth in paragraph (a) of this section 
occurred in connection with that loan, SBA is entitled to recover any 
money paid on the guarantee plus interest from the Lender responsible 
for those events.
    (c) If the Lender's loan documentation indicates that one or more 
of the events in paragraph (a) of this section may have occurred, SBA 
may undertake such investigation as it deems necessary to determine 
whether to honor or deny the guarantee, and may withhold a decision on 
whether to honor the guarantee until the completion of such 
investigation.
    (d) Any information provided to SBA prior to Lender's request for 
SBA to honor its guarantee shall not prejudice SBA's right to deny 
liability for a guarantee if one or more of the events listed in 
paragraph (a) of this section occur.
    (e) Unless SBA provides written notice to the contrary, the Lender 
remains responsible for all loan servicing ad liquidation actions until 
SBA honors its guarantee in full. 

[[Page 3252]]

Deferment, Extension of Maturity and Loan Moratorium

Sec. 120.530  Deferment of payment.

    SBA may agree to defer payments on a business loan for a stated 
period of time, and use such other methods as it considers necessary 
and appropriate to help in the successful operation of the Borrower. 
This policy applies to all business loan programs, including 504 loans.

Sec. 120.531  Extension of maturity.

    SBA may agree to extend the maturity of a loan for up to 10 years 
beyond its original maturity if the extension will aid in the orderly 
repayment of the loan.

Sec. 120.532  What is a loan Moratorium?

    SBA may assume a Borrower's obligation to repay principal and 
interest on a loan by agreeing to make the payments to the Lender on 
behalf of the Borrower under terms and conditions set by SBA. This 
relief is called a ``Moratorium.'' Complete information concerning this 
program may be obtained from local SBA offices.

Liquidation of Collateral

Sec. 120.540  What are SBA's policies concerning liquidation of 
collateral?

    (a) Liquidation policy. SBA or the Lender may liquidate collateral 
securing a loan if the loan is in default or there is no reasonable 
prospect that the loan can be repaid within a reasonable period.
    (b) Sale and conversion of loans. Without the consent of the 
Borrower, SBA may:
    (1) Sell a direct loan;
    (2) Convert a guaranteed or immediate participation loan to a 
direct loan; or
    (3) Convert an immediate participation loan to a guaranteed loan or 
a loan owned solely by the Lender.
    (c) Disposal of collateral and assets acquired through foreclosure 
or conveyance. SBA or the Lender may sell real and personal property 
(including contracts and claims) pledged to secure a loan that is in 
default in accordance with the provisions of the related security 
instrument (see Sec. 120.550 for Homestead Protection for Farmers).
    (1) Competitive bids or negotiated sales. Generally, SBA will offer 
loan collateral and acquired assets for public sale through competitive 
bids at auctions or sealed bid sales. The Lender may use negotiated 
sales if consistent with its usual practice for similar non-SBA assets.
    (2) Lease of acquired property. Normally, neither SBA nor a Lender 
will rent or lease acquired property or grant options to purchase. SBA 
and the Lender will consider proposals for a lease if it appears a 
property cannot be sold advantageously and the lease may be terminated 
on reasonable notice upon receipt of a favorable purchase offer.
    (d) Recoveries and security interests shared. SBA and the Lender 
will share pro rata (in accordance with their respective interests in a 
loan) all loan payments or recoveries, all reasonable expenses 
(including advances for the care, preservation, and maintenance of 
collateral securing the loan and the payment of senior lienholders), 
and any security interest or guarantee (excluding SBA's guarantee) 
which the Lender or SBA may hold or receive in connection with a loan.
    (e) Guarantors. Guarantors of financial assistance have no rights 
of contribution against SBA on an SBA guaranteed or direct loan. SBA is 
not deemed to be a co-guarantor with any other guarantors.

Homestead Protection for Farmers

Sec. 120.550  What is homestead protection for farmers?

    SBA may lease to a farmer-Borrower the farm residence occupied by 
the Borrower and a reasonable amount of adjoining property (no more 
than 10 acres and seven farm buildings), if they were acquired by SBA 
as a result of a defaulted farm loan made or guaranteed by SBA (see the 
Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, 7 U.S.C. 1921, for 
qualifying loan purposes).

Sec. 120.551  Who is eligible for homestead protection?

    SBA must notify the Borrower in possession of the availability of 
these homestead protection rights within 30 days after SBA acquires the 
property. A farmer-Borrower must:
    (a) Apply for the homestead occupancy to the SBA field office which 
serviced the loan within 90 days after SBA acquires the property;
    (b) Provide evidence that the farm produces farm income reasonable 
for the area and economic conditions;
    (c) Show that at least 60 percent of the Borrower and spouse's 
gross annual income came from farm or ranch operations in at least any 
two out of the last six calendar years;
    (d) Have resided on the property during the previous six years; and
    (e) Be personally liable for the debt.

Sec. 120.552  Lease.

    If approved, the applicant must personally occupy the residence 
during the term of the lease and pay a reasonable rent to SBA. The 
lease will be for a period of at least 3 years, but no more than 5 
years. A lease of less than 5 years may be renewed, but not beyond 5 
years from the original lease date. During or at the end of the lease 
period, the lessee has a right of first refusal to reacquire the 
homestead property under terms and conditions no less favorable than 
those offered to any other purchaser.

Sec. 120.553  Appeal.

    If the application is denied, the Borrower may appeal the decision 
to the AA/FA. Until the conclusion of any appeal, the Borrower may 
retain possession of the homestead property.

Sec. 120.554  Conflict of laws.

    In the event of a conflict between the homestead provisions at 
Secs. 120.550 through 120.553 of this part, and any state law relating 
to the right of a Borrower to designate for separate sale or to redeem 
part or all of the real property securing a loan foreclosed by the 
Lender, state law shall prevail.

Subpart F--Secondary Market

Fiscal and Transfer Agent (FTA)

Sec. 120.600  Definitions.

    (a) Certificate is the document the FTA issues representing a 
beneficial fractional interest in a Pool (Pool Certificate), or an 
undivided interest in the entire guaranteed portion of an individual 
7(a) guaranteed loan (Individual Certificate).
    (b) Current means that no repayment from a Borrower to a Lender is 
over 29 days late measured from the due date of the payment on the 
records of the FTA's central registry (Pools) or the entity servicing 
the loan (individual guaranteed portion).
    (c) FTA is the SBA's fiscal and transfer agent.
    (d) Note Rate is the interest rate on the Borrower's note.
    (e) Net Rate is the interest rate on an individual guaranteed 
portion of a loan in a Pool.
    (f) Pool is an aggregation of SBA guaranteed portions of loans made 
by Lenders.
    (g) Pool Assembler is a financial institution that:
    (1) Organizes and packages a Pool by acquiring the SBA guaranteed 
portions of loans from Lenders;
    (2) Resells fractional interests in the Pool to Registered Holders; 
and
    (3) Directs the FTA to issue Certificates.
    (h) Pool Rate is the interest rate on a Pool Certificate.
    (i) Registered Holder is the Certificate owner listed in FTA's 
records.
    (j) SBA's Secondary Market Program Guide is an issuance from SBA 
which 

[[Page 3253]]
describes the characteristics of Secondary Market transactions.

Sec. 120.601  SBA Secondary Market.

    The SBA secondary market (``Secondary Market'') consists of the 
sale of Certificates, representing either the entire guaranteed portion 
of an individual 7(a) guaranteed loan or an undivided interest in a 
Pool consisting of the SBA guaranteed portions of a number of 7(a) 
guaranteed loans. By the terms of such Certificate, SBA guarantees a 
Registered Holder timely payment of principal and interest from the 
loan or loans underlying the Certificate. Transactions involving 
interests in Pools or the sale of individual guaranteed portions of 
loans are governed by the contracts entered into by the parties, SBA's 
Secondary Market Program Guide, and this subpart. See sections 5 (f), 
(g), and (h) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 634 (f), (g) and 
(h)).

Certificates

Sec. 120.610  Form and terms of Certificates.

    (a) General form and content. Each Certificate must be registered 
with the FTA. SBA must approve the terms of the Certificate.
    (b) Face amount of Pool Certificate. The face amount of a Pool 
Certificate cannot be less than a minimum amount as specified in the 
Program Guide, and the dollar amount of Certificates must be in 
increments which SBA will specify in the Program Guide (except for one 
Certificate in each Pool). SBA may change these requirements based upon 
an analysis of market conditions and program experience, and will 
publish any such change in the Federal Register.
    (c) Basis of payment for Pool Certificates. Principal installments 
and interest payments are based on the unpaid principal balance of the 
portion of the Pool represented by a Pool Certificate. All prepayments 
on loans in the Pool must be passed through to the appropriate 
Registered Holders with the regularly scheduled payments to such 
Holders.
    (d) Basis of payment for Individual Certificates. Principal 
installments and interest payments are based on the unpaid principal 
balance of the SBA guaranteed portion of the loan supporting an 
Individual Certificate. The Certificate must provide for a pass through 
to the Registered Holder of payments which the FTA receives from a 
Lender or any entity servicing the loan, less applicable fees.
    (e) Interest rate on Pool Certificate. The interest rate on a Pool 
Certificate must be equal to the lowest Net Rate on any individual 
guaranteed portion of a loan in the Pool.

Sec. 120.611  Pools backing Pool Certificates.

    (a) Pool characteristics. As set forth in the Program Guide, each 
Pool must have:
    (1) A minimum number of guaranteed portions of loans;
    (2) A minimum aggregate principal balance of the guaranteed 
portions;
    (3) A maximum percentage of the Pool which an individual guaranteed 
portion may constitute;
    (4) A maximum allowable difference between the highest and lowest 
note interest rates;
    (5) A maximum allowable difference between the remaining terms to 
maturity of the loans in the Pool; and
    (6) A minimum weighted average maturity at Pool formation.
    (b) Adjustment of Pool characteristics. SBA may adjust the Pool 
characteristics periodically based upon program experience and market 
conditions.

Sec. 120.612  Loans eligible to back Certificates.

    (a) Pool Certificates are backed by the SBA guaranteed portions of 
loans comprising the Pool. An Individual Certificate is backed by the 
SBA guaranteed portion of a single loan. Any such loan must:
    (1) Be current as of the date the Pool is formed or the individual 
guaranteed portion of a loan is initially sold in the Secondary Market;
    (2) Be guaranteed under the Act; and
    (3) Meet such other standards as SBA may determine to be necessary 
for the successful operation of the Secondary Market program.
    (b) The loans that back a Pool must meet the SBA requirements in 
effect at the time the Pool is formed.

Sec. 120.613  Secondary Participation Guarantee Agreement.

    When a Lender wants to sell the guaranteed portion of a loan, it 
enters into a Secondary Participation Guarantee Agreement (``SPGA'') 
with SBA and the prospective purchaser. The terms of sale between the 
Lender and the purchaser cannot require the Lender or SBA to repurchase 
the guaranteed portion of the loan except in accordance with the terms 
of the SPGA. Before execution of the SPGA, the Lender must:
    (a) Submit to FTA a copy of the proposed SPGA, the note, and such 
other documents as SBA may require;
    (b) Disburse to the Borrower the full amount of the loan; and
    (c) Pay SBA all guarantee fees relevant to the loan in full.

The SBA Guarantee of a Certificate

Sec. 120.620  SBA guarantee of a Pool Certificate.

    (a) Extent of Guarantee. SBA guarantees to a Registered Holder the 
timely payment of principal and interest installments and any 
prepayment or other recovery of principal to which the Registered 
Holder is entitled. If the Borrower of a loan in a Pool backing the 
Certificates does not make a required installment payment, SBA, through 
the FTA, will make advances to maintain the schedule of interest and 
principal payments to the Registered Holders.
    (b) SBA guarantee backed by full faith and credit. SBA's guarantee 
of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the 
United States.

Sec. 120.621  SBA guarantee of an Individual Certificate.

    (a) Extent of SBA guarantee. With respect to Individual 
Certificates, SBA guarantees to purchase from the Registered Holder the 
guaranteed portion of the loan for an amount equal to the unpaid 
principal and accrued interest due as of the date of SBA's purchase, 
less deductions for applicable fees. Unlike the SBA guarantee with 
respect to pooled loans, SBA does not guarantee timely payment on 
Individual Certificates.
    (b) What triggers the SBA guarantee. SBA's guarantee to the 
Registered Holder may be called upon when:
    (1) The Borrower remains in uncured default for 60 days on payments 
of principal or interest due on the note;
    (2) The Lender fails to send to the FTA on a timely basis payments 
it received from the Borrower; or
    (3) The FTA fails to send to the Registered Holder on a timely 
basis any payments it has received from the Lender.
    (c) Full faith and credit. SBA's guarantee to the Registered Holder 
is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

Pool Assemblers

Sec. 120.630  Qualifications to be a Pool Assembler.

    (a) Application to become Pool Assembler. The application to become 
a Pool Assembler is available from the AA/FA. In order to qualify as a 
Pool Assembler, an entity must send the application to the AA/FA, with 
an application fee, and certify that it:
    (1) Is regulated by the appropriate agency as defined in section 
3(a)(34)(G) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 
78c(a)(34)(G));
    (2) Meets all financial and other applicable requirements of its 
regulatory 

[[Page 3254]]
authority and the Government Securities Act of 1986, as amended (Pub. 
L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3208);
    (3) Has the financial capability to assemble acceptable and 
eligible guaranteed loan portions in sufficient quantity to support the 
issuance of Pool Certificates; and
    (4) Is in good standing with SBA (as the AA/FA determines), the 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (``OCC'') if it is a national 
bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if it is a bank not 
regulated by the OCC, or the National Association of Securities Dealers 
if it is a member.
    (b) Approval by SBA. An entity may not submit Pool applications to 
the FTA until SBA has approved the application to become a Pool 
Assembler.
    (c) Conduct of business by Pool Assembler. An entity continues to 
qualify as a Pool Assembler so long as it:
    (1) Meets the eligibility standards in paragraph (a) of this 
section;
    (2) Conducts its business in accordance with SBA regulations and 
accepted securities or banking industry practices, ethics, and 
standards; and
    (3) Maintains its books and records in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles or in accordance with the guidelines of 
the regulatory body governing its activities.

Sec. 120.631  Suspension or termination of Pool Assembler.

    (a) Suspension or termination. The AA/FA may suspend a Pool 
Assembler from operating in the Secondary Market for up to 18 months or 
terminate its status as a Pool Assembler, if the Pool Assembler (and/or 
its Associates):
    (1) Does not comply with any of the requirements in Sec. 120.630 
(a) and (c);
    (2) Has been indicted or otherwise formally charged with, or 
convicted of, a misdemeanor or felony;
    (3) Has received an adverse civil judgment that it has committed a 
breach of trust or a violation of a law or regulation protecting the 
integrity of business transactions or relationships;
    (4) Has not formed a Pool for at least three years; or
    (5) Is under investigation by its regulating authority for 
activities which may affect its fitness to participate in the Secondary 
Market.
    (b) Suspension procedures. The AA/FA shall notify a Pool Assembler 
by certified mail, return receipt requested, of the decision to suspend 
and the reasons therefore at least 10 business days prior to the 
effective date of the suspension. The Pool Assembler may appeal the 
suspension made under this section pursuant to the procedures set forth 
in part 134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/FA shall remain in 
effect pending resolution of the appeal.
    (c) Notice of termination. In order to terminate a Pool Assembler, 
the AA/FA must issue an order to show cause why the SBA should not 
terminate the Pool Assembler's participation in the Secondary Market. 
The Pool Assembler may appeal the termination made under this section 
pursuant to procedures set forth in part 134 of this chapter. The 
action of the AA/FA shall remain in effect pending resolution of the 
appeal.

Miscellaneous Provisions

Sec. 120.640  Administration of the Pool and Individual Certificates.

    (a) FTA responsibility. The FTA has the responsibility to 
administer each Pool or Individual Certificate. It shall maintain a 
registry of Registered Holders and other information as SBA requires.
    (b) Self-liquidating. Each Pool or individual guaranteed portion of 
a loan in the Secondary Market is self-liquidating because of Borrower 
payments or prepayments, redemption by SBA, and/or payments by SBA or 
the Lender after default by the Borrower. Substitution of the 
guaranteed portions of existing loans for defaulted loans is not 
permitted.
    (c) SBA's right to subrogation. If SBA pays a claim under a 
guarantee with respect to a Certificate issued under this subpart, it 
must be subrogated fully to the rights satisfied by such payment.
    (d) SBA ownership rights not limited. No Federal, State or local 
law can preclude or limit the exercise by SBA of its ownership rights 
in the portions of loans constituting the Pool against which the 
Certificates are issued.

Sec. 120.641  Disclosure to purchasers.

    (a) Information to purchaser. Prior to any sale, the Pool 
Assembler, Registered Holder of an Individual Certificate, or any 
subsequent seller must disclose to the purchaser, verbally or in 
writing, information on the terms, conditions, and yield as described 
in the SBA Secondary Market Program Guide.
    (b) Information on transfer document. The seller must provide the 
same information described in paragraph (a) of this section in writing 
on the transfer document when the seller submits it to the FTA. After 
the sale of an Individual Certificate, the FTA will provide the 
disclosure information in writing to the purchaser.
    (c) Information in prospectus. If the Registered Holder is a trust, 
investment Pool, mutual fund or other security, it must disclose the 
information in paragraph (a) of this section to investors through a 
prospectus and other promotional material if an Individual Certificate 
or Pool Certificate is placed into or used as the backing for the 
investment vehicle.

Sec. 120.642  Requirements before the FTA issues Pool Certificates.

    Before the FTA issues any Pool Certificate, the Pool Assembler must 
deliver to it the following documents:
    (a) A properly completed Pool application form;
    (b) Either:
    (1) Individual Certificates evidencing the guaranteed portions 
comprising the Pool; or
    (2) An executed SPGA and related documentation for the loans whose 
guaranteed portions are to be part of the Pool; and
    (c) Any other documentation which SBA may require.

Sec. 120.643  Requirements before the FTA issues Individual 
Certificates.

    (a) FTA issuance of initial Certificate. Before the FTA can issue 
the Individual Certificate for a guaranteed portion of a loan, the 
original seller must provide the following documents to the FTA:
    (1) An executed SPGA;
    (2) A copy of the note representing the guaranteed loan; and
    (3) Any other documentation which SBA may require.
    (b) Review of documentation. SBA may review or require the FTA to 
review any documentation before the FTA issues a Certificate.

Sec. 120.644  Transfers of Certificates.

    (a) General rule. Certificates are transferable. Transfers in the 
Secondary Market must comply with Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial 
Code of the State of New York. The seller must use the detached form of 
assignment (SBA Form 1088), unless the seller and purchaser choose to 
use another form which the SBA approves. The FTA may refuse to issue a 
Certificate until it is satisfied that the documents of transfer are 
complete.
    (b) Transfer on FTA records. In order for the transfer of a 
Certificate to be effective the FTA must reflect it on its records.
    (c) Contents of letter of transmittal accompanying the transfer of 
Certificates. (1) A letter of transmittal must accompany each 
Certificate which a Registered Holder submits to the FTA for transfer. 
The Registered Holder must supply the following information in the 
letter:
    (i) Pool number, if applicable;
    (ii) Certificate number;
    (iii) Name of purchaser of Certificate;
    
[[Page 3255]]

    (iv) Address and tax identification number of the purchaser;
    (v) Name and telephone number of the person handling or 
facilitating the transfer;
    (vi) Instructions for the delivery of the new Certificate.
    (2) The Registered Holder must also send the fee which the FTA 
charges for this service. The FTA will supply fee information to the 
Registered Holder.
    (d) Lender cannot purchase guaranteed portion of loan it made. The 
Lender (or its Associate) that made a 7(a) guaranteed loan cannot 
purchase the guaranteed portion of that loan in the Secondary Market. 
If a Lender does purchase the guaranteed portion of one of its own 
loans, it shall not have the unconditional guarantee of SBA.

Sec. 120.645  Redemption of Certificates.

    (a) Redemption of Individual Certificate. The prepayment of the 
underlying loan or a default on such loan will trigger the redemption 
of the Certificate by FTA/SBA in accordance with the procedures 
prescribed in the SPGA.
    (b) Redemption of Pool Certificate. The FTA and SBA may redeem a 
Pool Certificate because of prepayment or default of all loans in a 
Pool.

Sec. 120.650  Registration duties of FTA in Secondary Market.

    The FTA registers all Certificates. This means it issues, transfers 
title to, and redeems them. All financial transactions relating to a 
guaranteed portion of a loan flow through the FTA. In fulfilling its 
obligation to keep the central registry current, the FTA may, with 
SBA's approval, obtain any necessary information from the parties 
involved in the Secondary Market.

Sec. 120.651  Claim to FTA by Registered Holder to replace Certificate.

    (a) To replace a Certificate because of loss, theft, destruction, 
mutilation, or defacement, the Registered Holder must:
    (1) Give the FTA information about the Certificate and the facts 
relating to the claim;
    (2) File an indemnity bond acceptable to SBA and the FTA with a 
surety to protect the interests of SBA and the FTA;
    (3) Pay the FTA its fee to replace a Certificate; and
    (4) Use an affidavit of loss (form available from the FTA) to 
report:
    (i) The name and address of the Registered Holder (and the name and 
capacity of any representative actually filing the claim);
    (ii) The Certificate by Pool number, if applicable;
    (iii) The Certificate number;
    (iv) The original principal amount;
    (v) The name in which the Certificate was registered;
    (vi) Any assignment, endorsement or other writing on the 
Certificate; and
    (vii) A statement of the circumstances of the theft or loss.
    (b) When the FTA receives notice of the theft or loss, it will stop 
any transfer of the Certificate. The Registered Holder must send to the 
FTA all available portions of a mutilated or defaced Certificate. When 
the Registered Holder completes these steps, the FTA will replace the 
Certificate.

Sec. 120.652  FTA fees.

    The FTA may charge reasonable servicing fees, transfer fees, and 
other fees as the SBA and FTA may negotiate under contract.

Suspension or Revocation of Participant in Secondary Market

Sec. 120.660  Suspension or revocation.

    (a) Suspension or revocation of Lender, broker, dealer, or 
Registered Holder for violation of Secondary Market rules and 
regulations. The AA/FA may suspend or revoke the privilege of a Lender, 
broker, dealer, or Registered Holder to sell, purchase, broker, or deal 
in loans or Certificates for:
    (1) Committing a serious violation, in SBA's discretion, of:
    (i) The regulations governing the Secondary Market; or
    (ii) Any provisions in the contracts entered into by the parties, 
including SBA Forms 1085, 1086, 1088 and 1454; or
    (2) Knowingly submitting false or fraudulent information to the SBA 
or FTA.
    (b) Additional rules for suspension or revocation of broker or 
dealer. In addition to acting under paragraph (a) of this section, the 
AA/FA may suspend or revoke the privilege of any broker or dealer to 
sell or otherwise deal in Certificates in the Secondary Market if:
    (1) Its supervisory agency has revoked or suspended the broker or 
dealer from engaging in the securities business, or is investigating 
the firm or broker for a practice which SBA considers, in its sole 
discretion, to be relevant to the broker's or dealer's fitness to 
participate in the Secondary Market;
    (2) The broker or dealer has been indicted or otherwise formally 
charged with a misdemeanor or felony which bears on its fitness to 
participate in the Secondary Market; or
    (3) A civil judgment is entered holding that the broker or dealer 
has committed a breach of trust or a violation of any law or regulation 
protecting the integrity of business transactions or relationships.
    (c) Notice to suspend or revoke. The AA/FA shall notify the 
affected party in writing, providing the reasons therefore, at least 10 
business days prior to the effective date of the suspension or 
revocation. The affected party may appeal the suspension or revocation 
made under this section pursuant to the procedures set forth in part 
134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/FA will remain in effect 
pending resolution of the appeal. Revocation will last a minimum of 
five years.

Subpart G--Microloan Demonstration Program

Sec. 120.700  What is the Microloan Program?

    The Microloan Demonstration Program assists women, low income 
individuals, minority entrepreneurs, and other small businesses which 
need small amounts of financial assistance. Under this program, SBA 
makes direct and guaranteed loans to Intermediaries (as defined below) 
who use the proceeds to make loans to eligible borrowers. SBA may also 
make grants under the program to Intermediaries and other qualified 
nonprofit entities to be used for marketing, management, and technical 
assistance to the program's target population.

Sec. 120.701  Definitions.

    (a) Deposit account is a demand, time, savings, passbook, or 
similar account maintained with an insured depository institution (not 
including an account evidenced by a Certificate of Deposit).
    (b) Economically Distressed Area is a county or equivalent division 
of local government of a state in which, according to the most recent 
available data from the United States Bureau of the Census, 40 percent 
or more of the residents have an annual income that is at or below the 
poverty level.
    (c) Grant is a Federal award of money, or property in lieu of money 
(including cooperative agreements) to an eligible grantee that must 
account for its use. The term does not include the provision of 
technical assistance, revenue sharing, loans, loan guarantees, interest 
subsidies, insurance, direct appropriations, or any fellowship or other 
lump sum award.
    (d) Insured depository institution has the same meaning as in 
section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(c).
    (e) Intermediary is an entity participating in the Microloan 
Demonstration Program which makes and services Microloans to eligible 
small businesses and which provides 

[[Page 3256]]
marketing, management, and technical assistance to its borrowers. It 
may be:
    (1) A private, nonprofit community development corporation or other 
entity;
    (2) A consortium of private, nonprofit community development 
corporations or other entities;
    (3) A quasi-governmental economic development entity, other than a 
state, county, municipal government or any agency thereof; or
    (4) An agency of or a nonprofit entity established by a Native 
American Tribal Government.
    (f) Microloan is a short-term, fixed interest rate loan of not more 
than $25,000 made by an Intermediary to an eligible small business.
    (g) Non-Federal sources are sources of funds other than the Federal 
Government and may include indirect costs or in-kind contributions paid 
for under non-Federal programs. Community Block Development Grants are 
considered non-Federal sources.
    (h) Specialized Intermediary is an Intermediary which maintains a 
portfolio of Microloans averaging $7,500 or less.

Sec. 120.702  Are there limitations on who can be an Intermediary or on 
where an Intermediary may operate?

    (a) Prior experience requirement. To be eligible to be an 
Intermediary, an organization must:
    (1) Have made and serviced short-term fixed rate loans of not more 
than $25,000 to newly established or growing small businesses for at 
least one year; and
    (2) Have at least one year of experience providing technical 
assistance to its borrowers.
    (b) Limitation to one state. An Intermediary may not operate in 
more than one state unless the AA/FA determines that it would be in the 
best interests of the small business community for it to operate across 
state lines.

Sec. 120.703  How does an organization apply to become an Intermediary?

    (a) Application Process. Organizations interested in becoming 
Intermediaries should contact SBA for information on the application 
process.
    (b) Documentation in support of application. The application must 
include a detailed narrative statement describing:
    (1) The types of businesses assisted in the past and those the 
applicant intends to assist with Microloans;
    (2) The average size of the loans made in the past and the average 
size of intended Microloans;
    (3) The extent to which the applicant will make Microloans to small 
businesses in rural areas;
    (4) The geographic area in which the applicant intends to operate, 
including a description of the economic and demographic conditions 
existing in the intended area of operations;
    (5) The availability and cost of obtaining credit for small 
businesses in the area;
    (6) The applicant's experience and qualifications in providing 
marketing, management, and technical assistance to small businesses; 
and
    (7) Any plan to use other technical assistance resources (such as 
counselors from the Service Corps of Retired Executives) to help 
Microloan borrowers.

Sec. 120.704  How are applications evaluated?

    (a) Evaluation criteria. In selecting Intermediaries, SBA will 
attempt to insure that Microloans are available to small businesses in 
all industries and particularly to small businesses located in urban 
and rural areas.
    (b) Preference for organizations which make very small loans. In 
selecting Intermediaries, SBA will give priority to applicants which 
maintain a portfolio of loans averaging $7,500 or less.
    (c) Consideration of quasi-governmental organizations. Generally, 
SBA will consider applications by quasi-governmental organizations only 
when it determines that program services for a particular geographic 
area would be best provided by such organization.

Sec. 120.705  What is a Specialized Intermediary?

    At the end of an Intermediary's first year of participation in the 
program, SBA will determine whether it qualifies as a Specialized 
Intermediary. An Intermediary qualifies as a Specialized Intermediary 
if it maintains a portfolio of Microloans averaging $7,500 or less. 
Specialized Intermediaries qualify for more favorable interest rates on 
SBA loans. If, after the first year, an Intermediary qualifies as a 
Specialized Intermediary, the special interest rate is applied 
retroactively to SBA loans made to the Intermediary. After the first 
year SBA will determine an Intermediary's qualifications as a 
Specialized Intermediary annually, based on its lending practices 
during the term of its participation in the program. Specialized 
Intermediaries also qualify for a greater amount of technical 
assistance grant funding.

Sec. 120.706  What are the terms and conditions of an Intermediary SBA 
loan?

    (a) Loan Amount. An Intermediary may not borrow more than $750,000 
in the first year of participation in the program. In subsequent years, 
the Intermediary's obligations to SBA may not exceed an aggregate of 
$2.5 million, subject to statutory limitations on the total amount of 
funds available per state.
    (b) Repayment terms. During the first year of the loan, an 
Intermediary is not required to make any payments, but interest accrues 
from the date that SBA disburses the loan proceeds to the Intermediary. 
After that, SBA will determine the periodic payments. The loan must be 
repaid within 10 years.
    (c) Interest rate. The interest rate is equal to the rate 
applicable to five-year obligations of the United States Treasury, 
adjusted to the nearest one-eighth percent, less 1.25 percent. However, 
the interest rate for Specialized Intermediaries is equal to the rate 
applicable to five-year obligations of the United States Treasury, 
adjusted to the nearest one-eighth percent, less two percent.
    (d) Collateral. As security for repayment of the SBA loan, an 
Intermediary must pledge to SBA a first lien position in the MRF 
(described below), LLRF (described below), and all notes receivable 
from Microloans.
    (e) Default. If for any reason an Intermediary is unable to make 
payment to SBA when due, SBA may accelerate maturity of the loan and 
demand payment in full. In this event, or if an Intermediary violates 
this part or the terms of its loan agreement, it must surrender 
possession of all collateral described in paragraph (d) of this section 
to SBA. The Intermediary is not obligated to pay SBA any loss or 
deficiency which may remain after liquidation of the collateral unless 
the loss was caused by fraud, negligence, violation of any of the 
ethical requirements of Sec. 120.140, or violation of any other 
provision of this part.
    (f) Fees. SBA does not charge Intermediaries any fees for loans 
under this Program. An Intermediary may, however, pay minimal closing 
costs to third parties, such as filing and recording fees.

Sec. 120.707  What conditions apply to loans by Intermediaries to 
Microloan Borrowers?

    (a) General. An Intermediary may make Microloans to any small 
business eligible to receive financial assistance under this part. 
Proceeds from Microloans may be used only for working capital and 
acquisition of materials, supplies, furniture, fixtures, 

[[Page 3257]]
and equipment. SBA does not review Microloans for creditworthiness.
    (b) Amount and maturity. Generally, Intermediaries should not make 
a Microloan of more than $10,000 to any borrower. An Intermediary may 
not make a Microloan of more than $15,000 unless the borrower 
demonstrates that it is unable to obtain credit elsewhere at comparable 
interest rates and that it has good prospects for success. An 
Intermediary may not make a loan of more than $25,000, and no borrower 
may owe an Intermediary more than $25,000 at any one time. Each 
Microloan must be repaid within six years.
    (c) Interest rate. The maximum interest rate that can be charged a 
Microloan borrower is:
    (1) On loans of more than $7,500, the interest rate charged on the 
SBA loan to the Intermediary, plus 7.75 percentage points; and
    (2) On loans of $7,500 or less, the interest rate charged on the 
SBA loan to the Intermediary, plus 8.5 percentage points.

Sec. 120.708  What is the Intermediary's financial contribution?

    The Intermediary must contribute from non-Federal sources an amount 
equal to 15 percent of any loan that it receives from SBA. The 
contribution may not be borrowed. For purposes of this program, 
Community Development Block Grants are considered non-Federal sources.

Sec. 120.709  What is the Microloan Revolving Fund?

    The Microloan Revolving Fund (``MRF'') is an interest-bearing 
Deposit Account into which an Intermediary must deposit the proceeds 
from SBA loans, its contributions from non-Federal sources, and 
payments from its Microloan borrowers. An Intermediary may only 
withdraw from this account the money needed to establish the Loan Loss 
Reserve Fund (Sec. 120.710), proceeds for each Microloan it makes, and 
any payments to be made to SBA.

Sec. 120.710  What is the Loan Loss Reserve Fund?

    (a) General. The Loan Loss Reserve Fund (``LLRF'') is an interest-
bearing Deposit Account which an Intermediary must establish to pay any 
shortage in the MRF caused by delinquencies or losses on Microloans. An 
Intermediary must maintain the LLRF until it has repaid all obligations 
it owes SBA.
    (b) Level of Loan Loss Reserve Fund in first year. In an 
Intermediary's first year, the balance on deposit in the LLRF must 
equal not less than 15 percent of the total outstanding balance of all 
notes receivable owed by its Microloan borrowers.
    (c) Level of Loan Loss Reserve Fund in subsequent years. In all 
subsequent years, an Intermediary must maintain a balance on deposit in 
the LLRF at a level which, at a minimum, reflects its loss experience 
as determined by SBA. However, the maximum amount required in the LLRF 
will not exceed 15 percent of the total outstanding balance owed by an 
Intermediary's Microloan borrowers.

Sec. 120.711  What rules govern Intermediaries?

    Intermediaries must operate in accordance with applicable statutes, 
regulations, policy notices, SBA's Standard Operating Procedures 
(SOPs), and the information in the application.

Sec. 120.712  How does an Intermediary get a grant to assist Microloan 
Borrowers?

    (a) General. An Intermediary is eligible to receive grant funding 
from SBA of not more than 25 percent of the outstanding balance of all 
SBA loans to the Intermediary. The Intermediary must contribute, solely 
from non-Federal sources, an amount equal to 25 percent of the grant. 
Contributions may be made in cash or in kind.
    (b) Limitations on grant funds. An Intermediary may not borrow its 
contribution. It may only use grant funds to provide Microloan 
borrowers with marketing, management, and technical assistance, except 
that:
    (1) Up to 15 percent of the grant funds may be used to provide 
information and technical assistance to prospective Microloan 
borrowers; and
    (2) Grant monies may be used to attend training required by SBA. 
Intermediaries may not enter into third party contracts for the 
provision of technical assistance to program clients.
    (c) Exception to contribution requirement. Intermediaries which 
make at least 50 percent of their loans to small businesses located in 
or owned by residents of Economically Distressed Areas are not subject 
to the contribution requirement in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Intermediaries eligible to receive additional grant monies. An 
Intermediary may receive an additional SBA grant equal to five percent 
of the outstanding balance of all loans received from SBA (with no 
obligation to contribute additional matching funds) if:
    (1) The Intermediary makes at least 25 percent of its loans to 
small businesses located in or owned by residents of an Economically 
Distressed Area; or
    (2) The Intermediary is a Specialized Intermediary.
    (e) SBA will determine an Intermediary's eligibility for all grants 
under this section separately for each loanmaking office or site.

Sec. 120.713  Does SBA provide technical assistance to Intermediaries?

    SBA may procure technical assistance for an Intermediary to improve 
its knowledge, skill, and understanding of microlending by awarding a 
grant to a more experienced Intermediary. SBA may also obtain such 
assistance for prospective Intermediaries in areas of the country that 
are either not served or underserved by an existing Intermediary.

Sec. 120.714  How does a non-Intermediary get a grant?

    (a) Grant procedure for non-Intermediaries. Any nonprofit entity 
that is not an Intermediary may apply to SBA for a grant to provide 
marketing, management and technical assistance to low-income 
individuals for the purpose of assisting them in obtaining private 
sector financing in amounts of $25,000 or less. To qualify, it must 
submit information regarding its ability to provide this assistance. If 
approved, the grant agreement will establish the terms and conditions 
for the grant.
    (b) Number and amounts of grants. In each year of the Microloan 
Program, SBA may make no more than 25 grants to non-Intermediaries for 
terms of up to five years. A grant may not exceed $125,000.
    (c) Contribution by nonprofit entity. The nonprofit entity must 
contribute an amount equal to 20 percent of the grant. The contribution 
from the nonprofit entity must come solely from non-Federal sources, 
and may include direct costs or in-kind contributions paid for under 
non-Federal programs.

Sec. 120.715  Does SBA guarantee any loans an Intermediary obtains from 
another source?

    (a) SBA may guarantee not less than 90 percent of no more than 10 
loans by for-profit or nonprofit entities (or an alliance of such 
entities) to Intermediaries located in urban areas and no more than 10 
loans by such entities to Intermediaries located in Rural Areas (as 
defined in Sec. 120.10).
    (b) Any loan guaranteed by SBA under this section will have a term 
of 10 years. If an Intermediary receives such a loan, it will not need 
to repay any principal or interest during the first year, although the 
interest will accrue. During the second through fifth years, the 
Intermediary will pay interest only. During the sixth through tenth 
years, it will pay interest and fully amortize the principal. 

[[Page 3258]]

    (c) The interest rate on any loan under this section shall be 
calculated as described in Sec. 120.706.

Subpart H--Development Company Loan Program (504)

Sec. 120.800  What is the purpose of the 504 program?

    As authorized by Congress, SBA has established this program to 
foster economic development, create or preserve job opportunities, and 
stimulate growth, expansion, and modernization of small businesses. 
Sec. 120.801 How is a 504 Project financed?
    (a) A small business may apply for 504 financing through the CDC 
serving the area in which the 504 Project is located. SBA issues an 
Authorization if it agrees to guarantee part of the funding for a 
Project.
    (b) Usually, a Project requires interim financing from an interim 
lender (often the same lender that later provides a portion of the 
permanent financing).
    (c) Generally, permanent financing of the Project consists of:
    (1) A contribution by the small business in an amount of at least 
10 percent of the Project costs;
    (2) A loan made with the proceeds of a CDC Debenture for up to 40 
percent of the Project costs and certain administrative costs, 
collateralized by a second lien on the Project Property; and
    (3) A private sector loan comprising the balance of the financing, 
collateralized by a first lien on the Project property.
    (d) The Debenture is guaranteed 100 percent by SBA (with the full 
faith and credit of the United States), and sold to Underwriters who 
form Debenture Pools. Investors purchase interests in Debenture Pools 
and receive Certificates representing ownership of all or part of a 
Debenture Pool. SBA and CDCs use various agents to facilitate the sale 
and service of the Certificates and the orderly flow of funds among the 
parties.

Sec. 120.802  Definitions.

    The following terms have the same meaning wherever they are used in 
this subpart. Defined terms are capitalized wherever they appear.
    Area of Operations is a geographic area in which a CDC conducts its 
activities.
    Associate Development Company (ADC) is an entity approved by SBA to 
assist CDCs to deliver 504 financing.
    Central Servicing Agent (CSA) is an entity that receives and 
disburses funds among the various parties involved in 504 financing 
under a master servicing agent agreement with SBA.
    Certificate is a document issued by SBA or its agent representing 
ownership of all or part of a Debenture Pool.
    Debenture is an obligation issued by a CDC and guaranteed 100 
percent by SBA, the proceeds of which are used to fund a 504 loan.
    Debenture Pool is an aggregation of Debentures.
    Investor is an owner of a beneficial interest in a Debenture Pool.
    Job Opportunity is a full time (or equivalent) permanent job 
created within two years of receipt of 504 funds, or retained in the 
community because of a 504 loan.
    Net Debenture Proceeds are the portion of Debenture proceeds that 
finance eligible Project costs (excluding administrative costs).
    Project is the purchase or lease, and/or improvement or renovation 
of long-term fixed assets by a small business, with 504 financing, for 
use in its business operations.
    Project Property is one or more long-term fixed assets, such as 
land, buildings, machinery, and equipment, acquired or improved by a 
small business, with 504 financing, for use in its business operations.
    Third Party Loan is a loan from a commercial or private lender, 
investor, or Federal (non-SBA), State or local government source as 
part of the Project financing.
    Underwriter is an entity approved by SBA to form Debenture Pools 
and arrange for the sale of Certificates.

Certification Procedures To Become a CDC

Sec. 120.810  Applications for certification as a CDC.

    (a) Applicants for certification as a CDC must apply to the SBA 
District Office serving a proposed Area of Operations. An applicant 
must demonstrate that it satisfies the certification and operating 
criteria in Secs. 120.820 through 120.829, as well as:
    (1) The need for 504 services (if there is already a CDC in the 
Area of Operations, the applicant must justify the need for another and 
present a plan to avoid duplication or overlap);
    (2) A budget, approved by its Board of Directors; and
    (3) A plan to meet CDC operating requirements (without specializing 
in a particular industry).
    (b) The AA/FA, with the recommendation of each District Office in 
the applicant's proposed Area of Operations, shall make the 
certification decision.

Sec. 120.811  Public notice of CDC certification application.

    (a) As part of the application process, the applicant must publish 
a notice in a general
FR Doc. 96-1432 Business Loan Programs
 circulation newspaper in the proposed Area of 
Operations, including the name and location of the proposed CDC, its 
purpose and Area of Operations, and the names and addresses of its 
officers and directors. The applicant shall send a copy of the notice 
to SBA. The notice shall provide the public at least 30 days to submit 
written comments to the District Office. The SBA shall consider the 
comments in making its decision on the application.
    (b) CDCs serving the proposed Area of Operations shall be directly 
notified and given at least 30 days to comment.

Sec. 120.812  Probationary period for newly certified CDCs.

    (a) Newly certified CDCs will be on probation for a period of two 
years, at the end of which the CDC must petition for:
    (1) Permanent CDC status;
    (2) A single, one-year extension of probation; or
    (3) ADC status.
    (b) SBA will consider failure to file a petition before the end of 
the probationary period as a withdrawal from the 504 program. If the 
CDC elects ADC status or withdrawal, it must transfer all funded and/or 
approved loans to another CDC, SBA, or another servicer approved by 
SBA.

Requirements for CDC Certification and Operation

Sec. 120.820  CDC non-profit status.

    A CDC must be a non-profit corporation (or limited liability 
company) in good standing. (For-profit CDCs certified by SBA prior to 
January 1, 1987 may retain their certifications.) An SBIC may not 
become a CDC.

Sec. 120.821  CDC Area of Operations.

    A CDC must have a designated Area of Operations, specified by the 
CDC and approved by SBA. There can be only one statewide CDC in each 
state, which must foster economic development throughout the state and 
provide 504 assistance to areas not adequately served by other CDCs.

Sec. 120.822  CDC membership.

    A CDC must have at least 25 members (or stockholders for for-profit 
CDCs approved prior to January 1, 1987). No person or entity may own or 
control more than 10 percent of the CDC's voting membership (or stock). 
Members must be representative of and provide evidence of active 
support in the Area 

[[Page 3259]]
of Operations. Members must be from each of the following groups:
    (a) Government organizations responsible for economic development 
in the Area of Operations and acceptable to SBA;
    (b) Financial institutions that provide commercial long-term fixed 
asset financing in the Area of Operations;
    (c) Community organizations dedicated to economic development in 
the Area of Operations such as chambers of commerce, foundations, trade 
associations, colleges, or universities; and
    (d) Businesses in the Area of Operations.

Sec. 120.823  CDC Board of Directors.

    The CDC must have a Board of Directors chosen from the membership 
by the members, and representing at least three of the four membership 
groups. No single group shall control. The Board members must be 
responsible officials of the organizations they represent, and at least 
one must possess commercial lending experience. The Board must meet at 
least quarterly and shall be responsible for CDC staff decisions and 
actions. A quorum shall require at least 5 Directors. If there is a 
vote on loan approval or servicing actions, at least one Board member 
with commercial loan experience approved by SBA must be present and 
vote. As an alternative, the Board may obtain the recommendation of 
another person approved by SBA and possessing commercial lending 
experience.

Sec. 120.824  Professional management and staff.

    A CDC must have full-time professional management, including an 
Executive Director (or the equivalent) managing daily operations. It 
must also have a full-time professional staff qualified by training and 
experience to market the 504 Program, package and process loan 
applications, close loans, service the loan portfolio, and sustain a 
sufficient level of service and activity in the Area of Operations.
    (a) Contracting out to third parties. CDCs may obtain, under 
contract, marketing, packaging, processing, and servicing services from 
qualified Lender Service Providers, as that term is defined in part 103 
of this chapter, located in the Area of Operations, subject to SBA's 
prior written approval. CDCs may contract for outside legal and 
accounting services without SBA approval. Compensation under all such 
contracts must be reasonable and customary for similar services in the 
Area of Operations. SBA may audit the contracts.
    (b) Contracting out to other CDCs. CDCs may contract with other 
CDCs for specific services, subject to SBA's prior written approval.

Sec. 120.825  Financial ability to operate.

    A CDC must be able to sustain its operations continuously, with 
reliable sources of funds (such as income from services rendered and 
contributions from government or other sponsors).

Sec. 120.826  Basic requirements for operating a CDC.

    A CDC must operate in accordance with applicable statutes, 
regulations, policy notices, SBA's SOPs, and the information in its 
application. It must supply to SBA current and accurate information 
about all certification and operational requirements, and maintain the 
records and submit the reports required by SBA.

Sec. 120.827  Services a CDC provides to small businesses.

    (a) A CDC must operate in and adequately service its Area of 
Operations. It must market the 504 program, package and process 504 
loan applications, and close and service 504 loans. A CDC's loan 
portfolio must be diversified by business sector.
    (b) A CDC may provide small businesses with financial and technical 
assistance, or may help small businesses obtain such assistance from 
other sources, including preparing, closing, and servicing loans under 
contract with Lenders in SBA's 7(a) program.
    (c) A CDC also may loan amounts to the Borrower equal to the value 
of all or part of the Borrower's contribution to a Project in the form 
of cash or land, including site improvements, previously acquired by 
the CDC.

Sec. 120.828  Minimum level of CDC lending activity.

    A CDC must provide at least two 504 loan approvals each full fiscal 
year.

Sec. 120.829  Job Opportunity average a CDC must maintain.

    (a) A CDC's portfolio must reflect an average of one Job 
Opportunity per $35,000 of 504 loan funding. The AA/FA may permit a CDC 
to average up to one per $45,000 for good cause in:
    (1) Alaska;
    (2) Hawaii;
    (3) State-designated urban or rural jobs and enterprise zones;
    (4) Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities; and
    (5) Labor Surplus Areas listed in the Department of Labor's 
publication ``Area Trends.''
    (b) A CDC must indicate in its annual report the Job Opportunities 
actually or estimated to be provided by each Project.
    (c) If a CDC does not maintain the required average, it may retain 
its certification if it justifies to SBA's satisfaction its failure to 
do so in its annual report and shows how it intends to attain the 
required average.

Sec. 120.830  Reports a CDC must submit.

    A CDC must submit the following reports to SBA:
    (a) An annual report within 90 days after the end of the CDC's 
fiscal year, and such interim reports as SBA may require;
    (b) Resumes for all new Associates and staff;
    (c) Reports of involvement in any legal proceeding;
    (d) Changes in organizational status;
    (e) Changes in any condition that affects its eligibility to 
continue to participate in the 504 program; and
    (f) Quarterly service reports on each loan in its portfolio which 
is 60 days or more past due (and interim reports upon request by SBA).

Extending a CDC'S Area of Operations

Sec. 120.835  Application to extend an Area of Operations.

    SBA may expand a CDC's Area of Operations if the proposed Area of 
Operation is not being adequately served by existing CDC(s) and the 
expanding CDC is well-qualified to serve it. A CDC seeking to expand 
its Area of Operations must apply in writing to the SBA District Office 
serving the geographic area in which the CDC proposes to expand.
    (a) A CDC may submit an application to expand its Area of 
Operations if the existing CDCs serving the area have not averaged, 
over the last two years, at least one loan approval per 100,000 of 
general population in the Area of Operation. The one loan per 100,000 
population requirement applies only to the area proposed for expansion, 
not the entire Area of Operations of the existing CDC or CDCs serving 
the expanded area.

    Example to paragraph (a) of this section. CDC A averages 0.8 
loans per 100,000 of general population state-wide, but 1.2 loans 
per 100,000 in city X. CDC B seeks to expand its Area of Operations 
only into city X. CDC B's application will be denied without further 
review because CDC A meets the 1 loan per 100,000 population 
requirement in the proposed expanded Area of Operation.

    (b) The application to expand must demonstrate to the satisfaction 
of SBA the expanding CDC's ability to provide full service to small 
businesses in the expanded territory, including processing, closing, 
servicing, and, if authorized, liquidating 504 loans. The 

[[Page 3260]]
expanding CDC must also demonstrate in its application that it will 
have a local presence and representation in the expanded Area of 
Operations before submitting any 504 loans for approval.

Sec. 120.836  Public notice and opportunity for response.

    SBA will notify all CDCs servicing the proposed area of expansion, 
allowing at least 30 days for the existing CDCs to respond to the 
District Office. The expanding CDC also must publish a notice in a 
general circulation newspaper in the proposed area of expansion, 
advising of its intent to expand and giving the public at least 30 days 
to comment to SBA. The burden of proof in opposing the application will 
be upon the existing CDC or CDCs to show why SBA should not grant the 
application for extension.

Sec. 120.837  SBA decision on application for extension.

    (a) The SBA District Office may consider any factor presented to it 
concerning the proposed area of expansion, the expanding CDC and its 
Area of Operations, and the existing CDC or CDCs serving the area, 
including the following: number of loan approvals per 100,000 of 
general population; number of loan approvals per 100,000 of small 
businesses; the density of small businesses; jobs created and retained; 
the number of 504 loan closings; the average 504 loan amount; urban, 
suburban, or rural character of the expanding area; the mix of small 
businesses; the prevailing economic conditions; servicing record and 
capabilities; currency rates; loss rates; other services provided to 
small businesses (technical and financial assistance); relationship 
with the local SBA office; and ties to and knowledge of the local 
community and its resources.
    (b) The SBA District Office will submit a recommendation, with any 
supporting materials, within 30 days of the end of the comment period 
to the AA/FA, who will make the final decision within 30 days of his or 
her receipt of the District Office's recommendation. In making its 
decision, SBA will consider all information submitted to it, as well as 
the currency of the expanding CDC's portfolio, including the default 
rate.

Sec. 120.838  Expiration of existing, temporary expansions.

    All existing, temporary expansions of Areas of Operation shall 
expire 6 months after March 1, 1996, unless a CDC applies for permanent 
expansion before the expiration date.

Sec. 120.839  Case-by-case extensions.

    (a) A CDC may apply to make an individual loan for a Project 
outside its Area of Operations to the District Office serving the area 
in which the Project will be located if:
    (1) The applicant CDC has previously assisted the business to 
obtain a 504 loan;
    (2) The applicant small business or CDC can document in writing to 
the AA/FA specific circumstances that would prevent the existing CDC or 
CDCs serving the area from assisting the business adequately; and
    (3) The existing CDC or CDCs serving the area agree to permit the 
applicant CDC to make the loan.
    (b) The applicant CDC must demonstrate that it adequately can 
service the loan.
    (c) The AA/FA may approve the request for good cause shown.

Accredited Lenders Program (ALP)

Sec. 120.840  Accredited Lenders Program.

    The SBA may designate a CDC as an Accredited Lender. SBA will 
provide an Accredited Lender with expedited loan processing or 
servicing action.
    (a) Applications. CDCs may apply to the SBA field office with which 
it is most active. The SBA office will send its recommendation and the 
application to the AA/FA for final decision.
    (b) Eligibility. In order to be eligible to receive Accredited 
Lender status, a CDC must have been an active participant in the 504 
loan program for not less than the preceding 12 months. In evaluating 
an application to be an Accredited Lender, SBA will consider all 
relevant factors, including:
    (1) The CDC's ability to work with the local SBA office;
    (2) The quality of past performance; and
    (3) The quality of the loan portfolio, including the default rate.
    (c) Term of designation. CDCs will be designated as ALPs for a two 
year period, and are eligible to renew the designation for additional 
two year periods.
    (d) Suspension and revocation. The AA/FA may suspend or revoke ALP 
designation upon written notice stating the reasons therefore at least 
10 business days prior to the effective date of the suspension or 
revocation. Reasons for suspension or revocation may include loan 
performance unacceptable to SBA or violations of applicable statutes, 
regulations or published SBA policies and procedures. An ALP may appeal 
the suspension or revocation made under this section pursuant to the 
procedures set forth in part 134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/
FA shall remain in effect pending resolution of the appeal.

Premier Certified Lenders Program

Sec. 120.845  Premier Certified Lenders Program.

    The SBA has established a pilot program to designate a number of 
CDCs as Premier Certified Lenders (``PCLPs''), which will be able to 
process, approve, close and service 504 loans.
    (a) Characteristics. Loans processed through the PCL Program will 
be subject to the same loan terms and conditions as other 504 loans, 
but final approval by SBA will be limited to eligibility of the 
guarantee.
    (b) Applications. A CDC may obtain information concerning this 
program from SBA's Office of Pilot Operations in Washington, D.C. A CDC 
may apply to the SBA field office with which it is most active. The SBA 
office will send the application with a recommendation to the AA/FA for 
final decision.
    (c) Eligibility. SBA will consider the CDC's ability to work with 
the local SBA office and the quality of past performance.
    (d) Loss reserve. A PCLP must establish a loss reserve for its 
financings under this program, secured by its segregated assets in 
favor of SBA, in the amount of the PCLP's historic loss rate or 10 
percent of its exposure under the PCLP program, whichever is greater. 
The PCLP must contribute to the loss reserve for each such financing at 
the times and in the amounts established by law.
    (e) Review. The SBA shall review a PCLP's financings at least 
annually.
    (f) Suspension and revocation. The AA/FA may suspend or revoke PCLP 
designation upon written notice stating the reasons therefore at least 
10 business days prior to the effective date of the suspension or 
revocation. Reasons for suspension or revocation may include loan 
performance unacceptable to SBA, failure to meet loss reserve or 
eligibility criteria, or violations of applicable statutes, regulations 
or published SBA policies and procedures. A PCLP may appeal the 
suspension or revocation made under this section pursuant to the 
procedures set forth in part 134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/
FA shall remain in effect pending resolution of the appeal.
    (g) Program period. On October 1, 1997, the PCLP pilot program 
ends.

Associate Development Companies (ADCs)

Sec. 120.850  ADC functions.

    (a) An ADC must support local economic development efforts. An ADC 

[[Page 3261]]
    may package, close, and service loans for a CDC under a written 
contract approved by SBA. Such contracts must meet Service Provider 
criteria, and specify the rights and responsibilities of the parties 
(including payment terms). The CDC remains solely responsible to SBA 
for the processing, closing, and servicing of the loan. It may not 
charge the Borrower a higher fee because it is using the ADC's 
services.
    (b) An ADC must operate in accordance with statutes, regulations, 
policy notices, SBA's Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), and the 
information in its application. It must supply to SBA current and 
accurate information about all certification and operational 
requirements, and maintain the records required by SBA.

Sec. 120.851  ADC eligibility and operating requirements.

    (a) An ADC must demonstrate to SBA and maintain the following:
    (1) Adequate management ability;
    (2) A Board of Directors meeting at least quarterly and chosen from 
the membership by the members;
    (3) A professional staff, including at least one qualified full-
time professional with small business lending experience available 
during regular business hours; and
    (4) A budget or financial statements showing the financial 
capability and funding to sustain continuing operations.
    (b) An ADC may contract out for staff services only if SBA gives 
prior approval. The contract, subject to SBA audit, may not be self-
serving, and compensation must be reasonable and customary.

Sec. 120.852  Suspension and revocation of ADCs.

    SBA may require corrective action, or the AA/FA may suspend or 
revoke ADC status upon written notice stating the reasons therefore at 
least 10 business days prior to the effective date of the suspension or 
revocation. Reasons for suspension or revocation may include violations 
of applicable statutes, regulations or published SBA policies and 
procedures. An ADC may appeal the suspension or revocation made under 
this section pursuant to the procedures set forth in part 134 of this 
chapter. The action of the AA/FA shall remain in effect pending 
resolution of the appeal.

Ethical Requirements

Sec. 120.855  CDC and ADC ethical requirements.

    CDCs, ADCs and their Associates must act ethically and exhibit good 
character. They must meet all of the ethical requirements of 
Sec. 120.140. In addition, they are subject to the following:
    (a) Any benefit flowing to an Associate or his or her employer from 
activities as an Associate must be merely incidental (this requirement 
does not prevent an Associate or an Associate's employer from engaging 
in a business relationship with the CDC and/or the Borrower in the 
regular course of business, including providing interim financing or 
Third-Party loans); and
    (b) Unless waived by SBA for good cause, an Associate may not be an 
officer, director, or manager of more than one CDC or ADC (except that 
the membership or Board of Directors of a broader-based CDC may include 
a member or director of a local CDC within its Area of Operations).

Project Economic Development Goals

Sec. 120.860  Required objectives.

    A Project must achieve at least one of the economic development 
objectives set forth in Sec. 120.861 or Sec. 120.862.

Sec. 120.861  Job creation or retention.

    A Project must create or retain one Job Opportunity for every 
$35,000 guaranteed by SBA.

Sec. 120.862  Other economic development objectives.

    A Project that achieves any of the following community development 
or public policy goals is eligible if the CDC's overall portfolio of 
504 loans, including the subject loan, meets or exceeds the CDC's 
required Job Opportunity average. Loan applications must indicate how 
the Project will meet the specified economic development objective.
    (a) Community Development goals:
    (1) Improving, diversifying or stabilizing the economy of the 
locality;
    (2) Stimulating other business development;
    (3) Bringing new income into the community;
    (4) Assisting manufacturing firms (Standard Industrial 
Classification Manual (SIC) Codes 20-49); or
    (5) Assisting businesses in Labor Surplus Areas as defined by the 
Department of Labor.
    (b) Public Policy goals:
    (1) Revitalizing a business district of a community with a written 
revitalization or redevelopment plan;
    (2) Expanding exports;
    (3) Expanding Minority Enterprise development (See Sec. 124.103(b) 
of this chapter);
    (4) Aiding rural development;
    (5) Increasing productivity and competitiveness (retooling, 
robotics, modernization, competition with imports);
    (6) Modernizing or upgrading facilities to meet health, safety, and 
environmental requirements; or
    (7) Assisting businesses affected by Federal budget reductions, 
including base closings, either because of the loss of Federal 
contracts or the reduction in revenues due to a decreased Federal 
presence.

Leasing Policies Specific to 504 Loans

Sec. 120.870  Leasing Project Property.

    (a) A Borrower may use the proceeds of a 504 loan to acquire, 
construct, or modify buildings and improvements, and/or to purchase and 
install machinery and equipment located on land leased to the Borrower 
by the CDC or an unrelated lessor if:
    (1) The remaining term of the lease, including options to renew, 
exercisable solely by the lessee, equals or exceeds the term of the 
Debenture, or, in the case of machinery or equipment, equals or exceeds 
the useful life of the property or the term of the Debenture, whichever 
is lesser;
    (2) The Borrower assigns its interest in the lease to the CDC with 
right of reassignment to SBA; and
    (3) The 504 loan is secured by a recorded lien against the 
leasehold estate and other collateral as necessary.
    (b) If a CDC leases property to a small business, the rent paid by 
the small business during the term of the Debenture must be enough to 
pay principal and interest on all debt incurred by the CDC to finance 
the Project, and all related expenses. The rent also may include a 
reasonable return on the CDC's investment.

Sec. 120.871  Leasing part of an existing building to another business.

    (a) The costs of interior finishing of space to be leased out to 
another business are not eligible Project costs.
    (b) Third-party loan proceeds used to renovate the leased space do 
not count towards the 504 first mortgage requirement or the Borrower's 
contribution.

Loan-Making Policies Specific to 504 Loans

Sec. 120.880  Basic eligibility requirements.

    In addition to the eligibility requirements specified in subpart A, 
to be an eligible Borrower for a 504 loan, a small business must:
    (a) Use the Project Property (except that an Eligible Passive 
Company may lease to an Operating Company); and
    (b) Together with its affiliates, meet one of the following size 
standards:

[[Page 3262]]

    (1) It does not have a tangible net worth in excess of $6 million, 
and does not have an average net income after Federal income taxes 
(excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding two years in excess 
of $2 million; or
    (2) It meets the size standards in Part 121 of this chapter for the 
industry in which it is primarily engaged.

Sec. 120.881  Ineligible Projects for 504 loans.

    In addition to the ineligible businesses and uses of proceeds 
specified in subpart A of this part, the following Projects are 
ineligible for 504 financing:
    (a) Relocation of any of the operations of a small business which 
will cause a net reduction of one-third or more in the workforce of a 
relocating small business or a substantial increase in unemployment in 
any area of the country, unless the CDC can justify the loan because:
    (1) The relocation is for key economic reasons and crucial to the 
continued existence, economic wellbeing, and/or competitiveness of the 
applicant; and
    (2) The economic development benefits to the applicant and the 
receiving community outweigh the negative impact on the community from 
which the applicant is moving; and
    (b) Projects in foreign countries (loans financing real or personal 
property located outside the United States or its possessions).

Sec. 120.882  Eligible Project costs for 504 loans.

    Eligible Project costs which may be paid with the proceeds of 504 
loans are:
    (a) Costs directly attributable to the Project including 
expenditures incurred by the Borrower (with its own funds or from a 
loan):
    (1) To acquire land used in the Project prior to applying to SBA 
for the 504 loan; or
    (2) For any other expense toward a Project within nine months prior 
to receipt by SBA of a complete loan application, unless the time limit 
is extended or waived by SBA for good cause;
    (b) In Projects involving construction, a contingency reserve for 
cost overruns not to exceed 10 percent of construction cost;
    (c) Professional fees directly attributable and essential to the 
Project, such as title insurance, architecture, engineering, 
accounting, environmental studies, and legal fees (other than legal 
fees associated with the closing); and
    (d) Repayment of interim financing including points, fees and 
interest.

Sec. 120.883  Eligible administrative costs for 504 loans.

    The following costs and fees are not part of Project costs but may 
be paid with the proceeds of the 504 loan and the Debenture (see 
Sec. 120.971):
    (a) SBA guarantee fee;
    (b) Funding fee (to cover the cost of a public issuance of 
securities and the Trustee);
    (c) CDC processing fee;
    (d) Closing costs, other than legal fees; and
    (e) Underwriters fee.

Sec. 120.884  Ineligible costs for 504 loans.

    Costs not directly attributable and necessary for the Project may 
not be paid with proceeds of the 504 loan. These include, but are not 
limited to, the following:
    (a) Debt refinancing (other than interim financing).
    (b) Third-Party Loan fees (commitment, broker, finders, 
origination, processing fees of permanent financing).
    (c) Ancillary business expenses, such as:
    (1) Working capital;
    (2) Counseling or management services fees;
    (3) Incorporation/organization costs;
    (4) Franchise fees; and
    (5) Advertising.
    (d) Fixed-asset Project components, such as:
    (1) Short-term equipment, furniture, and furnishings (unless 
essential to and a minor portion of the Project);
    (2) Automobiles, trucks, and airplanes; and
    (3) Construction equipment (except for heavy duty construction 
equipment integral to a business' operations and meeting the IRS 
definition of capital equipment).
    (e) Closing legal fees.

Interim Financing

Sec. 120.890  Source of interim financing.

    A Project may use interim financing for all Project costs except 
the Borrower's contribution. Any source (including a CDC) may supply 
interim financing provided:
    (a) The financing is not derived from any SBA program, directly or 
indirectly;
    (b) The terms and conditions of the financing are acceptable to 
SBA;
    (c) The source is not the Borrower or an Associate of the Borrower; 
and
    (d) The source has the experience and qualifications to monitor 
properly all Project construction and progress payments. (If the source 
lacks such experience or qualifications, SBA may require the interim 
loan to be managed by a third party such as a bank or professional 
construction manager.)

Sec. 120.891  Certifications of disbursement and completion.

    Before the Debenture is issued, the interim lender must certify the 
amount disbursed. The CDC must certify that the Project was completed 
in accordance with the final plans and specifications (except as 
provided in Sec. 120.961).

Sec. 120.892  Certifications of no adverse change.

    Following completion of the Project, the following certifications 
must be made before the 504 loan closing:
    (a) The interim lender must certify to the CDC that it has no 
knowledge of any unremedied substantial adverse change in the condition 
of the small business since the application to the interim lender;
    (b) The Borrower (or Operating Company) must certify to the CDC 
that there has been no unremedied substantial adverse change in its 
financial condition or its ability to repay the 504 loan since the date 
of application, and must furnish interim financial statements, current 
within 90 days of closing; and
    (c) The CDC must issue an opinion to the best of its knowledge that 
there has been no unremedied substantial adverse change in the 
Borrower's (or Operating Company's) ability to repay the 504 loan since 
its submission of the loan application to SBA.

Permanent Financing

Sec. 120.900  What are the sources of permanent financing?

    Permanent financing for each Project must come from three sources: 
the Borrower's contribution, Third-Party Loans, and the 504 loan. 
Typically, the Borrower contributes 10 percent of the permanent 
financing, Third-Party Loans 50 percent and the 504 loan 40 percent.

The Borrower's Contribution

Sec. 120.910  How much must the Borrower contribute?

    The Borrower must contribute to the Project cash (or property 
acceptable to SBA obtained with the cash) or land (that is part of the 
Project Property) valued at 10 percent or more of the Project cost 
(exclusive of administrative cost). The source of the contribution may 
be a CDC or any other source except an SBA business loan program (see 
Sec. 120.913 for SBIC exception).

Sec. 120.911  Land contributions.

    The Borrower's contribution may be land (including buildings, 
structures and other site improvements which will be part of the 
Project Property) 

[[Page 3263]]
previously acquired by the Borrower or the CDC.

Sec. 120.912  Borrowed contributions.

    The Borrower may borrow its cash contribution from the CDC or a 
third party. If any of the contribution is borrowed, the interest rate 
must be reasonable. If the loan is secured by any of the Project 
assets, the loan must be subordinate to the liens securing the 504 
Loan, and the loan may not be repaid at a faster rate than the 504 Loan 
unless SBA gives prior written approval. A third party lender may not 
receive voting rights, stock options, or any other actual or potential 
voting interest in the small business.

Sec. 120.913  May an SBIC provide the contribution?

    Subject to part 107 of this chapter, SBIC's may provide financing 
for all or part of the Borrower's contribution to the project. SBA 
shall consider SBIC funds to be derived from federal sources if the 
SBIC has leverage (as defined in part 107 of this chapter). If the SBIC 
does not have leverage, the investment will be considered to be from 
private funds. SBIC financing must be subordinated to the 504 loan and 
may not be repaid at a faster rate than the Debenture.

Third Party Loans

Sec. 120.920  The first lien position.

    The Borrower must obtain one or more Third Party Loans totaling at 
least as much as the 504 loan. Third Party Loans usually have the first 
lien position. They cannot be guaranteed by SBA.

Sec. 120.921  Terms of Third Party loans.

    (a) Maturity. A Third Party Loan must have a term of at least 7 
years when the 504 loan is for a term of 10 years and 10 years when the 
504 loan is for 20 years. If there is more than one Third Party Loan, 
an overall loan maturity must be calculated, taking into account the 
maturities and amounts of each loan. If there is a balloon payment, it 
must be justified in the loan report and clearly identified in the Loan 
Authorization.
    (b) Interest rates. Interest rates must be reasonable. SBA must 
establish and publish in the Federal Register a maximum interest rate 
for any Third Party Loan from commercial financial institutions. The 
rate shall remain in effect until changed.
    (c) Other terms. The Third Party Loan must not have any early call 
feature or contain any demand provisions unless the loan is in default. 
By participating, a Third Party Loan lender waives, as to the CDC/SBA 
financing, any provision in its deed of trust, or mortgage, or other 
documents prohibiting further encumbrances or subordinate debt. In the 
event of default, the Third Party Lender must give the CDC and SBA 
written notice of default within 30 days of the event of default and at 
least 60 days prior to foreclosure.
    (d) Subordination. A Third-Party Loan lienholder must subordinate 
to the CDC/SBA lien any future advance in excess of the outstanding 
principal balance and accrued interest of the Third Party Loan at the 
time of such advance except expenditures for collection, maintenance, 
and protection of the Third Party Loan lienholder's lien position.
    (e) Escalation upon default. A Third-Party Lender may not escalate 
the rate of interest upon default to an amount greater than the maximum 
rate set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.

Sec. 120.922  Pre-existing debt on the Project Property.

    In addition to its share of Project cost, a Third-Party Loan may 
include consolidation of existing debt on the Project Property. The 
consolidation must not improve the lien position of the Lender on the 
pre-existing debt, unless the debt is a previous Third-Party Loan.

Sec. 120.923  What are the policies on subordination?

    (a) Financing provided by the seller of Project Property must be 
subordinate to the 504 loan. SBA may waive the subordination 
requirement if the property is classified as ``other real estate 
owned'' by a national bank or other Federally regulated lender and SBA 
considers the property to be of sufficient value to support the 504 
loan.
    (b) A Borrower is eligible for a 504 loan even if part of the 
Project financing is tax-exempt. SBA's lien position must not be 
subordinate to loans made from the proceeds of the tax-exempt 
obligation.

Sec. 120.924  Prepayment of subordinate financing.

    The Borrower must not prepay any Project financing subordinate to 
the 504 loan without SBA's prior written consent.

Sec. 120.925  Preferences.

    No Third Party Lender shall establish a Preference.

Sec. 120.926  Referral fee.

    The CDC may receive a referral fee from the Third Party Lender if 
the CDC secured the lender for the Borrower under a written contract. 
The Borrower cannot pay this fee. If a CDC charges a referral fee, the 
CDC will be construed as a Referral Agent under part 103 of this 
chapter.

504 Loans and Debentures

Sec. 120.930  Amount.

    (a) Generally, a 504 loan may not exceed 40 percent of total 
Project cost plus 100 percent of eligible administrative costs. For 
good cause shown, SBA may authorize an increase in the percentage of 
Project costs covered up to 50 percent. No more than 50 percent of 
eligible Project costs can be from Federal sources, whether received 
directly or indirectly through an intermediary.
    (b) Generally, the minimum 504 loan must be $50,000, although, upon 
good cause shown, SBA may permit a 504 loan as small as $25,000. The 
amount of the Debenture must equal the amount of the 504 Loan plus 
administrative costs.
    (c) Upon completion of the Project, the Debenture amount will be 
reduced by the amount that the unused contingency reserve exceeds 2 
percent of the anticipated Debenture.

Sec. 120.931  504 lending limits.

    The outstanding balance of all SBA financial assistance to a 
Borrower and its affiliates under the 504 program covered by this Part 
must not exceed $750,000 ($1,000,000 if one or more of the public 
policy goals enumerated in Sec. 120.862(b) applies to the Project).

Sec. 120.932  Interest rate.

    The interest rate of the 504 Loan and the Debenture which funds it 
is set by the SBA and approved by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Sec. 120.933  Maturity.

    The term of a 504 Loan and the Debenture which funds it shall be 
either 10 or 20 years.

Sec. 120.934  Collateral.

    The CDC/SBA takes a junior lien position (usually a second lien) on 
the Project collateral. In rare circumstances, collateral other than 
the Project collateral may be accepted by SBA. Sometimes secondary 
collateral is required. All collateral must be insured against such 
hazards and risks as SBA may require, with provisions for notice to SBA 
and the CDC in the event of impending lapse of coverage.

Sec. 120.935  Deposit.

    At the time of application for a 504 loan, the CDC may require a 
deposit from the Borrower of $2,500 or 1 percent of the Net Debenture 
Proceeds, whichever is less. The deposit may be 

[[Page 3264]]
applied to the loan processing fee if the application is accepted, but 
must be refunded if the application is denied. If the small business 
withdraws its application, the CDC may deduct from the deposit 
reasonable costs incurred in packaging and processing the application.

Sec. 120.936  Subordination to CDC.

    SBA, in its sole discretion, may permit subordination of the 
Debenture to any other obligation of the CDC, except debt incurred by 
the CDC to obtain funds to loan to the Borrower for the Borrower's 
required contribution to the Project financing.

Sec. 120.937  Assumption.

    A 504 loan may be assumed with SBA's prior written approval. 
Sec. 120.938 Default.
    (a) Upon occurrence of an event of default specified in the 504 
note which requires automatic acceleration, the note becomes due and 
payable. Upon occurrence of an event of default which does not require 
automatic acceleration, SBA may forbear acceleration of the note and 
attempt to resolve the default. If the default is not cured 
subsequently, the note shall be accelerated. In either case, upon 
acceleration of the note, the Debenture which funded it is also due 
immediately, and SBA must honor its guarantee of the Debenture. SBA 
shall not reimburse the investor for any premium paid.
    (b) If a CDC defaults on a Debenture, SBA generally shall limit its 
recovery to the payments made by the small business to the CDC on the 
loan made from the Debenture proceeds, and the collateral securing the 
defaulted loan. However, SBA will look to the CDC for the entire amount 
of the Debenture in the case of fraud, negligence, or misrepresentation 
by the CDC.

Sec. 120.939  Borrower prohibition.

    Neither a Borrower nor an Associate of the Borrower may purchase an 
interest in a Debenture Pool in which the Debenture that funded its 504 
loan has been placed.

Sec. 120.940  Prepayment of the 504 loan or Debenture.

    The Borrower may prepay its 504 loan, if it pays the entire 
principal balance, unpaid interest, any unpaid fees, and any prepayment 
premium established in the note. If the Borrower prepays, the CDC must 
prepay the corresponding Debenture with interest and premium. If one of 
the Debentures in a Debenture Pool is prepaid, the Investors in that 
Debenture Pool must be paid pro rata, and SBA's guarantee on the entire 
Debenture Pool must be proportionately reduced. If the entire Debenture 
Pool is paid off, SBA may call all Certificates backed by the Pool for 
redemption.

Sec. 120.941  Certificates.

    (a) The face value of a Certificate must be at least $25,000. 
Certificates are issued in registered form and transferred only by 
entry on the central registry maintained by the Trustee. SBA guarantees 
the timely payment of principal and interest on the Certificates.
    (b) Before the sale of a Certificate, the seller, or the broker or 
dealer acting as the seller's agent, must disclose to the purchaser the 
terms, conditions, yield, and premium and other characteristics not 
guaranteed by SBA.

Debenture Sales and Service Agents

Sec. 120.950  SBA and CDC must appoint agents.

    SBA and the CDC must appoint the following agents to facilitate the 
sale and service of the Certificates and disbursement of the proceeds.

Sec. 120.951  Selling agent.

    The CDC, with SBA approval, shall appoint a Selling Agent to select 
underwriters, negotiate the terms and conditions of Debenture offerings 
with the underwriters, and direct and coordinate Debenture sales.

Sec. 120.952  Fiscal agent.

    SBA shall appoint a Fiscal Agent to assess the financial markets, 
minimize the cost of sales, arrange for the production of the Offering 
Circular, Debenture Certificates, and other required documents, and 
monitor the performance of the Trustee and the underwriters.

Sec. 120.953  Trustee.

    SBA must appoint a Trustee to:
    (a) Issue Certificates;
    (b) Transfer the Certificates upon resale in the secondary market;
    (c) Maintain physical possession of the Debentures for SBA and the 
Certificate holders;
    (d) Establish and maintain a central registry of:
    (1) Debenture Pools, including the CDC obligors and the interest 
rate payable on the Debentures in each Pool;
    (2) Certificates issued or transferred, including the Debenture 
Pool backing the Certificate, name and address of the purchaser, price 
paid, the interest rate on the Certificate, and fees or charges 
assessed by the transferror; and
    (3) Brokers and dealers in Certificates, and the commissions, fees 
or discounts granted to the brokers and dealers;
    (e) Receive semi-annual Debenture payments and prepayments;
    (f) Make regularly scheduled and prepayment payments to Investors; 
and
    (g) Assure before any resale of a Debenture or Certificate is 
recorded in the registry that the seller has provided the purchaser a 
written disclosure statement approved by SBA.

Sec. 120.954  Central Servicing Agent.

    (a) SBA has entered into a Master Servicing Agreement designating a 
Central Servicing Agent (CSA) to support the orderly flow of funds 
among Borrowers, CDCs, and SBA. The CDC and Borrower must enter into an 
individual Servicing Agent Agreement with the CSA for each 504 loan, 
constituting acceptance by the CDC and the Borrower of the terms of the 
Master Servicing Agreement.
    (b) The CSA has established a master reserve account. All funds 
related to the 504 loans and Debentures flow through the master reserve 
account under the provisions of the Master Servicing Agreement. The 
master reserve account will be funded by a guarantee fee, a funding fee 
to be published from time to time in the Federal Register, and by 
principal and interest payments of 504 loans. At SBA's direction, the 
CSA may use funds in the master reserve account to defray program 
expenses. In the event a Borrower defaults and its 504 note is 
accelerated, SBA shall add funds under its guarantee to ensure the full 
and timely payment of the Debenture which funded the 504 loan. At SBA's 
direction, the CSA must pay to the CDC servicing each loan the interest 
accruing in the master reserve account on loan payments made by each 
Borrower between the date of receipt of each monthly payment and the 
date of disbursement to investors. The CSA may disburse such interest 
periodically to CDCs on a pro rata basis. SBA may use interest accruals 
in the master reserve account earned prior to October 1991 (not 
previously distributed to the CDCs) for the costs of 504 program 
administration.

Sec. 120.955  Agent bonds and records.

    (a) Each agent (in Secs. 120.951 through 120.954) must provide a 
fidelity bond or insurance in such amount as necessary to fully protect 
the interest of the government.
    (b) SBA must have access at the agent's place of business to all 
books, records and other documents relating to Debenture activities.

Sec. 120.956  Suspension or revocation of brokers and dealers.

    The AA/FA may suspend or revoke the privilege of any broker or 
dealer to 

[[Page 3265]]
participate in the sale or marketing of Debentures and Certificates for 
actions or conduct bearing negatively on the broker's fitness to 
participate in the securities market. SBA must give the broker or 
dealer written notice, stating the reasons therefore, at least 10 
business days prior to the effective date of the suspension or 
revocation. A broker or dealer may appeal the suspension or revocation 
made under this section pursuant to the procedures set forth in part 
134 of this chapter. The action of the AA/FA will remain in effect 
pending resolution of the appeal. SBA may suspend or revoke the 
opportunity for a hearing under part 134 of this chapter.

Closings

Sec. 120.960  Responsibility for closing.

    The CDC is responsible for the 504 Loan closing. The Debenture 
closing is the joint responsibility of the CDC and SBA.

Sec. 120.961  Construction escrow accounts.

    The CSA, title company, CDC attorney, or bank may hold Debenture 
proceeds in escrow to complete Project components such as landscaping 
and parking lots, and acquire machinery and equipment if the component 
or acquisition is a minor portion of the total Project and has been 
contracted for completion or delivery at a specified price and specific 
future date. The escrow agent must disburse funds upon approval by the 
CDC and the SBA, supported by invoices and payable jointly to the small 
business and the designated contractor.

Servicing and Fees

Sec. 120.970  Servicing of 504 loans and Debentures.

    The CDC must service the 504 loan in accordance with the Loan 
Authorization, these regulations, SBA policies and procedures, and 
prudent lending standards until paid in full, including review of the 
small business's financial statements, tax filings, insurance, and 
security filings. In doing so, CDCs must comply with the provisions of 
Sec. 120.513. In addition, CDCs must comply with the servicing 
requirements set forth in SBA's SOP. CDCs must report promptly to SBA 
any adverse trend, condition or information relevant to a Borrower. 
Upon request by a CDC, SBA may agree to defer a Borrower's monthly 
payment. SBA may negotiate agreements with CDCs to liquidate loans.

Sec. 120.971  Allowable fees paid by Borrower.

    (a) CDC fees. CDCs may charge the following fees to the Borrower:
    (1) Processing fee. The CDC may charge up to 1.5 percent of the net 
Debenture proceeds to process the financing. Two-thirds of this fee 
will be considered earned and may be collected by the CDC when the 
Authorization for the Debenture is issued by SBA. The portion of the 
processing fee paid by the Borrower may be reimbursed from the 
Debenture proceeds;
    (2) Closing fee. The CDC may charge a fee to cover an amount 
sufficient to reimburse it for reasonable legal expenses of in-house or 
outside legal counsel. The CDC may also charge a fee to cover 
reasonable miscellaneous closing costs. Closing costs, other than legal 
fees, may be funded out of the Debenture proceeds;
    (3) Servicing fee. The CDC will charge a monthly servicing fee of 
not less than 0.5 percent per annum nor more than 2 percent per annum 
on the unpaid balance of the loan as determined at five-year 
anniversary intervals. A servicing fee in excess of 1.5 percent in a 
Rural Area and 1 percent everywhere else requires SBA's prior written 
approval, based on evidence of substantial need. The servicing fee may 
be paid only from loan payments received. The fees may be accrued 
without interest and collected from the CSA when the payments are made;
    (4) Late fees. Loan payments received after the 15th of each month 
may be subject to a late payment fee of 5 percent of the late payment 
or $100, whichever is greater. These fees will be collected by the CSA 
on behalf of the CDC; and
    (5) Assumption fee. Upon SBA's written approval, a CDC may charge 
an assumption fee not to exceed 1 percent of the outstanding principal 
balance of the loan being assumed.
    (b) CSA fees. The CSA may charge an initiation fee on each loan and 
a monthly servicing fee under the terms of the Master Servicing 
Agreement.
    (c) Other agent fees. Agent fees and charges necessary to market 
and service Debentures and Certificates may be assessed to the Borrower 
or the investor. The fees must be approved by SBA and published 
periodically in the Federal Register.
    (d) SBA fees. (1) SBA charges a 0.5 percent guarantee fee on the 
Debenture.
    (2) For those loans approved after October 1, 1995, SBA charges a 
fee of 0.125 per annum on the unpaid principal balance of the loan as 
determined at five-year anniversary intervals.
    (e) Miscellaneous fees. A funding fee not to exceed 0.25 percent of 
the Debenture may be charged to cover costs incurred by the trustee, 
fiscal agent, transfer agent.

Sec. 120.972  Oversight and evaluation of CDCs and ADCs.

    SBA may conduct an operational review of a CDC or ADC. The SBA 
Office of Inspector General may conduct, supervise or coordinate audits 
pursuant to the Inspector General Act. The CDC or ADC must cooperate 
and make its staff, records, and facilities available.

CDC Transfer, Suspension and Revocation

Sec. 120.980  Transfer of CDC to ADC status.

    SBA shall transfer to ADC status any CDC that fails to meet the 
activity level required by SBA, on average over two consecutive fiscal 
years. SBA shall notify the CDC in writing of the action and of the 
opportunity for a hearing pursuant to part 134 of this chapter at least 
10 business days prior to the transfer. During the pendency of a 
hearing, SBA's action will remain in effect.

Sec. 120.981  Voluntary transfer and surrender of CDC certification.

    A CDC may not transfer its certification or withdraw from the 504 
program without SBA's consent. The CDC must provide a plan to SBA to 
transfer its portfolio. The portfolio may only be transferred with 
SBA's written consent. If a CDC desires to withdraw from the 504 
program, it must forfeit its portfolio to SBA. SBA may conduct an audit 
of the transferring or withdrawing CDC.

Sec. 120.982  Correcting CDC servicing deficiencies.

    SBA may require corrective action, including the transfer of 
existing or pending financings to another CDC in good standing. SBA 
must notify the CDC in writing of any servicing, reporting or 
collection deficiencies and the corrective actions to be taken. SBA may 
instruct the CSA to withhold service and late fees and may assess the 
CDC up to $250 per day for expenses incurred by SBA to correct the 
deficiencies. If non-compliance continues for 90 days, SBA may take the 
fees as compensation for its efforts to obtain compliance.

Sec. 120.983  Transfer of CDC servicing to SBA or another CDC.

    If a CDC fails to correct servicing deficiencies, or is unable or 
unwilling to service its portfolio, SBA may assume the servicing or 
require the transfer of all or part of the CDC's portfolio to 

[[Page 3266]]
another CDC within or adjoining the deficient CDC's Area of Operations. 
If there is no suitable CDC, SBA may approve a transfer to another 
entity. Future service fees from transferred loans will be paid to the 
transferee. In addition, the CDC's processing authority will be 
temporarily suspended.

Sec. 120.984  Suspension or revocation of CDC certification.

    (a) Suspend or revoke. The AA/FA may suspend or revoke the CDC's 
certification if a CDC:
    (1) Violates a statute, an SBA regulation, or the terms of a 
Debenture, authorization, or agreement with SBA;
    (2) Makes a material false statement, knowingly misrepresents, or 
fails to state a material fact;
    (3) Fails to maintain good character;
    (4) Fails to operate according to prudent lending standards;
    (5) Fails to correct servicing, collection, reporting, or other 
deficiencies; or
    (6) Is unable or unwilling to operate in accordance with the 
requirements of this part.
    (b) Transfer portfolio. Upon suspension or revocation, the CDC must 
transfer its remaining portfolio and any 504 applications or financings 
in process to another CDC designated or approved by SBA. If a pending 
504 financing is completed after a transfer, any deposit must also be 
transferred. Any fees must be apportioned by SBA between the two CDCs 
in proportion to services performed.
    (c) Provide written notice. SBA must give written notice to the CDC 
at least 10 business days prior to the effective date of a suspension 
or revocation, informing the CDC of the opportunity for a hearing 
pursuant to part 134 of this chapter.

Enforceability of 501, 502 and 503 Loans and Other Laws

Sec. 120.990  501, 502, and 503 loans.

    SBA has discontinued loan programs for 501, 502, and 503 loans. 
Outstanding loans remain under these programs, and Borrowers, CDCs, and 
SBA must comply with the terms and conditions of the corresponding 
notes and Debentures, and the regulations in this part in effect when 
the obligations were undertaken or last in effect, if applicable.

Sec. 120.991  Effect of other laws.

    No State or local law may preclude or limit SBA's exercise of its 
rights with respect to notes, guarantees, Debentures and Debenture 
Pools, or of its enforcement rights to foreclose on collateral.

PARTS 108, 116, 122, and 131--[REMOVED]

    2. Parts 108, 116, 122, and 131 are removed.

    Dated: January 22, 1996.
John T. Spotila,
Acting Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1432 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1351 PART 107SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT COMPANIES
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3189-3226]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1351]

PART 107--SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Subpart A--Introduction to Part 107

Sec.
107.20  Legal basis and applicability of this part 107.
107.30  Amendments to Act and regulations.
107.40  How to read this part 107.
Subpart B--Definition of Terms Used in Part 107
107.50  Definition of terms.
Subpart C--Qualifying for an SBIC License

Organizing an SBIC

107.100  Organizing a Section 301(c) Licensee.
107.110  Organizing a Section 301(d) Licensee.
107.115  1940 Act and 1980 Act Companies.
107.120  Special rules for a Section 301(d) Licensee owned by 
another Licensee. 

[[Page 3190]]

107.130  Requirement for qualified management.
107.140  SBA approval of initial Management Expenses.
107.150  Management and ownership diversity requirement.
107.160  Special rules for Licensees formed as limited partnerships.

Capitalizing an SBIC

107.200  Adequate capital for Licensees.
107.210  Minimum capital requirements for Licensees.
107.220  Special minimum capital requirements for Licensees issuing 
Leverage.
107.230  Permitted sources of Private Capital for Licensees.
107.240  Limitations on including non-cash capital contributions in 
Private Capital.
107.250  Exclusion of stock options issued by Licensee from 
Management Expenses.

Applying for an SBIC License

107.300  License application form and fee.
Subpart D--Changes in Ownership, Control, or Structure of Licensee; 
Transfer of License

Changes in Control or Ownership of Licensee

107.400  Changes in ownership of 10 percent or more of Licensee but 
no change of Control.
107.410  Changes in Control of Licensee (through change in ownership 
or otherwise).
107.420  Prohibition on exercise of ownership or Control rights in 
Licensee before SBA approval.
107.430  Notification to SBA of transactions that may change 
ownership or Control.
107.440  Standards governing prior SBA approval for a proposed 
transfer of Control.
107.450  Notification to SBA of pledge of Licensee's shares.

Restrictions on Common Control or Ownership of Two or More Licensees

107.460  Restrictions on Common Control or ownership of two (or 
more) Licensees.

Change in Structure of Licensee

107.470  SBA approval of merger, consolidation, or reorganization of 
Licensee.

Transfer of License

107.475  Transfer of license.
Subpart E--Managing the Operations of a Licensee

General Requirements

107.500  Lawful operations under the Act.
107.501  Identification as a Licensee.
107.502  Representations to the public.
107.503  Licensee's adoption of an approved Valuation Policy.
107.504  Computer capability requirements of Licensee.
107.505  Facsimile requirement.
107.506  Safeguarding Licensee's assets/Internal controls.
107.507  Violations based on false filings and nonperformance of 
agreements with SBA.
107.508  Accessible office.
107.509  Employment of SBA officials.

Management and Compensation

107.510  SBA approval of Licensee's Investment Adviser/Manager
107.520  Management Expenses of a Licensee.

Cash Management by a Licensee

107.530  Restrictions on investments of idle funds by leveraged 
Licensees.

Borrowing by Licensees From Non-SBA Sources

107.550  Prior approval of secured third-party debt of leveraged 
Licensees.
107.560  Subordination of SBA's creditor position.
107.570  Restrictions on third-party debt of issuers of 
Participating Securities.

Voluntary Decrease in Licensee's Regulatory Capital

107.585  Voluntary decrease in Licensee's Regulatory Capital.

Requirement To Conduct Active Investment Operations

107.590  Licensee's requirement to maintain active operations.
Subpart F--Recordkeeping, Reporting, and Examination Requirements for 
Licensees

Recordkeeping Requirements for Licensees

107.600  General requirement for Licensee to maintain and preserve 
records.
107.610  Required certifications for Loans and Investments.
107.620  Requirements to obtain information from Portfolio Concerns.

Reporting Requirements for Licensees

107.630  Requirement for Licensees to file financial statements with 
SBA (Form 468).
107.640  Requirement to file Portfolio Financing Reports (SBA Form 
1031).
107.650  Requirement to report portfolio valuations to SBA.
107.660  Other items required to be filed by Licensee with SBA.
107.670  Application for exemption from civil penalty for late 
filing of reports.
107.680  Reporting changes in Licensee not subject to prior SBA 
approval.

Examinations of Licensees by SBA for Regulatory Compliance

107.690  Examinations.
107.691  Responsibilities of Licensee during examination.
107.692  Examination fees.
Subpart G--Financing of Small Businesses by Licensees

Determining the Eligibility of a Small Business for SBIC Financing

107.700  Compliance with size standards in Part 121 of this Chapter 
as a condition of Assistance.
107.710  Requirement to finance Smaller Businesses.
107.720  Small Businesses that may be ineligible for Financing.
107.730  Financings which constitute conflicts of interest.
107.740  Portfolio diversification (``overline'' limitation).
107.750  Conditions for financing a change of ownership of a Small 
Business.
107.760  How a change in size or activity of a Portfolio Concern 
affects the Licensee and the Portfolio Concern.

Structuring Licensee's Financing of Eligible Small Businesses: Types of 
Financing

107.800  Financings in the form of Equity Securities.
107.810  Financings in the form of Loans.
107.815  Financings in the form of Debt Securities.
107.820  Financings in the form of guarantees.
107.825  Purchasing Securities from an underwriter or other third 
party.

Structuring Licensee's Financing of an Eligible Small Business: Terms 
and Conditions of Financing

107.830  Minimum duration/term of financing.
107.835  Exceptions to minimum duration/term of Financing.
107.840  Maximum term of Financing.
107.845  Maximum rate of amortization on Loans and Debt Securities.
107.850  Restrictions on redemption of Equity Securities.
107.855  Interest rate ceiling and limitations on fees charged to 
Small Businesses (``Cost of Money'').
107.860  Financing fees and expense reimbursements a Licensee may 
receive from a Small Business.
107.865  Restrictions on Control of a Small Business by a Licensee.
107.880  Assets acquired in liquidation of Portfolio securities.

Limitations on Disposition of Assets

107.885  Disposition of assets to Licensee's Associates or to 
competitors of Portfolio Concern.

Management Services and Fees

107.900  Management fees for services provided to a Small Business 
by Licensee or its Associate.
Subpart H--Non-leveraged Licensees-Exceptions to Regulations
107.1000  Licensees without Leverage--exceptions to the regulations.
Subpart I--SBA Financial Assistance for Licensees (Leverage)

General Information About Obtaining Leverage

107.1100  Types of Leverage available.
107.1110  How to apply for Leverage.
107.1120  General eligibility requirements for Leverage.
107.1130  Leverage fees payable by Licensee.
107.1140  Licensee's acceptance of SBA remedies under Secs. 107.1800 
through 107.1820. 

[[Page 3191]]

Maximum Amount of Leverage for Which a Licensee Is Eligible

107.1150  Maximum amount of Leverage for a Section 301(c) Licensee.
107.1160  Maximum amount of Leverage for a Section 301(d) Licensee.
107.1170  Maximum amount of Participating Securities for any 
Licensee.

Conditional Commitments by SBA To Reserve Leverage for a Licensee

107.1200  SBA's Leverage commitment to a Licensee--application 
procedure, amount, and term.
107.1210  Commitment fees payable by Licensee.
107.1220  Requirement for Licensee to file quarterly financial 
statements.
107.1230  Draw-downs by Licensee under SBA's Leverage commitment.
107.1240  Funding of Licensee's draw request through sale to short-
term investor.

Exchange of Outstanding Debentures for Participating or Preferred 
Securities--Section 301(d) Licensees

107.1350  Exchange by Section 301(d) Licensee of Debentures for 
Preferred or Participating Securities.

Preferred Securities Leverage--Section 301(d) Licensees

107.1400  Stock dividends or partnership distributions on 4 percent 
Preferred Securities.
107.1410  Requirement to redeem 4 percent Preferred Securities.
107.1420  Articles requirements for 4 percent Preferred Securities 
issuers.
107.1430  Redeeming 4 percent Preferred Securities with proceeds of 
non-subsidized Debentures.
107.1440  Three percent preferred stock issued before November 21, 
1989.
107.1450  Optional redemption of Preferred Securities.

Participating Securities Leverage

107.1500  General description of Participating Securities.
107.1505  Liquidity requirements for Licensees issuing Participating 
Securities.
107.1510  How a Licensee computes Earmarked Profit (Loss).
107.1520  How a Licensee computes and allocates Prioritized Payments 
to SBA.
107.1530  How a Licensee computes SBA's Profit Participation.
107.1540  Distributions by Licensee--Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments.
107.1550  Distributions by Licensee--permitted ``tax Distributions'' 
to private investors and SBA.
107.1560  Distributions by Licensee--required Distributions to 
private investors and SBA.
107.1570  Distributions by Licensee--optional Distribution to 
private investors and SBA.
107.1580  Special rules for In-Kind Distributions by Licensees.
107.1590  Special rules for companies licensed on or before March 
31, 1993.

Funding Leverage by Use of SBA-Guaranteed Trust Certificates (``TCs'')

107.1600  SBA authority to issue and guarantee Trust Certificates.
107.1610  Effect of prepayment or early redemption of Leverage on a 
Trust Certificate.
107.1620  Functions of agents, including Central Registration Agent, 
Selling Agent and Fiscal Agent.
107.1630  SBA regulation of Brokers and Dealers and disclosure to 
purchasers of Leverage or Trust Certificates.
107.1640  SBA access to records of the CRA, Brokers, Dealers and 
Pool or Trust assemblers.

Miscellaneous

107.1700  Transfer by SBA of its interest in Licensee's Leverage 
security.
107.1710  SBA authority to collect or compromise its claims.
Subpart J--Licensee's Noncompliance With Terms of Leverage
107.1800  Licensee's agreement to terms and conditions in 
Secs. 107.1810 and 107.1820.
107.1810  Events of default and SBA's remedies for Licensee's 
noncompliance with terms of Debentures.
107.1820  Conditions affecting issuers of Preferred Securities and/
or Participating Securities.

Computation of Licensee's Capital Impairment

107.1830  Licensee's Capital Impairment--definition and general 
requirements.
107.1840  Computation of Licensee's Capital Impairment Percentage.
107.1850  Exceptions to Capital Impairment provisions for Licensees 
with outstanding Participating Securities.

Subpart K--Ending Operations as a Licensee

107.1900  Surrender of license.

Subpart L--Miscellaneous

107.1910  Non-waiver of SBA's rights or terms of Leverage security.
107.1920  Licensee's application for exemption from a regulation in 
this part 107.
107.1930  Effect of changes in this part 107 on transactions 
previously consummated.

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 681 et seq., 683, 687(c), 687b, 687d, 687g 
and 687m.

Subpart A--Introduction to Part 107

Sec. 107.20  Legal basis and applicability of this part 107.

    (a) The regulations in this part implement Title III of the Small 
Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended. All Licensees must comply 
with all applicable regulations, accounting guidelines and valuation 
guidelines for Licensees.
    (b) Provisions of this part which are not mandated by the Act shall 
not supersede existing State law. A party claiming that a conflict 
exists shall submit an opinion of independent counsel, citing 
authorities, for SBA's resolution of the issues involved.

Sec. 107.30  Amendments to Act and regulations.

    A Licensee shall be subject to all existing and future provisions 
of the Act and Parts 107 and 112 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal 
Regulations.

Sec. 107.40  How to read this part 107.

    (a) Center Headings. All references in this part to SBA forms, and 
instructions for their preparation, are to the current issue of such 
forms. Center headings are descriptive and are used for convenience 
only. They have no regulatory effect.
    (b) Capitalizing defined terms. Terms defined in Sec. 107.50 are 
capitalized in this part 107.
    (c) The pronoun ``you'' as used in this part 107 means a Licensee 
or license applicant, as appropriate, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart B--Definition of Terms Used in Part 107

Sec. 107.50  Definition of terms.

    Accumulated Prioritized Payments has the meaning set forth in 
Sec. 107.1520.
    Act means the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.
    Adjustments has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.1520.
    Affiliate or Affiliates has the meaning set forth in Sec. 121.401 
of this chapter.
    Articles mean articles of incorporation or charter for a Corporate 
Licensee and the partnership agreement or certificate for a Partnership 
Licensee.
    Assistance or Assisted means Financing of or management services 
rendered to a Small Business by a Licensee pursuant to the Act and 
these regulations.
    Associate of a Licensee means any of the following:
    (1)(i) An officer, director, employee or agent of a Corporate 
Licensee;
    (ii) A Control Person, employee or agent of a Partnership Licensee;
    (iii) An Investment Adviser/Manager of any Licensee, including any 
Person who contracts with a Control Person of a Partnership Licensee to 
be the Investment Adviser/Manager of such Licensee; or
    (iv) Any Person regularly serving a Licensee on retainer in the 
capacity of attorney at law.
    (2) Any Person who owns or controls, or who has entered into an 
agreement to own or control, directly or indirectly, at least 10 
percent of any class of stock of a Corporate Licensee or a limited 
partner's interest of at least 10 percent of the partnership capital of 
a 

[[Page 3192]]
Partnership Licensee. However, a limited partner in a Partnership 
Licensee is not considered an Associate if such Person is an entity 
Institutional Investor whose investment in the Partnership, including 
commitments, represents no more than 33 percent of the partnership 
capital of the Licensee and no more than five percent of such Person's 
net worth.
    (3) Any officer, director, partner (other than a limited partner), 
manager, agent, or employee of any Associate described in paragraph (1) 
or (2) of this definition.
    (4) Any Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is 
Controlled by, or is under Common Control with, a Licensee.
    (5) Any Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is 
Controlled by, or is under Common Control with, any Person described in 
paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition.
    (6) Any Close Relative of any Person described in paragraphs 
(1),(2), (4), and (5) of this definition.
    (7) Any Secondary Relative of any Person described in paragraphs 
(1), (2), (4), and (5) of this definition.
    (8) Any concern in which--
    (i) Any Person described in paragraphs (1) through (6) of this 
definition is an officer; or
    (ii) Any such Person(s) singly or collectively Control or own, 
directly or indirectly, an equity interest of at least 10 percent 
(excluding interests that such Person(s) own indirectly through 
ownership interests in the Licensee).
    (9) Any concern in which any Person(s) described in paragraph (7) 
of this definition singly or collectively own (including beneficial 
ownership) a majority equity interest, or otherwise have Control. As 
used in this paragraph (9), ``collectively'' means together with any 
Person(s) described in paragraphs (1) though (7) of this definition.
    (10) For the purposes of this definition, if any Associate 
relationship described in paragraphs (1) through (7) of this definition 
exists at any time within six months before or after the date that a 
Licensee provides Financing, then that Associate relationship is 
considered to exist on the date of the Financing.
    (11) If any Licensee has any ownership interest in another 
Licensee, the two Licensees are Associates of each other.
    Capital Impairment has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.1830(c).
    Central Registration Agent or CRA means one or more agents 
appointed by SBA for the purpose of issuing TCs and performing the 
functions enumerated in Sec. 107.1620 and performing similar functions 
for Debentures and Participating Securities funded outside the pooling 
process.
    Close Relative of an individual means:
    (1) A current or former spouse;
    (2) A father, mother, guardian, brother, sister, son, daughter; or
    (3) A father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, 
son-in-law, or daughter-in-law.
    Combined Capital means the sum of Regulatory Capital and 
outstanding Leverage.
    Commitment means a written agreement between you and an eligible 
Small Business that obligates you to provide Financing (except a 
guarantee) to that Small Business in a fixed or determinable sum, by a 
fixed or determinable future date. In this context the term 
``agreement'' means that there has been agreement on the principal 
economic terms of the Financing. You may include in the agreement 
reasonable conditions precedent to your obligation to fund the 
commitment but these conditions must be outside your control.
    Common Control means a condition where two or more Licensees either 
through ownership, management, contract, or otherwise, are under the 
Control of one group or Person. Two or more Licensees are presumed to 
be under Common Control if they are Affiliates of each other by reason 
of common ownership or common officers, directors, or general partners; 
or if they are managed or their investments are significantly directed 
either by a common independent investment advisor or managerial 
contractor, or by two or more such advisors or contractors that are 
Affiliates of each other. This presumption may be rebutted by evidence 
satisfactory to SBA.
    Control means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to 
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a 
Licensee or other concern, whether through the ownership of voting 
securities, by contract, or otherwise.
    Control Person means any Person that controls a Licensee, either 
directly or through an intervening entity. A Control Person includes:
    (1) A general partner of a Partnership Licensee;
    (2) Any Person serving as the general partner, officer, director, 
or manager (in the case of a limited liability company) of any entity 
that controls a Licensee, either directly or through an intervening 
entity;
    (3) Any Person that--
    (i) Controls or owns, directly or through an intervening entity, at 
least 10 percent of a Partnership Licensee or any entity described in 
paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition; and
    (ii) Participates in the investment decisions of the general 
partner of such Partnership Licensee;
    (4) Any Person that controls or owns, directly or through an 
intervening entity, at least 50 percent of a Partnership Licensee or 
any entity described in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition.
    Corporate Licensee. See definition of Licensee in this section.
    Cost of Money has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.855.
    Debenture Rate means the interest rate, as published from time to 
time in the Federal Register by SBA, for ten year debentures issued by 
Licensees and funded through public sales of certificates bearing SBA's 
guarantee. User or guarantee fees, if any, paid by a Licensee are not 
considered in determining the Debenture Rate.
    Debentures means debt obligations issued by Licensees pursuant to 
section 303(a) of the Act and held or guaranteed by SBA.
    Debt Securities has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.815.
    Disadvantaged Business means a Small Business that is at least 50 
percent owned, and controlled and managed, on a day to day basis, by a 
person or persons whose participation in the free enterprise system is 
hampered because of social or economic disadvantages.
    Distribution means any transfer of cash or non-cash assets to SBA, 
its agent or Trustee, or to partners in a Partnership Licensee, or to 
shareholders in a Corporate Licensee. Capitalization of Retained 
Earnings Available for Distribution constitutes a Distribution to the 
Licensee's non-SBA partners or shareholders.
    Earmarked Assets has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.1510(b). 
(See also Sec. 107.1590.)
    Earmarked Profit (Loss) has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.1510.
    Earned Prioritized Payments has the meaning set forth in 
Sec. 107.1520.
    Equity Capital Investments means investments in a Small Business in 
the form of common or preferred stock, limited partnership interests, 
options, warrants, or similar equity instruments, including 
subordinated debt with equity features if such debt provides only for 
interest payments contingent upon and limited to the extent of 
earnings. Equity Capital Investments must not require amortization. 
Equity Capital Investments may be guaranteed; however, neither Equity 
Capital Investments nor such guarantee may be 

[[Page 3193]]
collateralized or otherwise secured. Investments classified as Debt 
Securities (see Secs. 107.800 and 107.815) are not precluded from 
qualifying as Equity Capital Investments.
    Equity Securities has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.800.
    Financing or Financed means outstanding financial assistance 
provided to a Small Business by a Licensee, whether through:
    (1) Loans;
    (2) Debt Securities;
    (3) Equity Securities;
    (4) Guarantees; or
    (5) Purchases of securities of a Small Business through or from an 
underwriter (see Sec. 107.825).
    Guaranty Agreement means the contract entered into by SBA which is 
a guarantee backed by the full faith and credit of the United States 
Government as to timely payment of principal and interest on Debentures 
or the Redemption Price of and Prioritized Payments on Participating 
Securities and SBA's rights in connection with such guarantee.
    Includible Non-Cash Gains means those non-cash gains (as reported 
on SBA Form 468) that are realized in the form of Publicly Traded and 
Marketable securities or investment grade debt instruments. For 
purposes of this definition, investment grade debt instruments means 
those instruments that are rated ``BBB'' or ``Baa'', or better, by 
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, 
respectively. Non-rated debt may be considered to be investment grade 
if Licensee obtains a written opinion from an investment banking firm 
acceptable to SBA stating that the non-rated debt instrument is 
equivalent in risk to the issuer's investment grade debt.
    Institutional Investor means:
    (1) Entities. Any of the following entities if the entity has a net 
worth (exclusive of unfunded commitments from investors) of at least $1 
million, or such higher amount as is specified in paragraph (1) of this 
definition. (See also Sec. 107.230(b)(4) for limitations on the amount 
of an Institutional Investor's commitment that may be included in 
Private Capital.)
    (i) A State or National bank, trust company, savings bank, or 
savings and loan association.
    (ii) An insurance company.
    (iii) A 1940 Act Investment Company or Business Development Company 
(each as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (15 
U.S.C. 8a-1 et seq.).
    (iv) A holding company of any entity described in paragraph (1)(i), 
(ii) or (iii) of this definition.
    (v) An employee benefit or pension plan established for the benefit 
of employees of the Federal government, any State or political 
subdivision of a State, or any agency or instrumentality of such 
government unit.
    (vi) An employee benefit or pension plan (as defined in the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (Pub. L. 
93-406, 88 Stat. 829), excluding plans established under section 401(k) 
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), as amended).
    (vii) A trust, foundation or endowment exempt from Federal income 
taxation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    (viii) A corporation, partnership or other entity with a net worth 
(exclusive of unfunded commitments from investors) of more than $10 
million.
    (ix) A State, a political subdivision of a State, or an agency or 
instrumentality of a State or its political subdivision.
    (x) An entity whose primary purpose is to manage and invest non-
Federal funds on behalf of at least three Institutional Investors 
described in paragraphs (1)(i) through (1)(ix) of this definition, each 
of whom must have at least a 10 percent ownership interest in the 
entity.
    (xi) Any other entity that SBA determines to be an Institutional 
Investor.
    (2) Individuals. (i) Any of the following individuals if he/she is 
also a permanent resident of the United States:
    (A) An individual who is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77a-77aa)) and whose 
commitment to the Licensee is backed by a letter of credit from a State 
or National bank acceptable to SBA.
    (B) An individual whose personal net worth is at least $2 million 
and at least ten times the amount of his or her commitment to the 
Licensee. The individual's personal net worth must not include the 
value of any equity in his or her most valuable residence.
    (C) An individual whose personal net worth (determined in 
accordance with paragraph (2)(i)(B) of this definition) is at least $10 
million.
    (ii) Any individual who is not a permanent resident of the United 
States but who otherwise satisfies paragraph (2)(i) of this definition 
provided such individual has irrevocably appointed an agent within the 
United States for the service of process.
    Investment Adviser/Manager means any Person who furnishes advice or 
assistance with respect to operations of a Licensee under a written 
contract executed in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 107.510.
    Lending Institution means a concern that is operating under 
regulations of a state or Federal licensing, supervising, or examining 
body, or whose shares are publicly traded and listed on a recognized 
stock exchange or NASDAQ and which has assets in excess of $500 
million; and which, in either case, holds itself out to the public as 
engaged in the making of commercial and industrial loans and whose 
lending operations are not for the purpose of financing its own or an 
Associates's sales or business operations.
    Leverage means financial assistance provided to a Licensee by SBA, 
either through the purchase or guaranty of a Licensee's Debentures or 
Participating Securities, or the purchase of a Licensee's Preferred 
Securities, and any other SBA financial assistance evidenced by a 
security of the Licensee.
    Leverageable Capital means Regulatory Capital, excluding unfunded 
commitments and Qualified Non-private Funds whose source is Federal 
funds.
    Licensee means either a corporation (Corporate Licensee), or a 
limited partnership organized pursuant to Sec. 107.160 (Partnership 
Licensee), to which a license has been granted pursuant to the Act. For 
certain purposes, the Entity General Partner of a Partnership Licensee 
is treated as if it were a Licensee (see Sec. 107.160(b)(2)).
    Loan has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.810.
    Loans and Investments means Portfolio Securities, Assets Acquired 
in Liquidation of Portfolio Securities, Operating Concerns Acquired, 
and Notes and Other Securities Received, as set forth in the Statement 
of Financial Position of SBA Form 468.
    Management Expenses has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.520.
    1940 Act Company means a Licensee which is registered under the 
Investment Company Act of 1940.
    1980 Act Company means a Licensee which is registered under the 
Small Business Investment Incentive Act of 1980.
    Original Issue Price means the price paid by the purchaser for 
securities at the time of issuance.
    Participating Securities means preferred stock, preferred limited 
partnership interests, or similar instruments issued by Licensees, 
including debentures having interest payable only to the extent of 
earnings, all of which are subject to the terms set forth in 
Secs. 107.1500 through 107.1590 and section 303(g) of the Act.
    Partnership Licensee. See definition of Licensee in this section. 
    
[[Page 3194]]

    Payment Date means, for a Participating Securities issuer, each 
February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1 during the term of a 
Participating Security.
    Person means a natural person or legal entity.
    Pool means an aggregation of SBA guaranteed Debentures or SBA 
guaranteed Participating Securities approved by SBA.
    Portfolio means the securities representing a Licensee's total 
outstanding Financing of Small Businesses. It does not include idle 
funds or assets acquired in liquidation of Portfolio securities.
    Portfolio Concern means a Small Business Assisted by a Licensee.
    Preferred Securities means nonvoting preferred stock issued to SBA 
by a for-profit Section 301(d) Corporate Licensee, or securities having 
similar characteristics issued by a Section 301(d) Licensee organized 
as a nonprofit corporation, or nonvoting preferred limited partnership 
interests issued by a Section 301(d) Partnership Licensee.
    Prioritized Payments has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.1520.
    Private Capital has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.230.
    Profit Participation has the meaning set forth in 
Sec. 107.1500(c)(3).
    Publicly Traded and Marketable means securities that are salable 
without restriction or that are salable within 12 months pursuant to 
Rule 144 (17 CFR 230.144) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by 
the holder thereof (or in the case of an In-kind Distribution by the 
distributee thereof), and are of a class which is traded on a regulated 
stock exchange, or is listed in the Automated Quotation System of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers (NASDAQ), or has, at a 
minimum, at least two market makers as defined in the relevant sections 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77b et 
seq.), and in all cases the quantity of which can be sold over a 
reasonable period of time without having an adverse impact upon the 
price of the stock.
    Qualified Non-private Funds has the meaning set forth in 
Sec. 107.230.
    Redemption Price means the amount required to be paid by the 
issuer, or successor to the issuer, of Preferred or Participating 
Securities to repurchase such securities from the holder. The 
Redemption Price shall be the Original Issue Price less any prepayments 
or prior redemptions.
    Regulatory Capital means:
    (1) General. Regulatory Capital means Private Capital, excluding 
non-cash assets contributed to a Licensee or a license applicant, and 
non-cash assets purchased by a license applicant, unless such assets 
have been converted to cash or have been approved by SBA for inclusion 
in Regulatory Capital. For purposes of this definition, sales of 
contributed non-cash assets with recourse or borrowing against such 
assets shall not constitute a conversion to cash.
    (2) Exclusion of questionable commitments. An investor's commitment 
to a Licensee is excluded from Regulatory Capital if SBA determines 
that the collectibility of the commitment is questionable.
    Retained Earnings Available for Distribution means Undistributed 
Net Realized Earnings less any Unrealized Depreciation on Loans and 
Investments (as reported on SBA Form 468), and represents the amount 
that a Licensee may distribute to investors (including SBA) as a profit 
Distribution, or transfer to Private Capital.
    SBA means the Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street, SW., 
Washington, DC 20416.
    Secondary Relative of an individual means:
    (1) A grandparent, grandchild, or any other ancestor or lineal 
descendent who is not a Close Relative;
    (2) An uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, or first cousin; or
    (3) A spouse of any person described in paragraph (1) or (2) of 
this definition.
    Section 301(c) Licensee has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.100.
    Section 301(d) Licensee has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.110.
    Short-term Financing means Financing for a term of less than five 
years in accordance with the regulations.
    SIC Manual means the latest issue of the Standard Industrial 
Classification Manual, prepared by the Office of Management and Budget, 
and available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Superintendent 
of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, Pa., 15250-7954.
    Small Business means a small business concern as defined in section 
103(5) of the Act (including its Affiliates), which for purposes of 
size eligibility, meets the applicable criteria set forth in Part 121 
of this chapter.
    Smaller Business has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.710.
    Start-up Financing means an Equity Capital Investment in a Small 
Business that--
    (1) Has not had sales exceeding $3,000,000 or positive cash flow 
from operations in any of its last three full fiscal years; and
    (2) Was not formed to acquire any existing business, unless the 
acquired business satisfies paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition.
    Temporary Debt has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.570.
    Trust means the legal entity created for the purpose of holding 
guaranteed Debentures or Participating Securities and the guaranty 
agreement related thereto, receiving, holding and making any related 
payments, and accounting for such payments.
    Trust Certificate Rate means a fixed rate determined at the time 
Participating Securities are issued by the Secretary of the Treasury 
taking into consideration the current average market yield on 
outstanding marketable obligations of the United States with maturities 
comparable to the maturities of the Trust Certificates being guaranteed 
by SBA, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of one percent.
    Trust Certificates (TCs) means certificates issued by SBA, its 
agent or Trustee and representing ownership of all or a fractional part 
of a Trust or Pool of Debentures or Participating Securities.
    Trustee means the trustee or trustees of a Trust.
    Undistributed Net Realized Earnings means Undistributed Realized 
Earnings less Non-cash Gains/Income, each as reported on SBA Form 468.
    Unrealized Appreciation means the amount by which a Licensee's 
valuation of each of its Loans and Investments, as determined by its 
Board of Directors or General Partner(s) in accordance with Licensee's 
valuation policies, exceeds the cost basis thereof.
    Unrealized Depreciation means the amount by which a Licensee's 
valuation of each of its Loans and Investments, as determined by its 
Board of Directors or General Partner(s) in accordance with Licensee's 
valuation policies, is below the cost basis thereof.
    Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Held means the sum of the 
Unrealized Appreciation and Unrealized Depreciation on all of a 
Licensee's Loans and Investments, less estimated future income tax 
expense or estimated realizable future income tax benefit, as 
appropriate.
    Venture Capital Financing has the meaning set forth in 
Sec. 107.1160.
    Wind-up Plan has the meaning set forth in Sec. 107.590.

Subpart C--Qualifying for an SBIC License

Organizing an SBIC

Sec. 107.100  Organizing a Section 301(c) Licensee.

    Section 301(c) Licensee means a company licensed under section 
301(c) 

[[Page 3195]]
of the Act. It may be organized as a for-profit corporation or as a 
limited partnership created in accordance with the special rules of 
Sec. 107.160.

Sec. 107.110  Organizing a Section 301(d) Licensee.

    Section 301(d) Licensee means a company licensed under section 
301(d) of the Act that may provide Assistance only to Disadvantaged 
Businesses. A Section 301(d) Licensee may be organized as a for-profit 
corporation, a non-profit corporation, or as a limited partnership 
created in accordance with the special rules of Sec. 107.160.

Sec. 107.115  1940 Act and 1980 Act Companies.

    A 1940 Act or 1980 Act Company is eligible to apply for an SBIC 
license, and an existing Licensee is eligible to apply for SBA's 
approval to convert to a 1940 Act or 1980 Act Company. In either case, 
the 1940 Act or 1980 Act Company may elect to be taxed as a regulated 
investment company under section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended (26 U.S.C. 851). However, a Licensee making such 
election may make Distributions only as permitted under the applicable 
sections of this part (see the definition of Retained Earnings 
Available for Distribution, Sec. 107.585, and Secs. 107.1540 through 
107.1580).

Sec. 107.120  Special rules for a Section 301(d) Licensee owned by 
another Licensee.

    A Section 301(d) Licensee may be licensed to operate as the 
subsidiary of one or more Licensees (participant Licensee), with or 
without non-Licensee participation, subject to the following:
    (a) Application. In reviewing the license application, SBA will 
consider what effect, if any, a capital contribution to the proposed 
Section 301(d) Licensee will have on the participant Licensee.
    (b) Participant Licensees. Each participant Licensee must propose 
to own at least twenty percent of the voting securities of the proposed 
Section 301(d)Licensee.
    (c) Capital contribution. A subsidiary Section 301(d) Licensee must 
receive capital contributions in cash, in an amount at least equal to 
the minimum capital requirement under Sec. 107.210. Capital contributed 
by a participant Licensee in excess of the required minimum may be in 
the form of securities of a Disadvantaged Business, valued at the lower 
of cost or fair value. A participant Licensee must treat its entire 
capital contribution to the subsidiary as a reduction of its 
Leveragable Capital. The participant Licensee's remaining Leverageable 
Capital must be sufficient to support its outstanding Leverage.
    (d) No transfer of Leverage. A participant Licensee may not 
transfer its Leverage to a subsidiary Section 301(d) Licensee.

Sec. 107.130  Requirement for qualified management.

    When applying for a license, you must show, to the satisfaction of 
SBA, that your current or proposed management is qualified and has the 
knowledge, experience, and capability necessary for investing in the 
types of businesses contemplated by the Act, these regulations and your 
business plan. You must designate at least one individual as the 
official responsible for contact with SBA.

Sec. 107.140  SBA approval of initial Management Expenses.

    If you plan to obtain Leverage, you must have your Management 
Expenses approved by SBA at the time of licensing. (See Sec. 107.520 
for the definition of Management Expenses.)

Sec. 107.150  Management and ownership diversity requirement.

    You must have diversity between management and ownership in order 
to be licensed, unless you do not plan to obtain Leverage. To establish 
diversity, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section unless SBA approves otherwise.
    (a) Requirement one. You must satisfy either paragraph (a)(1) or 
paragraph (a)(2)of this section.
    (1) You must have at least three shareholders or limited partners, 
or at least one acceptable Institutional Investor, in either case with 
an aggregate ownership interest equal to at least 30 percent of your 
Regulatory Capital. Such investors must not be your Associates (except 
for their status as your shareholders or limited partners) or 
Affiliates of any of your Associates. For purposes of this paragraph 
(a)(1), the following Institutional Investors are acceptable:
    (i) Entities regulated by state or Federal authorities satisfactory 
to SBA;
    (ii) Public or private employee pension funds;
    (iii) Trusts, foundations, or endowments which are exempt from 
Federal income taxation; or
    (iv) Other Institutional Investors satisfactory to SBA.
    (2) Your common stock or limited partnership interests are publicly 
traded.
    (b) Requirement two. Your shareholders or limited partners may not 
delegate their voting rights to any other Person without prior SBA 
approval. This restriction does not apply to:
    (1) Publicly traded Licensees.
    (2) Proxies given to vote at single specified meetings.
    (3) Delegations of voting rights by your investors to their 
investment advisors, provided such advisors are not your Associates 
(except for their status as your shareholder or partner).
    (c) Diversity based on Licensee's parent company. If you do not 
have diversity as defined in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, 
SBA in its sole discretion may accept diversity achieved on the same 
basis through your parent company as a substitute. As used in this 
paragraph (c), ``parent company'' means an entity that directly or 
indirectly has an interest of more than 50 percent of your Regulatory 
Capital.
    (d) Requirement to maintain diversity after licensing. If you were 
required to have diversity between management and ownership at the time 
you were licensed, you must maintain such diversity while you have 
outstanding Leverage or Earmarked Assets, unless SBA approves 
otherwise. If, at any time, you no longer satisfy the diversity 
criteria in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, you must:
    (1) Notify SBA within 10 days; and
    (2) Re-establish diversity within six months.
    (e) Exception to diversity rule. This Sec. 107.150 does not apply 
if you are not licensed to issue participating securities and:
    (1) You received your license before November 28, 1995; or
    (2) SBA received your license application before November 28, 1995 
and, as of such date, you had raised the funds needed to begin 
operations as contemplated in your business plan.

Sec. 107.160  Special rules for Licensees formed as limited 
partnerships.

    A limited partnership organized under State law solely for the 
purpose of performing the functions and conducting the activities 
contemplated under the Act may apply for a license under section 301(c) 
or section 301 (d) of the Act (``Partnership Licensee'').
    (a) Number of Licensee's General Partners. If you are a Partnership 
Licensee, you must have as your general partner(s) at least two 
individuals, or at least one corporation, partnership, or limited 
liability company (LLC), or any combination of individuals, 
corporations, partnerships, or LLCs.
    (b) Entity General Partner of Licensee. A general partner which is 
a corporation, limited liability company or partnership (an ``Entity 
General 

[[Page 3196]]
Partner'') shall be organized under state law solely for the purpose of 
serving as the general partner of one or more Licensees.
    (1) SBA must approve any person who will serve as an officer, 
director, manager, or general partner of the Entity General Partner. 
This provision must be stated in an Entity General Partner's 
Certificate of Incorporation, member agreement, Limited Partnership 
Agreement or other similar governing instrument which must, in each 
case, accompany the license application.
    (2) An Entity General Partner is subject to the same examination 
and reporting requirements as a Licensee under section 310(b) of the 
Act. The restrictions and obligations imposed upon a Licensee by 
Secs. 107.1800 through 107.1820, and 107.30, 107.410 through 107.450, 
107.470, 107.475, 107.500, 107.510, 107.585, 107.600, 107.680, 107.690 
through 107.692, 107.865, and 107.1910 apply also to an Entity General 
Partner of a Licensee.
    (3) The general partner(s) of your Entity General Partner(s) will 
be considered your general partner.
    (4) If your Entity General Partner is a limited partnership, its 
limited partners may be considered your Control Person(s) if they meet 
the definition for Control Person in Sec. 107.50.
    (5) If your Entity General Partner is a limited partnership, it is 
subject to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Other requirements for Partnership Licensees. If you are a 
Partnership Licensee:
    (1) You must have a minimum duration of ten years or two years 
following the maturity of your last-maturing Leverage security, 
whichever is longer. After 10 years, if all Leverage has been repaid or 
redeemed and all amounts due SBA, its agent, or Trustee have been paid, 
the Partnership Licensee may be terminated by a vote of your partners. 
(For purposes of this provision SBA is not considered a partner.);
    (2) None of your general partner(s) may be removed or replaced by 
your limited partners without prior written approval of SBA;
    (3) Any transferee of, or successor in interest to, your general 
partner shall have only the rights and liabilities of a limited partner 
pending SBA's written approval of such transfer or succession; and
    (4) You must incorporate all the provisions in this paragraph (c) 
in your Limited Partnership Agreement.
    (d) Obligations of a Control Person. All Control Persons are bound 
by the disciplinary provisions of sections 313 and 314 of the Act and 
by the conflict-of-interest rules under section 312 of the Act. The 
term Licensee, as used in Secs. 107.30, 107.460, and 107.680 includes 
all of the Licensee's Control Persons. The term Licensee as used in 
Sec. 107.670 includes only the Licensee's general partner(s). The 
conditions specified in Secs. 107.1800 through 107.1820 and 
Sec. 107.1910 apply to all general partners.
    (e) Liability of general partner for partnership debts to SBA. 
Subject to section 314 of the Act, your general partner is not liable 
solely by reason of its status as a general partner for repayment of 
any Leverage or debts you owe to SBA unless SBA, in the exercise of 
reasonable investment prudence, and with regard to your financial 
soundness, determines otherwise prior to the purchase or guaranty of 
your Leverage.
    (f) Reorganization of Licensee. A corporate Licensee wishing to 
reorganize as a Partnership Licensee, or a Partnership Licensee wishing 
to reorganize as a Corporate Licensee, may apply to SBA for approval 
under Sec. 107.470.
    (g) Special Leverage requirement. Before your first issuance of 
Leverage, you must furnish SBA with evidence that you qualify as a 
partnership for tax purposes, either by a ruling from the Internal 
Revenue Service, or by an opinion of counsel.
Capitalizing an SBIC

Sec. 107.200  Adequate capital for Licensees.

    You must meet the requirements of this Sec. 107.200 to qualify for 
a license, to continue as a Licensee, and to receive Leverage.
    (a) You must have enough Regulatory Capital to provide reasonable 
assurance that:
    (1) You will operate soundly and profitably over the long term; and
    (2) You will be able to operate actively in accordance with your 
Articles and within the context of your business plan, as approved by 
SBA.
    (b) In SBA's sole discretion, you must be economically viable, 
taking into consideration actual and anticipated income and losses on 
your Loans and Investments, and the experience and qualifications of 
your owners and managers.

Sec. 107.210  Minimum capital requirements for Licensees.

    (a) Minimum capital for Section 301(c) Licensees--general rule. A 
Section 301(c) Licensee or applicant must have Regulatory Capital 
(excluding commitments from your investors) of at least $2,500,000.
    (b) Minimum capital for Section 301(d) Licensees--general rule. A 
Section 301(d) Licensee or applicant must have Regulatory Capital 
(excluding commitments from your investors) of at least $1,500,000.
    (c) Exception to general rule--grandfather clause. The minimum 
capital requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not 
apply if you were licensed before October 2, 1990, or if SBA had your 
license application on file before October 2, 1990 and granted you a 
license on the basis of such application. If you qualify for this 
exception, you must have at least the minimum Private Capital required 
by the regulations in effect on October 1, 1990.
    (d) Additional capital requirements for Licensees seeking Leverage. 
If you are a license applicant who intends to seek Leverage, see 
Sec. 107.220.

Sec. 107.220  Special minimum capital requirements for Licensees 
issuing Leverage.

    (a) Participating Securities. You must have Regulatory Capital of 
at least $10,000,000 in order to apply for Participating Securities, 
unless you demonstrate to SBA's satisfaction that you can be 
financially viable over the long term with a lower amount. You are not 
permitted under any circumstances to apply for Participating Securities 
if your Regulatory Capital is less than $5,000,000.
    (b) Debentures. If you are licensed after January 31, 1996, you 
must have Regulatory Capital of at least $5,000,000 in order to apply 
for Debentures, unless you demonstrate to SBA's satisfaction that you 
can be financially viable over the long term with a lower amount.
    (c) Companies licensed before October 2, 1990. If Sec. 107.210(c) 
applies to you and your Regulatory Capital (excluding commitments from 
investors) is below $2,500,000 (for a Section 301(c) Licensee) or 
$1,500,000 (for a Section 301(d) Licensee):
    (1) You are eligible for Leverage (other than refinancing) only if 
you can demonstrate to SBA's satisfaction that you have been profitable 
for three out of your last four fiscal years before applying for 
Leverage and, on the average, have been profitable for all such fiscal 
years.
    (2) Even if you do not satisfy paragraph (c)(1) of this section, 
you may apply for Leverage needed to refinance any Debenture 
outstanding on October 2, 1990, one time only, for a term to be 
determined by SBA.

Sec. 107.230  Permitted sources of Private Capital for Licensees.

    Private Capital means the contributed capital of a Licensee, plus 
unfunded 

[[Page 3197]]
binding commitments by Institutional Investors (including commitments 
evidenced by a promissory note) to contribute capital to a Licensee.
    (a) Contributed capital. For purposes of this section, contributed 
capital means the paid-in capital and paid-in surplus of a Corporate 
Licensee, or the partners' contributed capital of a Partnership 
Licensee, in either case subject to the limitations in paragraph (b) of 
this section.
    (b) Exclusions from Private Capital. Private Capital does not 
include:
    (1) Funds borrowed by a Licensee from any source.
    (2) Funds obtained through the issuance of Leverage.
    (3) Funds obtained directly or indirectly from any Federal, State, 
or local government, or any government agency or instrumentality, 
except for funds invested by a public pension fund and ``Qualified Non-
private Funds'' as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (4) Any portion of a commitment from an Institutional Investor with 
a net worth of less than $10 million that exceeds 10 percent of such 
Institutional Investor's net worth and is not backed by a letter of 
credit from a State or National bank acceptable to SBA.
    (c) Non-cash capital contributions. Capital contributions in a form 
other than cash are subject to the limitations in Sec. 107.240.
    (d) Qualified Non-private Funds. Private Capital includes 
``Qualified Non-private Funds'' as defined in this paragraph (d); 
however, investors of Qualified Non-private Funds must not control, 
directly or indirectly, a Licensee's management, or its board of 
directors or general partner(s). Qualified Non-private Funds are:
    (1) Funds directly or indirectly invested in any Licensee on or 
before August 16, 1982 by any Federal agency except SBA, under a 
statute explicitly mandating the inclusion of such funds in ``Private 
Capital'';
    (2) Funds directly or indirectly invested in any Licensee by any 
Federal agency under a statute that is enacted after September 4, 1992, 
explicitly mandating the inclusion of such funds in ``Private 
Capital'';
    (3) Funds invested in any Licensee or license applicant by one or 
more State or local government entities (including any guarantee 
extended by such entities) in an aggregate amount that does not exceed 
33 percent of Regulatory Capital; and
    (4) Funds invested in any Section 301(d) Licensee or such license 
applicant from the following sources:
    (i) A State financing agency, or similar agency or instrumentality, 
if the funds invested are derived from such agency's net income and not 
from appropriated State or local funds; and
    (ii) Grants made by a state or local government agency or 
instrumentality into a nonprofit corporation or institution exercising 
discretionary authority with respect to such funds, if SBA determines 
that such funds have taken on a private character and the nonprofit 
corporation or institution is not a mere conduit.
    (e) You may not accept any capital contribution made with funds 
borrowed by a Person seeking to own an equity interest (whether direct 
or indirect, beneficial or of record) of at least 10 percent of your 
Private Capital. This exclusion does not apply if:
    (1) Such Person's net worth is at least twice the amount borrowed; 
or
    (2) SBA gives its prior written approval of the capital 
contribution.

Sec. 107.240  Limitations on including non-cash capital contributions 
in Private Capital.

    Non-cash capital contributions to a Licensee or license applicant 
are included in Private Capital only if they fall into one of the 
following categories:
    (a) Direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to 
principal and interest by, the United States.
    (b) Services rendered or to be rendered to you, priced at no more 
than their fair market value.
    (c) Tangible assets used in your operations, priced at no more than 
their fair market value.
    (d) Shares in a Disadvantaged Business received by a subsidiary 
Section 301(d) Licensee from its parent Licensee, valued at the lower 
of cost or fair value.
    (e) Other non-cash assets approved by SBA.

Sec. 107.250  Exclusion of stock options issued by Licensee from 
Management Expenses.

    Stock options issued by any Licensee, including a 1940 or 1980 Act 
Company, are not considered compensation and therefore do not count as 
part of a Licensee's Management Expenses.
Applying for an SBIC License

Sec. 107.300  License application form and fee.

    The license application must be submitted on SBA Form 415 together 
with a processing fee computed as follows:
    (a) All license applicants will pay a base fee of $10,000.
    (b) All applicants who will be Partnership Licensees will pay an 
additional $5,000 fee, for a total of $15,000.
    (c) All applicants who will be issuing Participating Securities 
will pay an additional $5,000 fee, for a total of $15,000, or a total 
fee of $20,000 if they also intend to be Partnership Licensees.

Subpart D--Changes in Ownership, Control, or Structure of Licensee; 
Transfer of License

Changes in Control or Ownership of Licensee

Sec. 107.400  Changes in ownership of 10 percent or more of Licensee 
but no change of Control.

    (a) Prior approval requirements. You must obtain SBA's prior 
written approval for any proposed transfer or issuance of ownership 
interests that results in the ownership (beneficial or of record) by 
any Person, or group of Persons acting in concert, of at least 10 
percent of any class of your stock or partnership capital.
    (b) Fee. A processing fee of $200 must accompany each such request 
for approval of a change of ownership.

Sec. 107.410  Changes in Control of Licensee (through change in 
ownership or otherwise).

    (a) Prior approval requirements. You must obtain SBAs prior 
written approval for any proposed transaction or event that results in 
Control by any Person(s) not previously approved by SBA.
    (b) Fee. A processing fee of $10,000 must accompany any application 
for approval of one or more transactions or events that will result in 
a transfer of Control.

Sec. 107.420  Prohibition on exercise of ownership or Control rights in 
Licensee before SBA approval.

    Without prior written SBA approval, no change of ownership or 
Control may take effect and no officer, director, employee or other 
Person acting on your behalf shall:
    (a) Register on your books any transfer of ownership interest to 
the proposed new owner(s);
    (b) Permit the proposed new owner(s) to exercise voting rights with 
respect to such ownership interest (including directly or indirectly 
procuring or voting any proxy, consent or authorization as to such 
voting rights at any shareholders' or partnership meeting);
    (c) Permit the proposed new owner(s) to participate in any manner 
in the conduct of your affairs (including exercising control over your 
books, records, funds or other assets; participating directly or 
indirectly in any disposition thereof; or serving as an 

[[Page 3198]]
officer, director, partner, employee or agent); or
    (d) Allow ownership or Control to pass to another Person.

Sec. 107.430  Notification to SBA of transactions that may change 
ownership or Control.

    You must promptly notify SBA as soon as you have knowledge of 
transactions or events that may result in a transfer of Control or 
ownership of at least 10 percent of your capital. If there is any doubt 
as to whether a particular transaction or event will result in such a 
change, report the facts to SBA.

Sec. 107.440  Standards governing prior SBA approval for a proposed 
transfer of Control.

    SBA approval is contingent upon full disclosure of the real parties 
in interest, the source of funds for the new owners' interest, and 
other data requested by SBA. As a condition of approving a proposed 
transfer of control, SBA may:
    (a) Require an increase in your Regulatory Capital;
    (b) Require the new owners or the transferee's Control Person(s) to 
assume, in writing, personal liability for your Leverage, effective 
only in the event of their direct or indirect participation in any 
transfer of Control not approved by SBA; or
    (c) Require compliance with any other conditions set by SBA.

Sec. 107.450  Notification to SBA of pledge of Licensee's shares.

    (a) You must notify SBA in writing, within 30 calendar days, of the 
terms of any transaction in which:
    (1) Any Person, or group of Persons acting in concert, pledges 
shares of your stock (or equivalent ownership interests) as collateral 
for indebtedness; and
    (2) The shares pledged are at least 10 percent of your Regulatory 
Capital.
    (b) If the transaction creates a change of ownership or Control, 
you must comply with Sec. 107.400 or Sec. 107.410, as appropriate.
Restrictions on Common Control or Ownership of Two or More Licensees

Sec. 107.460  Restrictions on Common Control or ownership of two (or 
more) Licensees.

    (a) General rule. Without SBA's prior written approval, you must 
not have an officer, director, manager, Control Person, or owner (with 
a direct or indirect ownership interest of at least 10 percent) who is 
also:
    (1) An officer, director, manager, Control Person, or owner (with a 
direct or indirect ownership interest of at least 10 percent) of 
another Licensee; or
    (2) An officer or director of any Person that directly or 
indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under Common Control 
with, another Licensee.
    (b) Exceptions to general rule. This Sec. 107.460 does not apply 
to:
    (1) Common officers, directors, managers, or owners of a Section 
301(c) Licensee and its Section 301(d) subsidiary; or
    (2) Common officers, directors, managers, Control Persons, or 
owners of two (or more) Licensees which have no Leverage.
Change in Structure of Licensee

Sec. 107.470  SBA approval of merger, consolidation, or reorganization 
of Licensee.

    (a) Prior approval requirements. You may not merge, consolidate, 
change form of organization (corporation or partnership) or reorganize 
without SBA's prior written approval. Any such merger or consolidation 
will be subject to Sec. 107.440.
    (b) Fee. A processing fee of $5,000 must accompany any application 
for approval of a change in your form of organization (from corporation 
to partnership or partnership to corporation).
Transfer of License

Sec. 107.475  Transfer of license.

    You may not transfer your license in any manner without SBA's prior 
written approval.

Subpart E--Managing the Operations of a Licensee

General Requirements

Sec. 107.500  Lawful operations under the Act.

    You must engage only in the activities contemplated by the Act and 
in no other activities.

Sec. 107.501  Identification as a Licensee.

    You must display your SBIC license in a prominent location. You 
must also have a listed telephone number. Before collecting an 
application fee or extending Financing to a Small Business, you must 
obtain a written statement from the concern acknowledging its awareness 
that you are ``a Federal licensee under the Small Business Investment 
Act of 1958, as amended.''

Sec. 107.502  Representations to the public.

    You may not represent or imply to anyone that the SBA, the U.S. 
Government or any of its agencies or officers has approved any 
ownership interests you have issued or obligations you have incurred. 
Be certain to include a statement to this effect in any solicitation to 
investors. Example: You may not represent or imply that ``SBA stands 
behind the Licensee'' or that ``Your capital is safe because SBA's 
experts review proposed investments to make sure they are safe for the 
Licensee.''

Sec. 107.503  Licensee's adoption of an approved Valuation Policy.

    (a) SBA approval. You must have a written valuation policy for use 
in determining the value of your Loans and Investments. You must 
include this policy as part of your initial application to SBA.
    (b) Adopting SBA's valuation guidelines/automatic approval. If you 
adopt the exact wording of the Model Valuation Policy, ``Valuation 
Guidelines for SBICs'', and make absolutely no additions or changes, 
then SBA will automatically accept your Valuation Policy. With SBA's 
prior written approval, you may adopt a policy that differs from the 
model.
    (c) Licensee's adoption of policy. Your board of directors or 
general partners will be solely responsible for adopting your Valuation 
Policy and for using it to prepare valuations of your Loans and 
Investments for submission to SBA. If SBA reasonably believes that your 
valuations, individually or in the aggregate, are materially misstated, 
it reserves the right to require you to engage, at your expense, an 
independent third party, acceptable to SBA, to substantiate the 
valuations.
    (d) Frequency of valuations. (1) If you have outstanding Leverage 
or Earmarked Assets, you must value your Loans and Investments at the 
end of the second quarter of your fiscal year, and at the end of your 
fiscal year.
    (2) Otherwise, you must value your Loans and Investments only at 
your fiscal year end.
    (3) On a case-by-case basis, SBA may require you to perform 
valuations more frequently.
    (4) You must report material adverse changes in valuations at least 
quarterly, within thirty days following the close of the quarter.
    (e) Review of valuations by independent public accountant. Your 
independent public accountant must review only valuations performed as 
of the end of your fiscal year. The accountant's responsibility 
includes reviewing your valuation procedures and the implementation of 
such procedures, including adequacy of documentation. The accountant 
also has reporting responsibilities concerning the results of this 
review. 

[[Page 3199]]

Sec. 107.504  Computer capability requirements of Licensee.

    You must have a personal computer with a modem, and be able to use 
this equipment to prepare reports (using SBA-provided software) and 
transmit them by modem to SBA.

Sec. 107.505  Facsimile requirement.

    You must be able to receive fax messages 24 hours per day at your 
primary office.

Sec. 107.506  Safeguarding Licensee's assets/Internal controls.

    You must adopt a plan to safeguard your assets and monitor the 
reliability of your financial data, personnel, Portfolio, funds and 
equipment. You must provide your bank and custodian with a certified 
copy of your resolution or other formal document describing your 
control procedures.

Sec. 107.507  Violations based on false filings and nonperformance of 
agreements with SBA.

    The following shall constitute a violation of this part:
    (a) Nonperformance. Nonperformance of any of the requirements of 
any Debenture, Participating Security or Preferred Security, or of any 
written agreement with SBA.
    (b) False statement. In any document submitted to SBA:
    (1) Any false statement knowingly made; or
    (2) Any misrepresentation of a material fact; or
    (3) Any failure to state a material fact. A material fact is any 
fact which is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of 
the circumstances under which the statement was made.

Sec. 107.508  Accessible office.

    You must maintain an office that is convenient to the public and is 
open for business during normal working hours.

Sec. 107.509  Employment of SBA officials.

    Without SBA's prior written approval, for a period of two years 
after the date of your most recent issuance of Leverage (or the receipt 
of any SBA Assistance as defined in part 105 of this chapter), you are 
not permitted to employ, offer employment to, or retain for 
professional services, any person who:
    (a) Served as an officer, attorney, agent, or employee of SBA on or 
within one year before such date; and
    (b) As such, occupied a position or engaged in activities which, in 
SBA's determination, involved discretion with respect to the granting 
of Assistance under the Act.
Management and Compensation

Sec. 107.510  SBA approval of Licensee's Investment Adviser/Manager.

    You may employ an Investment Adviser/Manager who will be subject to 
the supervision of your board of directors or general partner. If you 
have Leverage or plan to seek Leverage, you must obtain SBA's prior 
written approval of the management contract. SBA's approval of an 
Investment/Advisor Manager for one Licensee does not indicate approval 
of that manager for any other Licensee.
    (a) Management contract. The contract must:
    (1) Specify the services the Investment Adviser/manager will render 
to you and to the Small Businesses in your Portfolio; and
    (2) Indicate the basis for computing Management Expenses.
    (b) Material change to approved management contract. If there is a 
material change, both you and SBA must approve such change in advance. 
If you are uncertain if the change is material, submit the proposed 
revision to SBA.

Sec. 107.520  Management Expenses of a Licensee.

    SBA must approve any increases in your Management Expenses if you 
have outstanding Leverage or Earmarked Assets.
    (a) Definition of Management Expenses. Management Expenses include:
    (1) Salaries;
    (2) Office expenses;
    (3) Travel;
    (4) Business development;
    (5) Office and equipment rental;
    (6) Bookkeeping; and
    (7) Expenses related to developing, investigating and monitoring 
investments.
    (b) Management Expenses do not include services provided by 
specialized outside consultants, outside lawyers and independent public 
accountants, if they perform services not generally performed by a 
venture capital company.
    (c) If your Management Expenses have not already been approved by 
SBA, you must submit such expenses for approval with your SBA Form 468 
for your first fiscal year ending after January 31, 1996.
Cash Management by a Licensee

Sec. 107.530  Restrictions on investments of idle funds by leveraged 
Licensees.

    (a) Applicability of this section. This Sec. 107.530 applies if you 
have outstanding Leverage or if you have applied for Leverage.
    (b) Permitted investments of idle funds. Funds not invested in 
Small Businesses must be maintained in:
    (1) Direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to 
principal and interest by, the United States, which mature within 15 
months from the date of the investment; or
    (2) Repurchase agreements with federally insured institutions, with 
a maturity of seven days or less. The securities underlying the 
repurchase agreements must be direct obligations of, or obligations 
guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States. The 
securities must be maintained in a custodial account at a federally 
insured institution; or
    (3) Certificates of deposit with a maturity of one year or less, 
issued by a federally insured institution; or
    (4) A deposit account in a federally insured institution, subject 
to a withdrawal restriction of one year or less; or
    (5) A checking account in a federally insured institution; or
    (6) A reasonable petty cash fund.
    (c) Deposit of funds in excess of the insured amount. (1) You are 
permitted to deposit funds in a federally insured institution in excess 
of the institution's insured amount, but only if the institution is 
``well capitalized'' in accordance with the definition set forth in 
regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as amended 
(12 CFR 325.103).
    (2) Exception: You may make a temporary deposit (not to exceed 30 
days) in excess of the insured amount, in a transfer account 
established to facilitate the receipt and disbursement of funds or to 
hold funds necessary to honor Commitments issued.
    (d) Deposit of funds in Associate institution. A deposit in, or a 
repurchase agreement with, a federally insured institution that is your 
Associate is not considered a Financing of such Associate under 
Sec. 107.730, provided the terms of such deposit or repurchase 
agreement are no less favorable than those available to the general 
public.
Borrowing by Licensees From Non-SBA Sources

Sec. 107.550  Prior approval of secured third-party debt of leveraged 
Licensees.

    (a) Definition. In this Sec. 107.550, ``secured third-party debt'' 
means any non-SBA debt secured by any of your assets, including secured 
guarantees and other contingent obligations that you voluntarily 
assume, secured lines of credit, and secured Temporary Debt of a 
Licensee with outstanding Participating Securities.

[[Page 3200]]

    (b) General rule. If you have outstanding Leverage, you must get 
SBA's written approval before you incur any secured third-party debt or 
refinance any debt with secured third-party debt, including any renewal 
of a secured line of credit, increase in the maximum amount available 
under a secured line of credit, or expansion of the scope of a security 
interest or lien. For purposes of this paragraph (b), ``expansion of 
the scope of a security interest or lien'' does not include the 
substitution of one asset or group of assets for another, provided the 
asset values (as reported on your most recent annual Form 468) are 
comparable.
    (c) Additional rule for secured lines of credit in existence on 
April 8, 1994. If you have outstanding Leverage and you have a secured 
line of credit that was created on or before April 8, 1994, you must 
receive SBA's written approval of the line before you increase the 
amounts outstanding thereunder.
    (d) Conditions for SBA approval. As a condition of granting its 
approval under this Sec. 107.550, SBA may impose such restrictions or 
limitations as it deems appropriate, taking into account your 
historical performance, current financial position, proposed terms of 
the secured debt and amount of aggregate debt you will have outstanding 
(including Leverage). SBA will not favorably consider any requests for 
approval which include a blanket lien on all your assets, or a security 
interest in your investor commitments in excess of 125 percent of the 
proposed borrowing.
    (e) Thirty day approval. Unless SBA notifies you otherwise within 
30 days after it receives your request, you may consider your request 
automatically approved if:
    (1) You are in regulatory compliance;
    (2) The security interest in your assets is limited to either those 
assets being acquired with the borrowed funds or an asset coverage 
ratio of no more than 2:1;
    (3) Your Leverage does not exceed 150 percent of your Leverageable 
Capital; and
    (4) Your request is for approval of a secured line of credit that 
would not cause your total outstanding borrowings (not including 
Leverage) to exceed 50 percent of your Leverageable Capital.

Sec. 107.560  Subordination of SBA's creditor position.

    (a) Debentures purchased or guaranteed on or before July 1, 1991. 
Under the terms of any Debenture purchased or guaranteed by SBA on or 
before July 1, 1991, SBA's unsecured claims against you, as a 
Debenture-holder or as subrogee, are subordinated in favor of all your 
other creditors, except to the extent that such claims may be subject 
to equitable subordination in SBA's favor.
    (b) Debentures purchased or guaranteed after July 1, 1991, 
including refinancings of Debentures previously purchased or 
guaranteed. (1) Under the terms of any Debenture purchased or 
guaranteed by SBA after July 1, 1991, SBA's unsecured claims against 
you, as a Debenture-holder or as subrogee, are subordinated only in 
favor of non-Associate lenders; and, to the extent that your 
indebtedness to such lenders exceeds the lesser of $10,000,000 or 200 
percent of your Regulatory Capital (determined as of the date your 
Debentures were purchased or guaranteed), SBA's unsecured claims enjoy 
parity with those of other unsecured creditors, except with respect to 
indebtedness created on or before July 1, 1991.
    (2) In order to induce others to lend you money after your 
Debenture has been purchased or guaranteed, SBA may agree in writing on 
a case-by-case basis to subordinate its unsecured claims, on such terms 
as it may determine, in favor of one or more of your Associates, or in 
favor of other lenders in excess of the amounts mentioned in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section.
    (3) SBA reserves the authority to refuse to subordinate its claims 
if it determines, at the time you request your Debenture be purchased 
or guar
FR Doc. 96-1351 PART 107SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT COMPANIES
anteed, that the exercise of reasonable investment prudence and 
your financial condition warrant such refusal.

Sec. 107.570  Restrictions on third-party debt of issuers of 
Participating Securities.

    (a) General. Temporary Debt is the only debt (other than Leverage) 
that you are permitted to incur if you have applied to issue 
Participating Securities or if you have outstanding Participating 
Securities. For additional rules governing secured Temporary Debt, see 
Sec. 107.550.
    (b) Definition of Temporary Debt. Temporary Debt means your short-
term borrowings if:
    (1) Such borrowings are for the purpose of maintaining your 
operating liquidity or providing funds for a particular Financing of a 
Small Business;
    (2) The funds are borrowed from a regulated financial institution 
or a regulated credit company (or, if approved by SBA on a case-by-case 
basis, from non-regulated lenders including shareholders or partners);
    (3) Your total outstanding borrowings (not including Leverage) do 
not exceed 50 percent of your Leverageable Capital; and
    (4) All such borrowings are fully paid off for at least 30 
consecutive days during your fiscal year so that you have no 
outstanding third-party debt for 30 days.
Voluntary Decrease in Licensee's Regulatory Capital

Sec. 107.585  Voluntary decrease in Licensee's Regulatory Capital.

    You must obtain SBA's prior written approval to reduce your 
Regulatory Capital by more than two percent in any fiscal year, unless 
otherwise permitted under Secs. 107.1560 and 107.1570. At all times, 
you must retain sufficient Regulatory Capital to meet the minimum 
capital requirements in the Act and Sec. 107.210, and sufficient 
Leverageable Capital to avoid having excess Leverage in violation of 
section 303 of the Act and Secs. 107.1150 through 107.1170.
Requirement To Conduct Active Investment Operations

Sec. 107.590  Licensee's requirement to maintain active operations.

    (a) Activity test. You must conduct active operations, as 
determined under this Sec. 107.590, as a condition of your license. You 
will be considered active if:
    (1) During the eighteen months preceding your most recent fiscal 
year end, you made Financings totaling at least 20 percent of your 
Regulatory Capital; or
    (2) Your idle funds did not exceed 20 percent of your total assets 
(at cost) at your most recent fiscal year end.
    (b) Permitted exceptions to activity requirements. You are 
considered active if your failure to meet the requirements in paragraph 
(a) of this section is the result of one or more of the following 
factors:
    (1) Your excess idle funds are the result of the receipt, within 
the previous nine months, of realized gains, repayments, additional 
capital contributions, or Leverage.
    (2) It is necessary for you to maintain excess idle funds to 
conduct your operations because:
    (i) Your unfunded commitments from investors are no more than 20 
percent of your Regulatory Capital; and
    (ii) You cannot receive additional Leverage, solely because SBA has 
insufficient funds available.
    (3) You have not made sufficient Financings because of a lack of 
available funds, evidenced by Loans and Investments (at cost) equal to 
at least 90 percent of your Combined Capital as of your most recent 
fiscal year end.
    (4) You have not made sufficient Financings solely because SBA has 

[[Page 3201]]
    restricted your ability to make investments.
    (c) Applicability of activity requirements. The activity 
requirements in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply if you have 
filed a ``Wind-up Plan'' approved by SBA. ``Wind-up Plan'' means a plan 
that you prepare when you decide that you will no longer make any 
Financings other than follow-on investments, and that you update 
annually when you file your SBA Form 468. The plan must contain your 
best estimates of the following:
    (1) The remaining number of years you expect to operate.
    (2) For each of your Loans and Investments, the expected 
liquidation date and anticipated proceeds.
    (3) The timing of your repayment of obligations to SBA.
    (4) The timing and amount of any planned reductions in your 
Management Expenses.
    (d) Phase-in of activity requirements. (1) General rule. You must 
meet the activity requirements in this Sec. 107.590 as of the end of 
your first full fiscal year beginning after January 31, 1996. Until 
then, you will be considered active if you meet the activity 
requirements in effect on January 30, 1996.
    (2) Rule for new Licensees. If you received your license after 
January 31, 1996, or if you received your license less than eighteen 
months before the fiscal year end determined under paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section, you must meet the activity requirements in this 
Sec. 107.590 as of the end of your second full fiscal year beginning 
after the date you received your license.

Subpart F--Recordkeeping, Reporting, and Examination Requirements 
for Licensees

Recordkeeping Requirements for Licensees

Sec. 107.600  General requirement for Licensee to maintain and preserve 
records.

    (a) Maintaining your accounting records. You must establish and 
maintain your accounting records using SBA's standard chart of accounts 
for Licensees, unless SBA approves otherwise.
    (b) Location of records. You must keep the following records at 
your principal place of business or, in the case of paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section, at the branch office that is primarily responsible for 
the transaction:
    (1) All your accounting and other financial records;
    (2) All minutes of meetings of directors, stockholders, executive 
committees, partners, or other officials; and
    (3) All documents and supporting materials related to your business 
transactions, except for any items held by a custodian under a written 
agreement between you and a Portfolio Concern or non-SBA lender, or any 
securities held in a safe deposit box, or by a licensed securities 
broker in an amount not exceeding the broker's per-account insurance 
coverage.
    (c) Preservation of records. You must retain all the records that 
are the basis for your financial reports. Such records must be 
preserved for the periods specified in this paragraph (c), and must 
remain accessible for the first two years of the preservation period.
    (1) You must preserve for at least 15 years or, in the case of a 
Partnership Licensee, at least two years beyond the date of 
liquidation:
    (i) All your accounting ledgers and journals, and any other records 
of assets, asset valuations, liabilities, equity, income, and expenses.
    (ii) Your Articles, bylaws, minute books, and license application.
    (iii) All documents evidencing ownership of the Licensee including 
ownership ledgers, and ownership transfer registers.
    (2) You must preserve for at least six years all supporting 
documentation (such as vouchers, bank statements, or canceled checks) 
for the records listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (3) After final disposition of any item in your Portfolio, you must 
preserve for at least six years:
    (i) Financing applications and Financing instruments.
    (ii) All loan, participation, and escrow agreements.
    (iii) Size status declarations (SBA Form 480) and Financing 
Eligibility Statements (SBA Form 1941).
    (iv) Any capital stock certificates and warrants of the Portfolio 
Concern that you did not surrender or exercise.
    (v) All other documents and supporting material relating to the 
Portfolio Concern, including correspondence.
    (4) You may substitute a microfilm or computer-scanned or generated 
copy for the original of any record covered by this paragraph (c).

Sec. 107.610  Required certifications for Loans and Investments.

    For each of your Loans and Investments, you must have the documents 
listed in this section. You must keep these documents in your files and 
make them available to SBA upon request.
    (a) SBA Form 480, the Size Status Declaration, executed both by you 
and by the concern you are financing. By executing this document, both 
parties certify that the concern is a Small Business. For securities 
purchased from an underwriter in a public offering, you may substitute 
a prospectus showing that the concern is a Small Business.
    (b) SBA Form 652, a certification by the concern you are financing 
that it will not illegally discriminate (see part 112 of this chapter).
    (c) SBA Form 1941 (for Section 301(d) Licensees only), executed 
both by you and by the concern you are financing. By executing this 
document, both parties certify that the concern is a Disadvantaged 
Business.
    (d) A certification by the concern you are financing of the 
intended use of the proceeds. For securities purchased from an 
underwriter in a public offering, you may substitute a prospectus 
indicating the intended use of proceeds.

Sec. 107.620  Requirements to obtain information from Portfolio 
Concerns.

    All the information required by this section is subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 107.600 and must be in English.
    (a) Information for initial Financing decision. Before extending 
any Financing, you must require the applicant to submit such financial 
statements, plans of operation (including intended use of financing 
proceeds), cash flow analyses and projections as are necessary to 
support your investment decision. The information submitted must be 
consistent with the size and type of the business and the amount of the 
proposed Financing.
    (b) Updated financial information. (1) The terms of each Financing 
must require the Portfolio Concern to provide, at least annually, 
sufficient financial information to enable you to perform the following 
required procedures:
    (i) Evaluate the financial condition of the Portfolio Concern for 
the purpose of valuing your investment;
    (ii) Determine the continued eligibility of the Portfolio Concern; 
and
    (iii) Verify the use of Financing proceeds.
    (2) The information submitted to you must be certified by the 
president, chief executive officer, treasurer, chief financial officer, 
general partner, or proprietor of the Portfolio Concern.
    (3) For financial and valuation purposes, you may accept a complete 
copy of the Federal income tax return filed by the Portfolio Concern 
(or its proprietor) in lieu of financial statements, but only if 
appropriate for the size and type of the business involved.
    (4) The requirements in this paragraph (b) do not apply when you 

[[Page 3202]]
    acquire securities from an underwriter in a public offering (see 
Sec. 107.825). In that case, you must keep copies of all reports 
furnished by the Portfolio Concern to the holders of its securities.
    (c) Information required for examination purposes. You must obtain 
any information requested by SBA's examiners for the purpose of 
verifying the certifications made by a Portfolio Concern under 
Sec. 107.610. In this regard, your Financing documents must contain 
provisions requiring the Portfolio Concern to give you and/or SBA's 
examiners access to its books and records for such purpose.
Reporting Requirements for Licensees

Sec. 107.630  Requirement for Licensees to file financial statements 
with SBA (Form 468).

    (a) Annual filing of Form 468. For each fiscal year, you must 
submit to SBA financial statements and supplementary information 
prepared on SBA Form 468. You must file Form 468 on or before the last 
day of the third month following the end of your fiscal year, except 
for the information required under paragraph (e) of this section, which 
must be filed on or before the last day of the fifth month following 
the end of your fiscal year.
    (1) Audit of Form 468. The annual Form 468 must be audited by an 
independent public accountant acceptable to SBA.
    (2) Insurance requirement for public accountant. Unless SBA 
approves otherwise, your independent public accountant must carry at 
least $1,000,000 of Errors and Omissions insurance, or be self-insured 
and have a net worth of at least $1,000,000.
    (b) Interim filings of Form 468. When requested by SBA, you must 
file interim reports on Form 468. SBA may require you to file the 
entire form or only certain statements and schedules. You must file 
such reports on or before the last day of the month following the end 
of the reporting period. If you have an outstanding Leverage commitment 
from SBA, see the filing requirements in Sec. 107.1220.
    (c) Standards for preparation of Form 468. You must prepare SBA 
Form 468 in accordance with SBA's Accounting Standards and Financial 
Reporting Requirements for Small Business Investment Companies.
    (d) Where to file Form 468. Submit all filings of Form 468 to the 
Investment Division of SBA.
    (e) Reporting of economic impact information on Form 468. Your 
annual filing of SBA Form 468 must include an assessment of the 
economic impact of each Financing, specifying the full-time equivalent 
jobs created or retained, and the impact of the Financing on the 
revenues and profits of the business and on taxes paid by the business 
and its employees.

Sec. 107.640  Requirement to file Portfolio Financing Reports (SBA Form 
1031).

    For each Financing of a Small Business (excluding guarantees), you 
must submit a Portfolio Financing Report on SBA Form 1031 within 30 
days of the closing date.

Sec. 107.650  Requirement to report portfolio valuations to SBA.

    You must determine the value of your Loans and Investments in 
accordance with Sec. 107.503. You must report such valuations to SBA 
within 90 days of the end of the fiscal year in the case of annual 
valuations, and within 30 days following the close of other reporting 
periods. You must report material adverse changes in valuations at 
least quarterly, within thirty days following the close of the quarter.

Sec. 107.660  Other items required to be filed by Licensee with SBA.

    (a) Reports to owners. You must give SBA a copy of any report you 
furnish to your investors, including any prospectus, letter, or other 
publication concerning your financial operations or those of any 
Portfolio Concern.
    (b) Documents filed with SEC. You must give SBA a copy of any 
report, application or document you file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.
    (c) Litigation reports. When you become a party to litigation or 
other proceedings, you must give SBA a report within 30 days that 
describes the proceedings and identifies the other parties involved and 
your relationship to them.
    (1) The proceedings covered by this paragraph (c) include any 
action by you, or by your security holder(s) in a personal or 
derivative capacity, against an officer, director, Investment Adviser 
or other Associate of yours for alleged breach of official duty.
    (2) SBA may require you to submit copies of the pleadings and other 
documents SBA may specify.
    (3) Where proceedings have been terminated by settlement or final 
judgment, you must promptly advise SBA of the terms.
    (4) This paragraph (c) does not apply to collection actions or 
proceedings to enforce your ordinary creditors' rights.
    (d) Other reports. You must file any other reports that SBA may 
require by written directive.

Sec. 107.670  Application for exemption from civil penalty for late 
filing of reports.

    (a) If it is impracticable to submit any required report within the 
time allowed, you may apply for an extension. The request for an 
extension must:
    (1) Be filed before the reporting deadline;
    (2) Certify to an extraordinary occurrence, not within your 
control, that makes timely filing of the report impracticable; and
    (3) Be accompanied by written evidence of such occurrence, where 
appropriate.
    (b) Upon receipt of your request, SBA may exempt you from the civil 
penalty provision of section 315(a) of the Act, in such manner and 
under such conditions as SBA determines.

Sec. 107.680  Reporting changes in Licensee not subject to prior SBA 
approval.

    (a) Changes to be reported for post approval. (1) This section 
applies to any changes in your Articles, ownership, capitalization, 
management, operating area, or investment policies that do not require 
SBA's prior approval. You must report such changes to SBA within 30 
days for post approval. A processing fee of $200 must accompany each 
request for post approval of new officers, directors, or Control 
Persons.
    (2) Exception for non-leveraged Licensees. If you do not have 
outstanding Leverage or Earmarked Assets, you are not required to 
obtain post approval of new directors or new officers other than your 
chief operating officer; however, you must notify SBA of the new 
directors or officers within 30 days.
    (b) Approval by SBA. You may consider any change submitted under 
this section Sec. 107.680 to be approved unless SBA notifies you to the 
contrary within 90 days after receiving it. SBA's approval is 
contingent upon your full disclosure of all relevant facts and is 
subject to any conditions SBA may prescribe.
Examinations of Licensees by SBA for Regulatory Compliance

Sec. 107.690  Examinations.

    SBA will examine all Licensees for the purpose of evaluating 
regulatory compliance.

Sec. 107.691  Responsibilities of Licensee during examination.

    You must make all books, records and other pertinent documents and 
materials available for the examination, including any information 
required by the examiner under Sec. 107.620(c). In addition, the 
agreement between you and the independent public accountant 

[[Page 3203]]
performing your audit must provide that any information in the 
accountant's working papers be made available to SBA upon request.

Sec. 107.692  Examination fees.

    (a) SBA will assess fees for examinations. Fees will be assessed 
based on your assets as of the date of your latest certified financial 
statement submitted to SBA prior to the examination. As a general rule, 
SBA will not assess fees for special examinations to obtain specific 
information. The rate table is as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets of Licensee        Base rate     Percent of assets   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
$0 to $1,500,000....................     $3,500  +0                     
$1,500,001 to $5,000,000............     $3,700  +.065% over $1,500,000 
$5,000,001 to $10,000,000...........     $6,000  +.02% over $5,000,000  
$10,000,001 to $15,000,000..........     $7,000  +.01% over $10,000,000 
$15,000,001 to $25,000,000..........     $7,700  +.015% over $15,000,000
$25,000,001 to $50,000,000..........     $9,200  +.015% over $25,000,000
$50,000,001 to $100,000,000.........    $13,000  +.01% over $50,000,000 
$100,000,001 or more................    $18,000  +.009% over $50,000,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Delay Fee. If, in the judgment of SBA, the time required to 
complete your examination is delayed due to your lack of cooperation or 
the condition or your records, SBA may assess an additional fee of up 
to $500 per day.

Subpart G--Financing of Small Businesses by Licensees

Determining the Eligibility of a Small Business for SBIC Financing

Sec. 107.700  Compliance with size standards in Part 121 of this 
chapter as a condition of Assistance.

    You are permitted to provide financial assistance and management 
services only to a Small Business. To determine whether an applicant is 
a Small Business, you may use either the financial size standards in 
Sec. 121.301(c)(1) of this chapter or the industry standard covering 
the industry in which the applicant is primarily engaged, as set forth 
in Sec. 121.301(c)(2) of this chapter.

Sec. 107.710  Requirement to finance Smaller Businesses.

    Your Portfolio must include Financings to Smaller Businesses.
    (a) Definition of Smaller Business. A Smaller Business means a 
business that:
    (1) Together with its Affiliates has a net worth of not more than 
$6.0 million and average net income after Federal income taxes 
(excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding two years no 
greater than $2.0 million; or
    (2) Both together with its affiliates, and by itself, meets the 
size standard of Sec. 121.201 of this chapter at the time of the 
Financing for the industry in which it is then primarily engaged.
    (b) Phase 1 of Smaller Business Financing requirement. At the close 
of your first complete fiscal year beginning on or after April 25, 
1994, at least 10 percent of the total dollar amount of the Financings 
you extended since April 25, 1994 must have been in Smaller Businesses.
    (c) Phase 2 of Smaller Business Financing requirement. At the close 
of each of your next fiscal years, at least 20 percent of the total 
dollar amount of the Financings you extended since April 25, 1994 must 
have been invested in Smaller Businesses.
    (d) Financing a change of ownership which results in the creation 
of a Smaller Business. The Financing of a change of ownership under 
Sec. 107.750 which results in the creation of a Smaller Business 
qualifies as a Smaller Business Financing.
    (e) Non-compliance with this section. If you have not reached the 
required percentage of Smaller Business Financings at the end of any 
fiscal year, then you must be in compliance by the end of the following 
fiscal year.

Sec. 107.720  Small Businesses that may be ineligible for Financing.

    (a) Relenders or reinvestors. You are not permitted to finance any 
business that is a relender or reinvestor.
    (1) Definition. Relenders or reinvestors are businesses whose 
primary business activity involves, directly or indirectly, providing 
funds to others, purchasing debt obligations, factoring, or long-term 
leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair.
    (2) Exception. You may provide Venture Capital Financing to 
Disadvantaged Businesses that are relenders or reinvestors (except 
banks or savings and loans not insured by agencies of the federal 
government, and agricultural credit companies). Without SBA's prior 
written approval, total Financings under this paragraph (a)(2) that are 
outstanding as of the close of your fiscal year must not exceed your 
Regulatory Capital.
    (b) Passive Businesses. You are not permitted to finance a passive 
business.
    (1) Definition. A business is passive if:
    (i) It is not engaged in a regular and continuous business 
operation (for purposes of this paragraph (b), the mere receipt of 
payments such as dividends, rents, lease payments, or royalties is not 
considered a regular and continuous business operation); or
    (ii) Its employees are not carrying on the majority of day to day 
operations, and the company does not provide effective control and 
supervision, on a day to day basis, over persons employed under 
contract; or
    (iii) It passes through substantially all of the proceeds of the 
Financing to another entity.
    (2) Exception. You may finance a passive business if, for all 
Financings extended, it passes substantially all the proceeds through 
to the same eligible Small Business that is not passive.
    (c) Real Estate Businesses. (1) You are not permitted to finance 
any business classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry 
No. 1532 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual, with the following 
exceptions:
    (i) Title Abstract companies (Industry No. 6541); and
    (ii) Companies listed under Industry No. 6531 (for example, real 
estate agents, brokers, escrow agents, managers and multiple listing 
services) that derive at least 80 percent of their revenue from non-
Affiliate sources.
    (2) You are not permitted to finance a business, regardless of SIC 
classification, if the Financing is to be used to acquire realty or to 
discharge an obligation relating to the prior acquisition of realty, 
unless the Small Business:
    (i) Is acquiring an existing property and will use at least 51 
percent of the usable square footage for an eligible business purpose; 
or
    (ii) Is building or renovating a building and will use at least 67 
percent of the usable square footage for an eligible business purpose.
    (d) Project Financing. You are not permitted to finance a business 
if:
    (1) The assets of the business are to be reduced or consumed, 
generally without replacement, as the life of the business progresses, 
and the nature of the business requires that a stream of cash payments 
be made to the business's financing sources, on a basis associated with 
the continuing sale of assets. Examples include real estate development 
projects and oil and gas wells; or
    (2) The primary purpose of the Financing is to fund production of a 
single item or defined limited number of items, generally over a 
defined production period, and such production will constitute the 
majority of the activities of the Small Business. Examples include 
motion pictures and electric generating plants. 

[[Page 3204]]

    (e) Farm land purchases. You are not permitted to finance the 
acquisition of farm land. Farm land means land which is or is intended 
to be used for agricultural or forestry purposes, such as the 
production of food, fiber, or wood, or is so taxed or zoned.
    (f) Public interest. You are not permitted to finance any business 
if the proceeds are to be used for purposes contrary to the public 
interest, including but not limited to activities which are in 
violation of law, or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise.
    (g) Foreign investment--(1) General rule. You are not permitted to 
finance a business if:
    (i) The funds will be used substantially for a foreign operation; 
or
    (ii) At the time of the Financing or within one year thereafter, 
more than 49 percent of the employees or tangible assets of the Small 
Business are located outside the United States (unless you can show, to 
SBA's satisfaction, that the Financing was used for a specific domestic 
purpose).
    (2) Exception. This paragraph (g) does not prohibit a Financing 
used to acquire foreign materials and equipment or foreign property 
rights for use or sale in the United States.
    (h) Associated supplier. You are not permitted to finance a 
business that purchases, or will purchase, goods or services from a 
supplier who is your Associate, except under the following conditions:
    (1) The amount of goods and services purchased (or to be purchased) 
from your Associate with the proceeds of the Financing, or with funds 
released as a result of the Financing, is less than 50 percent of the 
total amount of the Financing (75 percent for a Section 301(d) 
Licensee);
    (2) The price of such goods and services is no higher than that 
charged other customers of your Associate; and
    (3) The Small Business purchases no capital goods from your 
Associate.
    (i) Financing Licensees. You are not permitted to provide funds, 
directly or indirectly, that the Small Business will use:
    (1) To purchase stock in or provide capital to a Licensee; or
    (2) To repay an indebtedness incurred for the purpose of investing 
in a Licensee.

Sec. 107.730  Financings which constitute conflicts of interest.

    (a) General rule. You must not self-deal to the prejudice of a 
Small Business, the Licensee, its shareholders or partners, or SBA. 
Unless you obtain a prior written exemption from SBA for special 
instances in which a Financing may further the purposes of the Act 
despite presenting a conflict of interest, you must not directly or 
indirectly:
    (1) Provide Financing to any of your Associates.
    (2) Provide Financing to an Associate of another Licensee if one of 
your Associates has received or will receive any direct or indirect 
Financing or a Commitment from that Licensee or a third Licensee 
(including Financing or Commitments received under any understanding, 
agreement, or cross dealing, reciprocal or circular arrangement).
    (3) Borrow money from:
    (i) A Small Business Financed by you;
    (ii) An officer, director, or owner of at least a 10 percent equity 
interest in such business; or
    (iii) A Close Relative of any such officer, director, or equity 
owner.
    (4) Provide Financing to a Small Business to discharge an 
obligation to your Associate or free other funds to pay such 
obligation. This paragraph (a)(4) does not apply if the obligation is 
to an Associate Lending Institution and is a line of credit or other 
obligation incurred in the normal course of business.
    (5) Provide Financing to a Small Business for the purpose of 
purchasing property from your Associate, except as permitted under 
Sec. 107.720(h).
    (b) Rules applicable to Associates. Without SBA' s prior written 
approval, your Associates must not, directly or indirectly:
    (1) Borrow money from any Person described in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (2) Receive from a Small Business any compensation in connection 
with Assistance you provide (except as permitted under Secs. 107.825(c) 
and 107.900), or anything of value for procuring, attempting to 
procure, or influencing your action with respect to such Assistance.
    (c) Applicability of other laws. You are also bound by any 
restrictions in Federal or State laws governing conflicts of interest 
and fiduciary obligations.
    (d) Financings with Associates--(1) Financings with Associates 
requiring prior approval. Without SBA's prior written approval, you may 
not Finance any business in which your Associate has either a voting 
equity interest, or total equity interests (including potential 
interests), of at least five percent.
    (2) Other Financings with Associates. If you and an Associate 
provide Financing to the same Small Business, either at the same time 
or at different times, you must be able to demonstrate to SBA's 
satisfaction that the terms and conditions are (or were) fair and 
equitable to you, taking into account any differences in the timing of 
each party's financing transactions.
    (3) Exceptions to paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section. A 
Financing that falls into one of the following categories is exempt 
from the prior approval requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
or is presumed to be fair and equitable to you for the purposes of 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, as appropriate:
    (i) Your Associate is a Lending Institution that is providing 
financing under a credit facility in order to meet the operational 
needs of the Small Business, and the terms of such financing are usual 
and customary.
    (ii) Your Associate invests in the Small Business on the same terms 
and conditions and at the same time as you.
    (iii) Both you and your Associate are leveraged Licensees, and both 
have outstanding Participating Securities or neither has outstanding 
Participating Securities.
    (iv) Both you and your Associate are non-leveraged Licensees.
    (e) Use of Associates to manage Portfolio Concerns. To protect your 
investment, you may designate an Associate to serve as an officer, 
director, or other participant in the management of a Small Business. 
You must identify any such Associate in your records available for 
SBA's review under Sec. 107.600. Without SBA's prior written approval, 
the Associate must not:
    (1) Have any other direct or indirect financial interest in the 
Portfolio Concern that exceeds, or has the potential to exceed, 5 
percent of the Portfolio Concern's equity.
    (2) Have served for more than 30 days as an officer, director or 
other participant in the management of the Portfolio Concern before you 
provided Financing.
    (3) Receive any income or anything of value from the Portfolio 
Concern unless it is for your benefit, with the exception of director's 
fees, expenses, and distributions based upon the Associate's ownership 
interest in the Concern.
    (f) 1940 and 1980 Act Companies: SEC exemptions. If you are a 1940 
or 1980 Act Company and you receive an exemption from the Securities 
and Exchange Commission for a transaction described in this 
Sec. 107.730, you need not obtain SBA's approval of the transaction. 
However, you must promptly notify SBA of the transaction and satisfy 
the public notice requirements in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (g) Public notice. Before SBA grants an exemption under this 
Sec. 107.730, you 

[[Page 3205]]
must publish notice of the transaction in a newspaper of general 
circulation in the locality most directly affected by the transaction, 
and furnish a certified copy to SBA within 10 days of publication. SBA 
will publish a similar notice in the Federal Register.

Sec. 107.740  Portfolio diversification (``overline'' limitation).

    (a) General rule. This Sec. 107.740 applies if you have outstanding 
Leverage or want to be eligible for Leverage. Without SBA's prior 
written approval, your aggregate outstanding Financings and Commitments 
to a Small Business (including its Affiliates) must not exceed:
    (1) 20 percent of Regulatory Capital for a Section 301(c) Licensee; 
or
    (2) 30 percent of Regulatory Capital for a Section 301(d)Licensee.
    (b) Outstanding Financings. For the purposes of paragraph (a) of 
this section, you must measure each outstanding Financing at its 
current cost plus any amount of the Financing that was previously 
written off.
    (c) Adjustment to Regulatory Capital. For the purposes of paragraph 
(a) of this section, you may compute a higher maximum permitted 
investment in a Small Business (an ``increased limit'') by adding ``net 
unrealized gains'' on Publicly Traded and Marketable securities to your 
Regulatory Capital, subject to the following conditions:
    (1) ``Net unrealized gains'' on Publicly Traded and Marketable 
securities means unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and Marketable 
securities minus unrealized losses on all Loans and Investments.
    (2) You must value your Publicly Traded and Marketable securities 
in accordance with your SBA-approved valuation policy.
    (3) You must have positive Retained Earnings Available for 
Distribution at the time you compute an increased limit under this 
paragraph (c).
    (4) At the time you first compute an increased limit, and as of the 
first business day of each calendar quarter that the increased limit is 
in effect, you must keep copies in your files of the NASDAQ listings 
(or the Wall Street Journal) or written quotations from the market 
makers quoting the Publicly Traded and Marketable securities which 
support the adjustment.
    (5) If your net unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and Marketable 
securities are more than 30 percent below their original level on the 
first business day of any calendar quarter, and remain so for the next 
30 days, you agree to do one of the following to remain in compliance 
with the terms of your Leverage:
    (i) By the first day of the next calendar quarter, increase your 
Regulatory Capital sufficiently to restore support for the increased 
limit; or
    (ii) Lower the increased limit to reflect the decrease in net 
unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and Marketable securities, and 
reduce any Financings that exceed the lower limit.

    Example to paragraph (c) of this section. Your Regulatory 
Capital is $2,500,000 and your overline limit is $500,000 (20 
percent of $2,500,000). On January 15, 1995, you document net 
unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and Marketable securities of 
$200,000 and compute an increased limit of $540,000 (20 percent of 
$2,700,000). You now make an investment of $540,000 in a Small 
Business. Nothing changes until the first business day of April, 
1996, when you document net unrealized gains on Publicly Traded and 
Marketable securities of only $120,000, a reduction of more than 30 
percent. Your net unrealized gains remain at this level for the next 
30 days. Your increased limit is now only $524,000 (20 percent of 
$2,620,000). By July 1, 1996, you must either increase Regulatory 
Capital by $80,000 to restore your increased limit to $540,000, or 
reduce your portfolio investment from $540,000 to $524,000.

Sec. 107.750  Conditions for financing a change of ownership of a Small 
Business.

    You may finance a change of ownership of a Small Business only 
under the conditions set forth in this section.
    (a) The Financing must:
    (1) Promote the sound development or preserve the existence of the 
Small Business;
    (2) Help create a Small Business as a result of a corporate 
divestiture; or
    (3) Facilitate ownership in a Disadvantaged Business.
    (b) The Resulting Concern (as defined in paragraph (c) of this 
section) must:
    (1) Be a Small Business under Sec. 107.700;
    (2) Have 500 or fewer full-time equivalent employees; or meet one 
of the appropriate debt/equity ratio tests:
    (i) If you have outstanding Leverage, the Resulting Concern's ratio 
of debt to equity must be no more than 5 to 1; or
    (ii) If you have no outstanding Leverage, the Resulting Concern's 
ratio of debt to equity must be no more than 8 to 1.
    (c) Definitions. (1) The ``Resulting Concern'' is determined by 
viewing the business as though the change of ownership had already 
occurred, giving effect to all contemplated financing, mergers, and 
acquisitions.
    (2) For purposes of this section, ``debt'' means long-term debt, 
including contingent liabilities, but excluding accounts payable, 
operating leases, letters of credit, subordinated notes payable to the 
seller, any other liabilities approved for exclusion by SBA and short-
term working capital loans (so long as the loans carry a zero balance 
for 30 consecutive days during the concern's fiscal year).
    (3) For purposes of this section, ``equity'' means common and 
preferred stock (corporation), contributed capital (partnership), or 
membership interests (limited liability company).

Sec. 107.760  How a change in size or activity of a Portfolio Concern 
affects the Licensee and the Portfolio Concern.

    (a) Effect on Licensee of a change in size of a Portfolio Concern. 
If a Portfolio Concern no longer qualifies as a Small Business you may 
keep your investment in the concern and:
    (1) Subject to the overline limitations of Sec. 107.740, you may 
provide additional Financing to the concern up to the time it makes a 
public offering of its securities.
    (2) Even after the concern makes a public offering, you may 
exercise any stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase 
Equity Securities which you acquired before the public offering, or 
fund Commitments you made before the public offering.
    (b) Effect of a change in business activity occurring within one 
year of Licensee's initial Financing--(1) Retention of Investment. 
Unless you receive SBA's written approval, you may not keep your 
investment in a Portfolio Concern, small or otherwise, which becomes 
ineligible by reason of a change in its business activity within one 
year of your initial investment.
    (2) Request for SBA's approval to retain investment. If you request 
that SBA approve the retention of your investment, your request must 
include sufficient evidence to demonstrate that the change in business 
activity was caused by an unforeseen change in circumstances and was 
not contemplated at the time the Financing was made.
    (3) Additional Financing. If SBA approves your request to retain an 
investment under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, you may provide 
additional Financing to the Portfolio Concern to the extent necessary 
to protect against the loss of the amount of your original investment, 
subject to the overline limitations of Sec. 107.740.
    (c) Effect of a change in business activity occurring more than one 
year after the initial Financing. If a Portfolio Concern becomes 
ineligible because of a change in business activity more than one year 
after your initial Financing you may:
    (1) Retain your investment; and 
    
[[Page 3206]]

    (2) Provide additional Financing to the Portfolio Concern to the 
extent necessary to protect against the loss of the amount of your 
original investment, subject to the overline limitations of 
Sec. 107.740.
Structuring Licensee's Financing of Eligible Small Businesses: Types of 
Financing

Sec. 107.800  Financings in the form of Equity Securities.

    (a) You may purchase the Equity Securities of a Small Business. You 
may not, inadvertently or otherwise:
    (1) Become a general partner in any unincorporated business; or
    (2) Become jointly or severally liable for any obligations of an 
unincorporated business.
    (b) Definition. Equity Securities means stock of any class in a 
corporation, stock options, warrants, limited partnership interests in 
a limited partnership, membership interests in a limited liability 
company, or joint venture interests. If the Financing agreement 
contains debt-type acceleration provisions or includes redemption 
provisions other than those permitted under Sec. 107.850, the security 
will be considered a Debt Security for purposes of Sec. 107.855.

Sec. 107.810  Financings in the form of Loans.

    You may make Loans to Small Businesses. A Loan means a transaction 
evidenced by a debt instrument with no provision for you to acquire 
Equity Securities.

Sec. 107.815  Financings in the form of Debt Securities.

    You may purchase Debt Securities from Small Businesses.
    (a) Definition. Debt Securities are instruments evidencing a loan 
with an option or any other right to acquire Equity Securities in a 
Small Business or its Affiliates, or a loan which by its terms is 
convertible into an equity position. Consideration must be paid for all 
options that you acquire.
    (b) Restriction on options obtained by Licensee's management and 
employees. If you have outstanding Leverage or plan to obtain Leverage, 
your employees, officers, directors or general partners, or the general 
partners of the management company that is providing services to you or 
to your general partner, may obtain options in a Financed Small 
Business only if:
    (1) They participate in the Financing on a pari passu basis with 
you; or
    (2) SBA gives its prior written approval; or
    (3) The options received are compensation for service as a member 
of the board of directors of the Small Business, and such compensation 
does not exceed that paid to other outside directors. In the absence of 
such directors, fees must be reasonable when compared with amounts paid 
to outside directors of similar companies.

Sec. 107.820  Financings in the form of guarantees.

    At the request of a Small Business or where necessary to protect 
your existing investment, you may guarantee the monetary obligation of 
a Small Business to any non-Associate creditor.
    (a) You may not issue a guaranty if:
    (1) You would become subject to State regulation as an insurance, 
guaranty or surety business;
    (2) The amount of the guaranty plus any direct Financings to the 
Small Business exceed the overline limitations of Sec. 107.740, except 
that a pledge of the Equity Securities of the issuer or a subordination 
of your lien or creditor position does not count toward your overline; 
or
    (3) The total financing cost to the Small Business exceeds the cost 
of money limits of Sec. 107.855.
    (b) Pledge of Licensee's assets as guaranty. For purposes of this 
section, a guaranty with recourse only to specific asset(s) you have 
pledged is equal to the fair market value of such asset(s) or the 
amount of the debt guaranteed, whichever is less.

Sec. 107.825  Purchasing securities from an underwriter or other third 
party.

    (a) Securities purchased through or from an underwriter. You may 
purchase the securities of a Small Business through or from an 
underwriter if:
    (1) You purchase such securities within 90 days of the date the 
public offering is first made;
    (2) Your purchase price is no more than the original public 
offering price; and
    (3) The amount paid by you for the securities (less ordinary and 
reasonable underwriting charges and commissions) has been, or will be, 
paid to the Small Business, and the underwriter certifies in writing 
that this requirement has been met.
    (b) Recordkeeping requirements. If you have outstanding Leverage or 
plan to obtain Leverage, you must keep records available for SBA's 
inspection which show the relevant details of the transaction, 
including, but not limited to, date, price, commissions, and the 
underwriter's certifications required under paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (c) Underwriter's requirements. If you have outstanding Leverage or 
plan to obtain Leverage, the underwriter must certify whether it is 
your Associate. You may pay reasonable and customary commissions and 
expenses to an Associate underwriter for the portion of an offering 
that you purchase, provided it is no more than 25 percent of the total 
offering. If you buy more than 25 percent of the offering, the amount 
you pay to the Associate underwriter must not exceed the total of the 
application and closing fees and reimbursable expenses permitted by 
Sec. 107.860.
    (d) Securities purchased from another Licensee or from SBA. You may 
purchase from, or exchange with, another Licensee, Portfolio securities 
(or any interest therein). Such purchase or exchange may only be made 
on a non-recourse basis. You may not have more than one-third of your 
total assets(valued at cost) invested in such securities. If you have 
previously sold Portfolio Securities (or any interest therein) on a 
recourse basis, you shall include the amount for which you may be 
contingently liable in your overline computation.
    (e) Purchases of securities from other non-issuers. You may 
purchase securities of a Small Business from a non-issuer not 
previously described in this Sec. 107.825 if:
    (1) Such acquisition is a reasonably necessary part of the overall 
sound Financing of the Small Business under the Act; or
    (2) The securities are acquired to finance a change of ownership 
under Sec. 107.750.

Structuring Licensee's Financing of an Eligible Small Business: 
Terms and Conditions of Financing

Sec. 107.830  Minimum duration/term of financing.

    (a) General rule for Section 301(c) Licensees. If you are a Section 
301(c) Licensee, the duration/term of all your Financings must be for a 
minimum period of five years. Exception: You may finance a 
Disadvantaged Business for a minimum term of four years.
    (b) General rule for Section 301(d) Licensees. The duration/term of 
your Financings may be for a minimum period of four years.
    (c) Restrictions on mandatory redemption of Equity Securities. If 
you have acquired Equity Securities, options or warrants on terms that 
include redemption by the Small Business, you must not require 
redemption by the Small Business within the first five years of your 
acquisition except as permitted in Sec. 107.850.
    (d) Special rules for Loans and Debt Securities. (1) Term. The 
minimum term for Loans and Debt Securities starts with the first 
disbursement of the Financing. 

[[Page 3207]]

    (2) Prepayment before five years. You must permit voluntary 
prepayment of Loans and Debt Securities by the Small Business at any 
time during the initial five year term. You must obtain SBA's prior 
written approval of any restrictions on the ability of the Small 
Business to prepay other than the imposition of a reasonable prepayment 
penalty under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (3) Prepayment penalties. You may charge a reasonable prepayment 
penalty which must be agreed upon at the time of the Financing. If SBA 
determines that a prepayment penalty is unreasonable, you must refund 
the entire penalty to the Small Business. A prepayment penalty equal to 
5 percent of the outstanding balance during the first year of any 
Financing, declining by one percentage point per year through the fifth 
year, is considered reasonable.

Sec. 107.835  Exceptions to minimum duration/term of Financing.

    You may make a Short-term Financing for a term less than five years 
if the Financing is:
    (a) An interim financing (for a period not to exceed one year) in 
contemplation of long-term Financing. The contemplated long-term 
Financing must be in an amount at least equal to the short-term 
Financing, and must be made by you alone or in participation with other 
investors; or
    (b) For protection of your prior investment(s); or
    (c) For the purpose of Financing a change of ownership under 
Sec. 107.750. The total amount of such Financings may not exceed 20 
percent of your Loans and Investments (at cost) at the end of any 
fiscal year; or
    (d) For the purpose of aiding a Small Business in performing a 
contract awarded under a Federal, State, or local government set-aside 
program for ``minority'' or ``disadvantaged'' contractors.

Sec. 107.840  Maximum term of Financing.

    The maximum term of any Loan or Debt Security Financing must be no 
longer than 20 years.

Sec. 107.845  Maximum rate of amortization on Loans and Debt 
Securities.

    The principal of any Loan (or the loan portion of a Debt Security) 
with a term of five years or less cannot be amortized faster than 
straight line. If the term is greater than five years, the principal 
cannot be amortized faster than straight line for the first five years.

Sec. 107.850  Restrictions on redemption of Equity Securities.

    (a) A Portfolio Concern cannot be required to redeem Equity 
Securities earlier than five years from the date of the first closing 
unless:
    (1) The concern makes a public offering, or has a change of 
management or control, or files for protection under the provisions of 
the Bankruptcy Code, or materially breaches your Financing agreement; 
or
    (2) You make a follow-on investment, in which case the new 
securities may be redeemed in less than five years, but no earlier than 
the redemption date associated with your earliest Financing of the 
concern.
    (b) The redemption price must be either:
    (1) A fixed amount that is no higher than the price you paid for 
the securities; or
    (2) An amount that cannot be fixed or determined before the time of 
redemption. In this case, the redemption price must be based on:
    (i) A reasonable formula that reflects the performance of the 
concern (such as one based on earnings or book value); or
    (ii) The fair market value of the concern at the time of 
redemption, as determined by a professional appraisal performed under 
an agreement acceptable to both parties.
    (c) Any method for determining the redemption price must be agreed 
upon no later than the date of the first (or only) closing of the 
Financing.

Sec. 107.855  Interest rate ceiling and limitations on fees charged to 
Small Businesses (``Cost of Money'').

    ``Cost of Money'' means the interest and other consideration that 
you receive from a Small Business. Subject to lower ceilings prescribed 
by local law, the Cost of Money to the Small Business must not exceed 
the ceiling determined under this section.
    (a) Financings to which the Cost of Money rules apply. This section 
applies to all Loans and Debt Securities. As required by 
Sec. 107.800(b), you must include as Debt Securities any equity 
interests with redemption provisions that do not meet the restrictions 
in Sec. 107.850.
    (b) When to determine the Cost of Money ceiling for a Financing. 
You may determine your Cost of Money ceiling for a particular Financing 
as of the date you issue a Commitment or as of the date of the first 
closing of the Financing. Once determined, the Cost of Money ceiling 
remains fixed for the duration of the Financing.
    (c) How to determine the Cost of Money ceiling for a Financing. At 
a minimum, you may use a Cost of Money ceiling of 19 percent for a Loan 
and 14 percent for a Debt Security. To determine whether you may charge 
more, do the following:
    (1) Choose a base rate for your Cost of Money computation. The base 
rate may be either the Debenture Rate currently in effect or your own 
``Cost of Capital'' as determined under paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) For a Loan, add 11 percentage points to the base rate; for a 
Debt Security, add 6 percentage points. In either case, round the sum 
down to the nearest eighth of one percent.
    (3) If the result is more than 19 percent (for a Loan) or 14 
percent (for a Debt Security), you may use it as your Cost of Money 
ceiling.
    (4) If two or more Licensees participate in the same Financing of a 
Small Business, the base rate used in this paragraph (c) is the highest 
of the following:
    (i) The current Debenture rate;
    (ii) The Cost of Capital of the lead Licensee; or
    (iii) The weighted average of the Cost of Capital for all Licensees 
participating in the Financing.
    (d) How to determine your Cost of Capital. ``Cost of Capital'' is 
an optional computation of the weighted average interest rate you pay 
on your ``qualified borrowings''. ``Qualified borrowings'' means your 
Debentures together with your borrowings at or below the usual interest 
rate charged by banks in your locality on the date your loan was made.
    (1) For any fiscal year, you may compute your Cost of Capital:
    (i) As of the first day of your fiscal year, to remain in effect 
for the entire year; or
    (ii) As of the first day of every fiscal quarter during the fiscal 
year, to remain in effect for the duration of the quarter.
    (2) For each qualified borrowing outstanding at your last fiscal 
year or fiscal quarter end, multiply the ending principal balance (net 
of related unamortized fees) by the number of days during the past four 
fiscal quarters that the borrowing was outstanding, and divide the 
result by 365.
    (3) Add together the amounts computed for all borrowings under 
paragraph (d)(2)of this section. The result is your weighted average 
borrowings.
    (4) For all qualified borrowings outstanding at your last fiscal 
year or fiscal quarter end, determine the aggregate interest expense 
for the past four fiscal quarters (excluding amortization of loan 
fees).
    (5) Divide the interest expense from paragraph (d)(4)of this 
section by the 

[[Page 3208]]
weighted average borrowings from paragraph (d)(3)of this section, and 
multiply by 100. The result is your Cost of Capital, which you may use 
to compute a Cost of Money ceiling under paragraph (c) of this section.
    (e) SBA review of Cost of Capital computation. You must keep your 
Cost of Capital computations in a separate file available for SBA's 
review.
    (1) A computation that is kept in such a file and is audited by 
your independent public accountant is considered correct unless SBA 
demonstrates otherwise.
    (2) If a computation is not kept in such a file or is unaudited, 
you must prove its accuracy to SBA's satisfaction.
    (f) Charges included in the Cost of Money. The Cost of Money 
includes all interest, points, discounts, fees, royalties, profit 
participation, and any other consideration you receive from a Small 
Business, except for the specific exclusions in paragraph (g) of this 
section. For equity interests subject to the Cost of Money rules (see 
paragraph (a) of this section), you must include:
    (1) The portion of the fixed redemption price that exceeds your 
original cost.
    (2) Any amount of a redemption that is paid out of accounts other 
than the Small Business's capital accounts (capital, paid-in surplus, 
or retained earnings of a corporation; or partners' capital of a 
partnership).
    (g) Charges excluded from the Cost of Money. You may exclude from 
the Cost of Money:
    (1) Closing fees, application fees, and expense reimbursements, 
each as permitted under Sec. 107.860.
    (2) Reasonable prepayment penalties permitted under 
Sec. 107.830(d)(3).
    (3) Out-of-pocket conveyance and/or recordation fees and taxes.
    (4) Reasonable closing costs.
    (5) Fees for management services as permitted under Sec. 107.900.
    (6) Reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses you incur to 
monitor the Financing.
    (7) Board of director fees not in excess of those paid to other 
outside directors, if your board representation meets the requirements 
of Sec. 107.730(e).
    (8) A reasonable fee for arranging financing for a Small Business 
from a source that is neither a Licensee nor an Associate of yours. The 
Small Business must agree in writing to pay such a fee before you 
arrange the financing.
    (9) A one-time ``bonus'' that satisfies the requirements in 
paragraph (i) of this section.
    (10) The difference between the contractual interest rate of the 
Financing and a default rate of interest permitted as follows:
    (i) If a Small Business is in default, you may charge a default 
rate of interest as much as 7 percentage points higher than the 
contractual rate until the default is cured.
    (ii) For this purpose, ``default'' means either failure to pay an 
amount when due or failure to provide information required under the 
Financing documents.
    (h) How to evaluate compliance with the Cost of Money ceiling. You 
must determine whether a Financing is within the Cost of Money ceiling 
based on its discounted cash flows, as follows:
    (1) Beginning with the date of the first disbursement (``period 
zero''), identify your cash inflows and cash outflows for each period 
of the Financing. The appropriate period to use (such as years, 
quarters, or months) depends on how you have structured the 
disbursements and payments.
    (2) Discount the cash flows back to the first disbursement date 
using the Cost of Money ceiling from paragraph (d) of this section as 
the discount rate.
    (3) If the result is zero or less, the Financing is within the Cost 
of Money ceiling; if it is greater than zero, the Financing exceeds the 
Cost of Money ceiling.
    (i) ``Bonus'' paid by a Small Business. You may provide Financing 
to a Small Business that includes both a loan and a one-time ``bonus'' 
determined at the end of the loan term. For Cost of Money purposes, you 
must treat such a Financing as a Debt Security. You may exclude a bonus 
from the Cost of Money only if it is:
    (1) Computed on or after the date that the Financing is repaid in 
full or was originally due to be repaid in full, whichever is earlier;
    (2) Not fixed or determinable before the computation date; and
    (3) Fully contingent upon factor(s) that reflect the performance of 
the Small Business. The period for which such performance is measured 
must not extend beyond the Small Business's fiscal year end immediately 
following repayment of the Financing. You must demonstrate to SBA's 
satisfaction that the factor(s) used are appropriate indicators of 
performance. Examples of generally acceptable factors include net 
income and operating cash flow; examples of generally unacceptable 
factors include gross revenues or gross margin.

Sec. 107.860  Financing fees and expense reimbursements a Licensee may 
receive from a Small Business.

    You may collect Financing fees and receive expense reimbursements 
from a Small Business only as permitted under this Sec. 107.860.
    (a) Application fee. You may collect a nonrefundable application 
fee from a Small Business to review its Financing application. The 
application fee may be collected at the same time as the closing fee 
under paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, or earlier. The fee must 
be:
    (1) No more than 1 percent of the amount of Financing requested 
(or, if two or more Licensees participate in the Financing, their 
combined application fees are no more than 1 percent of the total 
Financing requested); and
    (2) Agreed to in writing by the Financing applicant.
    (b) SBA review of application fees. For any fiscal year, if the 
number of application fees you collect is more than twice the number of 
Financings closed, SBA in its sole discretion may determine that you 
are engaged in activities not contemplated by the Act, in violation of 
Sec. 107.115.
    (c) Closing fee--Loans. You may charge a closing fee on a Loan if:
    (1) The fee is no more than 2 percent of the Financing amount (or, 
if two or more Licensees participate in the Financing, their combined 
closing fees are no more than 2 percent of the total Financing amount); 
and
    (2) You charge the fee no earlier than the date of the first 
disbursement.
    (d) Closing fee--Debt or Equity Financings. You may charge a 
Closing Fee on a Debt Security or Equity Security Financing if:
    (1) The fee is no more than 4 percent of the Financing amount (or, 
if two or more Licensees participate in the Financing, their combined 
closing fees are no more than 4 percent of the total Financing amount); 
and
    (2) You charge the fee no earlier than the date of the first 
disbursement.
    (e) Limitation on dual fees. If another Licensee or an Associate of 
yours collects a transaction fee under Sec. 107.900(e) in connection 
with your Financing of a Small Business, the sum of the transaction fee 
and your application and closing fees cannot exceed the maximum 
application and closing fees permitted under this Sec. 107.860.
    (f) Expense reimbursements. You may charge a Small Business for the 
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, other than Management Expenses, that 
you incur to process its Financing application. If SBA determines that 
any of your reimbursed expenses are unreasonable or are Management 
Expenses, SBA will require you to include such amounts in the Cost of 
Money or refund them to the Small Business. 

[[Page 3209]]

    (g) Breakup fee. If a Small Business accepts your Commitment and 
then fails to close the Financing because it has accepted funds from 
another source, you may charge a ``breakup fee'' equal to the closing 
fee that you would have been permitted to charge under paragraph (c) or 
(d) of this section.

Sec. 107.865  Restrictions on Control of a Small Business by a 
Licensee.

    (a) General. You must not operate a business enterprise or function 
as a holding company exercising Control over a business enterprise. 
Neither you, nor you and your Associates, nor you and other Licensee(s) 
(in the latter two cases, the ``Investor Group'') may, except as set 
forth in this section, assume Control over a Small Business through 
management agreements, voting trusts, majority representation on the 
board of directors, or otherwise.
    (b) Presumption of Control. Control over a Small Business will be 
presumed to exist whenever you or the Investor Group own or control, 
directly or indirectly:
    (1) At least 50 percent of the outstanding voting securities, if 
there are fewer than 50 shareholders; or
    (2) More than 25 percent of the outstanding voting securities, if 
there are 50 or more shareholders; or
    (3) A block of at least 20 percent of the outstanding voting 
securities, if there are 50 or more shareholders and no other party 
holds a larger block.
    (c) Rebuttals to presumption of Control. A presumption of Control 
under paragraph (b) of this section is rebutted if:
    (1) The management of the Small Business owns at least a 25 percent 
interest in the voting securities of the business; and
    (2) The management of the Small Business can elect at least 40 
percent (rounded down) of the board members of a corporation, general 
partners of a limited partnership, or managers of a limited liability 
company, as appropriate, and the Investor Group can elect no more than 
40 percent (rounded up). The balance of such officials may be elected 
through mutual agreement by management and the Investor Group.
    (d) Temporary Control permitted. You may acquire temporary Control:
    (1) Where reasonably necessary for the protection of your 
investment;
    (2) If there has been a material breach of the Financing agreement 
by the Small Business;
    (3) If there has been a substantial change in the Small Business's 
operations or products during the past 2 years, or such a change is the 
intended result of the Financing, and the Investor Group's Financing 
constitutes the Small Business's major source of capital; or
    (4) In the case of a Start-up Financing, if you or the Investor 
Group constitute the Small Business's major source of capital.
    (e) Control certification. If you take temporary Control of a Small 
Business under paragraph (d) of this section, you must file a Control 
certification with SBA within 30 days. The certification must state:
    (1) The date on which you took Control;
    (2) The basis for taking Control; and
    (3) Your agreement to relinquish Control within five years 
(although you may, under extraordinary circumstances, request SBA's 
approval of an extension beyond five years).
    (f) Control acquired through enforcement actions. If you retain or 
acquire Control through enforcement action, you must notify SBA 
immediately and submit a Control certification within 30 days.
    (g) Additional Financing for businesses under Licensee's Control. 
If you assume Control of a Small Business, you may later provide 
additional Financing, without an exemption under Sec. 107.730(a)(1).

Sec. 107.880  Assets acquired in liquidation of Portfolio securities.

    You may acquire assets in full or partial liquidation of a Small 
Business's obligation to you under the conditions permitted by this 
Sec. 107.880. The assets may be acquired from the Small Business, a 
guarantor of its obligation, or another party.
    (a) Timely disposition of assets. You must dispose of assets 
acquired in liquidation of a Portfolio security within a reasonable 
period of time.
    (b) Permitted expenditures to preserve assets. (1) You may incur 
reasonably necessary expenditures to maintain and preserve assets 
acquired.
    (2) You may incur reasonably necessary expenditures for 
improvements to render such assets saleable.
    (3) You may make payments of mortgage principal and interest 
(including amounts in arrears when you acquired the asset), pay taxes 
when due, and pay for necessary insurance coverage.
    (c) SBA approval of expenditures. This paragraph (c) applies if you 
have outstanding Leverage or are applying for Leverage. Any application 
for SBA approval under this paragraph must specify all expenses 
estimated to be necessary pending disposal of the assets. Without SBA's 
prior written approval:
    (1) Your total expenditures under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of 
this section plus your total Financing(s) to the Small Business must 
not exceed your overline limit under Sec. 107.740; and
    (2) Your total expenditures under paragraph (b) of this section 
plus your total Financing(s) to the Small Business must not exceed 35 
percent of your Regulatory Capital.

Limitations on Disposition of Assets

Sec. 107.885  Disposition of assets to Licensee's Associates or to 
competitors of Portfolio Concern.

    (a) Sale of assets to Associate. Except with SBA's prior written 
approval, you are not permitted to dispose of assets (including assets 
acquired in liquidation) to any Associate if you have outstanding 
Leverage or Earmarked Assets. As a prerequisite to such approval, you 
must demonstrate that the proposed terms of disposal are at least as 
favorable to you as the terms obtainable elsewhere.
    (b) Sale of assets to competitor of Small Business. Except with the 
prior written approval of the Portfolio Concern (if it is not under 
your Control) or of SBA, you are not permitted to dispose of Portfolio 
securities to a competitor of such concern. If SBA's prior approval is 
not required, you must promptly notify SBA of any such disposal.

Management Services and Fees

Sec. 107.900  Management fees for services provided to a Small Business 
by Licensee or its Associate.

    This Sec. 107.900 applies to management services that you or your 
Associate provide to a Small Business during the term of a Financing or 
prior to Financing. It does not apply to management services that you 
or your Associate provide to a Small Business that you do not finance. 
Fees permitted under this section are not included in the Cost of Money 
(see Sec. 107.855).
    (a) Permitted management fees. You or your Associate may provide 
management services to a Small Business financed by you if:
    (1) You or your Associate have entered into a written contract with 
the Small Business;
    (2) The fees charged are for services actually performed;
    (3) Services are provided on an hourly fee, project fee, or other 
reasonable basis; and
    (4) You can demonstrate to SBA, upon request, that the rate does 
not exceed the prevailing rate charged for comparable services by other 
organizations in the geographic area of the Small Business. 

[[Page 3210]]

    (b) Fees for service as a board member. You or your Associate may 
receive fees in the form of cash, warrants, or other payments, for 
services provided as members of the board of directors of a Small 
Businesses Financed by you. The fees must not exceed those paid to 
other outside board members. In the absence of such board members, fees 
must be reasonable when compared with amounts paid to outside directors 
of similar companies.
    (c) SBA approval required. You must obtain SBA's prior written 
approval of any management contract that does not satisfy paragraphs 
(a) or (b) of this section.
    (d) Recordkeeping requirements. You must keep a record of hours 
spent and amounts charged to the Small Business, including expenses 
charged.
    (e) Transaction fees. (1) You may charge reasonable transaction 
fees for work you or your Associate perform to prepare a client for a 
public offering, private offering, or sale of all or part of the 
business, and for assisting with the transaction. Compensation may be 
in the form of cash, notes, stock, and/or options.
    (2) Your Associate may charge market rate investment banking fees 
to a Small Business on that portion of a Financing that you do not 
provide.

Subpart H--Non-leveraged Licensees--Exceptions to Regulations

Sec. 107.1000  Licensees without Leverage--exceptions to the 
regulations.

    The regulatory exceptions in this section apply to Licensees with 
no outstanding Leverage or Earmarked Assets.
    (a) You are exempt from the following provisions (but you must come 
into compliance with them to become eligible for Leverage):
    (1) The overline limitation in Sec. 107.740.
    (2) The restrictions in Sec. 107.530 on investments of idle funds, 
provided you do not engage in activities not contemplated by the Act.
    (3) The restrictions in Sec. 107.550 on third-party debt.
    (4) The restrictions in Sec. 107.880 on expenses incurred to 
maintain or improve assets acquired in liquidation of Portfolio 
securities.
    (5) The recordkeeping requirements and fee limitations in 
Sec. 107.825(b) and (c), respectively, for securities purchased through 
or from an underwriter.
    (b) You are exempt from the requirements to obtain SBA's prior 
approval for:
    (1) A decrease in your Regulatory Capital of more than two percent 
under Sec. 107.585 (but not below the minimum required under the Act or 
these regulations). You must report the reduction to SBA within 30 
days.
    (2) Disposition of any asset to your Associate under Sec. 107.885.
    (3) A contract to employ an Investment Adviser/Manager under 
Sec. 107.510. However, you must notify SBA of the Management Expenses 
to be incurred under such contract, or of any subsequent material 
changes in such Management Expenses, within 30 days of execution. In 
order to become eligible for Leverage, you must have the contract 
approved by SBA.
    (4) Your initial Management Expenses under Sec. 107.140 and 
increases in your Management Expenses under Sec. 107.520. However, you 
must have your Management Expenses approved by SBA in order to become 
eligible for Leverage.
    (5) Options obtained from a Small Business by your management or 
employees under Sec. 107.815(b).
    (c) You are exempt from the requirement in Sec. 107.680 to obtain 
SBA's post approval of new directors and new officers, other than your 
chief operating officer. However, you must notify SBA of the new 
directors or officers within 30 days, and you must have all directors 
and officers approved by SBA in order to become eligible for Leverage.

Subpart I--SBA Financial Assistance for Licensees (Leverage)

General Information About Obtaining Leverage

Sec. 107.1100  Types of Leverage available.

    (a) Types of Leverage available for Section 301(c) Licensees. If 
you are a Section 301(c) Licensee, you may apply for Leverage from SBA 
in one or both of the following forms:
    (1) The purchase or guarantee of your Debentures.
    (2) The purchase or guarantee of your Participating Securities.
    (b) Types of Leverage available for Section 301(d) Licensees. If 
you are a Section 301(d) Licensee, you may apply for Leverage from SBA 
in one or more of the following forms:
    (1) The purchase or guarantee of your Debentures.
    (2) The purchase or guarantee of your Participating Securities.
    (3) The purchase of your Preferred Securities.
    (c) Subsidized and non-subsidized Debentures available to 
Licensees. If you are a Section 301(d) Licensee, you may issue both 
subsidized and non-subsidized Debentures. If you are a Section 301(c) 
Licensee, you may issue only non-subsidized Debentures.
    (1) Non-subsidized Debentures. SBA may purchase or guarantee non-
subsidized Debentures under section 303(b) of the Act. You pay interest 
on a non-subsidized Debenture at the rate stated on its face.
    (2) Subsidized Debentures. SBA may purchase or guarantee subsidized 
Debentures under section 303(c) of the Act. On a guaranteed Debenture, 
during the first 5 years of the term, you pay an interest rate that is 
300 basis points below the rate stated on the face of the Debenture. On 
a Debenture that SBA purchases, you pay a reduced interest rate 
determined under section 317 of the Act.

Sec. 107.1110  How to apply for Leverage.

    (a) Application forms. Select the appropriate form from the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of Leverage you are applying for:          Application form:       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debentures (any type).................  SBA Form 1022.                  
4% Preferred Securities...............  SBA Form 1022A.                 
Participating Securities....
FR Doc. 96-1351 PART 107SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT COMPANIES
..........  SBA Form 1022B.                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Where to send your application. Send all Leverage applications 
to SBA, Investment Division, 409 Third Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 
20416.

Sec. 107.1120  General eligibility requirements for Leverage.

    To be eligible for Leverage, you must:
    (a) Demonstrate a need for Leverage, evidenced by your investment 
activity and a lack of sufficient funds for investment. For your first 
issuance of Leverage, if you have invested at least 50 percent of your 
Leverageable Capital, you are presumed to lack sufficient funds for 
investment.
    (b) Have adequate Private Capital to satisfy the requirements for 
financial viability under Sec. 107.200.
    (c) Meet the minimum capital requirements of Sec. 107.210 or 
Sec. 107.220, as appropriate.
    (d) Show, to the satisfaction of SBA, that your management is 
qualified and has the knowledge, experience, and capability necessary 
for investing in the types of businesses contemplated by the Act, the 
regulations in this part and your business plan.
    (e) Be in compliance with the regulations in this part.
    (f) If required by SBA, have your Control Person(s) assume, in 
writing, personal responsibility for your Leverage, effective only if 
such Control Person(s) participate (directly or indirectly) in a 
transfer of Control not approved by SBA. 

[[Page 3211]]

Sec. 107.1130  Leverage fees payable by Licensee.

    (a) User fee for Debentures and Participating Securities. You must 
pay a user fee to SBA for each issuance of a Debenture or Participating 
Security. The fee is 2 percent of the face amount of the Leverage 
issued.
    (b) Payment of user fee. If you issue a Debenture or Participating 
Security:
    (1) To repay or redeem existing Leverage, you must pay the user fee 
before SBA will guarantee or purchase the new Debenture or 
Participating Security.
    (2) That is not used to repay or redeem existing Leverage, SBA will 
deduct the user fee from the proceeds remitted to you, unless you 
prepaid the fee under Sec. 107.1210.
    (c) Refundability. The user fee is not refundable under any 
circumstances.
    (d) Other Leverage fees. SBA may establish a fee structure for 
services performed by the CRA. SBA will not collect any fee for its 
guarantee of TCs.

Sec. 107.1140  Licensee's acceptance of SBA remedies under 
Secs. 107.1800 through 107.1820.

    If you issue Leverage after April 25, 1994, you automatically agree 
to the terms and conditions in Secs. 107.1800 through 107.1820 as they 
exist at the time of issuance. The effect of these terms and conditions 
is the same as if they were fully incorporated in the terms of your 
Leverage.

Maximum Amount of Leverage for Which a Licensee Is Eligible

Sec. 107.1150  Maximum amount of Leverage for a Section 301(c) 
Licensee.

    (a) Maximum amount of Leverage. If you are a Section 301(c) 
Licensee, use the following table to determine the maximum amount of 
Leverage you may have outstanding at any time:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Then your maximum Leverage 
     If your Leverageable Capital is:                    is:            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not over $15,000,000......................  300% of Leverageable        
                                             Capital.                   
Over $15,000,000 but not over $30,000,000.  $45,000,000 + [200% of      
                                             [Leverageable Capital--    
                                             $15,000,000)].             
Over $30,000,000 but not over $45,000,000.  $75,000,000 + [100% of      
                                             [(Leverageable Capital--   
                                             $30,000,000)].             
Over $45,000,000..........................  $90,000,000.                
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Exceptions to maximum Leverage provisions--(1) Licensees under 
Common Control. Two or more Licensees under Common Control may have 
aggregate outstanding Leverage over $90,000,000 only if SBA gives them 
permission to do so. SBA may grant such permission on a case-by-case 
basis only. SBA may impose any terms and conditions SBA considers 
appropriate to minimize its risk of loss in the event of default.
    (2) Licensees with excess Leverage issued before March 31, 1993. If 
you had outstanding Debentures on March 31, 1993 that exceeded 300 
percent of your Leverageable Capital:
    (i) You do not have to prepay the excess amount.
    (ii) You may apply for an additional Debenture guarantee or 
Participating Security guarantee if you use the proceeds solely to pay 
the amount due at maturity on a Debenture issued before March 31, 1993. 
The new Debenture or Participating Security must mature on or before 
September 30, 2002.
    (iii) You must maintain at least 65 percent of your ``Total Funds 
Available for Investment'' in ``Venture Capital Financings'' (as 
defined in Sec. 107.1160(e) and (f), respectively) until your 
outstanding Debentures no longer exceed 300 percent of your 
Leverageable Capital.
    (3) Maximum amount of Participating Securities. See Sec. 107.1170.

Sec. 107.1160  Maximum amount of Leverage for a Section 301(d) 
Licensee.

    (a) Maximum amount of subsidized Leverage. (1) ``Subsidized 
Leverage'' means Debentures with a reduced interest rate and Preferred 
Securities. If you are a Section 301(d) Licensee:
    (i) The maximum amount of subsidized Leverage you may have 
outstanding at any time is the lesser of 400 percent of your 
Leverageable Capital, or $35,000,000. The same limit applies to a group 
of Section 301(d) Licensees under Common Control.
    (ii) The maximum amount of Preferred Securities you may have 
outstanding at any time is 200 percent of your Leverageable Capital.
    (2) Certain types and amounts of subsidized Leverage have special 
eligibility requirements (see paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section).
    (b) Maximum amount of total Leverage. Use Sec. 107.1150(a) and 
(b)(1) to determine your maximum amount of Leverage as if you were a 
Section 301(c) Licensee. If the result is more than your maximum 
subsidized Leverage, then this is your maximum total (subsidized plus 
non-subsidized) Leverage. Otherwise, your maximum total Leverage is the 
same as your maximum subsidized Leverage. For Participating Securities, 
see Sec. 107.1170.
    (c) Special eligibility requirements for fourth tier of Leverage. A 
``fourth tier of Leverage'' is any amount of outstanding Leverage in 
excess of 300 percent of your Leverageable Capital.
    (1) To qualify for a fourth tier of Leverage, you must have 
invested (or have Commitments to invest) at least 30 percent of your 
``Total Funds Available for Investment'' in ``Venture Capital 
Financings'' (see the definitions in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this 
section).
    (2) While you have a fourth tier of Leverage, you must maintain 
Venture Capital Financings (at cost) that equal at least 30 percent of 
your Total Funds Available for Investment.
    (d) Special eligibility requirements for second tier of Preferred 
Securities. A ``second tier of Preferred Securities'' is any amount of 
outstanding Preferred Securities in excess of 100 percent of your 
Leverageable Capital.
    (1) To qualify for a second tier of Preferred Securities:
    (i) If your license was issued after October 13, 1971, you must 
have at least $500,000 of Leverageable Capital.
    (ii) You must have invested (or have Commitments to invest) at 
least the same dollar amount in Venture Capital Financings.
    (2) While you have a second tier of Preferred Securities, you must 
maintain at least the same dollar amount of Venture Capital Financings 
(at cost).
    (e) Definition of ``Total Funds Available for Investment''. Total 
Funds Available for Investment means the result obtained from the 
following formula:

T = .90  x  (CA + LI)

Where:

T = Total funds available for investment
CA = Total current assets
LI = Total Loans and Investment at cost (as reported on SBA Form 468), 
net of current maturities

    (f) Definition of ``Venture Capital Financing''. Venture Capital 
Financing means an investment represented by common or preferred stock, 
a limited partnership interest, or a similar ownership interest; or by 
an unsecured debt instrument that is subordinated by its terms to all 
other borrowings of the issuer.
    (1) A debt secured by any agreement with a third party is not a 
Venture Capital Financing, whether or not you have a security interest 
in any asset of the third party or have recourse against the third 
party.
    (2) A Financing that originally qualified as a Venture Capital 
Financing will continue to qualify (at its original cost), even if you 
later must report it on SBA Form 468 under either Assets Acquired in 
Liquidation of Portfolio Securities or Operating Concerns Acquired. 

[[Page 3212]]

Sec. 107.1170  Maximum amount of Participating Securities for any 
Licensee.

    The maximum amount of Participating Securities you may have 
outstanding at any time is 200 percent of your Leverageable Capital. If 
you are a Section 301(d) Licensee, the maximum combined amount of 
Participating Securities and Preferred Securities you may have 
outstanding at any time is 200 percent of your Leverageable Capital.

Conditional Commitments by SBA To Reserve Leverage for a Licensee

Sec. 107.1200  SBA's Leverage commitment to a Licensee--application 
procedure, amount, and term.

    (a) General. Under the provisions in Secs. 107.1200 through 
107.1240, you may apply for SBA's conditional commitment to reserve a 
specific amount and type of Leverage for your future use. You may then 
apply to draw down Leverage against the commitment.
    (b) Applying for a Leverage commitment. SBA will notify you when it 
is accepting requests for Leverage commitments. Upon receipt of your 
request, SBA will send you a complete application package.
    (c) Limitations on the amount of a Leverage commitment. The amount 
of any Leverage commitment must be at least $500,000. It must not 
exceed 100 percent of your Regulatory Capital or your remaining 
Leverage eligibility, whichever is less.
    (d) Term of Leverage commitment. SBA's Leverage commitment will 
automatically lapse at 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time on August 1 of the next 
full Federal fiscal year following issuance of the commitment.

Sec. 107.1210  Commitment fees payable by Licensee.

    (a) Commitment fees. As a condition of SBA's Leverage commitment, 
and before you may draw any Leverage, you must pay SBA a non-refundable 
fee of:
    (1) 3 percent of the face amount of the Debentures or Participating 
Securities reserved under the commitment; or
    (2) 1 percent of the issue price of Preferred Securities reserved 
under the commitment.
    (b) Credit for user fee. The 3 percent commitment fee paid by 
issuers of Debentures or Participating Securities under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section includes the 2 percent user fee required under 
Sec. 107.1130. If you pay the commitment fee, you do not have to pay 
the user fee separately.
    (c) Automatic cancellation of commitment. Unless you pay the full 
amount of the commitment fee by 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time on the 30th 
calendar day following the issuance of SBA's Leverage commitment, the 
commitment will be automatically canceled.

Sec. 107.1220  Requirement for Licensee to file quarterly financial 
statements.

    As long as any part of SBA's Leverage commitment is outstanding, 
you must give SBA a Financial Statement on SBA Form 468 (Short Form) as 
of the close of each quarter of your fiscal year (other than your 
fourth fiscal quarter, which is covered by your annual filing of Form 
468 under Sec. 107.630(a)). You must file this form within 30 days 
after the close of the quarter, or with any request for a draw that you 
make within such 30-day period. You will not be eligible for a draw if 
you are not in compliance with this Sec. 107.1220.

Sec. 107.1230  Draw-downs by Licensee under SBA's Leverage commitment.

    (a) Licensee's authorization of SBA to purchase or guarantee 
securities. By submitting a request for a draw against SBA's Leverage 
commitment, you:
    (1) Authorize SBA to purchase your Preferred Security; or
    (2) Authorize SBA, or any agent or trustee SBA designates, to 
guaranty your Debenture or Participating Security and to sell it with 
SBA's guarantee.
    (b) Limitations on amount of draw. For Debentures or Participating 
Securities, any draw against SBA's Leverage commitment must be at least 
$500,000; amounts above $500,000 must be in multiples of $100,000. You 
may issue Preferred Securities in any amount.
    (c) Effect of regulatory violations on Licensee's eligibility for 
draws.--(1) General rule. You are eligible to make a draw against SBA's 
Leverage commitment only if you are in compliance with all applicable 
provisions of the Act and SBA regulations (i.e., no unresolved 
statutory or regulatory violations).
    (2) Exception to general rule. If you are not in compliance, you 
may still be eligible for draws if:
    (i) SBA determines that your outstanding violations are of non-
substantive provisions of the Act or regulations and that you have not 
repeatedly violated any non-substantive provisions; or
    (ii) You have agreed with SBA on a course of action to resolve your 
violations and such agreement does not prevent you from issuing 
Leverage.
    (d) Procedures for funding draws. You may request a draw at any 
time during the term of the commitment. With each request, submit the 
following documentation:
    (1) If your request is submitted within 30 days following the close 
of your fiscal quarter, a Financial Statement on SBA Form 468 (Short 
Form) prepared as of the close of that fiscal quarter; otherwise, a 
statement certifying that there has been no material adverse change in 
your financial condition since your last filing of SBA Form 468 (Long 
or Short Form).
    (2) A statement certifying that to the best of your knowledge and 
belief, you are in compliance with all provisions of the Act and SBA 
regulations (i.e., no unresolved regulatory or statutory violations), 
or a statement listing any specific violations you are aware of. Either 
statement must be executed by one of the following:
    (i) An officer of the Licensee;
    (ii) An officer of a corporate general partner of the Licensee; or
    (iii) An individual who is authorized to act as or for a general 
partner of the Licensee.
    (3) A statement that the proceeds are needed to fund one or more 
particular Small Businesses. If required by SBA, the statement must 
include the name and address of each Small Business, and the amount and 
anticipated closing date of each proposed Financing.
    (e) Reporting requirements after drawing funds. (1) Within 30 
calendar days after the actual closing date of each Financing funded 
with the proceeds of your draw, you must file an SBA Form 1031 
confirming the closing of the transaction.
    (2) If SBA required you to provide information concerning a 
specific planned Financing under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, and 
such Financing has not closed within 60 calendar days after the 
anticipated closing date, you must give SBA a written explanation of 
the failure to close.
    (3) If you do not comply with this paragraph (e), you will not be 
eligible for additional draws. SBA may also determine that you are not 
in compliance with the terms of your Leverage under Secs. 107.1810 or 
107.1820.

Sec. 107.1240  Funding of Licensee's draw request through sale to 
short-term investor.

    (a) Licensee's authorization of SBA to arrange sale of securities 
to short-term investor. By submitting a request for a draw of Debenture 
or Participating Security Leverage, you authorize SBA, or any agent or 
trustee SBA designates, to enter into any agreements (and to bind you 
to such agreements) necessary to accomplish:
    (1) The sale of your Debenture or Participating Security to a 
short-term investor;

[[Page 3213]]

    (2) The purchase of your security from the short-term investor, 
either by you or on your behalf; and
    (3) The pooling of your security with other securities with the 
same maturity date.
    (b) Sale of Debentures to a short-term investor. If SBA sells your 
Debenture to a short-term investor:
    (1) The sale will be at a discount based on an interest rate 
determined under section 303(b) of the Act (without any interest rate 
subsidy), as if the maturity date of the Debenture were the next 
scheduled date for the sale of Debenture Trust Certificates.
    (2) If the actual sale of Trust Certificates takes place after the 
scheduled date, you must pay the short-term investor daily interest on 
the Debenture, at the same rate, from the scheduled sale date to the 
actual sale date. This additional interest is due on the actual sale 
date. Failure to pay the interest constitutes noncompliance with the 
terms of your Leverage (see Secs. 107.1810 and 107.1820).
    (c) Sale of Participating Securities to a short-term investor. If 
SBA sells your Participating Security to a short-term investor:
    (1) The sale price will be the face amount.
    (2) At the closing of the next scheduled sale of Participating 
Security Trust Certificates, you (or SBA, as guarantor) must pay the 
short-term investor Earned Prioritized Payments at a rate determined 
under section 303(b) of the Act, as if the maturity date of the 
Participating Security were the next scheduled date for the sale of 
Trust Certificates.
    (d) Licensee's right to repurchase its securities before pooling. 
You may repurchase your securities from the short-term investor before 
they are pooled. To do so, you must:
    (1) Give SBA written notice at least 10 days before the cut-off 
date for the pool in which your security is to be included; and
    (2) Pay the face amount of the Debenture, or the face amount of the 
Participating Security plus Earned Prioritized Payments, to the short-
term investor.

Exchange of Outstanding Debentures for Participating or Preferred 
Securities--Section 301(d) Licensees

Sec. 107.1350  Exchange by Section 301(d) Licensee of Debentures for 
Preferred or Participating Securities.

    (a) Conditions for exchange of Debentures. A Section 301(d) 
Licensee may, in SBA's discretion, retire an eligible Debenture through 
the issuance of Preferred or Participating Securities. To do so, you 
must:
    (1) Pay all unpaid accrued interest on the Debenture, plus any 
applicable prepayment penalties, fees, and other charges.
    (2) Comply with all conditions that apply to the issuance of 
Preferred or Participating Securities.
    (b) Debentures not eligible for exchange. You may not retire a 
Debenture by issuing Preferred or Participating Securities if SBA 
guaranteed or purchased it on the basis of funds not included in your 
Leverageable Capital. You must repay such a Debenture at its maturity 
date, unless SBA extends it. SBA has discretion to extend the maturity 
to a date not more than 15 years from the date of issuance if SBA 
believes the extension is necessary for orderly liquidation of the 
indebtedness.

Preferred Securities Leverage--Section 301(d) Licensees

Sec. 107.1400  Stock dividends or partnership distributions on 4 
percent Preferred Securities.

    Preferred Securities that SBA purchases from a Section 301(d) 
Licensee may be in the form of either preferred stock issued at par 
value or a preferred limited partnership interest issued at face value. 
When you issue Preferred Securities, you agree to pay SBA a dividend or 
partnership distribution of 4 percent per year, from the date you issue 
Preferred Securities to the date you repay them, both inclusive. The 
dividend or partnership distribution is:
    (a) Computed on the par value of the outstanding stock or the face 
value of the outstanding limited partnership interest.
    (b) Cumulative. This means that if you do not pay the entire 
dividend or partnership distribution for a given fiscal year, the 
unpaid balance accumulates as a distribution in arrears. You do not 
have to pay interest on distributions in arrears.
    (c) Preferred. This means that you must pay SBA in full (including 
distributions in arrears) before setting aside or paying any amount to 
any other equity holder.
    (d) Payable at the discretion of your Board of Directors or General 
Partner(s), except that all distributions in arrears must be paid in 
full when you redeem the Preferred Securities.

Sec. 107.1410  Requirement to redeem 4 percent Preferred Securities.

    You must redeem 4 percent Preferred Securities not later than 15 
years from the date of issuance. At the redemption date, you must pay 
to SBA:
    (a) The par value (of preferred stock) or face value (of a 
preferred limited partnership interest); plus
    (b) Any unpaid dividends or partnership distributions accrued to 
the redemption date.

Sec. 107.1420  Articles requirements for 4 percent Preferred Securities 
issuers.

    You may issue 4 percent Preferred Securities only if your Articles 
contain all the provisions in Secs. 107.1400 and 107.1410.

Sec. 107.1430  Redeeming 4 percent Preferred Securities with proceeds 
of non-subsidized Debentures.

    If SBA approves, a Section 301(d) Licensee may use the proceeds of 
a Debenture to redeem Preferred Securities at their mandatory 
redemption date, including any accrued unpaid dividends or partnership 
distributions. For this purpose, you may issue only a non-subsidized 
Debenture (see Sec. 107.1100(c)).

Sec. 107.1440  Three percent preferred stock issued before November 21, 
1989.

    Before November 21, 1989, Preferred Securities were available only 
in the form of preferred stock and had a preferred and cumulative 
dividend of 3 percent. If you have such preferred stock outstanding, 
you must follow Sec. 107.1400 (except for Sec. 107.1400(d)), 
substituting ``3 percent'' for ``4 percent'' throughout.) Dividends on 
3 percent preferred stock are payable at the discretion of your Board 
of Directors or General Partner(s), except that all dividends in 
arrears must be paid in full before any non-SBA investor receives any 
distribution. Upon your liquidation, SBA is entitled to payment of all 
dividends in arrears even if you have no Retained Earnings Available 
for Distribution at such time.

Sec. 107.1450  Optional redemption of Preferred Securities.

    (a) Redemption at par or face value. A Section 301(d) Licensee may 
redeem Preferred Securities at any time, provided you give SBA at least 
30 days written notice. You may redeem all or only part of your 
Preferred Securities, but the par value or face value of the securities 
being redeemed must be at least $50,000. At the redemption date, you 
must pay to SBA:
    (1) The par value (of preferred stock) or face value (of a 
preferred limited partnership interest); plus
    (2) Any unpaid dividends or partnership distributions accrued to 
the redemption date. 

[[Page 3214]]

    (b) Repurchase of 3 percent preferred stock for less than par 
value. If you issued 3 percent preferred stock to SBA, you may ask SBA 
to sell it back to you at a price less than its par value. The terms 
and conditions of any such transaction will be as set forth in the 
Notice published in the Federal Register on April 1, 1994 (Copies of 
this notice are available from SBA, 409 3rd Street, S.W., Washington, 
D.C., 20416). SBA has sole discretion to:
    (1) Approve or disapprove the sale.
    (2) Determine the sale price after considering any factors SBA 
considers appropriate.
    (3) Determine the form of payment SBA will accept. SBA is not 
authorized to accept the proceeds of a subsidized Debenture as payment.

Participating Securities Leverage

Sec. 107.1500  General description of Participating Securities.

    (a) Types of Participating Securities. Participating Securities are 
redeemable, preferred, equity-type securities. SBA may purchase or 
guarantee Participating Securities issued by Licensees in the form of 
limited partnership interests, preferred stock, or debentures with 
interest payable only to the extent of earnings. The structure, terms 
and conditions of Participating Securities are set forth in detail in 
Secs. 107.1500 through 107.1590.
    (b) Special eligibility requirements for Participating Securities. 
In addition to the general eligibility requirements for Leverage under 
Sec. 107.1120, Participating Securities issuers must also comply with 
special rules on:
    (1) Minimum capital (see Sec. 107.220).
    (2) Liquidity (see Sec. 107.1505).
    (3) Non-SBA borrowing (see Sec. 107.570).
    (4) Making Equity Capital Investments in Small Businesses, as 
follows:
    (i) General rule. If you issue Participating Securities, you must 
invest an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of such securities 
solely in Equity Capital Investments.
    (ii) Continuing requirement to maintain Equity Capital Investments. 
Unless SBA permits otherwise, once you have met the initial investment 
requirement of this paragraph (b)(4), you must maintain Equity Capital 
Investments with an original cost equal to or greater than the 
outstanding balance of Participating Securities in your portfolio, 
measured as of the end of each fiscal year.
    (c) Special features of Participating Securities--Prioritized 
Payments, Adjustments, and Profit Participation. When you issue 
Participating Securities, you agree to make the following payments:
    (1) Prioritized Payments. Depending upon the type of Participating 
Security you issue, Prioritized Payments may be preferred partnership 
distributions, preferred dividends, or interest. Your obligation to pay 
Prioritized Payments is contingent upon your profits as determined 
under Sec. 107.1520.
    (2) Adjustments to Prioritized Payments. If you have unpaid 
Prioritized Payments, you must compute Adjustments, which are 
additional contingent obligations determined under Sec. 107.1520. The 
conditions for paying Adjustments are the same as for Prioritized 
Payments.
    (3) SBA Profit Participation. Profit Participation is an amount 
payable to SBA under Sec. 107.1530 in consideration for SBA's guarantee 
of your Participating Securities.
    (d) Distributions by Licensees issuing Participating Securities. 
Sections 107.1540 through 107.1580 govern both required and optional 
Distributions by Participating Securities issuers. Distributions 
include both profit distributions and returns of capital, paid either 
to SBA or to your non-SBA investors.
    (e) Mandatory redemption of Participating Securities. You must 
redeem Participating Securities at the redemption date, which is the 
same as the maturity date of the Trust Certificates for the Trust 
containing such securities. The redemption date can never be later than 
15 years after the issue date. You must pay the Redemption Price plus 
any unpaid Earned Prioritized Payments and any earned Adjustments due 
under Sec. 107.1520.
    (f) Priority of Participating Securities in liquidation of 
Licensee. In the event of your liquidation, the following are senior in 
priority, for all purposes, to all other equity interests you have 
issued at any time:
    (1) The Redemption Price of Participating Securities;
    (2) Any Prioritized Payments and earned Adjustments; and
    (3) Any Profit Participation allocated to SBA under Sec. 107.1530.

Sec. 107.1505  Liquidity requirements for Licensees issuing 
Participating Securities.

    If you have outstanding Participating Securities, you must maintain 
sufficient liquidity to avoid a condition of Liquidity Impairment. Such 
a condition will constitute noncompliance with the terms of your 
Leverage under Sec. 107.1820(e).
    (a) Definition of Liquidity Impairment. A condition of Liquidity 
Impairment exists when your Liquidity Ratio, as determined in paragraph 
(b) of this section, is less than 1.20. You are responsible for 
calculating whether you have a condition of Liquidity Impairment as of 
the close of your fiscal year, at the time of application for Leverage, 
or at such time as you contemplate making any Distribution.
    (b) Computation of Liquidity Ratio. Your Liquidity Ratio equals 
your Total Current Funds Available (A) divided by your Total Current 
Funds Required (B), as determined in the following table:

                     Calculation of Liquidity Ratio                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Amount                               
      Financial account          reported on     Weight      Weighted   
                                SBA Form 468                  amount    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and invested idle funds.  ..............   x  1.00   ..............
Commitments from investors...  ..............   x  1.00   ..............
Current maturities...........  ..............   x  0.50   ..............
Other current assets.........  ..............   x  1.00   ..............
Publicly Traded and            ..............   x  0.65   ..............
 Marketable Securities.                                                 
Anticipated operating revenue           (\1\)   x  1.00   ..............
 for next 12 months.                                                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total Current Funds      ..............  .........               A
       Available.                                                       
Current liabilities..........  ..............   x  1.00   ..............
Commitments to Small           ..............   x  0.75   ..............
 Businesses.                                                            
Anticipated operating expense           (\1\)   x  1.00   ..............
 for next 12 months.                                                    
Anticipated interest expense            (\1\)   x  1.00   ..............
 for next 12 months.                                                    
Contingent liabilities         ..............   x  0.25   ..............
 (guarantees).                                                          

[[Page 3215]]
                                                                        
      Total Current Funds      ..............  .........              B 
       Required.                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ As determined by Licensee's management under its business plan.     

Sec. 107.1510  How a Licensee computes Earmarked Profit (Loss).

    Computing your Earmarked Profit (Loss) is the first step in 
determining your obligations to pay Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments under Sec. 107.1520 and Profit Participation under 
Sec. 107.1530.
    (a) Requirement to compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss). While you 
have Participating Securities outstanding or have Earmarked Assets (as 
defined in paragraph (b) of this section), you must compute your 
Earmarked Profit (Loss) for:
    (1) Each full fiscal year.
    (2) Any interim period (consisting of one or more fiscal quarters) 
for which you want to make a Distribution.
    (b) How to determine your Earmarked Assets. ``Earmarked Assets'' 
means all the Loans and Investments that you have when you issue 
Participating Securities or that you acquire while you have 
Participating Securities outstanding, and any non-cash assets that you 
receive in exchange for such Loans and Investments.
    (1) An Earmarked Asset remains earmarked until you dispose of it, 
even if you no longer have any outstanding Participating Securities.
    (2) Investments you make after redeeming all your Participating 
Securities are not Earmarked Assets. However, if you issue new 
Participating Securities, all of your Loans and Investments again 
become Earmarked Assets.
    (3) If you were licensed before March 31, 1993, you may be 
permitted to exclude Loans and Investments held at that date from 
Earmarked Assets under Sec. 107.1590.
    (c) How to compute your Earmarked Asset Ratio. You must determine 
your Earmarked Asset Ratio each time you compute Earmarked Profit 
(Loss). If all your Loans and Investments are Earmarked Assets, your 
Earmarked Asset Ratio equals 100 percent. Otherwise, compute your 
Earmarked Asset Ratio using the following formula:

EAR = [(EA + P) / (LI + P)]  x  100

where:

EAR = Earmarked Asset Ratio
EA = Weighted average Earmarked Assets (at cost) for the fiscal year or 
interim period
P = Weighted average uninvested proceeds of Participating Securities 
for the fiscal year or interim period
LI = Weighted average Loans and Investments (at cost) for the fiscal 
year or interim period

    (d) How to compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss) if Earmarked Asset 
Ratio is 100 percent. (1) (i) If your Earmarked Asset Ratio from 
paragraph (b) of this section is 100 percent, use the following formula 
to compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss):

EP = NI + IK + EME

where:

EP = Earmarked Profit (Loss)
NI = Net Income (Loss), as reported on SBA Form 468 except as otherwise 
provided in this paragraph (d)(1)
IK = Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Earmarked Assets that 
you are distributing as an In-Kind Distribution under Sec. 107.1580
EME = Excess Management Expenses

    (ii) For the purpose of determining Net Income (Loss), user fees 
and commitment fees paid to SBA and partnership syndication costs that 
you incur must be capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis 
over five years.
    (2) ``Excess Management Expenses'' are those that exceed the 
following limit:
    (i) For a full fiscal year, the limit is the lower of:
    (A) 2.5 percent of your weighted average Combined Capital for the 
year, plus $125,000 if Combined Capital is below $20,000,000; or
    (B) Your Management Expenses approved by SBA.
    (ii) For less than a full fiscal year, you must prorate the annual 
amounts in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section to determine the limit.
    (e) How to compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss) if Earmarked Asset 
Ratio is less than 100 percent. If your Earmarked Asset Ratio is less 
than 100 percent, compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss) as follows:
    (1) Do the Earmarked Profit (Loss) computation in paragraph (d) of 
this section.
    (2) Subtract your net realized gain (loss) (as reported on SBA Form 
468) on Loans and Investments that are not Earmarked Assets.
    (3) Separate the result from paragraph (e)(2) of this section into:
    (i) Net realized gain (loss) (as reported on SBA Form 468) on 
Earmarked Assets (``EGL''); and
    (ii) The remainder (``R'').
    (4) Your Earmarked Profit (Loss) equals:

EGL + (R  x  Earmarked Asset Ratio)

    (f) How to compute your cumulative Earmarked Profit (Loss). Sum 
your Earmarked Profit (Loss) for all fiscal years and for any interim 
period following the end of your last fiscal year. The total is your 
cumulative Earmarked Profit (Loss), which you must use in the 
Prioritized Payment computations under Sec. 107.1520.

Sec. 107.1520  How a Licensee computes and allocates Prioritized 
Payments to SBA.

    This section tells you how to compute Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments and determine the amounts you must pay. To distribute 
Prioritized Payments, see Sec. 107.1540.
    (a) How to compute Prioritized Payments and Adjustments. (1) 
Prioritized Payments. For a full fiscal year, the Prioritized Payment 
on an outstanding Participating Security equals the Redemption Price 
times the Trust Certificate Rate. For a shorter period (one or more 
fiscal quarters), you must prorate the annual Prioritized Payment.
    (2) Adjustments. Compute Adjustments using paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (b) Licensee's obligation to pay Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments. You are obligated to pay Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments only if you have profit as determined under paragraph (d) 
of this section.
    (1) Prioritized Payments that you must pay (or have already paid) 
because you have sufficient profit are ``Earned Prioritized Payments''.
    (2) Prioritized Payments that are not payable because you lack 
sufficient profit are ``Accumulated Prioritized Payments''. Treat all 
Prioritized Payment as ``Accumulated'' until they become ``Earned'' 
under this section.
    (3) Adjustments are computed under paragraph (f) of this section 
and are ``earned'' according to the same criteria applied to 
Prioritized Payments. 

[[Page 3216]]

    (c) How to keep track of Prioritized Payments. You must establish 
three accounts to record your Accumulated and Earned Prioritized 
Payments.
    (1) Accumulation Account. The Accumulation Account is a memorandum 
account. Its balance represents your Accumulated Prioritized Payments 
and unearned Adjustments.
    (2) Distribution Account. The Distribution Account is a liability 
account. Its balance represents your unpaid Earned Prioritized Payments 
and earned Adjustments.
    (3) Earned Payments Account. The Earned Payments Account is a 
memorandum account. Each time you add to the Distribution Account 
balance, add the same amount to the Earned Payments Account. Its 
balance represents your total (paid and unpaid) Earned Prioritized 
Payments and earned Adjustments.
    (d) How to determine your profit for Prioritized Payment purposes. 
As of the end of each fiscal year and any interim period (one or more 
fiscal quarters) for which you want to make a Distribution:
    (1) Bring the Accumulation Account up to date by adding to it all 
Prioritized Payments through the end of the fiscal period.
    (2) Determine your cumulative Earmarked Profit (Loss) under 
Sec. 107.1510(e) and subtract your Earned Payments Account balance from 
it. The result (if greater than zero) is your profit for the purposes 
of this section; if zero or less, you have no profit.
    (3) If you have a profit, continue with paragraph (e) of this 
section. Otherwise, continue with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (e) Allocating Prioritized Payments to the Distribution Account. 
(1) If you have a profit under paragraph (d) of this section, determine 
the lesser of:
    (i) Your profit; or
    (ii) The balance in your Accumulation Account.
    (2) Subtract the result in paragraph (e)(1) of this section from 
the Accumulation Account and add it to the Distribution Account.
    (f) How to compute Adjustments. You must compute your Adjustments 
as of the end of each fiscal year.
    (1) Adjustments based on Accumulation Account balance. If you have 
any balance in your Accumulation Account, determine your average 
Accumulation Account balance for the fiscal year and multiply it by the 
average of the Trust Certificate Rates for all the Participating 
Securities poolings during such year.
    (2) Adjustments based on Distribution Account balance. If you have 
any balance in your Distribution Account after giving effect to any 
Distribution that will be made on the first or second Payment Date 
following your fiscal year end, do the computations in paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section, substituting ``Distribution Account'' for 
``Accumulation Account''.
    (3) Add the amounts computed in this paragraph (f) to your 
Accumulation Account balance.
    (g) Licensee's obligation to pay Prioritized Payments after 
redeeming Participating Securities. This paragraph (g) applies if you 
have redeemed all your Participating Securities, but you still hold 
Earmarked Assets and still have a balance in your Accumulation Account.
    (1) You must continue to perform all the procedures in this 
Sec. 107.1520 as of the end of each fiscal quarter. You must distribute 
any Earned Prioritized Payments and earned Adjustments in accordance 
with Sec. 107.1540.
    (2) After you dispose of all your Earmarked Assets and make any 
required Distributions in accordance with Sec. 107.1540, your 
obligation to pay any remaining Accumulated Prioritized Payments and 
unearned Adjustments will be extinguished.

Sec. 107.1530  How a Licensee computes SBA's Profit Participation.

    This section tells you how to compute SBA's Profit Participation. 
Profit Participation is included in the Distributions you make to SBA 
under Secs. 107.1550 and 107.1560.
    (a) How to compute Profit Participation. Profit Participation 
equals your ``Base'' times your ``Profit Participation Rate'' (if the 
Base is zero or less, you do not owe SBA Profit Participation). Compute 
the Base using paragraph (c) of this section and the Profit 
Participation Rate using paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section. 
You must compute your Earmarked Profit (Loss) under Sec. 107.1510 and 
your Prioritized Payments and Adjustments under Sec. 107.1520 before 
you can compute Profit Participation.
    (b) How to keep track of Profit Participation. You must establish a 
Profit Participation Account to record your computations under this 
section and payments under Secs. 107.1550 and 107.1560. Its balance 
represents your unpaid Profit Participation.
    (c) How to compute the Base. As of the end of each fiscal year and 
any year-to-date interim period (one or more fiscal quarters) for which 
you want to make a Distribution, compute your Base using the following 
formula:

B = EP - PPA - UL

where:

B = Base
EP = Earmarked Profit (Loss) for the period from Sec. 107.1510
PPA = Prioritized Payments from Sec. 107.1520(a)(1) and Adjustments (if 
applicable) from Sec. 107.1520(f)
UL = ``Unused Loss'' as determined in this paragraph (c).

    (1) If you have never computed a Base before, or if the Base as of 
the end of your last fiscal year (your ``Previous Base'') was zero or 
greater, your Unused Loss is zero with the following exception: If, at 
the end of your last fiscal year, you computed a negative result under 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, your Unused Loss equals that negative 
result.
    (2) If your Previous Base was less than zero, your Unused Loss 
equals your Previous Base.
    (d) How to compute the Profit Participation Rate. You must 
determine your Profit Participation Rate each time you compute a Base 
that is greater than zero. Compute the Rate by following the steps in 
paragraphs (e) through (g) of this section.
    (e) Compute the ``PLC ratio''. (1) General rule. The ``PLC ratio'' 
is the highest ratio of outstanding Participating Securities to 
Leverageable Capital that you have ever attained.
    (2) Exception. You may reduce the ratio computed under paragraph 
(e)(1) of this section if you have increased your Leverageable Capital 
above its highest previous level. The increase must have taken place at 
least 120 days before the date as of which your Base is computed. In 
addition, the increase must have been expressly provided for in a plan 
of operations submitted to and approved by SBA in writing, or must be 
the result of the takedown of commitments or the conversion of non-cash 
assets that were included in your Private Capital. To reduce your PLC 
ratio:
    (i) Determine the increase in your Leverageable Capital over its 
highest previous level.
    (ii) Find your highest previous ratio of Participating Securities 
to Leverageable Capital. If you have attained your highest ratio more 
than once, with different numerators and denominators, choose the ratio 
with the highest numerator.
    (iii) Add the increase in Leverageable Capital to the denominator 
of the ratio chosen in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)of this section, and divide 
the numerator by the revised denominator. The result is your new PLC 
ratio.
    (3) Once you compute a PLC ratio under either paragraph (e)(1) or 
(e)(2)of 

[[Page 3217]]
this section, do not recompute it unless there has been a change in 
your outstanding Participating Securities or your Leverageable Capital.
    (4) Example.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Participating                                        
                                                             Securities   Leverageable      A/B       PLC Ratio 
                                                                (A)        Capital (B)                          
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
End of period 1..........................................         1,000          1,000         1.00         1.00
End of period 2..........................................         1,500          1,000         1.50         1.50
End of period 3..........................................         1,200            900         1.33         1.50
End of period 4..........................................           750            500         1.50         1.50
End of period 5..........................................           750          1,500         0.50        1.00 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explanation of PLC Ratio calculation following increase in Leverageable Capital:                                
Step 1: Increase in Leverageable Capital over highest previous level=1,500 -1,000=500.                          
Step 2: Highest previous ratio of Participating Securities to Leverageable Capital=1.50 (attained two times, at 
  end of periods 2 and 4).                                                                                      
Step 3: Highest numerator associated with highest ratio=1,500 (at end of period 2); associated                  
  denominator=1,000.                                                                                            
Step 4: Add the increase in Leverageable Capital (from step 1) to the denominator (from step 3):                
  500+1,000=1,500.                                                                                              
Step 5: Divide the numerator (from step 3) by the revised denominator (from step 4): 1,500/1,500=1.00.          

    (f) Compute the Profit Participation Rate (before indexing). 
Compute the Profit Participation Rate (before indexing) using the table 
in this paragraph (f). Then go to paragraph (g) of this section to 
determine whether to index the Profit Participation Rate.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     If your PLC ratio is:       Then your Profit Participation Rate is:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 or less......................  9% x PLC Ratio.                        
More than 1....................  9%+[3% x (PLC ratio-1)].               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (g) Indexing the Profit Participation Rate. The Profit 
Participation Rate is indexed, up or down, to the yield-to-maturity on 
Treasury bonds with a remaining term of ten (10) years (the ``Treasury 
Rate''). You must perform the indexing procedures in this paragraph (g) 
unless the Treasury Rate was exactly 8 percent on every date that you 
issued Participating Securities.
    (1) Licensees that have issued Participating Securities on only one 
occasion. Determine the Treasury Rate for the date you issued your 
Participating Security. Adjust the Profit Participation Rate from 
paragraph (f) of this section by the percentage difference between the 
Treasury Rate and 8 percent. For example, assume that you issued 
Participating Securities when the Treasury Rate was 10 percent. The 
percentage difference between 10 percent and 8 percent is 25 percent. 
If you had a PLC ratio of 1, the Profit Participation Rate before 
indexing would be 9 percent. You would increase this rate by 25 
percent, giving you a Profit Participation Rate of 11.25 percent.
    (2) Licensees that have issued Participating Securities on more 
than one occasion. Determine the Treasury Rate for each of the dates 
you issued Participating Securities.
    (i) Compute an average of all such Treasury Rates, weighted to 
reflect the dollar amount of each issuance (ignoring any redemptions) 
and the number of days from the date of each issuance to the date as of 
which you are computing the Profit Participation Rate.
    Example to paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section. If you issued $10 
million of Participating Securities on the 60th day of Fiscal Year 1 
when the Treasury Rate was 8 percent, and another $15 million on the 
100th day of Fiscal Year 3 when the Treasury Rate was 10 percent, then 
the weighted average Treasury Rate computed as of the end of Fiscal 
Year 3 would be 8.55 percent. [Days elapsed since first issuance of 
Participating Securities = 1,035; days elapsed since second issuance of 
Participating Securities = 265; weighted amount of first issuance = 
$10,000,000  x  1,035/1,035 = $10,000,000; weighted amount of second 
issuance = $15,000,000  x  265/1035 = $3,840,579; weighted average 
amount of Participating Securities issued = $10,000,000 + $3,840,579 = 
$13,840,579; weighted average Treasury = {(.08  x  $10,000,000) + (.10 
x  $3,840,579)} / $13,840,579 = 8.55%]
    (ii) Adjust the Profit Participation Rate from paragraph (f) of 
this section by the percentage difference between the weighted average 
Treasury Rate and 8 percent. In the example given in paragraph 
(g)(2)(i) of this section, if the PLC ratio were equal to 2, the Profit 
Participation Rate for the fiscal year would be 12.83 percent. 
[{((.0855  x  .08) - .08) + 1}  x  .12  x  100 = 12.83%]
    (h) Computing SBA's Profit Participation. If the Base from 
paragraph (c) of this section is greater than zero, you must compute 
SBA's Profit Participation as follows:
    (1) Multiply the Base by the Profit Participation Rate to determine 
the Profit Participation for the fiscal year or year-to-date interim 
period.
    (2) If your last Profit Participation computation was for an 
interim period during the same fiscal year and used a higher Profit 
Participation Rate than that used in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, 
multiply the Base for that period by the Profit Participation Rate used 
in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (3) Reduce the Profit Participation from paragraph (h)(1) of this 
section by any amounts of Profit Participation that you distributed or 
reserve for distribution to SBA, or its designated agent or Trustee, 
for any previous interim period during the fiscal year, or by the 
amount you computed in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, whichever is 
less. If the result is less than zero, SBA's Profit Participation is 
zero. If you obtain a negative result as of the end of your fiscal 
year, you must add it to your Unused Loss the next time you compute 
your Base under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (i) Allocation of Profit Participation. Before any Distribution and 
in any case within 120 days following the end of your fiscal year, you 
must add the amount of Profit Participation computed under this 
Sec. 107.1530 to the Profit Participation Account. You must reserve 
funds equal to this amount for distribution to SBA, or its designated 
agent or Trustee; you may not reinvest these funds or use them for any 
other purpose.

Sec. 107.1540  Distributions by Licensee--Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments.

    After you compute Prioritized Payments and Adjustments under 
Sec. 107.1520, you must distribute them in accordance with this 
Sec. 107.1540.
    (a) Requirement to distribute Prioritized Payments and Adjustments. 
This paragraph (a) applies only if you satisfy the liquidity 
requirement in Sec. 107.1505. All Distributions under this paragraph 
(a) go to SBA or its designated agent or trustee.
    (1) You must distribute the balance in your Distribution Account 
from Sec. 107.1520 annually on the first or second Payment Date 
following your fiscal year end, and on any date when you are making any 
other Distribution.

[[Page 3218]]

    (2) You may distribute all or part of the balance in your 
Distribution Account on any Payment Date regardless of whether you are 
making any other Distribution on that date.
    (b) Additional requirement for Licensees with undistributed 
Prioritized Payments. This paragraph (b) applies if you do not 
distribute the full amount in your Distribution Account by the second 
Payment Date following the end of your fiscal year. At the end of each 
fiscal quarter, until you reduce the balance in your Distribution 
Account to zero, you must:
    (1) Do all the steps in Sec. 107.1520; and
    (2) Distribute the balance in your Distribution Account on the next 
Payment Date following the end of your fiscal quarter, provided you 
satisfy the liquidity requirement in Sec. 107.1505.

Sec. 107.1550  Distributions by Licensee--permitted ``tax 
Distributions'' to private investors and SBA.

    If you have outstanding Participating Securities or Earmarked 
Assets, and you are a limited partnership, ``S Corporation'', or 
equivalent pass-through entity for tax purposes, you may make an annual 
``tax Distribution'' to your investors, whether or not they have an 
actual tax liability. SBA receives a share of any tax Distribution you 
make. This section tells you when you may make a ``tax Distribution'' 
and how to compute it.
    (a) Conditions for making a tax Distribution. You may make a tax 
Distribution only if:
    (1) You have paid all your Prioritized Payments and Adjustments, so 
that the balance in both your Distribution Account and your 
Accumulation Account is zero (see Sec. 107.1520).
    (2) You satisfy the liquidity requirement in Sec. 107.1505.
    (3) The tax Distribution does not exceed your Retained Earnings 
Available for Distribution.
    (4) The tax Distribution does not exceed the Maximum Tax Liability 
from paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) How to compute the Maximum Tax Liability. (1) Compute your 
Maximum Tax Liability for a full fiscal year only. Use the following 
formula:

M = (TOI x HRO) + (TCG x HRC)

where:

M = Maximum Tax Liability.
TOI = Total ordinary income (less ordinary deductions) allocated to 
your partners or shareholders for Federal income tax purposes.
HRO = The highest combined marginal Federal and State income tax 
rates for corporations or individuals (whichever is higher), on 
ordinary income.
TCG = Total capital gains allocated to your partners or shareholders 
for Federal income tax purposes.
HRC = The highest combined marginal Federal and State income tax 
rates for corporations or individuals (whichever is higher), on 
capital gains.

    (2) For purposes of this paragraph (b), the ``State income tax'' is 
that of the State where your principal place of business is located.
    (c) SBA's share of the tax Distribution. (1) SBA's percentage share 
of the tax Distribution is equal to the Profit Participation Rate 
computed under Sec. 107.1530.
    (2) SBA may direct you to pay its share of the tax Distribution to 
its designated agent or Trustee.
    (3) SBA will apply its share of the tax Distribution to the Profit 
Participation you owe SBA under Sec. 107.1530.
    (d) Paying a tax Distribution. You may make a tax Distribution only 
on the first or second Payment Date following the end of your fiscal 
year or, if your fiscal year end is December 31, during the period 
beginning March 1 and ending April 15.

Sec. 107.1560  Distributions by Licensee--required Distributions to 
private investors and SBA.

    You must make Distributions under this Sec. 107.1560 if you have 
outstanding Participating Securities or Earmarked Assets and you 
satisfy the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section. Distributions 
under this section are determined as of the end of each fiscal year.
    (a) Conditions for making Distributions. Distributions under this 
section are subject to the following conditions:
    (1) You must have paid all your Prioritized Payments and 
Adjustments, so that the balance in both your Distribution Account and 
your Accumulation Account is zero (see Secs. 107.1520 and 107.1540).
    (2) You must have made any permitted tax Distribution that you 
choose to make under Sec. 107.1550.
    (3) You must satisfy the liquidity requirement in Sec. 107.1505.
    (4) The amount you distribute under this section must not exceed 
your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution.
    (b) Total amount you must distribute. Unless SBA permits otherwise, 
the total amount you must distribute equals the result (if greater than 
zero) of the following computation:
    (1) Your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution as of the end 
of your fiscal year; minus
    (2) All previous Distributions under this Sec. 107.1560 that were 
applied as redemptions or repayments of Leverage; plus
    (3) All previous Distributions under Sec. 107.1570(b) that reduced 
your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution.
    (c) When you must make Distributions. You must make the required 
Distributions on either the first or second Payment Date following the 
end of your fiscal year.
    (d) Effect of Distributions on Retained Earnings Available for 
Distribution. Distributions under this Sec. 107.1560 have the following 
effect on your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution:
    (1) All Distributions to private investors reduce Retained Earnings 
Available for Distribution.
    (2) Distributions to SBA, or its designated agent or Trustee, 
reduce Retained Earnings Available for Distribution if they are applied 
as payments of Profit Participation or distributions on Preferred 
Securities (see paragraph (g) of this section).
    (3) Distributions to SBA, or its designated agent or Trustee, do 
not reduce Retained Earnings Available for Distribution if they are 
applied as a repayment or redemption of Leverage (see paragraph (g) of 
this section).
    (e) SBA's share of the total Distribution. Use the following table 
to determine the percentage share of the total Distribution (from 
paragraph (b) of this section) that goes to SBA (or its designated 
agent or Trustee):

              SBA's Percentage Share of Total Distribution              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 If your ratio of Leverage to Leverageable   Then SBA's percentage share
   Capital as of the fiscal year end is:       of the Distribution is:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over 200%.................................  [Leverage / (Leverage +     
                                             Leverageable Capital)]  x  
                                             100.                       
Over 100% but not over 200%...............  50%.                        
100% or less..............................  Profit Participation Rate   
                                             from Sec.  107.1530.       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) Exceptions to the Distribution requirement. (1) With SBA's 
prior written approval, you may withhold from distribution reasonable 
reserves necessary to protect your investments or relative position in 
Loans and Investments and to meet contingent liabilities.
    (i) If you submit a written request for SBA approval, you may 
consider it approved unless SBA notifies you otherwise within 30 days 
from receipt.
    (ii) Reserves that you withhold from distribution may not be used 
to make 

[[Page 3219]]
investments in additional portfolio companies.
    (iii) Withholding of reserves under this paragraph (f)(1) is not a 
``payment failure'' in violation of Sec. 107.1820(e)(6).
    (2) SBA may restrict Distributions under this Sec. 107.1560 if SBA 
determines that the value of your assets is materially overstated. SBA 
must give you notice of such a determination in advance of your 
proposed Distribution.
    (g) How SBA will apply your Distributions. Your Distributions to 
SBA (or its designated agent or Trustee) under this Sec. 107.1560 will 
be applied in the following order:
    (1) First, to Profit Participation;
    (2) Second, to the extent there remain any Retained Earnings 
Available for Distribution, to distributions on Preferred Securities;
    (3) Third, as a redemption of Participating Securities in order of 
issue;
    (4) Fourth, as a redemption of Preferred Securities; and
    (5) Fifth, as the repayment of principal of any outstanding 
Debentures, with such repayment to be made into escrow on terms and 
conditions SBA determines.

Sec. 107.1570  Distributions by Licensee--optional Distribution to 
private investors and SBA.

    If you have outstanding Participating Securities or Earmarked 
Assets, you may make two types of optional Distributions under this 
Sec. 107.1570: quarterly Distributions determined the same way as the 
required annual Distributions in Sec. 107.1560, and Distributions 
allocated between SBA and your private investors in proportion to the 
capital contributions of each.
    (a) Quarterly Distributions subject to conditions in Sec. 107.1560. 
(1) You may make Distributions under this paragraph (a) as of the end 
of any fiscal quarter, giving SBA (or its designated agent or Trustee) 
a percentage share determined under Sec. 107.1560(e).
    (2) Such Distributions are subject to all the provisions in 
Sec. 107.1560(a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4), (d), (f)(2), and (g).
    (3) You may make such Distributions only on the next Payment Date 
following the end of your fiscal quarter.
    (4) The total amount of such Distributions may not exceed the 
result of the following computation:
    (i) Your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution as of the end 
of your fiscal quarter; minus
    (ii) All previous Distributions under this paragraph (a) or 
Sec. 107.1560 that were applied as redemptions or repayments of 
Leverage; plus
    (iii) All previous Distributions under paragraph (b) of this 
section that reduced your Retained Earnings Available for Distribution.
    (b) Other optional Distributions. On any Payment Date, you may make 
additional Distributions to your private investors and to SBA (or its 
designated agent or Trustee) under this paragraph (b).
    (1) Conditions for making Distribution. You may make a Distribution 
under this paragraph (b) only if:
    (i) You have distributed all Earned Prioritized Payments and earned 
Adjustments, so that the balance in your Distribution Account is zero 
(see Sec. 107.1520).
    (ii) You have distributed all Profit Participation computed under 
Sec. 107.1530 and made all required Distributions under Sec. 107.1560.
    (iii) You satisfy the liquidity requirement in Sec. 107.1505 or 
obtain SBA's prior written approval of the Distribution.
    (iv) You do not have a condition of Capital Impairment.
    (v) The Distribution does not reduce your Regulatory Capital 
(excluding commitments from Institutional Investors) below the minimum 
required under Sec. 107.210, unless SBA approves the reduction as part 
of a plan of liquidation.
    (vi) The Distribution does not cause you to have excess Leverage 
contrary to section 303 of the Act.
    (2) SBA's share of Distribution. (i) If your Capital Impairment 
Percentage under Sec. 107.1840 is zero, SBA's percentage share of any 
Distribution under this paragraph (b) equals:

[Leverage/(Leverage + Leverageable Capital)]  x  100

In this formula, use Leverage and Leverageable Capital as of the 
date of the Distribution, after giving effect to any Distribution 
under Sec. 107.1560 and paragraph (a) of this section.

    (ii) If your Capital Impairment Percentage under Sec. 107.1840 is 
greater than zero, you must modify the formula in paragraph (b)(2)(i) 
of this section by replacing Leverageable Capital with:

Leverageable Capital  x  (100% - CIP)

where ``CIP'' is your Capital Impairment Percentage or 100 percent, 
whichever is less.

    (3) How SBA will apply Distributions. Any amounts you distribute to 
SBA, or its designated agent or Trustee, under this paragraph (b) will 
be applied as a repayment or redemption of Leverage in the order set 
forth in Sec. 107.1560 (g)(3) through (g)(5).
    (4) Effect of Distributions on Retained Earnings Available for 
Distribution. Any amounts you distribute to non-SBA investors under 
this paragraph (b) must reduce your Retained Earnings Available for 
Distribution to zero before reducing your Private Capital.
    (5) Permitted exception to Sec. 107.585. You may make any 
Distribution permitted by this paragraph (b), even if the result is a 
reduction in your Regulatory Capital that would otherwise be prohibited 
under Sec. 107.585.

Sec. 107.1580  Special rules for In-Kind Distributions by Licensees.

    (a) In-Kind Distributions while Licensee has outstanding 
Participating Securities. A Distribution under Secs. 107.1560 or 
107.1570 may consist of securities (an ``In-Kind Distribution''). Such 
a Distribution must satisfy the conditions in this paragraph (a).
    (1) You may distribute only securities that are Publicly Traded and 
Marketable at the time of the Distribution.
    (2) You must distribute each security pro-rata to all investors and 
to SBA or its designated agent or Trustee, based on the amounts that 
each party would receive if the Distribution were in cash.
    (3) You must impute a gain (loss) on each security being 
distributed as if it were being sold, using the value of the security 
as of the declaration date of the Distribution (if you are a Corporate 
Licensee) or the distribution date (if you are a Partnership Licensee).
    (4) You must deposit SBA's share of the securities being 
distributed with the CRA, who will select a Disposition Agent (a person 
who is knowledgeable about and proficient in the marketing of thinly 
traded securities). As an alternative, if you agree, SBA may direct you 
to dispose of its share. In this case, you must promptly remit the 
proceeds to SBA.
    (b) In-Kind Distributions after Licensee has redeemed all 
Participating Securities. This paragraph (b) applies from the time you 
redeem all your Participating Securities until you dispose of all your 
Earmarked Assets.
    (1) You may make an In-Kind Distribution of an Earmarked Asset only 
if you pay SBA the lower of:
    (i) An amount equal to the Unrealized Appreciation on the asset; or
    (ii) The full amount of your Accumulated Prioritized Payments and 
unpaid Adjustments.
    (2) You must obtain SBA's prior written approval of any In-Kind 
Distribution of an Earmarked Asset that is not Publicly Traded and 
Marketable, specifically including approval of the valuation of the 
asset.

Sec. 107.1590  Special rules for companies licensed on or before March 
31, 1993.

    This section applies to companies licensed on or before March 31, 
1993 

[[Page 3220]]
that apply to issue Participating Securities.
    (a) Election to exclude pre-existing portfolio. You may choose to 
exclude all (but not a portion) of your Loans and Investments as of 
March 31, 1993, from classification as Earmarked Assets if:
    (1) The proceeds of your first issuance of Participating Securities 
are not used to refinance outstanding Debentures (see paragraph (c) of 
this section). SBA will consider payment or prepayment of any 
outstanding Debenture to be a refinancing unless you demonstrate to 
SBA's satisfaction that you can pay the Debenture principal without 
relying on the proceeds of the Participating Securities.
    (2) SBA, in its sole discretion, approves the exclusion.
    (b) Treatment of pre-existing portfolio if not excluded. If you do 
not choose to exclude your Loans and Investments as of March 31, 1993, 
they will be Earmarked Assets for all purposes.
    (c) Refinancing Debentures with Participating Securities. SBA may 
permit you to use the proceeds of a Participating Security to pay the 
principal amount due on an outstanding Debenture if:
    (1) You have outstanding Equity Capital Investments (at cost) equal 
to the amount of the Debentures being refinanced.
    (2) You have not elected to exclude Loans and Investments from 
Earmarked Assets under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Requirements for Licensee's first issuance of Participating 
Securities. When you apply for your first issuance of Participating 
Securities, you must comply with the following:
    (1) For each of your Loans and Investments, you must submit:
    (i) The most recent annual report (or fiscal year-end financial 
statements) and the most recent interim financial statements of the 
Small Business; and
    (ii) Your valuation reports on the Small Business, prepared as of 
the end of each of your last three fiscal years. If you have applied 
for Participating Securities on the basis of interim financial 
statements, you must also submit a valuation report as of your interim 
financial statement date.
    (2) If you have negative Undistributed Net Realized Earnings and/or 
a net Unrealized Loss on Securities Held, SBA may require you to 
undergo a quasi-reorganization in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles.
    (3) If your financial statements accompanying the Participating 
Securities application are for an interim period, you must have your 
SBA-approved independent public accountant perform a limited-scope 
audit of the statements. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(3), 
``limited scope audit'' means auditing procedures sufficient to enable 
the independent public accountant to express an opinion on the 
Statement of Financial Position and the accompanying Schedule of Loans 
and Investments.

Funding Leverage by Use of SBA-Guaranteed Trust Certificates (``TCs'')

Sec. 107.1600  SBA authority to issue and guarantee Trust Certificates.

    (a) Authorization. Sections 321 (a) and (b) of the Act authorize 
SBA or its CRA to issue TCs, and SBA to guarantee the timely payment of 
the principal and interest thereon. Any guarantee by SBA of such TC is 
limited to the principal and interest due on the Debentures or the 
Redemption Price of and Prioritized Payments on Participating 
Securities in any Trust or Pool backing such TC. The full faith and 
credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts 
due under the guarantee of any TC.
    (b) Periodic exercise of authority. SBA will issue guarantees of 
Debentures and Participating Securities under section 303 and of TCs 
under section 321 of the Act at three month intervals, or at shorter 
intervals, taking into account the amount and number of such guarantees 
or TCs.
    (c) SBA authority to arrange public or private fundings of 
Leverage. SBA in its discretion may arrange for public or private 
financing under its guarantee authority. Such financing arranged by SBA 
may be accomplished by the sale of individual Debentures or 
Participating Securities, aggregations of Debentures or Participating 
Securities, or Pools or Trusts of Debentures or Participating 
Securities.
    (d) Pass-through provisions. TCs shall provide for a pass-through 
to their holders of all amounts of principal and interest paid on the 
Debentures, or the Redemption Price of and Prioritized Payments on the 
Participating Securities, in the Pool or Trust against which they are 
issued.
    (e) Formation of a Pool or Trust holding Leverage Securities. SBA 
shall approve the formation of each Pool or Trust. SBA may, in its 
discretion, establish the size of the Pools and their composition, the 
interest rate on the TCs issued against Trusts or Pools, fees, 
discounts, premiums and other charges made in connection with the 
Pools, Trusts, and TCs, and any other characteristics of a Pool or 
Trust it deems appropriate.

Sec. 107.1610  Effect of prepayment or early redemption of Leverage on 
a Trust Certificate.

    (a) The rights, if any, of a Licensee to prepay any Debenture or 
make early redemption of any Participating Security are established by 
the terms of such securities, and no such right is created or denied by 
the regulations in this part.
    (b) SBA's rights to purchase or prepay any Debenture without 
premium are established by the terms of the Guaranty Agreement relating 
to the Debenture. SBA's rights to redeem, at any time, any 
Participating Security without premium are established by the terms of 
the Guaranty Agreement relating to the Participating Security.
    (c) Any prepayment of a Debenture or early redemption of a 
Participating Security pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty Agreement 
relating to such securities, shall reduce the SBA guarantee of timely 
payment of principal and interest on a TC in proportion to the amount 
of principal or Redemption Price that such prepaid Debenture or 
redeemed Participating Security represents in the Trust or Pool backing 
such TC.
    (d) SBA shall be discharged from its guarantee obligation to the 
holder or holders of any TC, or any successor or transferee of such 
holder, to the extent of any such prepayment, whether or not such 
successor or transferee shall have notice of any such prepayment.
    (e) Interest on prepaid Debentures and Prioritized Payments on 
Participating Securities shall accrue only through the date of such 
voluntary prepayment or SBA payment, as the case may be.
    (f) In the event that all Debentures or Participating Securities 
constituting a Trust or Pool are prepaid, the TCs backed by such Trust 
or Pool shall be redeemed by payment of the unpaid principal and 
interest on the TCs; Provided, however, that in the case of the 
prepayment of a Debenture pursuant to the provisions of the Guaranty 
Agreement relating to the Debenture, the CRA shall pass through pro 
rata to the holders of the TCs any such prepayments including any 
prepayment penalty paid by the obligor Licensee pursuant to the terms 
of the Debenture.

Sec. 107.1620  Functions of agents, including Central Registration 
Agent, Selling Agent and Fiscal Agent.

    (a) Agents. SBA will appoint or cause to be appointed agent(s) to 
perform functions necessary to market and service Debentures, 
Participating Securities, or TCs pursuant to this part.
    (1) Selling Agent. As a condition of guaranteeing a Debenture or 

[[Page 3221]]
    Participating Security, SBA shall cause each Licensee to appoint a 
Selling Agent to perform functions which include, but are not limited 
to:
    (i) Selecting qualified entities to become pool o
FR Doc. 96-1351 PART 107SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT COMPANIES
r Trust assemblers 
(``Poolers'').
    (ii) Receiving guaranteed Debentures and Participating Securities 
as well as negotiating the terms and conditions of periodic offerings 
of Debentures and/or TCs with Poolers on behalf of Licensees.
    (iii) Directing and coordinating periodic sales of Debentures and 
Participating Securities and/or TCs.
    (iv) Arranging for the production of the Offering Circular, 
certificates, and such other documents as may be required from time to 
time.
    (2) Fiscal Agent. SBA shall appoint a Fiscal Agent to:
    (i) Establish performance criteria for Poolers.
    (ii) Monitor and evaluate the financial markets to determine those 
factors that will minimize or reduce the cost of funding Debentures or 
Participating Securities.
    (iii) Monitor the performance of the Selling Agent, Poolers, CRA, 
and the Trustee.
    (iv) Perform such other functions as SBA, from time to time, may 
prescribe.
    (3) Central Registration Agent. Pursuant to a contract entered into 
with SBA, the CRA, as SBA's agent, will do the following with respect 
to the Pools or Trust Certificates for the Debentures or Participating 
Securities:
    (i) Form an SBA-approved Pool or Trust;
    (ii) Issue the TCs in the form prescribed by SBA;
    (iii) Transfer the TCs upon the sale of original issue TCs in any 
secondary market transaction;
    (iv) Receive payments from Licensees;
    (v) Make periodic payments as scheduled or required by the terms of 
the TCs, and pay all amounts required to be paid upon prepayment of 
Debentures or redemption of Participating Securities;
    (vi) Hold, safeguard, and release all Debentures and Participating 
Securities constituting Trusts or Pools upon instructions from SBA;
    (vii) Remain custodian of such other documentation as SBA shall 
direct by written instructions;
    (viii) Provide for the registration of all pooled Debentures and 
Participating Securities, all Pools and Trusts, and all TCs;
    (ix) Perform such other functions as SBA may deem necessary to 
implement the provisions of this section.
    (b) Functions. The function of locating purchasers, and negotiating 
and closing the sale of Debentures, Participating Securities and TCs, 
may be performed either by SBA or an agent appointed by SBA. Nothing in 
the regulations in this part shall be interpreted to prevent the CRA 
from acting as SBA's agent for this purpose.

Sec. 107.1630  SBA regulation of Brokers and Dealers and disclosure to 
purchasers of Leverage or Trust Certificates.

    (a) Disclosure to purchasers. Prior to any sale of a Debenture, 
Participating Security, or TC, SBA shall require the seller, or the 
broker or dealer as agent for the seller, to disclose to the purchaser, 
in a form prescribed or approved by SBA, specified information on the 
terms, conditions, and yield of such instrument.
    (b) Brokers and Dealers. Each broker, dealer, and Pool or Trust 
assembler approved by SBA pursuant to these regulations shall either be 
regulated by a Federal financial regulatory agency, or be a member of 
the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD), and shall be in 
good standing in respect to compliance with the financial, ethical, and 
reporting requirements of such body. They also shall be in good 
standing with SBA as determined by the SBA Associate Administrator for 
Investment (see paragraph (d) of this section) and shall provide a 
fidelity bond or insurance in such amount as SBA may require.
    (c) Suspension and/or termination of Broker or Dealer. SBA shall 
exclude from the sale and all other dealings in Debentures, 
Participating Securities or TCs any broker or dealer:
    (1) If such broker's or dealer's authority to engage in the 
securities business has been revoked or suspended by a supervisory 
agency. When such authority has been suspended, such broker or dealer 
will be suspended by SBA for the duration of such suspension by the 
supervisory agency.
    (2) If such broker or dealer has been indicted or otherwise 
formally charged with a misdemeanor or felony bearing on its fitness, 
such broker or dealer may be suspended while the charge is pending. 
Upon conviction, participation may be terminated.
    (3) If such broker or dealer has suffered an adverse final civil 
judgment, holding that such broker or dealer has committed a breach of 
trust or violation of law or regulation protecting the integrity of 
business transactions or relationships, participation in the market for 
Debentures, Participating Securities or TCs may be terminated.
    (4) If such broker or dealer has failed to make full disclosure of 
the information required by SBA in paragraph (a) of this section, such 
broker's or dealer's participation in the market for Debentures, 
Participating Securities or TCs may be terminated.
    (d) Termination/suspension proceedings. A broker's or dealer's 
participation in the market for Debentures, Participating Securities or 
TCs will be conducted in accordance with Part 134 of this chapter. SBA 
may, for any of the reasons stated in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) 
of this section, suspend the privilege of any broker or dealer to 
participate in this market. SBA shall give written notice at least ten 
(10) business days prior to the effective date of such suspension. Such 
notice shall inform the broker or dealer of the opportunity for a 
hearing pursuant to part 134 of this chapter.

Sec. 107.1640  SBA access to records of the CRA, Brokers, Dealers and 
Pool or Trust assemblers.

    The CRA and any broker, dealer and Pool or Trust assembler 
operating under the regulations in this part shall make all books, 
records and related materials associated with Debentures, Participating 
Securities and TCs available to SBA for review and copying purposes. 
Such access shall be at such party's primary place of business during 
normal business hours.

Miscellaneous

Sec. 107.1700  Transfer by SBA of its interest in Licensee's Leverage 
security.

    Upon such conditions and for such consideration as it deems 
reasonable, SBA may sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any 
Preferred Security, Debenture, Participating Security, or other 
security held by or on behalf of SBA in connection with Leverage. Upon 
notice by SBA, Licensee will make all payments of principal, dividends, 
interest, Prioritized Payments, and redemptions as shall be directed by 
SBA. Licensee will be liable for all damage or loss which SBA may 
sustain by reason of such disposal, up to the amount of Licensee's 
liability under such security, plus court costs and reasonable 
attorney's fees incurred by SBA.

Sec. 107.1710  SBA authority to collect or compromise its claims.

    SBA may, upon such conditions and for such consideration as it 
deems reasonable, collect or compromise all claims relating to 
Preferred or Participating Securities or obligations held or guaranteed 
by SBA, and all legal or equitable rights accruing to SBA. 

[[Page 3222]]

Subpart J--Licensee's Noncompliance With Terms of Leverage

Sec. 107.1800  Licensee's agreement to terms and conditions in 
Secs. 107.1810 and 107.1820.

    Any Licensee that violates the terms and conditions of its Leverage 
is subject to SBA remedies. The terms, conditions and remedies in 
Sec. 107.1810 apply to outstanding Debentures issued after April 25, 
1994. The terms, conditions and remedies in Sec. 107.1820 apply to 
outstanding Preferred Securities and Participating Securities issued 
after April 25, 1994, or if you have Earmarked Assets in your 
portfolio.

Sec. 107.1810  Events of default and SBA's remedies for Licensee's 
noncompliance with terms of Debentures.

    (a) Applicability of this section. This Sec. 107.1810 applies to 
Debentures issued after April 25, 1994. By issuing such Debentures, you 
automatically agree to the terms, conditions and remedies in this 
section, as in effect at the time of issuance and as if fully set forth 
in the Debentures. Debentures issued before April 25, 1994 continue to 
be governed by the remedies in effect at the time of their issuance.
    (b) Automatic events of default. The occurrence of one or more of 
the events in this paragraph (b) causes the remedies in paragraph (c) 
of this section to take effect immediately.
    (1) Insolvency. You become equitably or legally insolvent.
    (2) Voluntary assignment. You make a voluntary assignment for the 
benefit of creditors without SBA's prior written approval.
    (3) Bankruptcy. You file a petition to begin any bankruptcy or 
reorganization proceeding, receivership, dissolution or other similar 
creditors' rights proceeding, or such action is initiated against you 
and is not dismissed within 60 days.
    (c) SBA remedies for automatic events of default. Upon the 
occurrence of one or more of the events in paragraph (b) of this 
section:
    (1) Without notice, presentation or demand, the entire indebtedness 
evidenced by your Debentures, including accrued interest, and any other 
amounts owed SBA with respect to your Debentures, is immediately due 
and payable; and
    (2) You automatically consent to the appointment of SBA or its 
designee as your receiver under section 311(c) of the Act.
    (d) Events of default with notice. For any occurrence (as 
determined by SBA) of one or more of the events in this paragraph (d), 
SBA may avail itself of one or more of the remedies in paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (1) Fraud. You commit a fraudulent act which causes detriment to 
SBA's position as a creditor or guarantor.
    (2) Fraudulent transfers. You make any transfer or incur any 
obligation that is fraudulent under the terms of 11 U.S.C. 548.
    (3) Willful conflicts of interest. You willfully violate 
Sec. 107.730.
    (4) Willful non-compliance. You willfully violate one or more of 
the substantive provisions of the Act, specifically including but not 
limited to the provisions summarized in section 310(c) of the Act, or 
any substantive regulation promulgated under the Act.
    (5) Repeated Events of Default. At any time after being notified by 
SBA of the occurrence of an event of default under paragraph (f) of 
this section, you engage in similar behavior which results in another 
occurrence of the same event of default.
    (6) Transfer of Control. You violate Sec. 107.475 and/or willfully 
violate Sec. 107.410, and as a result of such violation you undergo a 
transfer of Control.
    (7) Non-cooperation under Sec. 107.1810(h). You fail to take 
appropriate steps, satisfactory to SBA, to accomplish any action SBA 
may have required under paragraph (h) of this section.
    (8) Non-notification of Events of Default. You fail to notify SBA 
as soon as you know or reasonably should have known that any event of 
default exists under this section.
    (9) Non-notification of defaults to others. You fail to notify SBA 
in writing within ten days from the date of a declaration of an event 
of default or nonperformance under any note, debenture or indebtedness 
of yours, issued to or held by anyone other than SBA.
    (e) SBA remedies for events of default with notice. Upon written 
notice to you of the occurrence (as determined by SBA) of one or more 
of the events in paragraph (d) of this section:
    (1) SBA may declare the entire indebtedness evidenced by your 
Debentures, including accrued interest, and/or any other amounts owed 
SBA with respect to your Debentures, immediately due and payable; and
    (2) SBA may avail itself of any remedy available under the Act, 
specifically including institution of proceedings for the appointment 
of SBA or its designee as your receiver under section 311(c) of the 
Act.
    (f) Events of default with opportunity to cure. For any occurrence 
(as determined by SBA) of one or more of the events in this paragraph 
(f), SBA may avail itself of one or more of the remedies in paragraph 
(g) of this section.
    (1) Excessive Management Expenses. Without the prior written 
consent of SBA, you incur Management Expenses in excess of those 
permitted under Sec. 107.520.
    (2) Improper Distributions. You make any Distribution to your 
shareholders or partners, except with the prior written consent of SBA, 
other than:
    (i) Distributions permitted under Sec. 107.585;
    (ii) Payments from Retained Earnings Available for Distribution 
based on either the shareholders' pro-rata interests or the provisions 
for profit distributions in your partnership agreement, as appropriate; 
and
    (iii) Distributions by Participating Securities issuers as 
permitted under Secs. 107.1540 through 107.1580.
    (3) Failure to make payment. Unless otherwise approved by SBA, you 
fail to make timely payment of any amount due under any security or 
obligation of yours that is issued to, held or guaranteed by SBA.
    (4) Failure to maintain Regulatory Capital. You fail to maintain 
the minimum Regulatory Capital required under these regulations or, 
without the prior written consent of SBA, you reduce your Regulatory 
Capital, except as permitted by Secs. 107.585 and 107.1560 through 
107.1580.
    (5) Capital Impairment. You have a condition of Capital Impairment 
as determined under Sec. 107.1830.
    (6) Cross-default. An obligation of yours that is greater than 
$100,000 becomes due or payable (with or without notice) before its 
stated maturity date, for any reason including your failure to pay any 
amount when due. This provision does not apply if you pay the amount 
due within any applicable grace period or contest the payment of the 
obligation in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
    (7) Nonperformance. You violate or fail to perform one or more of 
the terms and conditions of any security or obligation of yours that is 
issued to, held or guaranteed by SBA, or of any agreement with or 
conditions imposed by SBA in its administration of the Act and the 
regulations promulgated under the Act.
    (8) Noncompliance. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(5) 
of this section, SBA determines that you have violated one or more of 
the substantive provisions of the Act, specifically including but not 
limited to the provisions summarized in section 310(c) of the Act, or 
any substantive regulation promulgated under the Act. 

[[Page 3223]]

    (9) Failure to maintain investment ratio. You fail to maintain the 
investment ratio for Leverage in excess of 300 percent of Leverageable 
Capital (see Secs. 107.1150(b)(2) and 107.1160(c)), if applicable to 
you, as of the end of each fiscal year. In determining whether you have 
maintained the ratio, SBA will disregard any prepayment, sale, or 
disposition of Venture Capital Financing, any increase in Leverageable 
Capital, and any receipt of additional Leverage, within 120 days prior 
to the end of your fiscal year.
    (10) Failure to maintain diversity. You fail to maintain diversity 
between management and ownership as required by Sec. 107.150, if 
applicable to you.
    (g) SBA remedies for events of default with opportunity to cure. 
(1) Upon written notice to you of the occurrence (as determined by SBA) 
of one or more of the events of default in paragraph (f) of this 
section, and subject to the conditions in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section:
    (i) SBA may declare the entire indebtedness evidenced by your 
Debentures, including accrued interest, and/or any other amounts owed 
SBA with respect to your Debentures, immediately due and payable; and
    (ii) SBA may avail itself of any remedy available under the Act, 
specifically including institution of proceedings for the appointment 
of SBA or its designee as your receiver under section 311(c) of the 
Act.
    (2) SBA may invoke the remedies in paragraph (g)(1) of this section 
only if:
    (i) It has given you at least 15 days to cure the default(s); and
    (ii) You fail to cure the default(s) to SBA's satisfaction within 
the allotted time.
    (h) Repeated non-substantive violations. If you repeatedly fail to 
comply with one or more of the non-substantive provisions of the Act or 
any non-substantive regulation promulgated under the Act, SBA, after 
written notification to you and until you cure such condition to SBA's 
satisfaction, may deny you additional Leverage and/or require you to 
take such actions as SBA may determine to be appropriate under the 
circumstances.
    (i) Consent to removal of officers, directors, or general partners 
and/or appointment of receiver. The Articles of any Licensee issuing 
Debentures after April 25, 1994 must include the following provisions 
as a condition to the purchase or guarantee by SBA of such Leverage. 
Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (d)(6) or (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section as determined 
by SBA, SBA shall have the right, and your consent to SBA's exercise of 
such right:
    (1) With respect to a Corporate Licensee, upon written notice, to 
require you to replace, with individuals approved by SBA, one or more 
of your officers and/or such number of directors of your board of 
directors as is sufficient to constitute a majority of such board; or
    (2) With respect to a Partnership Licensee, upon written notice, to 
require you to remove the person(s) responsible for such occurrence 
and/or to remove the general partner of Licensee, which general partner 
shall then be replaced in accordance with Licensee's Articles by a new 
general partner approved by SBA; and/or
    (3) With respect to either a Corporate or Partnership Licensee, to 
obtain the appointment of SBA or its designee as your receiver under 
section 311(c) of the Act for the purpose of continuing your 
operations. The appointment of a receiver to liquidate a Licensee is 
not within such consent, but is governed instead by the relevant 
provisions of the Act.

Sec. 107.1820  Conditions affecting issuers of Preferred Securities 
and/or Participating Securities.

    (a) Applicability of this section. This section applies if you have 
Preferred Securities issued after April 25, 1994, or if you issue 
Participating Securities or have Earmarked Assets in your portfolio. 
Your Articles must include the provisions of this Sec. 107.1820 as a 
condition to SBA's purchase of Preferred Securities or guarantee of 
Participating Securities and for as long as you own Earmarked Assets. 
Preferred Securities issued before April 25, 1994 continue to be 
governed by the remedies in effect at the time of their issuance.
    (b) Removal Conditions. Upon the occurrence (as determined by SBA) 
of any of the following conditions (``Removal Conditions''), SBA may 
avail itself of one or more of the remedies in paragraph (d) of this 
section:
    (1) Insolvency or extreme Capital Impairment. You become equitably 
or legally insolvent, or have a Capital Impairment Percentage of 100 
percent or more (``extreme Capital Impairment'') and have not cured 
such Capital Impairment within the time limits set by SBA in writing. 
In this regard:
    (i) You are not considered to have a condition of extreme Capital 
Impairment during the first eight years following your first issuance 
of Participating Securities.
    (ii) This paragraph (b)(1) does not give you an additional 
opportunity to cure if you have already had an opportunity to cure your 
Capital Impairment under paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
    (2) Voluntary assignment. You make a voluntary assignment for the 
benefit of creditors.
    (3) Bankruptcy. You begin any bankruptcy or reorganization 
proceeding, receivership, dissolution or other similar creditors' 
rights proceeding, or such action is initiated against you and is not 
dismissed within 60 days.
    (4) Transfer of Control. You violate Sec. 107.475 and/or willfully 
violate Sec. 107.410, and such violation results in a transfer of 
Control.
    (5) Fraud. You commit a fraudulent act which causes serious 
detriment to SBA's position as a guarantor or investor.
    (6) Fraudulent transfers. You make any transfer or incur any 
obligation that is fraudulent under the terms of 11 USC 548.
    (c) Contingent Removal Conditions. Upon the occurrence (as 
determined by SBA) of any of the following conditions (``Contingent 
Removal Conditions''), SBA may avail itself of one or more of the 
remedies in paragraph (d) of this section, but only if you fail to 
remove the person(s) SBA identifies as responsible for such occurrence 
and/or cure such occurrence to SBA's satisfaction within a time period 
determined by SBA (but not less than 15 days):
    (1) Willful conflicts of interest. You willfully violate 
Sec. 107.730.
    (2) Willful or repeated noncompliance. You willfully or repeatedly 
violate one or more of the substantive provisions of the Act, 
specifically including but not limited to the provisions summarized in 
section 310(c) of the Act, or any substantive regulation promulgated 
under the Act.
    (3) Failure to comply with restrictions under paragraph f) of this 
section. You fail to comply with the restrictions imposed by SBA under 
paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) SBA remedies for Removal Conditions and Contingent Removal 
Conditions. Upon the occurrence (as determined by SBA) of any Removal 
Condition, or any Contingent Removal Condition accompanied by your 
failure to act as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, SBA has 
the following rights, and you consent to SBA's exercise of any or all 
of such rights:
    (1) With respect to a Corporate Licensee, upon written notice, to 
require you to replace, with individuals approved by SBA, one or more 
of your officers and/or such number of directors as is sufficient to 
constitute a majority of your board of directors; or 

[[Page 3224]]

    (2) With respect to a Partnership Licensee, upon written notice, to 
require you to remove the person(s) responsible for such occurrence 
and/or to remove your general partner, who shall then be replaced in 
accordance with your Articles by a new general partner approved by SBA; 
and/or
    (3) With respect to either a Corporate or Partnership Licensee, to 
the appointment of SBA or its designee as your receiver under section 
311(c) of the Act for the purpose of continuing your operations. The 
appointment of a receiver to liquidate a Licensee is not within such 
consent, but is governed instead by the relevant provisions of the Act.
    (e) Restricted Operations Conditions. Upon the occurrence (as 
determined by SBA) of any of the following conditions (``Restricted 
Operations Conditions''), SBA may avail itself of any of the remedies 
in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (1) Removal Conditions or Contingent Removal Conditions. Any 
condition occurs which is listed in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this 
section.
    (2) Failure to maintain Regulatory Capital. You fail to maintain 
the minimum Regulatory Capital required by this part.
    (3) Capital or Liquidity Impairment. You have a condition of 
Capital Impairment as determined under Sec. 107.1830 or, if applicable, 
a condition of Liquidity Impairment as determined under Sec. 107.1505, 
and you fail to cure the impairment within time limits set by SBA in 
writing.
    (4) Improper Distributions. You make any Distribution to your 
shareholders or partners other than those permitted by Secs. 107.585 
and 107.1560 through 107.1580.
    (5) Excessive Management Expenses. Without the prior written 
consent of SBA, you incur Management Expenses in excess of those 
permitted under Sec. 107.520.
    (6) Failure to make payment. You fail to pay any amounts due under 
Preferred Securities or required by Secs. 107.1500 through 107.1590, 
unless otherwise permitted by SBA.
    (7) Noncompliance. Except as otherwise provided for in paragraphs 
(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, SBA determines that you have failed 
to comply with one or more of the substantive provisions of the Act, 
specifically including but not limited to the provisions summarized in 
section 310(c) of the Act, or any substantive regulation promulgated 
under the Act.
    (8) Failure to maintain diversity. You fail to maintain diversity 
between management and ownership as required by Sec. 107.150, if 
applicable to you.
    (9) Failure to maintain investment ratios. You fail to maintain the 
investment ratios or amounts required for Participating Securities 
(Sec. 107.1500(b)(4)) or Leverage in excess of 300 percent of 
Leverageable Capital (Sec. 107.1160(c)) or Preferred Securities in 
excess of 100 percent of Leverageable Capital (Sec. 107.1160(d)), if 
applicable to you, as of the end of each fiscal year. In determining 
whether you have maintained the ratios or amounts, SBA will disregard 
any prepayment, sale, or disposition of Equity Capital Investments or 
Venture Capital Financings, as appropriate, any increase in 
Leverageable Capital, and any receipt of additional Leverage, within 
120 days prior to the end of your fiscal year.
    (10) Nonperformance. You violate or fail to perform one or more of 
the terms and conditions of any Participating Security or Preferred 
Security or of any agreement with or condition imposed by SBA in its 
administration of the Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
    (11) Noncooperation under paragraph (g) of this section. You fail 
to take appropriate steps, satisfactory to SBA, to accomplish such 
action as SBA may have required under paragraph (g) of this section.
    (f) SBA remedies for Restricted Operations Conditions. Upon the 
occurrence of any Restricted Operations Condition, and until such 
condition(s) are cured to SBA's satisfaction within a time period 
determined by SBA (but not less than 15 days), upon written notice SBA 
shall have the following rights, and you consent to SBA's exercise of 
any or all of such rights:
    (1) To prohibit you from making any additional investments except 
for investments under legally binding commitments you entered into 
before such notice and, subject to SBA's prior written approval, 
investments that are necessary to protect your investments;
    (2) Until all Leverage is redeemed and amounts due are paid, to 
prohibit Distributions by you to any party other than SBA, its agent or 
Trustee;
    (3) To require all your commitments from investors to be funded at 
the earliest time(s) permitted in accordance with your Articles; and
    (4) To review and re-determine your approved Management Expenses.
    (g) Repeated non-substantive violations. If you repeatedly fail to 
comply with one or more of the non-substantive provisions of the Act or 
any non-substantive regulation promulgated thereunder, SBA, after 
written notification to you and until such condition is cured to SBA's 
satisfaction, will deny you additional Leverage and/or require you to 
take such actions as SBA may determine to be appropriate under the 
circumstances.

Computation of Licensee's Capital Impairment

Sec. 107.1830  Licensee's Capital Impairment--definition and general 
requirements.

    (a) Applicability of this section. This Sec. 107.1830 applies to 
you if you have any outstanding Leverage issued on or after April 25, 
1994. If you only have outstanding Leverage issued before April 25, 
1994, you must comply with paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section and 
the Capital Impairment regulations in this part in effect when you 
issued your Leverage.
    (b) Significance of Capital Impairment condition. If you have a 
condition of Capital Impairment, you are not in compliance with the 
terms of your Leverage. As a result, SBA has the right to impose the 
applicable remedies for noncompliance in Secs. 107.1810(g) and 
107.1820(f).
    (c) Definition of Capital Impairment condition. You have a 
condition of Capital Impairment if your Capital Impairment Percentage, 
as computed in Sec. 107.1840, exceeds:
    (1) For Section 301(d) Licensees, 75 percent.
    (2) For Section 301(c) Licensees, the appropriate percentage from 
the following table: 

[[Page 3225]]

                  Maximum Permitted Capital Impairment Percentages for Section 301(c) Licensees                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      Then your 
                                                                                                       maximum  
                                                                                                      permitted 
 If the percentage of equity capital investments      And your ratio of outstanding leverage to        capital  
         (at cost) in your portfolio is:                       leverageable capital is                impairment
                                                                                                      percentage
                                                                                                          is    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
67%.............................................  100% or less.....................................           70
                                                  Over 100% but not over 200%......................           60
                                                  Over 200%........................................           50
At least 40% but under 67%......................  100% or less.....................................           55
                                                  Over 100% but not over 200%......................           50
                                                  Over 200%........................................           40
Under 40%.......................................  100% or less.....................................           45
                                                  Over 100% but not over 200%......................           40
                                                  Over 200%........................................           35
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Phase-in of maximum permitted Capital Impairment Percentages 
for Section 301(c) Licensees. If you are a Section 301(c) Licensee, 
regardless of your maximum permitted Capital Impairment Percentage 
under paragraph (c) of this section, you will not have a condition of 
Capital Impairment if:
    (1) Your Capital Impairment Percentage does not exceed 50 percent; 
and
    (2) You have not reached your first fiscal year end occurring after 
April 25, 1995.
    (e) Quarterly computation requirement and procedure. You must 
determine whether you have a condition of Capital Impairment as of the 
end of each fiscal quarter. You must notify SBA promptly if you are 
capitally impaired.
    (f) SBA's right to determine Licensee's Capital Impairment 
condition. SBA may make its own determination of your Capital 
Impairment condition at any time.

Sec. 107.1840  Computation of Licensee's Capital Impairment Percentage.

    (a) General. This section contains the procedures you must use to 
determine your Capital Impairment Percentage if you have outstanding 
Leverage issued after April 25, 1994. You must compare your Capital 
Impairment Percentage to the maximum permitted under Sec. 107.1830(c) 
to determine whether you have a condition of Capital Impairment.
    (b) Preliminary impairment test. If you satisfy the preliminary 
impairment test, your Capital Impairment Percentage is zero and you do 
not have to perform any more procedures in this Sec. 107.1840. 
Otherwise, you must continue with paragraph (c) of this section. You 
satisfy the test if the following amounts are both zero or greater:
    (1) The sum of Undistributed Net Realized Earnings, as reported on 
SBA Form 468, and Includible Non-Cash Gains.
    (2) Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Held.
    (c) How to compute your Capital Impairment Percentage. (1) If you 
have an Unrealized Gain on Securities Held, compute your Adjusted 
Unrealized Gain using paragraph (d) of this section. If you have an 
Unrealized Loss on Securities Held, continue with paragraph (c)(2)of 
this Section.
    (2) Add together your Undistributed Net Realized Earnings, your 
Includible Non-cash Gains, and either your Unrealized Loss on 
Securities Held or your Adjusted Unrealized Gain.
    (3) If the sum in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is zero or 
greater, your Capital Impairment Percentage is zero.
    (4) If the sum in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is less than 
zero, drop the negative sign, divide by your Regulatory Capital 
(excluding Treasury Stock), and multiply by 100. The result is your 
Capital Impairment Percentage.
    (d) How to compute your Adjusted Unrealized Gain. (1) Subtract 
Unrealized Depreciation from Unrealized Appreciation. This is your 
``Net Appreciation''.
    (2) Determine your Unrealized Appreciation on Publicly Traded and 
Marketable securities. This is your ``Class 1 Appreciation''.
    (3) Determine your Unrealized Appreciation on securities that are 
not Publicly Traded and Marketable and meet the following criteria, 
which must be substantiated to the satisfaction of SBA (this is your 
``Class 2 Appreciation''):
    (i) The Small Business that issued the security received a 
significant subsequent equity financing by an investor whose objectives 
were not primarily strategic and at a price that conclusively supports 
the Unrealized Appreciation;
    (ii) Such financing represents a substantial investment in the form 
of an arm's length transaction by a sophisticated new investor in the 
issuer's securities; and
    (iii) Such financing occurred within 24 months of the date of the 
Capital Impairment computation, or the Small Business' pre-tax cash 
flow from operations for its most recent fiscal year was at least 10 
percent of the Small Business' average contributed capital for such 
fiscal year.
    (4) Perform the appropriate computation from the following table:

          Adjusted Unrealized Gain Before Estimated Tax Effects         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Then adjusted    
              If                       And            unrealized gain   
                                                      before taxes is   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1 Appreciation  Net Appreciation.           Appreciation + +   Appreciation) + (50%
                                 Class 2             x  Class 2         
                                 Appreciation  Net                            
                                 Appreciation.                          
Class 1 Appreciation  Net Appreciation.           Appreciation +     Appreciation) +     
                                 Class 2            [(50%  x  (Net      
                                 Appreciation >     Appreciation - Class
                                 Net Appreciation.  1 Appreciation)].   
Class 1 Appreciation > Net      .................  80%  x  Net          
 Appreciation.                                      Appreciation.       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
[[Page 3226]]

    (5) Reduce the gain computed in paragraph (d)(4) of this section by 
your estimate of related future income tax expense. Subject to any 
adjustment required by paragraph (d)(6)of this section, the result is 
your Adjusted Unrealized Gain for use in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (6) If any securities that are the source of either Class 1 or 
Class 2 Appreciation are pledged or encumbered in any way, you must 
reduce the Adjusted Unrealized Gain computed in paragraph (d)(5) of 
this section by the amount of the related borrowing or other 
obligation, up to the amount of the Unrealized Appreciation on the 
securities.

Sec. 107.1850  Exceptions to Capital Impairment provisions for 
Licensees with outstanding Participating Securities.

    The provisions in this Sec. 107.1850 apply only if at least two-
thirds of your outstanding Leverage consists of Participating 
Securities, and at least two-thirds of your Loans and Investments (at 
cost) consist of Equity Capital Investments.
    (a) Forbearance period for Participating Securities issuers. During 
the first forty-eight (48) months following your first issuance of 
Participating Securities, you will not have a condition of Capital 
Impairment if your Capital Impairment Percentage is below 85 percent.
    (b) Extended forbearance period for early stage investors. If at 
least two-thirds of your Loans and Investments (at cost) are in Start-
Up Financings, the forbearance period in paragraph (a) of this section 
is extended to 60 months.
    (c) Forbearance based on actions by Licensee. The provisions of 
this paragraph (c) apply only during the fifth and sixth years 
following your first issuance of Participating Securities. If your 
Capital Impairment Percentage, as determined either by you or by SBA, 
exceeds the maximum permitted under Sec. 107.1830(c) but is below 85 
percent, you will not have a condition of Capital Impairment if you do 
either of the following within thirty (30) days of such determination:
    (1) Increase your Regulatory Capital by a cash contribution placed 
in an escrow account or other account satisfactory to SBA, for its 
benefit. The contribution must equal, during the fifth year, 15 percent 
of your outstanding Leverage or, during the sixth year, 30 percent.
    (2) Provide a guarantee, satisfactory to SBA and for its benefit, 
for the amount of the cash contribution required in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section. SBA will credit any escrowed funds or guarantee received 
in the fifth year toward the requirements for the sixth year.
    (d) Conditions for forbearance under paragraph (c) of this section. 
(1) You cannot count any funds placed in an escrow or other account 
under paragraph (c) of this section as Leverageable Capital.
    (2) Any fee and/or any claim to repayment by the party making the 
capital contribution or by the guarantor must be deferred and 
subordinate to all outstanding Leverage plus any unpaid Earned 
Prioritized Payments and earned Adjustments.
    (3) If there is an acceleration or mandatory redemption under 
Sec. 107.1810 or Sec. 107.1820, any funds in the escrow account and/or 
any guarantee received under paragraph (c) of this section will be 
applied toward repaying any amounts due SBA.
    (4) If you reduce your Capital Impairment Percentage to zero, SBA 
will release and return any escrowed funds and/or any guarantee 
received under paragraph (c) of this section.

Subpart K--Ending Operations as a Licensee

Sec. 107.1900  Surrender of license.

    You may not surrender your license without SBA's prior written 
approval. Your request for approval must be accompanied by an offer of 
immediate repayment of all of your outstanding Leverage (including any 
prepayment penalties thereon), or by a plan satisfactory to SBA for the 
orderly liquidation of the Licensee.

Subpart L--Miscellaneous

Sec. 107.1910  Non-waiver of SBA's rights or terms of Leverage 
security.

    SBA's failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or 
remedy under the Act or the regulations in this part does not 
constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. SBA's failure to require 
you to perform any term or provision of your Leverage does not affect 
SBA's right to enforce such term or provision. Similarly, SBA's waiver 
of, or failure to enforce, any term or provision of your Leverage or of 
any event or condition set forth in Secs. 107.1810 or 107.1820 does not 
constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of such term or provision 
or condition.

Sec. 107.1920  Licensee's application for exemption from a regulation 
in part 107.

    You may file an application in writing with SBA to have a proposed 
action exempted from any procedural or substantive requirement, 
restriction, or prohibition to which it is subject under this part, 
unless the provision is mandated by the Act. SBA may grant an exemption 
for such applicant, conditionally or unconditionally, provided the 
exemption would not be contrary to the purposes of the Act. Your 
application must be accompanied by supporting evidence which 
demonstrates to SBA's satisfaction that:
    (a) The proposed action is fair and equitable; and
    (b) The exemption requested is reasonably calculated to advance the 
best interests of the SBIC program in a manner consonant with the 
policy objectives of the Act and the regulations in this part.

Sec. 107.1930  Effect of changes in this part 107 on transactions 
previously consummated.

    The legality of a transaction covered by the regulations in this 
part is governed by the regulations in this part in effect at the time 
the transaction was consummated, regardless of later changes. Nothing 
in this part bars SBA enforcement action with respect to any 
transaction consummated in violation of provisions applicable at the 
time, but no longer in effect.

    Dated: January 22, 1996.
John T. Spotila,
Acting Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1351 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1348 Small Business Size Standards
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3280-3304]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1348]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
13 CFR Part 121

Small Business Size Standards
AGENCY: Small Business Administration.
ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In response to President Clinton's government-wide regulatory 
reform initiative, the Small Business Administration (SBA) has 
completed a page-by-page, line-by-line review of all of its existing 
regulations. As a result, SBA is clarifying and streamlining its 
regulations. This final rule improves the Agency's size program by 
simplifying and clarifying language in the existing rules, conforming 
these rules to present SBA policies and practices, and providing some 
substantive modifications to streamline the delivery of services to the 
public. The revised regulations will be more understandable and much 
easier to use, and will reduce the number of sections comprising Part 
121 from eighteen to thirteen. The rule improves language, but does not 
change the existing size standards which apply to particular 
industries.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This rule is effective on March 1, 1996.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John W. Klein, Chief Counsel for 
Special Programs, Office of General Counsel, at (202) 205-6645.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On November 24, 1995, SBA published a 
proposed rule in the Federal Register (60 FR 57982) to completely 
revise its regulations governing the size determination program. SBA's 
intent in finalizing that rule is to streamline the size standards 
operation by simplifying and clarifying existing regulatory language 
and by eliminating unnecessary, irrelevant, or obsolete provisions. The 
final rule amends office titles to reflect a previous reorganization of 
functions within the structure of SBA. SBA has attempted to rewrite 
Part 121 in plain English in order to make the regulations more 
readable and less confusing.
    The proposed rule contained eligibility requirements for 
organizations for the handicapped to receive awards of contracts set 
aside for small business and procedures for filing protests regarding 
the status of handicapped organizations (proposed Secs. 121.1201-
121.1206). Those sections have been removed from this final rule 
because the authority for such eligibility has expired. As a 
consequence, Secs. 121.1301-121.1305 of the proposed rule have been 
renumbered as Secs. 121.1201-121.1205 in this final rule.
    SBA received and considered 25 timely comments in response to the 
proposed rule. The comments, as well as SBA's response to them, are 
discussed below. Other than the changes identified below in response to 
the comments and the elimination of proposed Secs. 121.1201-121.1206 
(as discussed above), the regulatory text of Part 121 has not been 
changed from the proposed rule. For a section by section analysis of 
the revised Part 121 and SBA's rationale for any changes from the pre-
existing regulations, see the supplementary information published as 
part of the proposed rule (60 FR 57982).
Analysis of Comments Received
    SBA received and considered eight comments to the proposed text for 
its affiliation regulation (proposed Sec. 121.103). Six of these 
comments responded to the proposed exclusion from affiliation coverage 
afforded certain private investors that are engaged in the business of 
providing equity and/or debt financing to third parties. In addition to 
the existing exclusion from affiliation for Small Business Investment 
Companies (SBICs) and Development Companies, the proposed rule added an 
exclusion, for purposes of SBIC assistance only, for concerns owned by 
certain venture capital firms, pension funds, and charitable entities 
exempt from federal taxation under Sec. 501(c) of the Internal Revenue 
Code. The proposed rule imposed the same control limitations on these 
investors as those imposed by SBA on SBICs under 13 CFR Part 107.
    While the commenters supported SBA's intent to add an exclusion 
from affiliation for the listed investors, they thought that the 
proposal did not go far enough. One commenter agreed with the proposal 
to include venture capital operating companies (VCOCs) in the list of 
investors which would not be affiliated with applicant concerns, but 
felt that limiting the exception to financial investors that 
technically qualify as VCOCs might not achieve the desired goal. The 
commenter pointed out that a fund which resembles a VCOC because it has 
at least 50% of its portfolio in ``qualified venture capital 
investments'' and it obtains and exercises certain ``management 
rights'' with respect to those investments may nevertheless fail to 
qualify as a VCOC if its first investment was a passive investment. The 
commenter suggested that the affiliation exemption should be made 
available to any investing company that (1) has 50% of its portfolio in 
``qualified venture capital investments'' at the time size is 
determined, or (2) would qualify as a VCOC but for its first 
investment.
    SBA has considered the suggestion but has decided to limit 
Sec. 121.103(b)(5)(i) to VCOCs, as proposed. SBA understands that other 
investors may exist whose investment goals, policies and activities are 

[[Page 3281]]

identical to those of a VCOC, but who for one reason or another are not 
considered VCOCs. However, to properly administer a regulation that 
refers to the type of investments of a private entity would demand 
resources far in excess of those available to SBA. If, on the other 
hand, the private investor's status as a VCOC is the criteria for 
exemption from affiliation, SBA examiners need look no farther than a 
statement from the entity that it is a VCOC. SBA believes a statement 
of this type is likely to be reliable, since any company that is a VCOC 
is subject to certain requirements under Department of Labor 
regulations.
    Another commenter recommended that the exclusion from affiliation 
be broadened to include any non-registered investment company 
beneficially owned by less than 100 persons if such company's sales 
literature or organization documents indicate that its principal 
purpose is investment in securities rather than the operation of 
commercial enterprises. The commenter felt that a concern that meets 
the definition of an ``investment company'' under the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), has the necessary 
investment characteristics even though it is not registered under the 
1940 Act due to the number of its beneficial owners. SBA agrees and has 
added a new paragraph (vi) to Sec. 121.103(b)(5).
    Three commenters argued that lack of control over the small concern 
should not be a requirement for an investor to benefit from the 
exclusion from affiliation. SBA disagrees. A small concern must be 
independently owned and operated, in addition to being small, in order 
to be eligible for SBIC assistance. See 15 USC 632 and 15 USC 662. 
Generally, a business that is controlled by its large investors does 
not satisfy this statutory requirement. In Part 107, however, SBA has 
identified certain special circumstances under which SBICs are 
permitted to assume control over a small concern. See 13 CFR 
Sec. 107.865(c) and (d). In the proposed rule covering Part 121, SBA 
proposed to extend those exceptions to the private firms listed in 
Sec. 121.103(b)(5). SBA is finalizing that proposal, but would like to 
clarify two points regarding the application of the control test to 
those private investors:
    First, ``control'' will be determined under Sec. 107.865, which 
incorporates the definition of Control under Sec. 107.50. Second, the 
requirement in Sec. 107.865(e) for an SBIC assuming temporary control 
over a concern to file a control certification with SBA would not apply 
to non-SBIC investors in the concern.
    SBA is also taking this opportunity to correct a drafting error in 
current Sec. 121.401(b), which was repeated in proposed 
Sec. 121.103(b)(1). Both sections provide an unconditional exclusion 
from the affiliation rules for the entities listed therein, and both 
sections mention investment companies registered under the 1940 Act. 
However, it was never SBA's intent to provide an exclusion from 
affiliation for all investment companies registered under the 1940 Act. 
The regulation was intended to cover only those registered investment 
companies that are also SBICs. See 54 FR 52634 (December 21, 1989). In 
the final rule adopted today, registered investment companies are 
treated the same as non-registered investment companies--they will not 
be considered affiliated with the applicant concern if they satisfy the 
control test under Sec. 107.865. Registered investment companies are 
listed under new Sec. 121.103(b)(5)(v) in the final rule.
    Finally, one commenter recommended expanding the exclusion from 
affiliation in Sec. 121.103(b)(5) to include all investors primarily 
engaged in the business of providing equity and/or debt financing to 
third parties. SBA believes that such an exclusion is too broad, and 
does not adopt it in this final rule.
    One commenter expressed concern that ``common facilities'' had been 
eliminated as a separate basis for finding affiliation in the proposed 
rule, and recommended that it be reinserted in the final rule. Although 
the proposed rule eliminated ``common facilities'' as a separate basis 
for finding affiliation, it was not SBA's intent to prohibit SBA from 
considering all appropriate factors, including ``common facilities,'' 
in determining whether affiliation exists. Section 121.103(a)(2) lists 
certain factors that may be considered by SBA in determining whether 
affiliation exists. It states that SBA considers factors such as 
ownership, management, and contractual relationships, but does not 
intend that list to be exhaustive. SBA believes that the flexibility to 
make an appropriate affiliation determination was in the proposed 
regulation, and does not add another separate basis for finding 
affiliation in this rule.
    Another commenter objected to the language of proposed 
Sec. 121.103(c)(1) that eliminated the ``presumption'' of control for 
persons that own, control, or have the power to control 50 percent or 
more of a concern's voting stock contained in the predecessor 
regulation at Sec. 121.401(e)(1). The commenter felt that the 
regulation should provide only for a presumption of control which can 
be negated by specific facts in a particular case (e.g., person may own 
over 50% of voting stock, but through voting agreements or proxies may 
have divested control of the company). SBA disagrees. SBA believes that 
a person owning 50 percent of a concern should be deemed to control 
that concern regardless of any voting agreements. A person that has 
voting control of 50 percent of a concern, even if he or she does not 
own the stock associated with the voting rights, would also be deemed 
to control the concern, but that does not do away with the interests 
attendant to a 50 percent owner.
    SBA received 12 comments to its proposed revision to the definition 
of ``annual receipts'' (proposed Sec. 121.104). Ten commenters 
enthusiastically supported the revision of annual receipts that 
eliminated the requirement that businesses operating on a cash basis 
maintain a separate set of accrual basis books. They noted that such a 
change will reduce paper work and expense. No change in the final rule 
is made to that provision.
    One commenter strongly supported the exclusion from annual receipts 
for amounts collected by another by a conference management services 
provider. Again, SBA concurs, and no change is made in this final rule.
    One commenter recommended that custom brokers (businesses that 
collect customs duties and federal revenues) should be able to exclude 
``pass-through'' amounts from their annual receipts in determining 
their size. The commenter felt that this added income distorts their 
status as a small business. Pass-through amounts for custom brokers was 
not an issue before the public in SBA's November 24, 1995 proposed 
rule. As such, SBA cannot add such an exclusion in this final rule. In 
addition, SBA has not performed an analysis of this industry to 
determine whether such an exclusion is warranted. In order for such a 
review to be done, interested parties must submit a request to the 
Assistant Administrator of SBA's Size Standards Staff in Washington, 
DC.
    Finally, SBA has clarified what the term ``receipts'' encompasses 
in this final rule. There was some internal confusion that the proposed 
rule would have required a double counting of certain amounts by 
requiring the inclusion of ``gross or total income'' plus ``cost of 
goods sold.'' No double counting was intended, nor will it occur under 
this regulation. The terms ``total income,'' ``gross income,'' and 
``cost of goods sold'' come directly from the definitions of those 
terms as set forth in applicable Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Federal 
tax return forms. For a corporation (IRS Form 1120, line 11), a 

[[Page 3282]]
sub-chapter S corporation (IRS Form 1120S, line 6), or a partnership 
(IRS Form 1065, line 8), the applicable term is ``total income.'' For a 
sole proprietorship (Schedule C, IRS Form 1040, line 7), the applicable 
term is ``gross income.'' To this amount, the ``cost of goods sold'' 
(IRS Form 1120, line 2; IRS Form 1120S, line 2; IRS Form 1065, line 2; 
IRS Form 1040, Schedule C, line 4) is added to determine ``receipts'' 
for SBA purposes. SBA never intended to add ``cost of goods sold'' to 
the ``gross receipts or sales'' figures identified in these IRS forms, 
which would have resulted in some double counting.
    One commenter believed that proposed Sec. 121.105(c) needed to be 
clarified in the final rule. The proposed rule added that provision to 
make it clear that if one entity is replaced by another having the same 
assets and liabilities, the successor firm would not be treated as a 
new entity for purposes of calculating annual receipts or employees. 
SBA's regulations have historically required a concern that has 
acquired or been acquired as an affiliate during the applicable 
averaging period to include the receipts of both concerns in 
determining size. See 13 CFR 121.402(e)(1) (1995). That provision is 
retained in this final rule at Sec. 121.104(d). This new provision is 
not intended to repeat that rule. It is intended to apply to the 
situation where a business entity ceases and a ``new'' business entity 
emerges with basically the same assets and liabilities as the previous 
entity. In such a case, instead of treating the successor business 
entity as a ``new'' concern, with Sec. 121.104((b)(2) or 
Sec. 121.106(b)(3) applying as appropriate, the revenues or employees 
of the predecessor concern will be counted for the full averaging 
period. A business entity cannot reorganize and be able to avoid the 
full application of SBA's size requirements.
    One commenter recommended that the $6 million net worth and $2 
million net income size standards for the Development Company program 
should be increased for inflation because they have not changed since 
their inception in 1980. The numerical value of specific size standards 
was not an item proposed for change in the November 24, 1995 proposed 
rule. As such, any change at this time would be contrary to the 
requirements of the Administrative Procedures Act and inappropriate. 
Anyone believing that specific size standards should be altered should 
write to the Assistant Administrator of SBA's Size Standards Staff at 
SBA's Headquarters, giving detailed reasons for the desired change.
    Two commenters recommended that the reference to ``net worth'' in 
proposed Sec. 121.301(b)(1) should be to ``tangible net worth,'' 
because items such as goodwill have no tangible value and should not be 
taken into account during calculation of net worth for loan approval 
purposes. SBA concurs and makes that revision in this final rule.
    Four commenters opposed the elimination of a size standard 
differential for Redevelopment Areas in the context of SBA financial 
assistance (proposed Sec. 121.301(e)). They supported keeping the 
differential for Redevelopment Areas for concerns seeking such 
financial assistance. Alternatively, if the differential is eliminated, 
they proposed increasing all receipt-based size standards by 25%. SBA 
disagrees. The reason for the differential was to assist distressed 
geographical areas needing development, not to increase all size 
standards by 25% for purposes of SBA financial assistance. Because 
Redevelopment Areas have become so common, however, that is effectively 
what has occurred. In addition, unlike Labor Surplus Areas, which are 
reviewed on a regular basis, a Redevelopment Area remains so designated 
once it receives the designation. Thus, areas that are no longer 
distressed remain eligible for the increased size standards. Given 
these circumstances, SBA continues to believe that the Redevelopment 
Area differential should be eliminated and the final rule reflects 
that.
    One commenter disagreed with the provision of Sec. 121.302 
establishing size for financial assistance at the time the application 
for assistance is received by SBA, stating that concerns do not make 
applications directly to SBA. The commenter recommended that size 
should be determined as of the date of the funding or commitment to 
fund. SBA believes that the date of funding or commitment to fund is 
too far along in the process to determine a concern's size. SBA should 
not use its limited resources to determine loan-worthiness of a concern 
that is ineligible to receive the financial assistance because of its 
size. Thus, SBA believes that size must be determined when SBA starts 
its analysis. That, however, may not occur when the application is 
first received by SBA. Sometimes an application is not acted on 
immediately because it is not complete. In response to this comment and 
SBA's re-evaluation of its position, the final rule makes the date that 
an application is accepted for processing by SBA as the date that a 
concern's size is determined.
    One commenter objected to the provision of proposed Sec. 121.304 
which permits a business concern with an existing SBA loan to be 
considered small for purposes of refinancing that loan even though it 
exceeds the applicable size standard at the time of the refinancing. 
This is a pre-existing SBA policy that was not changed by the November 
24, 1995 proposed rule. That policy has existed for many years in order 
to protect the Government's investment. SBA has added a sentence to 
this section in this final rule to clarify that such refinancing would 
occur only where SBA determines that it is necessary to protect the 
Government's financial interest.
    SBA received three comments regarding waivers to its 
nonmanufacturer rule (Sec. 121.406(b)). One comment recommended that 
the local SBA district office be empowered with the authority to 
approve or disapprove requests for waivers of the non-manufacturer 
rule. SBA disagrees. The statutory authority for such waivers is given 
to SBA's Administrator. This authority has been delegated to SBA's 
Associate Administrator for Government Contracting. While SBA has moved 
more and more authority to local district offices wherever possible, 
SBA believes that the authority to waive the nonmanufacturer rule needs 
to remain at this level to ensure consistency and fairness in all SBA 
offices.
    Two commenters responded to SBA's proposed implementation of the 
nonmanufacturer rule under Simplified Acquisition Procedures (SAP) 
(proposed Sec. 121.406(d)). One commenter supported the provision as 
written and applauded SBA's effort to consider the dilemma of regular 
dealers, suppliers and distributors under SAP. The other commenter 
recommended that the $25,000 ceiling below which a nonmanufacturer need 
not supply the product of a small business (provided that the product 
is manufactured or produced in the United States) should be increased 
to $100,000. That commenter reasoned that the ceiling was $25,000 when 
the Small Purchase amount was $25,000. Since SAP have replaced Small 
Purchase Procedures and the threshold for SAP is $100,000, the 
commenter believed that the nonmanufacturer ceiling should similarly be 
raised to $100,000.
    Existing SBA regulations (13 CFR 121.906 and 121.1106) implement 
amendments made in 1988 to the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 
637(a)(17)). Those regulations specify that to qualify for a small 
business set-aside or section 8(a) procurement of a manufactured or 
processed product, a small 

[[Page 3283]]
nonmanufacturer must provide the product of a domestic small 
manufacturer. Specifically, an offeror that is not the manufacturer of 
the product (1) must itself be a small business concern, and (2) must 
also supply a product manufactured by a domestic small business 
concern. This requirement is commonly referred to as the 
``nonmanufacturer rule.'' SBA may waive the nonmanufacturer rule if one 
of the following conditions exists: (1) SBA determines that no small 
business manufacturer can reasonably be expected to offer a product 
meeting the specifications required by a solicitation (individual 
waiver); or (2) SBA determines that no small business manufacturer of 
an item is available to participate in the federal market generally 
(class waiver).
    On May 26, 1995 SBA published in the Federal Register (60 FR 27924) 
a proposed rule that would require a small business dealer or 
nonmanufacturer to provide the product of a small manufacturer on all 
small business set-aside or section 8(a) supply contracts over $2,500, 
including those processed under SAP. This proposed rule was not 
finalized, and the comments received by SBA and further study of the 
issue persuaded SBA that the May 26th proposed rule should not be 
adopted as final. As indicated above, the section in the November 24th 
proposed rule dealing with this issue resulted in only two comments. 
SBA has decided to finalize the rule as proposed on November 24th. In 
order to set forth its reasoning on this matter, SBA discusses below 
the comments earlier received in response to its May 26th proposed 
rule.
    SBA's May 26th proposed rule would have extended the 
nonmanufacturer rule to all procurements processed under the SAP 
established by the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (FASA) of 1994. 
SBA offered two alternatives to this proposal, and invited comments on 
both along with the proposal. SBA's first alternative was to exempt 
from the nonmanufacturer rule contracts of $100,000 or less. The second 
alternative was to exempt contracts of $25,000 or less. (Contracts 
below the micro-purchases level of $2,500 would be exempt regardless of 
the approach in the proposed rule or either alternative.) This second 
alternative was the one proposed as part of SBA's November 24, 1995 
proposed revision to the entire Part 121.
    After considering the forty comments received in response to the 
May 26th proposed rule, as well as the two received in response to the 
November 24th proposed rule, SBA has concluded that applying the 
nonmanufacturer rule to all procurements reserved for small business, 
including those handled under SAP, would place inappropriate and 
substantial administrative burdens on a great number of small-dollar 
value contracts. Given the large volume of contracts of $25,000 or less 
(98 percent of procurement actions), contracting officers would likely 
experience burdensome delays in order to identify small manufacturer 
sources and to verify that small dealers were supplying the product of 
domestic small manufacturers. The likely significant increase in 
requests for waivers of the nonmanufacturer rule would overly burden 
contracting agencies and the SBA, creating further delays in the 
procurement process. SBA also has concluded that adoption of the 
proposed rule could have an undesirable effect of diminishing 
opportunities for small dealers in the federal market. For many 
products purchased in small-dollar quantities, there often appears to 
be few or no small business manufacturers participating in the federal 
market. Consequently, many dealers who have been supplying the federal 
government with products on contracts of $25,000 or less would, under 
the May 26th proposed rule, not be eligible for an award of a set-aside 
contract since they do not have or could not obtain products of a small 
manufacturer.
    At the same time, SBA strongly believes that an exemption from the 
nonmanufacturer rule for contracts greater than $25,000 would have a 
substantial damaging effect on domestic small manufacturers. In fiscal 
years 1991 through 1993, small manufacturers averaged over $500 million 
in set-aside and 8(a) contracts ranging between $25,000 and $100,000. 
An exemption from the nonmanufacturer rule for these procurements would 
potentially shift much of this contracting from small to large 
manufacturers, and would defeat the very purpose of the nonmanufacturer 
rule.
    The selection of the $25,000 level for applying the nonmanufacturer 
rule to contracts reserved for small business is consistent with the 
threshold formerly established for small purchase procedures 
(discontinued under FASA) and balances the important objectives of 
simplifying the procurement process with continuing to ensure that most 
of the benefits of procurements reserved for small business actually 
flow to small business. Utilizing this threshold of $25,000 will 
continue the level of competition between small and large manufacturers 
that existed under small purchase procedures. A higher threshold would 
introduce a new level of competition that would adversely affect small 
manufacturing enterprises. At the same time, small business dealers 
will continue to have the same level of contract opportunities at 
$25,000 and below that they formerly had under small purchase 
procedures. That is, they will continue to be able to provide the 
products of large manufacturers on procurements of $25,000 or less. 
Selecting this threshold will add no new requirements to the vast 
majority of smaller-sized procurements.
    SBA received 40 comments in response to the May 26th proposed rule. 
Of the 40 comments, ten were from federal contracting activities, one 
from a State University Economic Development Institute (EDI), 28 from 
businesses (27 dealers and 1 manufacturer), and one was from a trade 
association. All but one of the commenters opposed applying the 
nonmanufacturer rule as the May 26th rule proposed to do. The one, a 
federal contracting activity, indicated its commitment to supporting 
the rule however implemented. Thirty-six commenters supported the first 
alternative of the proposed rule (a $100,000 threshold), and three 
indicated some support for the second alternative (a $25,000 
threshold).
    The ten federal contracting activities and one EDI that commented 
on the proposed rule favored exempting procurements of $100,000 or less 
from the nonmanufacturer rule. They believe that applying the rule to 
all procurements reserved for small business will place additional 
administrative burdens on contracting personnel, which is contrary to 
the intent of FASA. They pointed out that the proposed policy could 
result in a reluctance on the part of some contracting personnel to set 
aside procurements for small business, thus actually reducing small 
business participation and increasing government costs because of 
lessened cost competitiveness. They also anticipated a need to request 
more waivers, causing administrative burdens and processing delays at 
the SBA. Two of the federal contracting activities indicated that they 
would support retaining the $25,000 threshold as a practical 
alternative to requiring the application of the nonmanufacturer rule to 
all contracts over $2,500. The EDI's comments, while supporting some of 
the above, more fully describe the effects of the proposed rule upon 
small dealers and distributors. (SBA addresses the effects upon dealers 
later in this discussion.)
    SBA recognizes that these points are legitimate concerns of federal 
procurement personnel with regard to 

[[Page 3284]]
the proposed rule. Therefore, SBA has decided that the nonmanufacturer 
rule shall apply only to those contracts set aside for small business 
that are above $25,000. The exemption from the nonmanufacturer rule for 
contracts processed under small purchase procedures of $25,000 and 
below had proven quite workable in the past. SBA agrees that 
establishing a $100,000 threshold for the nonmanufacturer rule would 
certainly further simplify the procurement process and reduce the 
administrative burden on contracting officers. However, this 
administrative relief would come at significant expense to domestic 
small manufacturers who have traditionally provided products in 
response to procurements set aside for small business. With this final 
rule, administrative burdens will be no more and no less than they had 
been under small purchase procedures. Also, small business set-aside 
opportunities would not be diminished as a result of extending the 
nonmanufacturer rule to previously exempted procurements. SBA has 
concluded that the adverse effect of a $100,000 threshold upon such a 
significant part of the market for small manufacturers is not 
appropriate, and that the $25,000 threshold strikes a proper balance 
with the FASA goal of reducing administrative matters associated with 
federal procurement.
    To alleviate the potential delays in the procurement process by 
applying the nonmanufacturer rule to procurements reserved for small 
business, two federal contracting activities recommended that SBA 
delegate waiver authority to contracting officers for these 
procurements. The SBA does not agree with this recommendation. 
Delegating this decision to literally thousands of contracting offices 
would likely lead to an inconsistent application of the nonmanufacturer 
rule. However, to address concerns regarding delays in the procurement 
process, SBA will attempt to complete the processing of individual 
waiver requests in connection with procurements processed under 
simplified acquisition procedures within five (5) business days of the 
receipt of a complete waiver request instead of the normal fifteen (15) 
business days. Generally, a contracting office submits, and SBA 
processes, a waiver request before it issues its solicitation. The 
markedly reduced time involved should lessen significantly any direct 
negative impact on small manufacturers or dealers or on the procurement 
process.
    All but one of the 28 business commenters and the sole trade 
association commenting are associated with one affected industry, 
namely military surplus aircraft parts, and all supported the adoption 
of the $100,000 threshold. Firms in this industry purchase at auction 
military surplus aircraft parts from the Department of Defense (DoD), 
inventory them, and resell them to U.S. and friendly foreign military 
services. Items they purchase are generally new and unused, and are 
products almost exclusively of large manufacturers. As suppliers of 
products they do not manufacture, they would be unable to compete on 
small business set-aside and section 8(a) procurements if the 
nonmanufacturer rule were applicable.
    Uniformly these commenters favored adoption of the alternative that 
would establish a $100,000 threshold instead of the proposed rule. They 
stated that the May 26, 1995 proposal to apply the nonmanufacturer rule 
to all procurements reserved for small business would harm small 
dealers of military surplus aircraft parts by effectively rendering 
them unable to compete on most procurements reserved for small 
business. This diminished opportunity to compete would result because 
there are few DoD approved small manufacturers of military aircraft 
parts, and most procurements are below the $100,000 simplified 
acquisition threshold. With few or no small manufacturers to supply 
products for these dealers, more federal solicitations would likely 
become open and unrestricted. On unrestricted procurements, these 
dealers believe they are at a competitive disadvantage when placed into 
direct competition with the same large manufacturers whose products 
they would propose to supply. Therefore, they believe such an 
application of the nonmanufacturer rule would in fact harm small 
businesses, and benefit large defense contractors.
    SBA shares the concern about the impact of the proposed rule on the 
opportunities for small dealers in the federal market. As these 
comments point out, as well as comments received from several of the 
federal contracting activities, small dealers find it difficult to 
comply with the nonmanufacturer rule on small-dollar contracts due to 
the limited number of small manufacturer sources. To address this 
concern, the final rule re-establishes an exemption of the 
nonmanufacturer rule on contracts of $25,000 or less. The SBA, however, 
does not believe that a higher threshold is in the best interests of 
all small businesses.
    As stated in this final rule as well as the May 26th proposed rule, 
SBA is particularly concerned about the impact on small business 
manufacturers of an exemption to the nonmanufacturer rule. 
Participation of small business in the federal procurement of aircraft 
parts offers an excellent example of the reasons for the SBA's 
concerns. In fiscal year 1993, small manufacturers of aircraft parts 
received direct awards of over $20 million in set-aside and 8(a) 
contracts that ranged between $25,000 and $100,000. (This figure does 
not include set-aside and 8(a) contracts for products that small 
manufacturers provided through small dealers.) An exemption of the 
nonmanufacturer rule to small business set-aside procurements between 
$25,000 and $100,000 could significantly reduce the opportunities for 
small business manufacturers. The SBA has found that a number of other 
industries would be affected in a similar manner if the $100,000 
threshold were adopted. In recognition of the business practices of 
small dealers in the federal market, while at the same time protecting 
opportunities for small manufacturers and ensuring that the substantial 
value of small business set-asides flow to small business, the SBA 
believes that this final rule is in the overall best interest of small 
business.
    The commenting membership of the association of dealers in military 
surplus aircraft parts also emphasized the unique character of their 
commodity, and they requested that it be treated as such. As a minimum 
alternative to the proposed rule, they requested that SBA grant a class 
waiver for military aircraft spare parts. As a response to this 
alternative, the Agency notes that Secs. 121.1201-121.1205 of this 
final rule provide the policies and procedures that apply to all class 
waivers of the nonmanufacturer rule. SBA will consider a request for a 
class waiver for military surplus aircraft parts that is submitted with 
adequate support in accordance with the procedures laid out in the 
preceding reference.
    The only business commenter not associated with the military 
surplus aircraft parts industry believes that the proposed rule would 
be inconsistent with U.S. policy regarding free trade barriers with its 
global trading partners. SBA disagrees. In accordance with the General 
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the North American Free Trade Agreement 
and the Canadian Free Trade Agreement, governments may establish 
procurement preference programs to assist small business, and this rule 
pertains to policies concerning the eligibility of business concerns 
who may participate in U.S. small business procurement programs.
    SBA received three comments to Sec. 121.603 of the November 24th 
proposed rule. The first comment 

[[Page 3285]]
recommended that the section be revised to include the time at which 
size is determined for specific 8(a) subcontracts, believing that SBA 
must have inadvertently omitted this requirement from the November 24th 
proposed rule. That requirement was not omitted from the proposed rule, 
but, rather, appeared in proposed Sec. 121.404. Proposed Sec. 121.401 
stated that the requirements set forth in Secs. 121.401-121.412 applied 
to procurement programs including SBA's Minority Enterprise Development 
(i.e., the 8(a)) program. Proposed Sec. 121.404 set forth the time at 
which size is determined for these procurement programs. While the time 
at which size is determined for 8(a) subcontracts continues to be 
contained in Sec. 121.404, the final rule adds a cross reference in 
Sec. 121.603 to Sec. 121.404 for clarification.
    The second comment believed that notification of size verification 
by SBA (proposed Sec. 121.603(b)) is an unnecessary burden on SBA. SBA 
believes that such notification is needed to ensure fairness and the 
integrity of the program, and that any self-imposed burden is 
outweighed by this benefit.
    The last comment suggested that Sec. 121.603(c) be eliminated as 
unnecessary and redundant. This provision does not appear elsewhere in 
Part 121, and SBA believes that it is needed within the size provisions 
specifically relating to the 8(a) program.
    As part of the supplementary information to the November 24, 1995 
proposed rule, SBA published a table of statutory and regulatory size 
standards established by agencies other than SBA. That table is not 
repeated in this final rule. Anyone with an interest in size standards 
established by other agencies for specific programs within their 
authority should consult the table published with the proposed rule. 60 
FR 57982, 57988.

Compliance With Executive Orders 12612, 12778, and 12866, the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.), and the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 35)

    SBA believes that this final rule will have a significant impact on 
a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, et seq. In addition, this 
rule constitutes a significant regulatory action for the purpose of 
Executive Order 12866. A regulatory assessment and a regulatory 
flexibility analysis follow:

(1) Description of Entities to Which This Rule Applies

    This rule will primarily apply to small business nonmanufacturers 
(wholesale trade and retail trade firms) and will allow them to furnish 
the product of any manufacturer on procurements of $25,000 or less. 
Also, small business manufacturers will have to compete on certain 
procurements with small nonmanufacturers supplying products of large 
manufacturers. The lack of detailed data on contracts of $25,000 or 
less precludes an estimate of the number of small nonmanufacturers and 
small manufacturers this rule will affect. However, comments on the 
proposed rule suggest that a significantly greater number of small 
nonmanufacturers will be impacted by this rule than small 
manufacturers.

(2) Description of Potential Benefits of This Rule

    The benefits of this rule are threefold. First, small business 
nonmanufacturers will maintain the same procurement opportunities for 
contracts of $25,000 and below as they had under small purchase 
procedures. Although the amount of contracting cannot be estimated, it 
does represent a significant proportion of the $7.9 billion awarded to 
small businesses under small purchase procedures in FY 1993. Second, 
small manufacturers will have the same or greater level of procurement 
opportunities under the simplified acquisition threshold as they had 
under small business set-aside and 8(a) procurements of $25,000 to 
$100,000. As discussed in the proposed rule, small manufacturers have 
received over $500 million annually in set-aside and 8(a) contracts 
within this dollar range. Finally, administrative burdens to small 
nonmanufacturers and contracting officers will be reduced since there 
will be no need to determine the size status of a manufacturing source 
on thousands of small-dollar contracts.

(3) Description of Potential Costs of This Rule

    SBA believes there will be minimal costs to the federal government 
by reserving procurements of $25,000 or less to small nonmanufacturers. 
All small business set-aside and section 8(a) contracts are expected to 
be awarded at no more than fair-market value. Contracting officers, who 
determine that on a given procurement there will not be two or more 
small businesses competitive in market price, quality and delivery, may 
issue an unrestricted procurement. Therefore, there should be no 
significant increased costs to the government.

(4) Description of the Potential Net Benefits of the Rule

    SBA believes that the benefits to small business exceed any costs 
to federal procurement as a result of this final rule. In the May 26th 
proposed rule, SBA expressed its belief that small business 
opportunities would be greater if small nonmanufacturers were required 
to supply the product of a domestic small business manufacturer. In 
light of the comments received, SBA has concluded that small 
nonmanufacturers participate much more significantly in small-dollar 
procurements than do small manufacturers. Thus, the net benefits of 
this final rule to small dealers, in terms of federal contracting 
opportunities for small business, would be substantially greater than 
the net benefits to small manufacturers from the proposed rule.

(5) Legal Basis for This Rule

    The legal basis for this rule is sections 3(a), 5(a), 8(a) and 
15(a) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632(a), 634(b)(6), 637(a) 
and 644(a).

(6) Federal Rules

    There are no federal rules that duplicate, overlap or conflict with 
this final rule. SBA has exclusive statutory jurisdiction in 
establishing size standards. In establishing the $100,000 threshold for 
simplified acquisition procedures under which all procurements are 
reserved exclusively for small business, FASA did not address the 
application of the nonmanufacturer rule.

(7) Significant Alternatives to This Rule

    In compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, SBA considered 
two alternatives in its proposed rule of May 26, 1995. One alternative 
is the proposed rule itself, which would have the nonmanufacturer rule 
apply to all small business set-aside and section 8(a) procurements 
over $2,500. In proposing that rule, SBA offered and requested comments 
on two alternatives. The proposed rule, together with the alternatives, 
are discussed in the ``Supplementary Information,'' above. SBA has 
concluded for the reasons more fully presented above to adopt the 
second alternative.
    For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35, SBA 
certifies that this final rule contains no new reporting or 
recordkeeping requirements.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12612, SBA certifies that this rule 
does 

[[Page 3286]]
not have any federalism implications warranting the preparation of a 
Federalism Assessment.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12778, SBA certifies that this rule 
is drafted, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards 
set forth in Section 2 of that Order.

List of Subjects in 13 CFR Part 121

    Government procurement, Government property, Grant programs--
business, Individuals with disabilities, Loan programs--business, Small 
businesses.

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority set forth in sections 3(a) 
and 5(b)(6) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632(a) and 634(b)(6), 
SBA hereby revises part 121 of Title 13, Code of Federal Regulations 
(CFR), to read as follows:

PART 121--SMALL BUSINESS SIZE REGULATIONS

Subpart A--Size Eligibility Provisions and Standards

Provisions of General Applicability

Sec.
121.101  What are SBA size standards?
121.102  How does SBA establish size standards?
121.103  What is affiliation?
121.104  How does SBA calculate annual receipts?
121.105  How does SBA define ``business concern or concern''?
121.106  How does SBA calculate number of employees?
121.107  How does SBA determine a concern's ``primary industry''?
121.108  What are the penalties for misrepresentation of size 
status?

Size Standards Used to Define Small Business Concerns

121.201  What size standards has SBA identified by Standard 
Industrial Classification codes?

Size Eligibility Requirements for SBA Financial Assistance

121.301  What size standards are applicable to financial assistance 
programs?
121.302  When does SBA determine the size status of an applicant?
121.303  What size procedures are used by SBA before it makes a 
formal size determination?
121.304  What are the size requirements for refinancing an existing 
SBA loan?
121.305  What size eligibility requirements exist for obtaining 
business loans relating to particular procurements?

Size Eligibility Requirements for Government Procurement

121.401  What procurement programs are subject to size 
determinations?
121.402  What size standards are applicable to procurement 
assistance programs?
121.403  Are SBA size determinations and SIC code designations 
binding on parties?
121.404  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?
121.405  May a business concern self-certify its small business size 
status?
121.406  How does a small business concern qualify to provide 
manufactured products under small business set-aside or MED 
procurements?
121.407  What are the size procedures for multiple item 
procurements?
121.408  What are the size procedures for SBA's Certificate of 
Competency Program?
121.409  What size standard applies in an unrestricted procurement 
for Certificate of Competency purposes?
121.410  What are the size standards for SBA's Section 8(d) 
Subcontracting Program?
121.411  What are the size procedures for SBA's Section 8(d) 
Subcontracting Program?
121.412  What are the size procedures for partial small business 
set-asides?

Size Eligibility Requirements for Sales or Lease of Government Property

121.501  What programs for sales or leases of Government property 
are subject to size determinations?
121.502  What size standards are applicable to programs for sales or 
leases of Government property?
121.503  Are SBA size determinations binding on parties?
121.504  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?
121.505  What is the effect of a self-certification?
121.506  What definitions are important for sales or leases of 
Government-owned timber?
121.507  What are the size standards and other requirements for the 
purchase of Government-owned timber (other than Special Salvage 
timber)?
121.508  What are the size standards and other requirements for the 
purchase of Government-owned Special Salvage Timber?
121.509  What is the size standard for leasing of Government land 
for coal mining?
121.510  What is the size standard for leasing of Government land 
for uranium mining?
121.511  What is the size standard for buying Government-owned 
petroleum?
121.512   What is the size standard for stockpile purchases?

Size Eligibility Requirements for the Minority Enterprise Development 
(MED) Program

121.601  What is a small business for purposes of admission to SBA's 
Minority Enterprise Development (MED) Program?
121.602  At what point in time must a MED applicant be small?
121.603  How does SBA determine whether a Participant is small for a 
particular MED subcontract?
121.604  Are MED Participants considered small for purposes of other 
SBA assistance?

Size Eligibility Requirements for the Small Business Innovation 
Research (SBIR) Program

121.701  What SBIR programs are subject to size determinations?
121.702  What size standards are applicable to the SBIR programs?
121.703  Are formal size determinations binding on parties?
121.704  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?
121.705  Must a business concern self-certify its size status?

Size Eligibility Requirements for Paying Reduced Patent Fees

121.801  May patent fees be reduced if a concern is small?
121.802  What size standards are applicable to the reduced patent 
fees program?
121.803  Are formal size determinations binding on parties?
121.804  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?
121.805  May a business concern self-certify its size status?

Size Eligibility Requirements for Compliance With Programs of Other 
Agencies

121.901  Can other Government agencies obtain SBA size 
determinations?
121.902  What size standards are applicable to programs of other 
agencies?
121.903  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

Procedures for Size Protests and Requests for Formal Size 
Determinations

121.1001  Who may initiate a size protest or a request for formal 
size determination?
121.1002  Who makes a formal size determination?
121.1003  Where should a size protest be filed?
121.1004  What time limits apply to size protests?
121.1005  How must a protest be filed with the contracting officer?
121.1006  When will a size protest be referred to an SBA Government 
Contracting Area Office?
121.1007  Must a protest of size status relate to a particular 
procurement and be specific?
121.1008  What happens after SBA receives a size protest or a 
request for a formal size determination?
121.1009  What are the procedures for making the size determination?
121.1010  How does a concern become recertified as a small business?

Appeals of Size Determinations and SIC Code Designations

121.1101  Are formal size determinations subject to appeal?
121.1102  Are SIC code designations subject to appeal?
121.1103  What are the procedures for appealing a SIC code 
designation? 

[[Page 3287]]

Subpart B--Other Applicable Provisions

Waivers of the Nonmanufacturer Rule for Classes of Products and 
Individual Contracts

121.1201  What is the Nonmanufacturer Rule?
121.1202  When will a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule be granted 
for a class of products?
121.1203  When will a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule be granted 
for an individual contract?
121.1204  What are the procedures for requesting and granting 
waivers?
121.1205  How is a list of previously granted class waivers 
obtained?

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 632(a), 634(b)(6), 637(a) and 644(c); and 
Pub. L. 102-486, 106 Stat. 2776, 3133.

Subpart A--Size Eligibility Provisions and Standards

Provisions of General Applicability

Sec. 121.101  What are SBA size standards?

    SBA's size standards define whether a business entity is small and, 
thus, eligible for Government programs and preferences reserved for 
``small business'' concerns. Size standards have been established for 
types of economic activity, or industry, generally under the Standard 
Industrial Classification (SIC) System. The SIC System is described in 
the ``Standard Industrial Classification Manual'' published by the 
Office of Management and Budget, Executive Office of the President, and 
sold by the U.S. Government Printing Office, Superintendent of 
Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. The SIC System 
assigns four-digit SIC codes to all economic activity within ten major 
divisions. Section 121.201 describes the size standards now 
established. A full table matching a size standard with each four-digit 
SIC code is also published annually by SBA in the Federal Register.

Sec. 121.102  How does SBA establish size standards?

    (a) SBA considers economic characteristics comprising the structure 
of an industry, including degree of competition, average firm size, 
start-up costs and entry barriers, and distribution of firms by size. 
It also considers technological changes, competition from other 
industries, growth trends, historical activity within an industry, 
unique factors occurring in the industry which may distinguish small 
firms from other firms, and the objectives of its programs and the 
impact on those programs of different size standard levels.
    (b) As part of its review of a size standard, SBA will investigate 
if any concern at or below a particular standard would be dominant in 
the industry. SBA will take into consideration market share of a 
concern and other appropriate factors which may allow a concern to 
exercise a major controlling influence on a national basis in which a 
number of business concerns are engaged. Size standards seek to ensure 
that a concern that meets a specific size standard is not dominant in 
its field of operation.
    (c) Please address any requests to change existing size standards 
or establish new ones for emerging industries to the Assistant 
Administrator for Size Standards, Small Business Administration, 409 
3rd Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20416.

Sec. 121.103  What is affiliation?

    (a) General Principles of Affiliation. (1) Concerns are affiliates 
of each other when one concern controls or has the power to control the 
other, or a third party or parties controls or has the power to control 
both.
    (2) SBA considers factors such as ownership, management, previous 
relationships with or ties to another concern, and contractual 
relationships, in determining whether affiliation exists.
    (3) Individuals or firms that have identical or substantially 
identical business or economic interests, such as family members, 
persons with common investments, or firms that are economically 
dependent through contractual or other relationships, may be treated as 
one party with such interests aggregated.
    (4) SBA counts the receipts or employees of the concern whose size 
is at issue and those of all its domestic and foreign affiliates, 
regardless of whether the affiliates are organized for profit, in 
determining the concern's size.
    (b) Exclusion from affiliation coverage. (1) Business concerns 
owned in whole or substantial part by investment companies licensed, or 
development companies qualifying, under the Small Business Investment 
Act of 1958, as amended, are not considered affiliates of such 
investment companies or development companies.
    (2) Business concerns owned and controlled by Indian Tribes, Alaska 
Regional or Village Corporations organized pursuant to the Alaska 
Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601), Native Hawaiian 
Organizations, or Community Development Corporations authorized by 42 
U.S.C. 9805 are not considered affiliates of such entities, or with 
other concerns owned by these entities solely because of their common 
ownership.
    (3) Business concerns which are part of an SBA approved pool of 
concerns for a joint program of research and development as authorized 
by the Small Business Act are not affiliates of one another because of 
the pool.
    (4) Business concerns which lease employees from concerns primarily 
engaged in leasing employees to other businesses are not affiliated 
with the leasing company solely on the basis of a leasing agreement.
    (5) For financial, management or technical assistance under the 
Small Business Investment Company program, an applicant concern is not 
affiliated with the investors listed in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through 
(vi) of this section if the investors do not control the concern except 
under those circumstances set forth in Sec. 107.865(c) or (d) of this 
chapter. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), ``control'' is 
determined under Sec. 107.865 of this chapter.
    (i) Venture capital operating companies, as defined in the U.S. 
Department of Labor regulations found at 29 CFR 2510.3-101(d);
    (ii) Employee benefit or pension plans established and maintained 
by the Federal government or any state, or their political 
subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, for the benefit 
of employees;
    (iii) Employee benefit or pension plans within the meaning of the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (29 U.S.C. 
1001, et seq.);
    (iv) Charitable trusts, foundations, endowments, or similar 
organizations exempt from Federal income taxation under section 501(c) 
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (26 U.S.C. 501(c));
    (v) Investment companies registered under the Investment Company 
Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act) (15 U.S.C. 80a-1, et seq.); and
    (vi) Investment companies, as defined under the 1940 Act, which are 
not registered under the 1940 Act because they are beneficially owned 
by less than 100 persons, if the company's sales literature or 
organizational documents indicate that its principal purpose is 
investment in securities rather than the operation of commercial 
enterprises.
    (6) A protege firm is not an affiliate of a mentor firm solely 
because the protege firm receives assistance from the mentor firm under 
Federal Mentor-Protege programs.
    (c) Affiliation based on stock ownership. (1) A person is an 
affiliate of a concern if the person owns or controls, or has the power 
to control 50 percent or more of its voting stock, or a block of stock 
which affords control because it is large compared to other outstanding 
blocks of stock.

[[Page 3288]]

    (2) If two or more persons each owns, controls or has the power to 
control less than 50 percent of the voting stock of a concern, with 
minority holdings that are equal or approximately equal in size, but 
the aggregate of these minority holdings is large as compared with any 
other stock holding, each such person is presumed to be an affiliate of 
the concern.
    (d) Affiliation arising under stock options, convertible 
debentures, and agreements to merge. Since stock options, convertible 
debentures, and agreements to merge (including agreements in principle) 
affect the power to control a concern, SBA treats them as though the 
rights granted have been exercised (except that an affiliate cannot use 
them to appear to terminate control over another concern before it 
actually does so). SBA gives present effect to an agreement to merge or 
sell stock whether such agreement is unconditional, conditional, or 
finalized but unexecuted. Agreements to open or continue negotiations 
towards the possibility of a merger or a sale of stock at some later 
date are not considered ``agreements in principle'' and, thus, are not 
given present effect.
    (e) Affiliation based on common management. Affiliation arises 
where one or more officers, directors or general partners controls the 
board of directors and/or the management of another concern.
    (f) Affiliation based on joint venture arrangements. (1) Parties to 
a joint venture are affiliates if any one of them seeks SBA financial 
assistance for use in connection with the joint venture.
    (2) Concerns bidding on a particular procurement or property sale 
as joint venturers are affiliated with each other with regard to 
performance of that contract.
    (3) A contractor and subcontractor are treated as joint venturers 
if the ostensible subcontractor will perform primary and vital 
requirements of a contract or if the prime contractor is unusually 
reliant upon the ostensible subcontractor. All requirements of the 
contract are considered in reviewing such relationship, including 
contract management, technical responsibilities, and the percentage of 
subcontracted work.
    (4) For size purposes, a concern must include in its revenues its 
proportionate share of joint venture receipts.
    (g) Affiliation based on franchise and license agreements. The 
restraints imposed on a franchisee or licensee by its franchise or 
license agreement relating to standardized quality, advertising, 
accounting format and other similar provisions, generally will not be 
considered in determining whether the franchisor or licensor is 
affiliated with the franchisee or licensee provided the franchisee or 
licensee has the right to profit from its efforts and bears the risk of 
loss commensurate with ownership. Affiliation may arise, however, 
through other means, such as common ownership, common management or 
excessive restrictions upon the sale of the franchise interest.

Sec. 121.104  How does SBA calculate annual receipts?

    (a) Definitions. In determining annual receipts of a concern:
    (1) Receipts means ``total income'' (or in the case of a sole 
proprietorship, ``gross income'') plus the ``cost of goods sold'' as 
these terms are defined or reported on Internal Revenue Service (IRS) 
Federal tax return forms (Form 1120 for corporations; Form 1120S for 
Subchapter S corporations; Form 1065 for partnerships; and Form 1040, 
Schedule F for farm or Schedule C for other sole proprietorships). 
However, the term receipts excludes net capital gains or losses, taxes 
collected for and remitted to a taxing authority if included in gross 
or total income, proceeds from the transactions between a concern and 
its domestic or foreign affiliates (if also excluded from gross or 
total income on a consolidated return filed with the IRS), and amounts 
collected for another by a travel agent, real estate agent, advertising 
agent, or conference management service provider.
    (2) Completed fiscal year means a taxable year including any short 
period. Taxable year and short period have the meaning attributed to 
them by the IRS.
    (3) Unless otherwise defined in this section, all terms shall have 
the meaning attributed to them by the IRS.
    (b) Period of measurement. (1) Annual receipts of a concern which 
has been in business for 3 or more completed fiscal years means the 
receipts of the concern over its last 3 completed fiscal years divided 
by three.
    (2) Annual receipts of a concern which has been in business for 
less than 3 complete fiscal years means the receipts for the period the 
concern has been in business divided by the number of weeks in 
business, multiplied by 52.
    (3) Annual receipts of a concern which has been in business 3 or 
more complete fiscal years but has a short year as one of those years 
means the receipts for the short year and the two full fiscal years 
divided by the number of weeks in the short year and the two full 
fiscal years, multiplied by 52.
    (c) Use of information other than the Federal tax return. Where 
other information gives SBA reason to regard Federal Income Tax returns 
as false, SBA may base its size determination on such other 
information.
    (d) Annual receipts of affiliates. (1) If a concern has acquired an 
affiliate or been acquired as an affiliate during the applicable 
averaging period or before small business self-certification, the 
annual receipts in determining size status include the receipts of both 
firms. Furthermore, this aggregation applies for the entire applicable 
period used in computing size rather than only for the period after the 
affiliation arose. Receipts are determined for the concern and its 
affiliates in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section even though 
this may result in different periods being used to calculate annual 
receipts.
    (2) The annual receipts of a former affiliate are not included as 
annual receipts if affiliation ceased before the date used for 
determining size. This exclusion of annual receipts of a former 
affiliate applies during the entire period used in computing size, 
rather than only for the period after which the affiliation ceased .

Sec. 121.105  How does SBA define ``business concern or concern''?

    (a) A business concern eligible for assistance from SBA as a small 
business is a business entity organized for profit, with a place of 
business located in the United States, and which operates primarily 
within the United States or which makes a significant contribution to 
the U.S. economy through payment of taxes or use of American products, 
materials or labor.
    (b) A business concern may be in the legal form of an individual 
proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, 
joint venture, association, trust or cooperative, except that where the 
form is a joint venture there can be no more than 49 percent 
participation by foreign business entities in the joint venture.
    (c) A firm will not be treated as a separate business concern if a 
substantial portion of its assets and/or liabilities are the same as 
those of a predecessor entity. In such a case, the annual receipts and 
employees of the predecessor will be taken into account in determining 
size.

Sec. 121.106  How does SBA calculate number of employees?

    (a) Employees counted in determining size include all individuals 
employed on a full-time, part-time, temporary, or other basis. SBA will 
consider the totality of the circumstances, including factors relevant 
for tax purposes, in 

[[Page 3289]]
determining whether individuals are employees of the concern in 
question.
    (b) Where the size standard is number of employees, the method for 
determining a concern's size includes the following principles:
    (1) The average number of employees of the concern is used 
(including the employees of its domestic and foreign affiliates) based 
upon numbers of employees for each of the pay periods for the preceding 
completed 12 calendar months.
    (2) Part-time and temporary employees are counted the same as full-
time employees.
    (3) If a concern has not been in business for 12 months, the 
average number of employees is used for each of the pay periods during 
which it has been in business.
    (4) The treatment of employees of former affiliates or recently 
acquired affiliates is the same as for size determinations using annual 
receipts in Sec. 121.104(d).

Sec. 121.107  How does SBA determine a concern's ``primary industry''?

    In determining the primary industry in which a concern or a concern 
combined with its affiliates is engaged, SBA considers the distribution 
of receipts, employees and costs of doing business among the different 
industries in which business operations occurred for the most recently 
completed fiscal year. SBA may also consider other factors, such as the 
distribution of patents, contract awards, and assets.

Sec. 121.108  What are the penalties for misrepresentation of size 
status?

    In addition to other laws which may be applicable, section 16(d) of 
the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 645(d), provides severe criminal 
penalties for knowingly misrepresenting the small business size status 
of a concern in connection with procurement programs. Section 16(a) of 
the Act also provides, in part, for criminal penalties for knowingly 
making false statements or misrepresentations to SBA for the purpose of 
influencing in any way the actions of the Agency.

Size Standards Used To Define Small Business Concerns

Sec. 121.201  What size standards has SBA identified by Standard 
Industrial Classification codes?

    The size standards described in this section apply to all SBA 
programs unless otherwise specified. The size standards themselves are 
expressed either in number of employees or annual receipts in millions 
of dollars, unless otherwise specified. The number of employees or 
annual receipts indicates the maximum allowed for a concern and its 
affiliates to be considered small. The following is a listing of size 
standards for industries under the SIC System. Size standards are 
listed by Division and apply to all industries in that Division except 
those specifically listed with separate size standards for a specific 
two-digit major group or four-digit industry code. The industry code 
applicable to an industry that cannot be otherwise classified will be 
SIC code 9999, Nonclassifiable Establishments, with a corresponding 
size standard of $5.0 million in annual receipts.

                     Size Standards by SIC Industry                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Size standards in number of
          SIC code and description             employees or millions of 
                                                       dollars          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         DIVISION A--AGRICULTURE                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAJOR GROUP 01--AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION      $0.5                       
 CROPS.                                                                 
MAJOR GROUP 02--LIVESTOCK AND ANIMAL         $0.5                       
 SPECIALTIES.                                                           
Except:                                                                 
    0211  Beef Cattle Feedlots (Custom)....  $0.5                       
    0252  Chicken Eggs.....................  $9.0                       
MAJOR GROUP 07--AGRICULTURAL SERVICES......  $5.0                       
MAJOR GROUP 08--FORESTRY...................  $5.0                       
MAJOR GROUP 09--FISHING, HUNTING, AND        $3.0                       
 TRAPPING.                                                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             DIVISION B--MININ                                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAJOR GROUP 10--METAL MINING...............  $500                       
MAJOR GROUP 12--COAL MINING................  $500                       
MAJOR GROUP 13--OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION AND   $500                       
 MAJOR GROUP 14--MINING AND QUARRYING OF                                
 NONMETALLIC MINERALS, EXCEPT FUELS.                                    
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    1081  Metal Mining Services............  $5.0                       
    1241  Coal Mining Services.............  $5.0                       
    1382  Oil and Gas Field Exploration      $5.0                       
     Services.                                                          
    1389  Oil and Gas Field Services,        $5.0                       
     N.E.C..                                                            
    1481  Nonmetallic Minerals Services,     $5.0                       
     Except Fuels.                                                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        DIVISION C--CONSTRUCTION                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAJOR GROUP 15--GENERAL BUILDING             $17.0                      
 CONTRACTORS.                                                           
MAJOR GROUP 16--HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, NON      $17.0                      
 BUILDING.                                                              
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    1629 (Part)    Dredging and Surface      $13.5 \1\                  
     Cleanup Activities.                                                
MAJOR GROUP 17--CONSTRUCTION--SPECIAL TRADE  $7.0                       
 CONTRACTORS.                                                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVISION D--MANUFACTURING,\2\..............  500                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    2032  Canned Specialties...............  1,000                      

[[Page 3290]]
                                                                        
    2033  Canned Fruits, Vegetables,         500 \3\                    
     Preserves, Jams and Jellies.                                       
    2043  Cereal Breakfast Foods...........  1,000                      
    2046  Wet Corn Milling.................  750                        
    2052  Cookies and Crackers.............  750                        
    2062  Cane Sugar Refining..............  750                        
    2063  Beet Sugar.......................  750                        
    2076  Vegetable Oil Mills, Except Corn,  1,000                      
     Cottonseed, and Soybean.                                           
    2079  Shortening, Table Oils,            750                        
     Margarine, and Other Edible Fats and                               
     Oils, N.E.C.                                                       
    2085  Distilled and Blended Liquors....  750                        
    2111  Cigarettes.......................  1,000                      
    2211  Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Cotton..  1,000                      
    2261  Finishers of Broadwoven Fabrics    1,000                      
     of Cotton.                                                         
    2295  Coated Fabrics, Not Rubberized...  1,000                      
    2296  Tire Cord and Fabrics............  1,000                      
    2611  Pulp Mills.......................  750                        
    2621  Paper Mills......................  750                        
    2631  Paperboard Mills.................  750                        
    2656  Sanitary Food Containers, Except   750                        
     Folding.                                                           
    2657  Folding Paperboard Boxes,          750                        
     Including Sanitary.                                                
    2812  Alkalies and Chlorine............  1,000                      
    2813  Industrial Gases.................  1,000                      
    2816  Inorganic Pigments...............  1,000                      
    2819  Industrial Inorganic Chemicals,    1,000                      
     N.E.C.                                                             
    2821  Plastics Materials, Synthetic      750                        
     Resins, and Nonvulcanizable Elastomers.                            
    2822  Synthetic Rubber (Vulcanizable     1,000                      
     Elastomers).                                                       
    2823  Cellulosic Manmade Fibers........  1,000                      
    2824  Manmade Organic Fibers, Except     1,000                      
     Cellulosic.                                                        
FR Doc. 96-1348 Small Business Size Standards
    2833  Medicinal Chemicals and Botanical  750                        
     Products.                                                          
    2834  Pharmaceutical Preparations......  750                        
    2841  Soap and Other Detergents, Except  750                        
     Specialty Cleaners.                                                
    2865  Cyclic Organic Crudes and          750                        
     Intermediates, and Organic Dyes and                                
     Pigments.                                                          
    2869  Industrial Organic Chemicals,      1,000                      
     N.E.C..                                                            
    2873  Nitrogenous Fertilizers..........  1,000                      
    2892  Explosives.......................  750                        
    2911  Petroleum Refining...............  1,500 \4\                  
    2952  Asphalt Felts and Coatings.......  750                        
    3011  Tires and Inner Tubes............  1,000 \5\                  
    3021  Rubber and Plastics Footwear.....  1,000                      
    3211  Flat Glass.......................  1,000                      
    3221  Glass Containers.................  750                        
    3229  Pressed and Blown Glass and        750                        
     Glassware, N.E.C.                                                  
    3241  Cement, Hydraulic................  750                        
    3261  Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures   750                        
     and China and Earthenware Fittings and                             
     Bathroom Accessories.                                              
    3275  Gypsum Products..................  1,000                      
    3292  Asbestos Products................  750                        
    3296  Mineral Wool.....................  750                        
    3297  Nonclay Refractories.............  750                        
    3312  Steel Works, Blast Furnaces        1,000                      
     (Including Coke Ovens), and Rolling                                
     Mills.                                                             
    3313  Electrometallurgical Products,     750                        
     Except Steel.                                                      
    3315  Steel Wiredrawing and Steel Nails  1,000                      
     and Spikes.                                                        
    3316  Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet, Strip,    1,000                      
     and Bars.                                                          
    3317  Steel Pipe and Tubes.............  1,000                      
    3331  Primary Smelting and Refining of   1,000                      
     Copper.                                                            
    3334  Primary Production of Aluminum...  1,000                      
    3339  Primary Smelting and Refining of   750                        
     Nonferrous Metals, Except Copper and                               
     Aluminum.                                                          
    3351  Rolling, Drawing, and Extruding    750                        
     of Copper.                                                         
    3353  Aluminum Sheet, Plate, and Foil..  750                        
    3354  Aluminum Extruded Products.......  750                        
    3355  Aluminum Rolling and Drawing,      750                        
     N.E.C.                                                             
    3356  Rolling, Drawing, and Extruding    750                        
     of Nonferrous Metals, Except Copper                                
     and Aluminum.                                                      
    3357  Drawing and Insulating of          1,000                      
     Nonferrous Wire.                                                   
    3398  Metal Heat Treating..............  750                        
    3399  Primary Metal Products, N.E.C....  750                        
    3411  Metal Cans.......................  1,000                      
    3431  Enameled Iron and Metal Sanitary   750                        
     Ware.                                                              
    3482  Small Arms Ammunition............  1,000                      
    3483  Ammunition, Except for Small Arms  1,500                      
    3484  Small Arms.......................  1,000                      
    3511  Steam, Gas, and Hydraulic          1,000                      
     Turbines, and Turbine Generator Set                                
     Units.                                                             

[[Page 3291]]
                                                                        
    3519  Internal Combustion Engines,       1,000                      
     N.E.C.                                                             
    3531  Construction Machinery and         750                        
     Equipment.                                                         
    3537  Industrial Trucks, Tractors,       750                        
     Trailers, and Stackers.                                            
    3562  Ball and Roller Bearings.........  750                        
    3571  Electronic Computers.............  1,000                      
    3572  Computer Storage Devices.........  1,000                      
    3575  Computer Terminals...............  1,000                      
    3577  Computer Peripheral Equipment,     1,000                      
     N.E.C.                                                             
    3578  Calculating and Accounting         1,000                      
     Machines, Except Electronic Computers.                             
    3585  Air-Conditioning and Warm Air      750                        
     Heating Equipment and Commercial and                               
     Industrial Refrigeration Equipment.                                
    3612  Power, Distribution, and           750                        
     Specialty Transformers.                                            
    3613  Switchgear and Switchboard         750                        
     Apparatus.                                                         
    3621  Motors and Generators............  1,000                      
    3624  Carbon and Graphite Products.....  750                        
    3625  Relays and Industrial Controls...  750                        
    3631  Household Cooking Equipment......  750                        
    3632  Household Refrigerators and Home   1,000                      
     and Farm Freezers.                                                 
    3633  Household Laundry Equipment......  1,000                      
    3634  Electronic Housewares and Fans...  750                        
    3635  Household Vacuum Cleaners........  750                        
    3641  Electric Lamp Bulbs and Tubes....  1,000                      
    3651  Household Audio and Video          750                        
     Equipment.                                                         
    3652  Phonograph Records and             750                        
     Prerecorded Audio Tapes and Disks.                                 
    3661  Telephone and Telegraph Apparatus  1,000                      
    3663  Radio and Television Broadcasting  750                        
     and Communications Equipment.                                      
    3669  Communications Equipment, N.E.C..  750                        
    3671  Electron Tubes...................  750                        
    3692  Primary Batteries, Dry and Wet...  1,000                      
    3694  Electrical Equipment for Internal  750                        
     Combustion Engines.                                                
    3695  Magnetic and Optical Recording     1,000                      
     Media.                                                             
    3699  Electrical Machinery, Equipment,   750                        
     and Supplies, N.E.C.                                               
    3711  Motor Vehicles and Passenger Car   1,000                      
     Bodies.                                                            
    3714  Motor Vehicle Parts and            750                        
     Accessories.                                                       
    3716  Motor Homes......................  1,000                      
    3721  Aircraft.........................  1,500                      
    3724  Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts  1,000                      
    3728  Aircraft Parts and Auxiliary       1,000 \9\                  
     Equipment, N.E.C.                                                  
    3731  Shipbuilding and Repair of         1,000                      
     Nuclear Propelled Ships.                                           
        Shipbuilding of Nonnuclear           1,000                      
         Propelled Ships and Nonpropelled                               
         Ships.                                                         
        Ship Repair (Including Overhauls     1,000                      
         and Conversions) Performed on                                  
         Nonnuclear Propelled and                                       
         Nonpropelled Ships East of the 108                             
         Meridian.                                                      
        Ship Repair (Including Overhauls     1,000                      
         and Conversion) Performed on                                   
         Nonnuclear Propelled and                                       
         Nonpropelled Ships West of the 108                             
         Meridian.                                                      
    3743  Railroad Equipment...............  1,000                      
    3761  Guided Missiles and Space          1,000                      
     Vehicles.                                                          
    3764  Guided Missile and Space Vehicle   1,000                      
     Propulsion Units and Propulsion Units                              
     Parts.                                                             
    3769  Guided Missile and Space Vehicle   1,000                      
     Parts and Auxiliary Equipment, N.E.C.                              
    3795  Tanks and Tank Components........  1,000                      
    3812  Search, Detection, Navigation,     750                        
     Guidance, Aeronautical, and Nautical                               
     Systems and Instruments.                                           
    3996  Linoleum, Asphalted-Felt-Base,     750                        
     and other Hard Surface Floor                                       
     Coverings, N.E.C.                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  DIVISION E--TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATIONS ELECTRIC, GAS, AND SANITARY
                                SERVICES                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAJOR GROUP 40--RAILROAD TRANSPORTATION....  1500                       
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4013  Railroad Switching and Terminal    500                        
     Establishments.                                                    
MAJOR GROUP 41--LOCAL AND SUBURBAN TRANSIT   $5.0                       
 AND INTERURBAN HIGHWAY AND PASSENGER                                   
 TRANSPORTATION.                                                        
MAJOR GROUP 42--MOTOR FREIGHT                $18.5                      
 TRANSPORTATION AND WAREHOUSING.                                        
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4212 (Part)  Garbage and Refuse          $6.0                       
     Collection, Without Disposal.                                      
    4231  Terminal and Joint Terminal        $5.0                       
     Maintenance Facilities for Motor                                   
     Freight Transportation.                                            
MAJOR GROUP 44--WATER TRANSPORTATION.......  500                        
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4491  Marine Cargo Handling............  $18.5                      
    4492  Towing and Tugboat Services......  $5.0                       
    4493  Marinas..........................  $5.0                       
    4499  Water Transportation Services,     $5.0                       
     N.E.C..                                                            
          --Offshore Marine Water            $20.5                      
     Transportation Services.                                           

[[Page 3292]]
                                                                        
MAJOR GROUP 45--TRANSPORTATION BY AIR......  1500                       
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4522  Air Transportation, Nonscheduled.  1500                       
          --Offshore Marine Air              $20.5                      
     Transportation Services.                                           
    4581  Airports, Flying Fields, and       $5.0                       
     Airport Terminal Services.                                         
MAJOR GROUP 46--PIPELINES, EXCEPT NATURAL    1500                       
 GAS,.                                                                  
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4619  Pipelines, N.E.C.................  $25.0                      
MAJOR GROUP 47--TRANSPORTATION SERVICES,...  $5.0                       
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4724  Travel Agencies..................  $1.0\6\                    
    4731  Arrangement of Transportation of   $18.5                      
     Freight and Cargo.                                                 
    4783  Packing and Crating..............  $18.5                      
MAJOR GROUP 48--COMMUNICATIONS.............                             
    4812  Radiotelephone Communications....  1,500                      
    4813  Telephone Communications, Except   1,500                      
     Radiotelephone.                                                    
    4822  Telegraph and Other Message        $5.0                       
     Communications.                                                    
    4832  Radio Broadcasting Stations......  $5.0                       
    4833  Television Broadcasting Stations.  $10.5                      
    4841  Cable and Other Pay Television     $11.0                      
     Services.                                                          
    4899  Communications Services, N.E.C...  $11.0                      
MAJOR GROUP 49--ELECTRIC, GAS, AND SANITARY  $5.0                       
 SERVICES,.                                                             
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    4911  Electric Services................  4 million megawatt hrs.    
    4924  Natural Gas Distribution.........  500                        
    4953  Refuse Systems...................  $6.0                       
    4961  Steam and Air-Conditioning Supply  $9.0                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVISION F--WHOLESALE TRADE................  100                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Not Applicable to Government                                       
     procurement of supplies. The                                       
     nonmanufacturer size standard of 500                               
     employees shall be used for purposes                               
     of Government procurement of                                       
     supplies.)                                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVISION G--RETAIL TRADE...................  $5.0                       
    (Not Applicable to Government                                       
     procurement of supplies. The                                       
     nonmanufacturer size standard of 500                               
     employees shall be used for purposes                               
     of Government procurement of                                       
     supplies.)                                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5271  Mobile Home Dealers..............  $9.5                       
    5311  Department Stores................  $20.0                      
    5331  Variety Stores...................  $8.0                       
    5411  Grocery Stores...................  $20.0                      
    5511  Motor Vehicle Dealers (New and     $21.0                      
     Used).                                                             
    5521  Motor Vehicle Dealers (Used Only)  $17.0                      
    5541  Gasoline Service Stations........  $6.5                       
    5599  Automobile Dealers, N.E.C........  $5.0                       
          --Aircraft Dealers, Retail.......  $7.5                       
    5611  Men's and Boys' Clothing and       $6.5                       
     Accessory Stores.                                                  
    5621  Women's Clothing Stores..........  $6.5                       
    5651  Family Clothing Stores...........  $6.5                       
    5661  Shoe Stores......................  $6.5                       
    5722  Household Appliance Stores.......  $6.5                       
    5731  Radio, Television, and Consumer    $6.5                       
     Electronics Stores.                                                
    5734  Computer and Computer Software     $6.5                       
     Stores.                                                            
    5812  (Part) Food Service,               $15.0                      
     Institutional.                                                     
    5961  Catalog and Mail-Order Houses....  $18.5                      
    5983  Fuel Oil Dealers.................  $9.0                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVISION H--FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND REAL     $5.0                       
 ESTATE.                                                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCEPT:                                                                 
    6021-6082  National and Commercial       $100 Million in assets \7\ 
     Banks, Savings, Institutions and                                   
     Credit Unions.                                                     
    6331  Fire, Marine, and Casualty         1,500                      
     Insurance.                                                         
    6515 (Part)  Leasing of Building Space   $15.0 \8\                  
     to Federal Government by Owners.                                   
    6531  Real Estate Agents and Managers..  $1.5 \6\                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVISION I--SERVICES.......................  $5.0                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCEPT:                                                                 

[[Page 3293]]
                                                                        
    7211  Power Laundries, Family and        $10.5                      
     Commercial.                                                        
    7213  Linen Supply.....................  $10.5                      
    7216  Drycleaning Plants, Except Rug     $3.5                       
     Cleaning.                                                          
    7217  Carpet and Upholstery Cleaning...  $3.5                       
    7218  Industries Launderers............  $10.0                      
    7311  Advertising Agencies.............  $5.0 \6\                   
    7312  Outdoor Advertising Services.....  $5.0 \6\                   
    7313  Radio, Television, and             $5.0 \6\                   
     Publishers' Advertising                                            
     Representatives.                                                   
    7319  Advertising, N.E.C...............  $5.0 \6\                   
    7349  Building Cleaning and Maintenance  $12.0                      
     Services, N.E.C..                                                  
    7371  Computer Programming Services....  $18.0                      
    7372  Prepackaged Software.............  $18.0                      
    7373  Computer Integrated Systems        $18.0                      
     Design.                                                            
    7374  Computer Processing and Data       $18.0                      
     Preparation and Processing Services.                               
    7375  Information Retrieval Services...  $18.0                      
    7376  Computer Facilities Management     $18.0                      
     Services.                                                          
    7377  Computer Rental and Leasing......  $18.0                      
    7378  Computer Maintenance and Repair..  $18.0                      
    7379  Computer Related Services, N.E.C.  $18.0                      
    7381  Detective, Guard, and Armord Car   $9.0                       
     Services.                                                          
    7382  Security Systems Services........  $9.0                       
    7389  Business Services, N.E.C.........  $5.0                       
        Map Drafting Services, Mapmaking     $3.5                       
         (Including Aerial) and                                         
         Photogrammetric Mapping Services.                              
    7513  Truck Rental and Leasing Without   $18.5                      
     Drivers.                                                           
    7514  Passenger Car Rental.............  $18.5                      
    7515  Passenger Car Leasing............  $18.5                      
    7534  Tire Retreading and Repair Shops.  $10.5                      
    7699  Repair Shops and Related           $5.0 \9\                   
     Services, N.E.C.                                                   
    7812  Motion Picture and Video Tape      $21.5                      
     Production.                                                        
    7819  Services Allied to Motion Picture  $21.5                      
     Production.                                                        
    7822  Motion Picture and Video Tape      $21.5                      
     Distribution.                                                      
    8299  (Part) Flight Training Services..  $18.5                      
    8711  Engineering Services.............  $2.5                       
        Military and Aerospace Equipment     $20.0                      
         and Military Weapons.                                          
        Contracts and Subcontracts for       $20.0                      
         Engineering Services Awarded Under                             
         the National Energy Policy Act of                              
         1992.                                                          
        Marine Engineering and Naval         $13.5                      
         Architecture.                                                  
    8712  Architectural Services (Other      $2.5                       
     Than Naval).                                                       
    8713  Surveying Services...............  $2.5                       
    8721  Accounting, Auditing, and          $6.0                       
     Bookkeeping Services.                                              
    8731  Commercial Physical and            500 \10\                   
     Biological Research.                                               
        Aircraft...........................  1,500                      
        Aircraft Parts, and Auxiliary        1,000                      
         Equipment, and Aircraft Engines                                
         and Engine Parts.                                              
        Space Vehicles and Guided Missiles,  1,000                      
         their Propulsion Units, their                                  
         Propulsion Units Parts, and their                              
         Auxiliary Equipment and Parts.                                 
    8741 (Part)  Conference Management       $5.0 \6\                   
     Services.                                                          
    8744  Facilities Support Management      $5.0 \11\                  
     Services.                                                          
        Base Maintenance...................  $20.0 \12\                 
        Environmental Remediation Services.  500 \13\                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Footnotes:                                                              
\1\ SIC code 1629--Dredging: To be considered small for purposes of     
  Government procurement, a firm must perform at least 40 percent of the
  volume dredged with its own equipment or equipment owned by another   
  small dredging concern.                                               
\2\ SIC Division D--Manufacturing: For rebuilding machinery or equipment
  on a factory basis, or equivalent, use the SIC code for a newly       
  manufactured product. Concerns performing major rebuilding or overhaul
  activities do not necessarily have to meet the criteria for being a   
  ``manufacturer'' although the activities may be classified under a    
  manufacturing SIC code. Ordinary repair services or preservation are  
  not considered rebuilding.                                            
\3\ SIC code 2033: For purposes of Government procurement for food      
  canning and preserving, the standard of 500 employees excludes        
  agricultural labor as defined in section 3306(k) of the Internal      
  Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 3306(k).                                      
\4\ SIC code 2911: For purposes of Government procurement, the firm may 
  not have more than 1,500 employees nor more than 75,000 barrels per   
  day capacity of petroleum-based inputs, including crude oil or bona   
  fide feedstocks. Capacity includes owned or leased facilities as well 
  as facilities under a processing agreement or an arrangement such as  
  an exchange agreement or a throughput. The total product to be        
  delivered under the contract must be at least 90 percent refined by   
  the successful bidder from either crude oil or bona fide feedstocks.  
\5\ SIC code 3011: For purposes of Government procurement, a firm is    
  small for bidding on a contract for pneumatic tires within Census     
  Classification codes 30111 and 30112, provided that:                  
(1) The value of tires within Census Classification codes 30111 and     
  30112 which it manufactured in the United States during the previous  
  calendar year is more than 50 percent of the value of its total       
  worldwide manufacture;                                                
(2) The value of pneumatic tires within Census Classification codes     
  30111 and 30112 comprising its total worldwide manufacture during the 
  preceding calendar year was less than 5 percent of the value of all   
  such tires manufactured in the United States during that period; and  
(3) the value of the principal product which it manufactured or         
  otherwise produced, or sold worldwide during the preceding calendar   
  year is less than 10 percent of the total value of such products      
  manufactured or otherwise produced or sold in the United States during
  that period.                                                          
\6\ SIC codes 4724, 6531, 7311, 7312, 7313, 7319, and 8741 (part): As   
  measured by total revenues, but excluding funds received in trust for 
  an unaffiliated third party, such as bookings or sales subject to     
  commissions. The commissions received are included as revenue.        

[[Page 3294]]
                                                                        
\7\ A financial institution's assets are determined by averaging the    
  assets reported on its four quarterly financial statements for the    
  preceding year. Assets for the purposes of this size standard means   
  the assets defined according to the Federal Financial Institutions    
  Examination Council 034 call report form.                             
\8\ SIC code 6515: Leasing of building space to the Federal Government  
  by Owners: For Government procurement, a size standard of $15.0       
  million in gross receipts applies to the owners of building space     
  leased to the Federal Government. The standard does not apply to an   
  agent.                                                                
\9\ SIC codes 7699 and 3728: Contracts for the rebuilding or overhaul of
  aircraft ground support equipment on a contract basis are classified  
  under SIC code 3728.                                                  
\10\ SIC code 8731: For research and development contracts requiring the
  delivery of a manufactured product, the appropriate size standard is  
  that of the manufacturing industry.                                   
(1) Research and Development means laboratory or other physical research
  and development. It does not include economic, educational,           
  engineering, operations, systems, or other nonphysical research; or   
  computer programming, data processing, commercial and/or medical      
  laboratory testing.                                                   
(2) For purposes of the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR)       
  program only, a different definition has been established by law. See 
  Sec.  121.701.                                                        
(3) Research and development for guided missiles and space vehicles     
  includes evaluations and simulation, and other services requiring     
  thorough knowledge of complete missiles and spacecraft.               
\11\ Facilities Management, a component of SIC code 8744, includes      
  establishments, not elsewhere classified, which provide overall       
  management and the personnel to perform a variety of related support  
  services in operating a complete facility in or around a specific     
  building, or within another business or Government establishment.     
  Facilities management means furnishing three or more personnel supply 
  services which may include, but are not limited to, secretarial       
  services, typists, telephone answering, reproduction or mimeograph    
  service, mailing service, financial or business management, public    
  relations, conference planning, travel arrangements, word processing, 
  maintaining files and/or libraries, switchboard operation, writers,   
  bookkeeping, minor office equipment maintenance and repair, or use of 
  information systems (not programming).                                
\12\ SIC code 8744:                                                     
(1) If one of the activities of base maintenance, as defined in         
  paragraph (2) of this footnote, can be identified with a separate     
  industry and that activity (or industry) accounts for 50 percent or   
  more of the value of an entire contract, then the proper size standard
  is that of the particular industry, and not the base maintenance size 
  standard.                                                             
(2) ``Base Maintenance'' requires the performance of three or more      
  separate activities in the areas of service or special trade          
  construction industries. If services are performed, these activities  
  must each be in a separate SIC code including, but not limited to,    
  Janitorial and Custodial Service, Fire Prevention Service, Messenger  
  Service, Commissary Service, Protective Guard Service, and Grounds    
  Maintenance and Landscaping Service. If the contract requires the use 
  of special trade contractors (plumbing, painting, plastering,         
  carpentry, etc.), all such special trade construction activities are  
  considered a single activity and classified as Base Housing           
  Maintenance. Since Base Housing Maintenance is only one activity, two 
  additional activities are required for a contract to be classified as 
  ``Base Maintenance.''                                                 
\13\ SIC codre 8744: (1) For SBA assistance as a small business concern 
  in the industry of Environmental Remediation Services, other than for 
  Government procurement, a concern must be engaged primarily in        
  furnishing a range of services for the remediation of a contaminated  
  environment to an acceptable condition including, but not limited to, 
  preliminary assessment, site inspection, testing, remedial            
  investigation, feasibility studies, remedial design, containment,     
  remedial action, removal of contaminated materials, storage of        
  contaminated materials and security and site closeouts. If one of such
  activities accounts for 50 percent or more of a concern's total       
  revenues, employees, or other related factors, the concern's primary  
  industry is that of the particular industry and not the Environmental 
  Remediation Services Industry.                                        
(2) For purposes of classifying a Government procurement as             
  Environmental Remediation Services, the general purpose of the        
  procurement must be to restore a contaminated environment and also the
  procurement must be composed of activities in three or more separate  
  industries with separate SIC codes or, in some instances (e.g.,       
  engineering), smaller sub-components of SIC codes with separate,      
  distinct size standards. These activities may include, but are not    
  limited to, separate activities in industries such as: Heavy          
  Construction; Special Trade Construction; Engineering Services;       
  Architectural Services; Management Services; Refuse Systems; Sanitary 
  Services, Not Elsewhere Classified; Local Trucking Without Storage;   
  Testing Laboratories; and Commercial, Physical and Biological         
  Research. If any activity in the procurement can be identified with a 
  separate SIC code, or component of a code with a separate distinct    
  size standard, and that industry accounts for 50 percent or more of   
  the value of the entire procurement, then the proper size standard is 
  the one for that particular industry, and not the Environmental       
  Remediation Service size standard.                                    

Size Eligibility Requirements For SBA Financial Assistance

Sec. 121.301  What size standards are applicable to financial 
assistance programs?

    (a) For Business Loans and Disaster Loans (other than physical 
disaster loans), an applicant must not exceed the size standard for the 
industry in which:
    (1) The applicant combined with its affiliates is primarily 
engaged; and
    (2) The applicant alone is primarily engaged.
    (b) For Development Company programs, an applicant must meet one of 
the following standards:
    (1) Including its affiliates, tangible net worth not in excess of 
$6 million, and average net income after Federal income taxes 
(excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding two completed 
fiscal years not in excess of $2 million; or
    (2) The same standards applicable under paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (c) For the Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) program, an 
applicant must meet one of the following standards:
    (1) Including its affiliates, tangible net worth not in excess of 
$18 million, and average net income after Federal income taxes 
(excluding any carry-over losses) for the preceding 2 completed fiscal 
years not in excess of $6 million; or
    (2) The same standards applicable under paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (d) For Surety Bond Guarantee assistance--
    (1) Any construction (general or special trade) concern or concern 
performing a contract for services is small if its average annual 
receipts do not exceed $5.0 million.
    (2) Any concern not specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
must meet the size standard for the primary industry in which it, 
combined with its affiliates, is engaged.
    (e) The applicable size standards for the purpose of all SBA 
financial assistance programs, excluding the Surety Bond Guarantee 
assistance program, are increased by 25 percent whenever the applicant 
agrees to use the assistance within a labor surplus area. Labor surplus 
areas are listed monthly in the Department of Labor publication called 
``Area Trends.''

Sec. 121.302  When does SBA determine the size status of an applicant?

    (a) The size of an applicant for SBA financial assistance is 
determined as of the date the application for such financial assistance 
is accepted for processing by SBA, except for the Disaster Loan and 
Preferred Lenders programs.
    (b) For the Preferred Lenders program, size is determined as of the 
date of approval of the loan by the Preferred Lender.
    (c) For disaster loan assistance (other than physical disaster 
loans), size status is determined as of the date the disaster 
commenced, as set forth in the Disaster Declaration.
    (d) Changes in size subsequent to the applicable date when size is 
determined will not disqualify an applicant for assistance. 

[[Page 3295]]

Sec. 121.303  What size procedures are used by SBA before it makes a 
formal size determination?

    (a) A concern that submits an application for financial assistance 
is deemed to have certified that it is small under the applicable size 
standard. SBA may question the concern's status based on information 
supplied in the application or from any other source.
    (b) A small business investment company, a development company, a 
surety bond company, or a preferred lender may accept as true the size 
information provided by an applicant, unless credible evidence to the 
contrary is apparent.
    (c) Size is initially considered by the individual with final 
financial assistance authority. This is not a formal size 
determination. A formal determination may be requested prior to a 
denial of eligibility based on size.
    (d) An applicant may request a formal size determination when 
assistance has been denied for size ineligibility. Except for disaster 
loan eligibility, a request for a formal size determination must be 
made to the Government Contracting Area Director serving the area in 
which the headquarters of the applicant is located, regardless of the 
location of the parent company or affiliates. For disaster loan 
assistance, the request for a size determination must be made to the 
Area Director for the Disaster Area Office which denied the assistance.
    (e) There are no time limitations for making a formal size 
determination for purposes of financial assistance. The official making 
the formal size determination must provide a copy of the determination 
to the applicant, to the requesting SBA official, and to other 
interested SBA program officials.

Sec. 121.304  What are the size requirements for refinancing an 
existing SBA loan?

    (a) A concern that applies to refinance an existing SBA loan or 
guarantee will be considered small for the refinancing even though its 
size has increased since the date of the original financing to exceed 
its applicable size standard, provided that:
    (1) The increase in size is due to natural growth (as distinguished 
from merger, acquisition or similar management action); and
    (2) SBA determines that refinancing is necessary to protect the 
Government's financial interest.
    (b) If a concern's size has increased other than by natural growth, 
the concern and its affiliates must be small at the time the 
application for refinancing is accepted for processing by SBA.

Sec. 121.305  What size eligibility requirements exist for obtaining 
business loans relating to particular procurements?

    A concern qualified as small for a particular procurement, 
including an 8(a) subcontract, is small for financial assistance 
directly and primarily relating to the performance of the particular 
procurement.

Size Eligibility Requirements for Government Procurement

Sec. 121.401  What procurement programs are subject to size 
determinations?

    The requirements set forth in Secs. 121.401 through 121.412 cover 
all procurement programs for which status as a small business is 
required, including the small business set-aside program, SBA's 
Certificate of Competency Program, SBA's Minority Enterprise 
Development program, the Small Business Subcontracting program 
authorized under section 8(d) of the Small Business Act, and Federal 
Small Disadvantaged Business programs.

Sec. 121.402  What size standards are applicable to procurement 
assistance programs?

    (a) A concern must meet the size standard for the SIC code 
specified in the solicitation.
    (b) The procuring agency contracting officer, or authorized 
representative, designates the proper SIC code and size standard in a 
solicitation, selecting the SIC code which best describes the principal 
purpose of the product or service being acquired. Primary consideration 
is given to the industry descriptions in the SIC Manual, the product or 
service description in the solicitation and any attachments to it, the 
relative value and importance of the components of the procurement 
making up the end item being procured, and the function of the goods or 
services being purchased. Other factors considered include previous 
Government procurement classifications of the same or similar products 
or services, and the classification which would best serve the purposes 
of the Small Business Act. A procurement is usually classified 
according to the component which accounts for the greatest percentage 
of contract value.
    (c) The SIC code assigned to a procurement and its corresponding 
size standard is final unless timely appealed to SBA's Office of 
Hearings and Appeals (OHA), or unless SBA assigns a SIC code or size 
standard as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (d) An unclear, incomplete or missing SIC code designation or size 
standard in the solicitation may be clarified, completed or supplied by 
SBA in connection with a formal size determination or size appeal.
    (e) Any offeror or other interested party adversely affected by a 
SIC code designation or size standard designation may appeal the 
designations to OHA under Part 134 of this chapter.

Sec. 121.403  Are SBA size determinations and SIC code designations 
binding on parties?

    Formal size determinations and SIC code designations made by 
authorized SBA officials are binding upon the parties. Opinions 
otherwise provided by SBA officials to contracting officers or others 
are advisory in nature, and are not binding or appealable.

Sec. 121.404  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

    Generally, SBA determines the size status of a concern (including 
its affiliates) as of the date the concern submits a written self-
certification that it is small to the procuring agency as part of its 
initial offer including price. The following are two exceptions to this 
rule:
    (a) The size status of an applicant for a Certificate of Competency 
(COC) relating to an unrestricted procurement is determined as of the 
date of the concern's application for the COC.
    (b) Size status for purposes of compliance with the nonmanufacturer 
rule set forth in Sec. 121.406(b)(1) and the ostensible subcontractor 
rule set forth in Sec. 121.103(f)(3) is determined as of the date of 
the best and final offer.

Sec. 121.405  May a business concern self-certify its small business 
size status?

    (a) A concern must self-certify it is small under the size standard 
specified in the solicitation, or as clarified, completed or supplied 
by SBA pursuant to Sec. 121.402(d).
    (b) A contracting officer may accept a concern's self-certification 
as true for the particular procurement involved in the absence of a 
written protest by other offerors or other credible information which 
causes the contracting officer or SBA to question the size of the 
concern.
    (c) Procedures for protesting the self-certification of an offeror 
are set forth in Secs. 121.1001 through 121.1009.

Sec. 121.406  How does a small business concern qualify to provide 
manufactured products under small business set-aside or MED 
procurements?

    (a) General. In order to qualify as a small business concern for a 
small business set-aside or 8(a) contract to provide manufactured 
products, an offeror must either:
    (1) Be the manufacturer of the end item being procured (and the end 
item 

[[Page 3296]]
must be manufactured or produced in the United States); or
    (2) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of 
this section as a nonmanufacturer, a kit assembler or a supplier under 
Simplified Acquisition Procedures.
    (b) Nonmanufacturers. (1) A concern may qualify for a requirement 
to provide manufactured products as a nonmanufacturer if it:
    (i) Does not exceed 500 employees;
    (ii) Is primarily engaged in the wholesale or retail trade and 
normally sells the items being supplied to the general public; and
    (iii) Will supply the end item of a small business manufacturer or 
processor made in the United States, or obtains a waiver of such 
requirement pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (2) For size purposes, there can be only one manufacturer of the 
end item being acquired. The manufacturer is the concern which, with 
its own facilities, performs the primary activities in transforming 
inorganic or organic substances, including the assembly of parts and 
components, into the end item being acquired. The end item must possess 
characteristics which, as a result of mechanical, chemical or human 
action, it did not possess before the original substances, parts or 
components were assembled or transformed. The end item may be finished 
and ready for utilization or consumption, or it may be semifinished as 
a raw material to be used in further manufacturing. Firms which perform 
only minimal operations upon the item being procured do not qualify as 
manufacturers of the end item. SBA will evaluate the following factors 
in determining whether a concern is the manufacturer of the end item:
    (i) The proportion of total value in the end item added by the 
efforts of the concern, excluding costs of overhead, testing, quality 
control, and profit; and
    (ii) The importance of the elements added by the concern to the 
function of the end item, regardless of their relative value.
    (3) The Administrator or designee may waive the requirement set 
forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section under the following two 
circumstances:
    (i) The contracting officer has determined that no small business 
manufacturer or processor reasonably can be expected to offer a product 
meeting the specifications (including period for performance) required 
by a particular solicitation and SBA reviews and accepts that 
determination; or
    (ii) SBA determines that no small business manufacturer or 
processor of the product or class of products is available to 
participate in the Federal procurement market.
    (4) The two waiver possibilities identified in paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section are called ``class'' waivers and ``individual'' waivers 
respectively, and the procedures for them are contained in 
Sec. 121.1204 .
    (5) Any SBA waiver of the nonmanufacturer rule has no effect on 
requirements external to the Small Business Act which involve domestic 
sources of supply, such as the Buy American Act.
    (c) Kit assemblers. (1) Where the manufactured item being acquired 
is a kit of supplies or other goods provided by an offeror for a 
special purpose, the offeror cannot exceed 500 employees, and 50 
percent of the total value of the components of the kit must be 
manufactured by business concerns in the United States which are small 
under the size standards for the SIC codes of the components being 
assembled. The offeror need not itself be the manufacturer of any of 
the items assembled.
    (2) Where the Government has specified an item for the kit which is 
not produced by U.S. small business concerns, such item shall be 
excluded from the calculation of total value in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section.
    (d) Simplified Acquisition Procedures. Where the procurement of a 
manufactured item is processed under Simplified Acquisition Procedures, 
as defined in Sec. 13.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 
(48 CFR 13.101), and where the anticipated cost of the procurement will 
not exceed $25,000, the offeror need not supply the end product of a 
small business concern as long as the product acquired is manufactured 
or produced in the United States, and the offeror does not exceed 500 
employees. The offeror need not itself be the manufacturer of any of 
the items acquired.

Sec. 121.407  What are the size procedures for multiple item 
procurements?

    If a procurement calls for two or more specific end items or types 
of services with different size standards and the offeror may submit an 
offer on any or all end items or types of services, the offeror must 
meet the size standard for each end item or service item for which it 
submits an offer. If the procurement calls for more than one specific 
end item or type of service and an offeror is required to submit an 
offer on all items, the offeror may qualify as a small business for the 
procurement if it meets the size standard of the item which accounts 
for the greatest percentage of the total contract value.

Sec. 121.408  What are the size procedures for SBA's Certificate of 
Competency Program?

    (a) A firm which applies for a COC must file an ``Application for 
Small Business Size Determination'' (SBA Form 355). If the initial 
review of SBA Form 355 indicates the applicant, including its 
affiliates, is small for purposes of the COC program, SBA will process 
the application for COC. If the review indicates the applicant, 
including its affiliates, is other than small, SBA will initiate a 
formal size determination as set forth in Sec. 121.1009. In such a 
case, SBA will not further process the COC application until a formal 
size determination is made.
    (b) A concern is ineligible for a COC if a formal SBA size 
determination finds the concern other than small.

Sec. 121.409  What size standard applies in an unrestricted procurement 
for Certificate of Competency purposes?

    For the purpose of receiving a Certificate of Competency in an 
unrestricted procurement, the applicable size standard is that 
corresponding to the SIC code set forth in the solicitation. For a 
manufactured product, a concern must also furnish a domestically 
produced or manufactured product, regardless of the size status of the 
product manufacturer. The offeror need not be the manufacturer of any 
of the items acquired.

Sec. 121.410  What are the size standards for SBA's Section 8(d) 
Subcontracting Program?

    For subcontracting purposes pursuant to section 8(d) of the Small 
Business Act, a concern is small:
    (a) For subcontracts of $10,000 or less which relate to Government 
procurements, if its number of employees (including its affiliates) 
does not exceed 500 employees. However, subcontracts for engineering 
services awarded under the National Energy Policy Act of 1992 have the 
same size standard as Military and Aerospace Equipment and Military 
Weapons under SIC code 8711;
    (b) For subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which relate to Government 
procurements, if its number of employees or average annual receipts 
(including its affiliates) does not exceed the size standard for the 
product or service it is providing on the subcontract; and
    (c) For subcontracts for financial services, if the concern 
(including its affiliates) is a commercial bank or savings and loan 
association whose assets do not exceed $100 million. 

[[Page 3297]]

Sec. 121.411  What are the size procedures for SBA's Section 8(d) 
Subcontracting Program?

    (a) Prime contractors may rely on the information contained in 
SBA's Procurement Automated Source System (PASS), or equivalent data 
base maintained or sanctioned by SBA, as an accurate representation of 
a concern's size and ownership characteristics for purposes of 
maintaining a small business source list. Even though a concern is on a 
small business source list, it must still qualify and self-certify as a 
small business at the time it submits its offer as a section 8(d) 
subcontractor.
    (b) Upon determination of the successful subcontract offeror for a 
competitive subcontract, but prior to award, the prime contractor must 
inform each unsuccessful subcontract offeror in writing of the name and 
location of the apparent successful offeror.
    (c) The self-certification of a concern subcontracting or proposing 
to subcontract under section 8(d) of the Small Business Act may be 
protested by the contracting officer, the prime contractor, the 
appropriate SBA official or any other interested party.

Sec. 121.412  What are the size procedures for partial small business 
set-asides?

    A firm is required to meet size standard requirements only for the 
small business set-aside portion of a procurement, and is not required 
to qualify as a small business for the unrestricted portion.

Size Eligibility Requirements For Sales Or Lease Of Government Property

Sec. 121.501  What programs for sales or leases of Government property 
are subject to size determinations?

    Sections 121.501 through 121.512 apply to small business size 
determinations for the purpose of the sale or lease of Government 
property, including the Timber Sales Program, the Special Salvage 
Timber Sales Program, and the sale of Government petroleum, coal and 
uranium.

Sec. 121.502  What size standards are applicable to programs for sales 
or leases of Government property?

    (a) Unless otherwise specified in this part--
    (1) A concern primarily engaged in manufacturing is small for sales 
or leases of Government property if it does not exceed 500 employees;
    (2) A concern not primarily engaged in manufacturing is small for 
sales or leases of Government property if it has annual receipts not 
exceeding $2 million.
    (b) Size status for such sales and leases is determined by the 
primary industry of the applicant business concern.

Sec. 121.503  Are SBA size determinations binding on parties?

    Formal size determinations based upon a specific Government sale or 
lease, or made in response to a request from another Government agency 
under Sec. 121.901, are binding upon the parties. Other SBA opinions 
provided to contracting officers or others are only advisory, and are 
not binding or appealable.

Sec. 121.504  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

    SBA determines the size status of a concern (including its 
affiliates) as of the date the concern submits a written self-
certification that it is small to the Government as part of its initial 
offer including price where there is a specific sale or lease at issue, 
or as set forth in Sec. 121.903 if made in response to a request of 
another Government agency.

Sec. 121.505  What is the effect of a self-certification?

    (a) A contracting officer may accept a concern's self-certification 
as true for the particular sale or lease involved, in the absence of a 
written protest by other offerors or other credible information which 
would cause the contracting officer or SBA to question the size of the 
concern.
    (b) Procedures for protesting the self-certification of an offeror 
are set forth in Secs. 121.1001 through 121.1009.

Sec. 121.506  What definitions are important for sales or leases of 
Government-owned timber?

    (a) Forest product industry means logging, wood preserving, and the 
manufacture of lumber and wood related products such as veneer, 
plywood, hardboard, particle board, or wood pulp, and of products of 
which lumber or wood related products are the principal raw materials.
    (b) Logging of timber means felling and bucking, yarding, and/or 
loading. It does not mean hauling.
    (c) Manufacture of logs means, at a minimum, breaking down logs 
into rough cuts of the finished product.
    (d) Sell means, in addition to its usual and customary meaning, the 
exchange of sawlogs for sawlogs on a product-for-product basis with or 
without monetary adjustment, and an indirect transfer, such as the sale 
of the assets of a concern after it has been awarded one or more set-
aside sales of timber.
    (e) Significant logging of timber means that a concern uses its own 
employees to perform at least two of the following: felling and 
bucking, yarding, and loading.

Sec. 121.507  What are the size standard and other requirements for the 
purchase of Government-owned timber (other than Special Salvage 
Timber)?

    (a) To be small for purposes of the sale of Government-owned timber 
(other than Special Salvage Timber) a concern must:
    (1) Be primarily engaged in the logging or forest products 
industry;
    (2) Not exceed 500 employees, taking into account its affiliates; 
and
    (3) If it does not intend at the time of the offer to resell the 
timber--
    (i) Agree that it will manufacture the logs with its own facilities 
or those of another business which meets the requirements of paragraphs 
(a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section;
    (ii) Agree that if it eventually resells the timber, it will resell 
no more than 30% of the sawtimber volume to other businesses which do 
not meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section; and
    (iii) Agree that if it becomes acquired or controlled by a business 
which does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this section, it will require as a condition of the acquisition or 
change of control that the acquiring or controlling business resell at 
least 70% of the sawtimber volume to businesses which do meet the 
requirements of paragraphs
    (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section; or
    (4) If it intends at the time of offer to resell the timber--
    (i) Agree that it will not sell more than 30% of such timber (50% 
of such timber if the concern is an Alaskan business) to a business 
which does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this section; and
    (ii) Agree that if it becomes acquired or controlled by a business 
which does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this section, it will require as a condition of the acquisition or 
change of control that the acquiring or controlling business resell at 
least 70% of the sawtimber volume (or at least 50% of the sawtimber 
volume, if it is an Alaskan business) to businesses which meet the 
requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section.
    (b) For a period of three years following the date upon which a 
concern purchases timber under a small business set-aside (other than 
through the Special Salvage Timber Sale program), it must maintain a 
record of:
    (1) The name, address and size status of every concern to which it 
sells the timber or sawlogs; and 

[[Page 3298]]

    (2) The species, grades and volumes of sawlogs sold.
    (c) For a period of three years following the date upon which a 
concern purchases timber, it must by contract require all small 
business repurchasers of the sawlogs or timber it purchased under the 
small business set-aside to maintain the records described in paragraph 
(b) of this section.

Sec. 121.508  What are the size standard and other requirements for the 
purchase of Government-owned Special Salvage Timber?

    (a) In order to purchase Government-owned Special Salvage Timber 
from the United States Forest Service or the Bureau of Land Management 
as a small business, a concern must:
    (1) Be primarily engaged in the logging or forest product industry;
    (2) Have, together with its affiliates, no more than twenty-five 
employees during any pay period for the last twelve months; and
    (3) If it does not intend at the time of offer to resell the 
timber--
    (i) Agree that it will manufacture a significant portion of the 
logs with its own employees; and
    (ii) Agree that it will log the timber only with its own employees 
or with employees of another business which is eligible for award of a 
Special Salvage Timber sales contract; or
    (4) If it intends at the time of offer to resell the timber, agree 
that it will perform a significant portion of timber logging with its 
own employees and that it will subcontract the remainder of the timber 
logging to a concern which is eligible for award of a Special Salvage 
Timber sales contract.

Sec. 121.509  What is the size standard for leasing of Government land 
for coal mining?

    A concern is small for this purpose if it:
    (a) Together with its affiliates, does not have more than 250 
employees;
    (b) Maintains management and control of the actual mining 
operations of the tract; and
    (c) Agrees that if it subleases the Government land, it will be to 
another small business, and that it will require its sublessors to 
agree to the same.

Sec. 121.510  What is the size standard for leasing of Government land 
for uranium mining?

    A concern is small for this purpose if it, together with its 
affiliates, does not have more than 100 employees.

Sec. 121.511  What is the size standard for buying Government-owned 
petroleum?

    A concern is small for this purpose if it is primarily engaged in 
petroleum refining and meets the size standard for a petroleum refining 
business.

Sec. 121.512  What is the size standard for stockpile purchases?

    A concern is small for this purpose if:
    (a) It is primarily engaged in the purchase of materials which are 
not domestic products; and
    (b) Its annual receipts, together with its affiliates, do not 
exceed $42 million.

Size Eligibility Requirements for the Minority Enterprise Development 
(MED) Program

Sec. 121.601  What is a small business for purposes of admission to 
SBA's Minority Enterprise Development (MED) program?

    An applicant must be small under the size standard corresponding to 
its primary industry classification in order to be admitted to SBA's 
Minority Enterprise Development (MED) program.

Sec. 121.602  At what point in time must a MED applicant be small?

    A MED applicant must be small for its primary industry at the time 
SBA certifies it for admission into the program.

Sec. 121.603  How does SBA determine whether a Participant is small for 
a particular MED subcontract?

    (a) Self certification by Participant. A MED Participant must 
certify that it qualifies as a small business under the SIC code 
assigned to a particular MED subcontract as part of its initial offer 
including price to the procuring agency. The Participant also must 
submit a copy of its offer, including its self-certification as to 
size, to the appropriate SBA district office at the same time it 
submits the offer to the procuring agency. See Sec. 121.404 for the 
time at which size is determined for, and Sec. 121.406 for the 
applicability of the nonmanufacturer rule to, MED procurements.
    (b) Verification of size by SBA. Within 30 days of its receipt of a 
Participant's size self-certification for a particular MED subcontract, 
the SBA district office serving the geographic area in which the 
Participant's principal office is located will review the Participant's 
self-certification and determine if it is small for purposes of that 
subcontract. The SBA district office will review the Participant's most 
recent financial statements and other relevant data and then notify the 
Participant of its decision.
    (c) Changes in size between date of self-certification and date of 
award. (1) Where SBA verifies that the selected Participant is small 
for a particular procurement, subsequent changes in size up to the date 
of award, except those due to merger with or acquisition by another 
business concern, will not affect the firm's size status for that 
procurement.
    (2) Where a Participant has merged with or been acquired by another 
business concern between the date of its self-certification and the 
date of award, the concern must recertify its size status, and SBA must 
verify the new certification before award can occur.
    (d) Finding Participant to be other than small. (1) A Participant 
may request a formal size determination (pursuant to Secs. 121.1001 
through 121.1009) with the SBA Government Contracting Area Office 
serving the geographic area in which the principal office of the 
Participant is located within 5 working days of its receipt of notice 
from the SBA district office that it is not small for a particular MED 
subcontract.
    (2) Where the Participant does not timely request a formal size 
determination, SBA may accept the procurement in support of another 
Participant, or may rescind its acceptance of the offer for the MED 
program, as appropriate.

Sec. 121.604  Are MED Participants considered small for purposes of 
other SBA assistance?

    A concern which SBA determines to be a small business for the award 
of a MED subcontract will be considered to have met applicable size 
eligibility requirements of other SBA programs where that assistance 
directly and primarily relates to the performance of the MED 
subcontract in question.

Size Eligibility Requirements for the Small Business Innovation 
Research (SBIR) Program

Sec. 121.701  What SBIR programs are subject to size determinations?

    (a) These sections apply to size status for award of a funding 
agreement pursuant to the Small Business Innovation Development Act of 
1982 (Pub. L. 97-219, 15 U.S.C. 638(e) through (k)).
    (b) Funding agreement officer means a contracting officer, a grants 
officer, or a cooperative agreement officer.
    (c) Funding agreement means any contract, grant or cooperative 
agreement entered into between any Federal agency and any small 
business for the performance of experimental, developmental, or 
research work funded in whole or in part by the Federal Government. 
Such work includes:
    (1) A systematic, intensive study directed toward greater knowledge 
or understanding of the subject studied; 

[[Page 3299]]

    (2) A systematic study directed specifically toward applying new 
knowledge to meet a recognized need; or
    (3) A systematic application of knowledge toward the production of 
useful materials, devices, and systems or methods, including design, 
development, and improvement of prototypes and new processes to meet 
specific requirements.

Sec. 121.702  What size standards are applicable to the SBIR program?

    To be eligible to compete for award of funding agreements in SBA's 
Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) program, a business concern 
must:
    (a) Be at least 51 percent owned and controlled by one or more 
individuals who are citizens of, or permanent resident aliens in, the 
United States; and
    (b) Not have more than 500 employees, including its affiliates.

Sec. 121.703  Are formal size determinations binding on parties?

    Size determinations by authorized SBA officials are formal actions 
based upon a specific funding agreement, and are binding upon the 
parties. Other SBA opinions provided to funding agreement officers or 
others, are only advisory, and are not binding or appealable.

Sec. 121.704  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

    The size status of a concern for the purpose of a funding agreement 
under the SBIR program is determined as of the date of the award for 
both Phase I and Phase II SBIR awards.

Sec. 121.705  Must a business concern self-certify its size status?

    (a) A firm must self-certify it is small in its SBIR funding 
proposal.
    (b) A funding agreement officer may accept a concern's self-
certification as true for the particular funding agreement involved in 
the absence of a written protest by other offerors or other credible 
information which would cause the funding agreement officer or SBA to 
question the size of the concern.
    (c) Procedures for protesting an offeror's self-certification are 
set forth in Secs. 121.1001 through 121.1009.

Size Eligibility Requirements For Paying Reduced Patent Fees

Sec. 121.801  May patent fees be reduced if a concern is small?

    These sections apply to size status for the purpose of paying 
reduced patent fees authorized by Pub. L. 97-247, 96 Stat. 317. The 
eligibility requirements for independent inventors and nonprofit 
organizations for the purpose of paying reduced patent fees are set 
forth in regulations of the Patent and Trademark Office of the 
Department of Commerce, 37 CFR 1.9, 1.27, 1.28.

Sec. 121.802  What size standards are applicable to reduced patent fees 
programs?

    A concern eligible for reduced patent fees is one:
    (a) Whose number of employees, including affiliates, does not 
exceed 500 persons; and
    (b) Which has not assigned, granted, conveyed, or licensed (and is 
under no obligation to do so) any rights in the invention to any person 
who made it and could not be classified as an independent inventor, or 
to any concern which would not qualify as a non-profit organization or 
a small business concern under this section.

Sec. 121.803  Are formal size determinations binding on parties?

    Size determinations by authorized SBA officials are formal actions, 
based upon a specific patent application pursuant to the rules of the 
Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce, and are binding 
upon the parties. Other SBA opinions provided to patent applicants or 
others are only advisory, and are not binding or appealable.

Sec. 121.804  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

    Size status is determined as of the date of the patent applicant's 
written verification of size.

Sec. 121.805  May a business concern self-certify its size status?

    (a) A concern verifies its size status with its submission of its 
patent application.
    (b) Any attempt to establish small size status improperly 
(fraudulently, through gross negligence, or otherwise) may result in 
remedial action by the Patent and Trademark Office.
    (c) In the absence of credible information indicating otherwise, 
the Patent and Trademark Office may accept the verification by the 
concern as a small business as true.
    (d) Questions concerning the size verification are resolved 
initially by the Patent and Trademark Office. If not verified as small, 
the applicant may request a formal SBA size determination.

Size Eligibility Requirements for Compliance With Programs of Other 
Agencies

Sec. 121.901  Can other Government agencies obtain SBA size 
determinations?

    Upon request by another Government agency, SBA will provide a size 
determination, under SBA rules, standards and procedures, for its use 
in determining compliance with small business requirements of its 
statutes, regulations or programs.

Sec. 121.902  What size standards are applicable to programs of other 
agencies?

    (a) SBA size standards. The size standards for compliance with 
programs of other agencies are those for SBA programs which are most 
comparable to the programs of such other agencies, unless otherwise 
agreed by the agency and SBA.
    (b) Special size standards. (1) Federal agencies or departments 
promulgating regulations relating to small businesses usually use SBA 
size criteria. In limited circumstances, if they decide the SBA size 
standard is not appropriate, then agency heads may establish a small 
business definition for the exclusive use of such program which is more 
appropriate, but only when:
    (i) The size standard is first proposed for public comment pursuant 
to the Administrative Procedure Act, 4 U.S.C. 553;
    (ii) The proposed size standard provides for determining size 
measured by average number of employees over 12 months for 
manufacturing concerns, average annual revenues over three years for 
concerns providing services, and data over a period of not less than 
three years for all other concerns (unless approved by SBA, ``annual 
receipts'' and ``number of employees'' must be determined in accordance 
with Secs. 121.104 and 121.106, respectively); and
    (iii) The proposed size standard is approved by SBA's 
Administrator.
    (2) In order to receive the approval of SBA's Administrator, the 
agency head must:
    (i) Request approval prior to publishing the proposed rule 
containing the size standard. The request must include: an explanation 
of the contemplated industry size standard, the reasons the SBA size 
standard is not appropriate, and the reasons the proposed size standard 
would be appropriate; and a certification that there will be compliance 
with the criteria set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of 
this section; and
    (ii) Agree to provide written notice to SBA's Administrator prior 
to publishing the contemplated size standard as a final rule. The 
notice must include: a copy of the intended final rule, including the 
preamble, or a separate written justification for the inte
FR Doc. 96-1348 Small Business Size Standards
nded size 
standard followed by a copy of the intended final rule and preamble 
prior to its publication; copies of all public 

[[Page 3300]]
comments relating to the size standard received in response to the 
proposed rule; and any other supporting documentation relevant to the 
size standard and requested by SBA's Administrator.
    (3) When approving any size standard established pursuant to 
subsection (b) of this section, SBA's Administrator will ensure that 
the size standard varies from industry to industry to the extent 
necessary to reflect the differing characteristics of the various 
industries, and consider other relevant factors.
    (4) Where the agency head is developing a size standard for the 
sole purpose of performing a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis pursuant 
to the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the department or agency may, after 
consultation with the SBA Office of Advocacy, establish a size standard 
different from SBA's which is more appropriate for such analysis.

Sec. 121.903  When does SBA determine the size status of a business 
concern?

    For the purpose of compliance with programs of other agencies, SBA 
will base its size determination on the size of the concern as of the 
date set forth in the request of the other agency.

Procedures for Size Protests and Requests for Formal Size 
Determinations

Sec. 121.1001  Who may initiate a size protest or a request for formal 
size determination?

    (a) Size Status Protests. (1) For SBA's Small Business Set-Aside 
Program, including the Property Sales Program, the following entities 
may file a size protest in connection with a particular procurement or 
sale:
    (i) Any offeror;
    (ii) The contracting officer;
    (iii) The SBA Government Contracting Area Director having 
responsibility for the area in which the headquarters of the protested 
offeror is located, regardless of the location of a parent company or 
affiliates, or the Associate Administrator for Government Contracting; 
and
    (iv) Other interested parties. Other interested parties include 
large businesses where only one concern submitted an offer for the 
specific procurement in question. A concern found to be other than 
small in connection with the procurement is not an interested party 
unless there is only one remaining offeror after the concern is found 
to be other than small.
    (2) For SBA's Subcontracting Program, the following entities may 
protest:
    (i) The prime contractor;
    (ii) The contracting officer;
    (iii) Other potential subcontractors;
    (iv) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director or 
the Associate Administrator for Government Contracting; and
    (v) Other interested parties.
    (3) For SBA's Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Program, 
the following entities may protest:
    (i) A prospective offeror;
    (ii) The funding agreement officer;
    (iii) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director or 
the Assistant Administrator for Technology; and
    (iv) Other interested parties.
    (4) For the Department of Defense's Small Disadvantaged Business 
(SDB) Program, and any other similar program of another Federal agency, 
the following entities may file a protest in connection with a 
particular SDB procurement:
    (i) Any offeror for the specific SDB requirement;
    (ii) The contracting officer; and
    (iii) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director, the 
Associate Administrator for Government Contracting, or the Associate 
Administrator for MED.
    (5) For any unrestricted Government procurement in which status as 
a small business may be beneficial, including, but not limited to, the 
award of a contract to a small business where there are tie bids, the 
opportunity to seek a Certificate of Competency by a small business, 
and SDB price evaluation preferences, the following entities may 
protest in connection with a particular procurement:
    (i) Any offeror;
    (ii) The contracting officer; and
    (iii) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director, the 
Associate Administrator for Government Contracting, or the Associate 
Administrator for MED.
    (b) Request for Size Determinations. (1) For SBA's Financial 
Assistance Programs, the following entities may request a formal size 
determination:
    (i) The applicant for assistance; and
    (ii) The SBA official with authority to take final action on the 
assistance requested. That official may also request the appropriate 
Government Contracting Area Office to determine whether affiliation 
exists between an applicant for financial assistance and one or more 
other entities for purposes of determining whether the applicant would 
exceed the loan limit amount imposed by Sec. 120.151 of this chapter.
    (2) For SBA's MED program--
    (i) Concerning initial MED eligibility, the following entities may 
request a formal size determination:
    (A) The MED applicant concern; and
    (B) The Director of the Division of Program Certification and 
Eligibility or the Associate Administrator for MED.
    (ii) Concerning individual 8(a) subcontract awards, whether sole 
source or competitive, the following entities may request a formal size 
determination:
    (A) The MED concern nominated by SBA for the particular sole source 
8(a) award or the apparent successful offeror for the particular 
competitive 8(a) award;
    (B) The SBA program official with authority to execute the 8(a) 
subcontract; and
    (C) The SBA District Director in the district serving the area in 
which the headquarters of the MED concern is located, regardless of the 
location of a parent company and affiliates, or the Associate 
Administrator for MED.
    (3) For SBA's Certificate of Competency Program, the following 
entities may request a formal size determination:
    (i) The offeror who has applied for a COC; and
    (ii) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director or 
the Associate Administrator for Government Contracting.
    (4) For SBA's sale or lease of government property, the following 
entities may request a formal size determination:
    (i) The responsible SBA Government Contracting Area Director or the 
Associate Administrator for Government Contracting; and
    (ii) Authorized officials of other Federal agencies administering a 
property sales program.
    (5) For eligibility to pay reduced patent fees, the following 
entities may request a formal size determination:
    (i) The applicant for the reduced patent fees; and
    (ii) The Patent and Trademark Office.
    (6) For purposes of determining compliance with small business 
requirements of another Government agency program not otherwise 
specified in this section, an official with authority to administer the 
program involved may request a formal size determination.

Sec. 121.1002  Who makes a formal size determination?

    The responsible Government Contracting Area Director or designee 
makes all formal size determinations in response to either a size 
protest or a request for a formal size determination, with the 
exception of size determinations for purposes of the Disaster Loan 
Program, which will be made by the Disaster Area Office Director or 
designee responsible for the area in which the disaster occurred. 

[[Page 3301]]

Sec. 121.1003  Where should a size protest be filed?

    A protest involving a government procurement or sale must be filed 
with the contracting officer for the procurement or sale, who must 
forward the protest to the SBA Government Contracting Area Office 
serving the area in which the headquarters of the protested concern is 
located, regardless of the location of any parent company or 
affiliates.

Sec. 121.1004  What time limits apply to protests?

    (a) Protests by entities other than contracting officers or SBA. 
(1) Non-negotiated procurement or sale. A protest must be received by 
the contracting officer prior to the close of business on the 5th day, 
exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, after bid or 
proposal opening.
    (2) Negotiated procurement. A protest must be received by the 
contracting officer prior to the close of business on the 5th day, 
exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, after the 
contracting officer has notified the protestor of the identity of the 
prospective awardee.
    (3) Multiple award schedule. On a multiple award schedule 
procurement set aside for small business, protests will be considered 
timely if received by SBA at any time prior to the expiration of the 
contract period (including renewals).
    (b) Protests by contracting officers or SBA. The time limitations 
in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to contracting officers 
or SBA, and they may file protests before or after awards, except to 
the extent set forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Effect of contract award. A timely filed protest applies to the 
procurement in question even though a contracting officer awarded the 
contract prior to receipt of the protest.
    (d) Untimely protests. A protest received after the allotted time 
limits must still be forwarded to SBA. SBA will dismiss untimely 
protests.
    (e) Premature protests. A protest filed by any party, including the 
contracting officer, before bid opening or notification to offerors of 
the selection of the apparent successful offer will be dismissed as 
premature.

Sec. 121.1005  How must a protest be filed with the contracting 
officer?

    A protest must be delivered to the contracting officer by hand, 
telegram, mail, FAX, or telephone. If a protest is made by telephone, 
the contracting officer must later receive a confirming letter either 
within the 5-day period in Sec. 121.1004(a)(1) or postmarked no later 
than one day after the date of the telephone protest.

Sec. 121.1006  When will a size protest be referred to an SBA 
Government Contracting Area Office?

    (a) A contracting officer who receives a protest (other than from 
SBA) must forward the protest promptly to the SBA Government 
Contracting Area Office serving the area in which the headquarters of 
the offeror is located.
    (b) A contracting officer's referral must contain the following 
information:
    (1) The protest and any accompanying materials;
    (2) A copy of the self-certification as to size;
    (3) Identification of the applicable size standard;
    (4) A copy of the solicitation;
    (5) Identification of the date of bid opening or notification 
provided to unsuccessful offerors;
    (6) The date on which the protest was received; and
    (7) A complete address and point of contact for the protested 
concern.

Sec. 121.1007  Must a protest of size status relate to a particular 
procurement and be specific?

    (a) Particular procurement. A protest challenging the size of a 
concern which does not pertain to a particular procurement or sale will 
not be acted on by SBA.
    (b) A protest must include specific facts. A protest must be 
sufficiently specific to provide reasonable notice as to the grounds 
upon which the protested concern's size is questioned. Some basis for 
the belief or allegation stated in the protest must be given. A protest 
merely alleging that the protested concern is not small or is 
affiliated with unnamed other concerns does not specify adequate 
grounds for the protest. No particular form is prescribed for a 
protest. Where materials supporting the protest are available, they 
should be submitted with the protest.
    (c) Non-specific protests will be dismissed. Protests which do not 
contain sufficient specificity will be dismissed by SBA.

Sec. 121.1008  What happens after SBA receives a size protest or a 
request for a formal size determination?

    (a) When a size protest is received, the SBA Government Contracting 
Area Director, or designee, will promptly notify the contracting 
officer, the protested concern, and the protestor that a protest has 
been received. In the event the size protest pertains to a requirement 
involving SBA's SBIR Program, the Government Contracting Area Director 
will advise the Assistant Administrator for Technology of the receipt 
of the protest. SBA will provide a copy of the protest to the protested 
concern along with a blank SBA Application for Small Business Size 
Determination (SBA Form 355) by certified mail, return receipt 
requested, or by any overnight delivery service that provides proof of 
receipt. SBA will ask the protested concern to respond to the 
allegations of the protestor.
    (b) When SBA receives a request for a formal size determination in 
accord with Sec. 121.1001(b), SBA will provide a blank copy of SBA Form 
355 to the concern whose size is at issue.
    (c) The protested concern or concern whose size is at issue must 
return the completed SBA Form 355 and all other requested information 
to SBA within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the blank form 
from SBA. SBA has discretion to grant an extension of time to file the 
form. The firm must attach to the completed SBA Form 355 its answers to 
the allegations contained in the protest, where applicable, together 
with any supporting material.
    (d) If a concern does not submit a completed SBA Form 355, answers 
to the protest allegations, or other requested information within the 
allotted time provided by SBA, or if it submits incomplete information, 
SBA may presume that disclosure of the form, any information missing 
from it, or other missing information would show or tend to show that 
the concern is other than a small business.

Sec. 121.1009  What are the procedures for making the size 
determination?

    (a) Time frame for making size determination. After receipt of a 
protest or a request for a formal size determination, SBA will make a 
formal size determination within 10 working days, if possible.
    (b) Basis for determination. The size determination will be based 
primarily on information supplied by the protestor or the entity 
requesting the size determination and the subject concern. The 
determination, however, may also be based on other grounds not raised 
in the protest or request for size determination. SBA may utilize other 
information in its files and may make inquiries including requests to 
the protestor, the protested concern and any alleged affiliates, or 
other persons for additional specific information.
    (c) Burden of persuasion. The concern whose size is under 
consideration has the burden of establishing its small business size. 

[[Page 3302]]

    (d) Weight of evidence. SBA will give greater weight to specific, 
signed, factual evidence than to general, unsupported allegations or 
opinions. In the case of refusal or failure to furnish requested 
information within a required time period, SBA may assume that 
disclosure would be contrary to the interests of the party failing to 
make disclosure.
    (e) Formal size determination. The SBA will base its formal size 
determination upon the record, including reasonable inferences from the 
record, and will state in writing the basis for its findings and 
conclusions.
    (f) Notification of determination. SBA will promptly notify the 
contracting officer, the protestor, and the protested offeror, as well 
as each affiliate or alleged affiliate, of the size determination. The 
notification will be by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by 
any overnight delivery service that provides proof of receipt.
    (g) Results of an SBA size determination. (1) A formal size 
determination becomes effective immediately and remains in full force 
and effect unless and until reversed by OHA.
    (2) Once SBA has determined that a concern is other than small for 
purposes of a particular procurement, the concern cannot later become 
eligible for the procurement by reducing its size.
    (3) A concern determined to be other than small for a particular 
size standard is ineligible for any procurement or assistance 
authorized by the Small Business Act or the Small Business Investment 
Act of 1958, requiring the same or a lower size standard, unless 
recertified as small pursuant to Sec. 121.1010. Following an adverse 
size determination, a concern cannot again self-certify as small within 
the same or a lower size standard unless it is recertified as small by 
SBA. If it does so, it may be in violation of criminal laws, including 
section 16(d) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 645(d). If the 
concern has already certified itself as small on a pending procurement 
or on another assistance application, the concern must immediately 
inform the officials responsible for the pending procurement or other 
requested assistance of the adverse size determination.
    (h) Limited reopening of size determinations. In cases where the 
size determination contains clear administrative error or a clear 
mistake of fact, SBA may, in its sole discretion, reopen the size 
determination to correct the error or mistake, provided the case has 
not been accepted for review by OHA.

Sec. 121.1010  How does a concern become recertified as a small 
business?

    (a) A concern may request SBA to recertify it as small at any time 
by filing an application for recertification with the Government 
Contracting Area Office responsible for the area in which the 
headquarters of the applicant is located, regardless of the location of 
parent companies or affiliates. No particular form is prescribed for 
the application; however, the request for recertification must be 
accompanied by a current completed SBA Form 355 and any other 
information sufficient to show a significant change in its ownership, 
management, or other factors bearing on its status as a small concern.
    (b) Recertification will not be required nor will the prohibition 
against future self-certification apply if the adverse SBA size 
determination is based solely on a finding of affiliation due to a 
joint venture (e.g., ostensible subcontracting) limited to a particular 
Government procurement or property sale, or is based on an ineligible 
manufacturer where the eligible small business bidder or offeror is a 
nonmanufacturer on a particular Government procurement.
    (c) A denial of an application for recertification is a formal size 
determination and may be reviewed by OHA at the discretion of that 
office.
    (d) The granting of an application for recertification has future 
effect only. While it is a formal size determination, notice of 
recertification is required to be given only to the applicant.

Appeals of Size Determinations and SIC Code Designations

Sec. 121.1101  Are formal size determinations subject to appeal?

    There is no right of appeal of a size determination. OHA, however, 
may, in its sole discretion, review a formal size determination made by 
a SBA Government Contracting Area Office or by a Disaster Area Office. 
Unless OHA accepts a petition for review of a formal size 
determination, the size determination made by a SBA Government 
Contracting Area Office or by a Disaster Area Office is the final 
decision of SBA. The procedures for requesting discretionary reviews by 
OHA of formal size determinations are set forth in part 134 of this 
chapter.

Sec. 121.1102  Are SIC code designations subject to appeal?

    Appeals may be made to OHA, which has exclusive jurisdiction to 
determine appeals of SIC code designations pursuant to part 134 of this 
chapter.

Sec. 121.1103  What are the procedures for appealing a SIC code 
designation?

    (a) Generally, any interested party who has been adversely affected 
by a SIC code designation may appeal the designation to OHA. However, 
with respect to a particular MED contract, only the Associate 
Administrator for MED may appeal.
    (b) Procedures for perfecting SIC code appeals with OHA are 
contained in Sec. 19.303 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations, 48 CFR 
19.303.

Subpart B--Other Applicable Provisions

Waivers of the Nonmanufacturer Rule for Classes of Products and 
Individual Contracts

Sec. 121.1201  What is the Nonmanufacturer Rule?

    The Nonmanufacturer Rule is set forth in Sec. 121.406(b).

Sec. 121.1202  When will a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule be 
granted for a class of products?

    (a) A waiver for a class of products (class waiver) will be granted 
when there are no small business manufacturers or processors available 
to participate in the Federal market for that class of products.
    (b) Federal market means acquisitions by the Federal Government 
from offerors located in the United States, or such smaller area as SBA 
designates if it concludes that the class of products is not supplied 
on a national basis.
    (1) When considering the appropriate market area for a product, SBA 
presumes that the entire United States is the relevant Federal market, 
unless it is clearly demonstrated that a class of products cannot be 
procured on a national basis. This presumption may be particularly 
difficult to overcome in the case of manufactured products, since such 
items typically have a market area encompassing the entire United 
States.
    (2) When considering geographic segmentation of a Federal market, 
SBA will not necessarily use market definitions dependent on airline 
radius, political, or SBA regional boundaries. Market areas typically 
follow established transportation routes rather than jurisdictional 
borders. SBA examines the following factors, among others, in cases 
where geographic segmentation for a class of products is urged:
    (i) Whether perishability affects the area in which the product can 
practically be sold;
    (ii) Whether transportation costs are high as a proportion of the 
total value 

[[Page 3303]]
of the product so as to limit the economic distribution of the product;
    (iii) Whether there are legal barriers to transportation of the 
item;
    (iv) Whether a fixed, well-delineated boundary exists for the 
purported market area and whether this boundary has been stable over 
time; and
    (v) Whether a small business, not currently selling in the defined 
market area, could potentially enter the market from another area and 
supply the market at a reasonable price.
    (c) Available to participate in the context of the Federal market 
means that contractors exist that have been awarded or have performed a 
contract to supply a specific class of products to the Federal 
Government within 24 months from the date of the request for waiver, 
either directly or through a dealer, or who have submitted an offer on 
a solicitation for that class of products within that time frame.
    (d) Class of products is an individual subdivision within a four-
digit Industry Number as established by the Office of Management and 
Budget in the SIC Manual.

Sec. 121.1203  When will a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule be 
granted for an individual contract?

    An individual waiver for a product in a specific solicitation will 
be approved when the SBA Associate Administrator for Government 
Contracting reviews and accepts a contracting officer's determination 
that no small business manufacturer or processor can reasonably be 
expected to offer a product meeting the specifications of a 
solicitation, including the period of performance.

Sec. 121.1204  What are the procedures for requesting and granting 
waivers?

    (a) Waivers for classes of products. (1) SBA may, at its own 
initiative, examine a class of products for possible waiver of the 
Nonmanufacturer Rule.
    (2) Any interested person, business, association, or Federal agency 
may submit a request for a waiver for a particular class of products. 
Requests should be addressed or hand-carried to the Associate 
Administrator of Government Contracting, Small Business Administration, 
409 3rd Street S.W., Washington, D.C. 20416.
    (3) Requests for a waiver of a class of products need not be in any 
particular form, but should include a statement of the class of 
products to be waived, the applicable SIC code, and detailed 
information on the efforts made to identify small business 
manufacturers or processors for the class.
    (4) If SBA decides that there are small business manufacturers or 
processors in the Federal procurement market, it will deny the request 
for waiver, issue notice of the denial, and provide the names, 
addresses, and telephone numbers of the sources found. If SBA does not 
initially confirm the existence of small business manufacturers or 
processors in the Federal market, it will:
    (i) Publish notices in the Commerce Business Daily and the Federal 
Register seeking information on small business manufacturers or 
processors, announcing a notice of intent to waive the Nonmanufacturer 
Rule for that class of products and affording the public a 15-day 
comment period; and
    (ii) If no small business sources are identified, publish a notice 
in the Federal Register stating that no small business sources were 
found and that a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule for that class of 
products has been granted.
    (5) An expedited procedure for issuing a class waiver may be used 
for emergency situations, but only if the contracting officer provides 
a determination to the Associate Administrator for Government 
Contracting that the procurement is proceeding under the authority of 
FAR Sec. 6.302-2 (48 CFR 6.302-2) for ``unusual and compelling 
urgency,'' or provides a determination materially the same as one of 
unusual and compelling urgency. Under the expedited procedure, if a 
small business manufacturer or processor is not identified by a PASS 
search, the SBA will grant the waiver for the class of products and 
then publish a notice in the Federal Register. The notice will state 
that a waiver has been granted, and solicit public comment for future 
procurements.
    (6) The decision by the Associate Administrator for Government 
Contracting to grant or deny a waiver is the final decision by the 
Agency.
    (7) A waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule for classes of products 
has no specific time limitation. SBA will, however, periodically review 
existing class waivers to the Nonmanufacturer Rule to determine if 
small business manufacturers or processors have become available to 
participate in the Federal market for the waived classes of products 
and the waiver should be terminated.
    (i) Upon SBA's receipt of evidence that a small business 
manufacturer or processor exists in the Federal market for a waived 
class of products, the waiver will be terminated by the Associate 
Administrator for Government Contracting. This evidence may be 
discovered by SBA during a periodic review of existing waivers or may 
be brought to SBA's attention by other sources.
    (ii) SBA will announce its intent to terminate a waiver for a class 
of products through the publication of a notice in the Federal 
Register, asking for comments regarding the proposed termination.
    (iii) Unless public comment reveals that no small business 
manufacturer or processor in fact exists for the class of products in 
question, SBA will publish a final Notice of Termination in the Federal 
Register.
    (b) Individual waivers for specific solicitations. (1) A 
contracting officer's request for a waiver of the Nonmanufacturer Rule 
for specific solicitations need not be in any particular form, but 
must, at a minimum, include:
    (i) A definitive statement of the specific item to be waived and 
justification as to why the specific item is required;
    (ii) The solicitation number, SIC code, dollar amount of the 
procurement, and a brief statement of the procurement history;
    (iii) A determination by the contracting officer that there are no 
known small business manufacturers or processors for the requested 
items (the determination must contain a narrative statement of the 
contracting officer's efforts to search for small business 
manufacturers or processors of the item and the results of those 
efforts, and a statement by the contracting officer that there are no 
known small business manufacturers for the items and that no small 
business manufacturer or processor can reasonably be expected to offer 
the required items); and
    (iv) For contracts expected to exceed $500,000, a copy of the 
Statement of Work.
    (2) Requests should be addressed to the Associate Administrator for 
Government Contracting, Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street, 
S.W., Washington, D.C. 20416.
    (3) SBA will examine the contracting officer's determination and 
any other information it deems necessary to make an informed decision 
on the individual waiver request. If SBA's research verifies that no 
small business manufacturers or processors exist for the item, the 
Associate Administrator for Government Contracting will grant an 
individual, one-time waiver. If a small business manufacturer or 
processor is found for the product in question, the Associate 
Administrator will deny the request. Either decision represents a final 
decision by SBA.

[[Page 3304]]

Sec. 121.1205  How is a list of previously granted class waivers 
obtained?

    A list of classes of products for which waivers of the 
Nonmanufacturer Rule have been granted will be maintained in SBA's 
Procurement Automated Source System (PASS). A list of such waivers may 
also be obtained by contacting the Office of Government Contracting at 
the Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street, S.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20416, or at the nearest SBA Government Contracting Area Office.

    Dated: January 22, 1996.
John T. Spotila,
Acting Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1348 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1347 Surety Bond Guarantee
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3266-3280]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1347]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
13 CFR Part 115

Surety Bond Guarantee

AGENCY: Small Business Administration (SBA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule revises the regulations found at 13 CFR Part 
115, governing the Surety Bond Guarantee (SBG) Program. It eliminates 
inconsistencies, clarifies procedures, accommodates program experience 
and industry changes, and provides for more efficient program 
operation. It also clarifies and shortens regulations where 
appropriate, eliminates redundant provisions, consolidates and 
reorganizes sections, and clarifies ambiguous language.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This final rule is effective March 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Barbara Brannan, Office of Surety 
Guarantees, (202) 205-6540.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In response to a Memorandum from President 
Clinton for all federal agencies to simplify their regulations, SBA 
published a proposed rule on November 27, 1995, to revise the 
regulations governing the Surety Bond Guarantee Program. See 60 FR 
58263 (November 27, 1995). The public was afforded a thirty-day period 
in which to submit comments on the proposed rule to SBA. During that 
period, SBA received 12 comment letters. After giving careful 
consideration to the concerns raised in those letters, SBA is today 
finalizing the proposed rule with certain modifications discussed 
below.

General Comments

    Those comment letters that addressed the proposed renumbering and 
reorganization of Part 115 commended the rewrite for its clarity and 
comprehensibility. Those aspects of the proposed rule are being 
finalized as proposed. In this final rule, SBA has continued its effort 
to simplify Part 115 by creating smaller sections out of the largest 
proposed section (Sec. 115.60). Subsequent sections (Secs. 115.61 
through 115.64) have been renumbered to accommodate this change.

Definitions--Contract, etc.

    All three of the comments received on the proposed change to the 
definition of ``contract'' objected to the exclusion of maintenance 
agreements covering defective materials. Under the proposal, a 
maintenance agreement covering defective workmanship would be 
considered a contract, but a maintenance agreement covering defective 
materials would not. It was argued in the comments that the typical 
maintenance agreement in use today covers both defective workmanship 
and defective materials. On reconsideration, SBA agrees that the 
definition of contract should permit coverage of defective materials 
since that accords with standard practice in the industry today. The 
definition is finalized accordingly. The final version also clarifies 
that maintenance agreements of longer than two years duration can be 
considered contracts if they meet the requirements set forth in the 
definition.
    A new defined term has also been added to the final rule: ``final 
bond''. The term means a performance bond and/or a payment bond. This 
is one of several non-substantive changes SBA is making in the final 
rule to make the regulations clearer.

Eligibility of Payment Bonds

    Proposed Sec. 115.12(b) would have allowed payment bonds to be 
guaranteed by SBA only if performance bonds were issued at the same 
time. As four comment letters pointed out, recent amendments to the 
Miller Act eliminate the bonding requirement for federal contracts of 
less than $100,000, but allow for certain alternatives to protect 
subcontractors and suppliers against non-payment by the general 
contractor. As one alternative, the contracting officer may require a 
payment bond on the contract. Under SBA's proposed change to 
Sec. 115.12(b), contractors in the SBG Program would have been unable 
to bid on those small public contracts that require payment bonds only.
    Given the recent Miller Act changes, SBA agrees that payment bonds 
should not automatically be considered ineligible for guaranteed 
bonding when no performance bond is issued. The final version of 
Sec. 115.12(b), therefore, does not restrict the eligibility of payment 
bonds. However, SBA does not intend to guarantee payment bonds that are 
essentially forfeiture bonds. If a payment bond allows the claimant to 
receive the full amount of the bond from the surety regardless of the 
amount of the damage or loss the claimant has 

[[Page 3267]]
actually suffered, the bond is a forfeiture bond. The definition of 
payment bond has been changed in this final rule to clarify that no 
forfeiture bonds will be guaranteed by SBA.
    In response to a comment from the Surety Association of America, a 
technical change to proposed Sec. 115.12(b) is also being adopted. The 
reference in the current and proposed regulation to the Surety 
Association's ``Rating Manual'' has been changed to its ``Manual of 
Rules, Procedures and Classifications'' to conform to the Association's 
current name for its publication.

Transfer of Surety's Files

    SBA's proposal to prohibit the transfer or sale of surety files and 
accounts is finalized with certain changes to clarify SBA's intent. As 
the commenters surmised, the provision (proposed Sec. 115.12(f)) was 
not intended to apply to the sale of a surety's entire property and 
casualty operations. SBA does not want to restrict the sale of a 
surety's entire book of business. In addition to this clarification, 
the final rule now provides that when the prohibition against the 
transfer or sale of files and accounts does apply, it can be overridden 
with SBA's prior approval.

Principal's Eligibility

    Several comment letters expressed concern regarding SBA's proposal 
to exclude from participation in the SBG Program those principals who 
are primarily brokers or construction managers. SBA recognizes that 
many small general contractors subcontract out a high percentage of the 
work under a contract. This is not necessarily objectionable. Rather, 
SBA is trying to weed out those principals whose subcontracting results 
in the principal losing control over the project. In the most egregious 
cases, the principal may be fronting for the subcontractor. This 
objectionable activity may not be discernible solely from the 
percentage of work subcontracted on a project, although that is often a 
good indicator. To clarify SBA's position, proposed Sec. 115.13(e) has 
been rewritten to delete the reference to ``construction managers''. 
Instead, the final version excludes from participation in the SBG 
Program principals who are brokers or who, through subcontracting out 
work under the contract, have effectively lost control over the 
project. The final version (now designated Sec. 115.13(a)(5)) still 
requires principals to specify the percentage of work under the 
contract to be subcontracted.
    Proposed Sec. 115.13(g) seems to have created a misunderstanding. 
It was not SBA's intent to prohibit a contractor whose spouse works for 
a surety company from obtaining bonds through the SBG Program. Such 
``conflicts of interest'' would not preclude contractors from 
participating in the program, but they might bar contractors from 
obtaining guaranteed bonds through the ``affiliated'' surety. For 
example, if the spouse of a contractor (1) is ``empowered to act on 
behalf of the surety'' (and is therefore included under the definition 
of ``surety'') and (2) is considered to own at least 10% of the 
contractor business, then that surety company can not issue a 
guaranteed bond for that contractor. Any other surety company in the 
SBG Program, however, could issue a guaranteed bond for that principal. 
The final version of the subsection (now designated Sec. 115.13(b)) 
clarifies that it addresses the eligibility of a principal to receive 
guaranteed bonds issued by a particular surety, not by all sureties in 
the SBG Program. The other paragraphs in the section have been 
relettered accordingly.

Loss of Principal's Eligibility

    Subsections (1) and (2) of proposed Sec. 115.14(a) provided that 
principals would lose eligibility for further SBA bond guarantees if 
legal action under the bond had been initiated or if the principal had 
been declared in default under the contract. The comments received on 
these two paragraphs questioned the wisdom of an automatic loss of 
eligibility under these two situations. It was argued that taking such 
action could cause financial hardship to the contractor and might even 
put the contractor out of business. The suggestion was made that the 
surety company's underwriter or claims department should make the 
determination as to loss of a principal's eligibility in these two 
cases.
    SBA believes that the subsections governing a principal's loss of 
eligibility must be read in conjunction with the section on reinstating 
the principal's eligibility (proposed Sec. 115.36(b)). SBA is rewording 
proposed Sec. 115.36(b) to allow for reinstatement of the principal's 
eligibility in the event SBA and the surety agree to reinstate. With 
that change, if legal action is initiated under the bond, or if any of 
the other events in Sec. 115.14(a) occurs, the principal still loses 
eligibility for further guaranteed bonding, but reinstatement of 
eligibility can occur almost immediately if both SBA and the surety 
agree it is appropriate. SBA expects that, with that mechanism in 
place, frivolous lawsuits and baseless claims under the bond will not 
stand in the way of further guaranteed bonding of an otherwise eligible 
principal. Subsections (1) and (2) of proposed Sec. 115.14(a) are 
therefore unchanged in the final rule.
    Subsection (3) of proposed Sec. 115.14(a) provided that a 
principal's eligibility would be lost if the surety established a claim 
reserve for the bond in excess of $100. All five of the comments 
received on this subsection objected to the $100 threshold as too low. 
The argument was made that some sureties routinely set up a claim 
reserve in excess of $100 every time a trouble notice is received on a 
project, and that claim reserves do not necessarily reflect actual loss 
potential. Two of the comments recommended a $500 claim reserve as the 
minimum level which indicated the potential for serious loss.
    SBA's proposal had been intended as a liberalization of the current 
regulation (Sec. 115.34(a)), which provides that a claim reserve of any 
amount results in automatic loss of the principal's eligibility. SBA 
believes, though, that with the other triggers for loss of eligibility 
in place in Sec. 115.14(a), it is appropriate to increase the minimum 
claim reserve threshold. SBA has concluded that claim reserves below 
$1000 should not result in the loss of the principal's eligibility. The 
rule is finalized accordingly.
    A new provision has been added to Sec. 115.14(b) to clarify that in 
the PSB Program a principal's eligibility is reinstated upon the 
surety's own determination that reinstatement is appropriate.

Underwriting and Servicing Standards

    Four comments were received on the proposed rewrite of the 
program's underwriting standards (proposed Sec. 115.15(a)). All were 
opposed to the proposed 150% limit on contracts for contractors new to 
the SBG Program. SBA had intended the 150% limit as general guidance 
for underwriting decisions, not as an absolute requirement. Upon 
reconsideration, SBA believes that underwriting guidelines need not 
appear in the regulations. Accordingly, the guidance on limits for 
contractors new to the SBG Program is being moved to an SBA Standard 
Operating Procedure (SOP) for the SBG Program. Also moved to the SOP 
are SBA's recommendations as to type and size of contract for 
guaranteed bonding and other general underwriting guidelines. SBA 
expects that sureties will follow the recommendations in the SOP when 
making their underwriting determinations. The balance of Sec. 115.15(a) 
is finalized as proposed.
    Four comments were also received on the proposed rewrite of the 
program's 

[[Page 3268]]
servicing standards (proposed Sec. 115.15(b)). All four addressed the 
requirement for sureties to obtain job status reports from obligees on 
final bonds guaranteed by SBA. The comments pointed out the difficulty 
in obtaining job status reports from an obligee who refuses to respond 
to job status inquiries. SBA agrees that sureties should not be held to 
a requirement that is outside of their control. Instead of requiring 
sureties to obtain job status reports, therefore, the final rule 
provides that sureties must request job status reports and document the 
request in their files.

Determination of Loss

    Two comment letters asked for clarification of the terms ``mark-up 
on expenses'' and ``overhead,'' as used in the computation of the 
surety's ``loss'' in proposed Sec. 115.16(f)(1). The proposal would 
have prohibited reimbursement from SBA for any mark-up on expenses or 
any overhead of ``the surety, its attorney or any other party.'' SBA 
believes the terms in question are generally understood business terms, 
but that some confusion may have been generated by the words ``or any 
other party.'' SBA is remedying that problem by changing the words to 
``or any other party hired by the Surety or the attorney.'' In 
particular, consultants hired by either the surety or the surety's 
counsel cannot indirectly charge SBA for their overhead or for anything 
over their actual costs.
    Using photocopying costs as an example, the restriction on mark-up 
on expenses would mean that if the surety's attorney copies documents 
on its office xerox machine and charges the surety for its actual per 
copy cost, plus 20%, the surety cannot include in ``loss'' the 20% 
excess over the attorney's actual cost of making those copies. The same 
would be true of photocopying by the surety itself; only the actual per 
copy cost could be included in loss. If the surety or the attorney has 
documents copied at a photocopying store, however, the amount of the 
copying expense included in the surety's loss is the full amount the 
store charges the surety or the attorney, regardless of the actual cost 
to the store of that job. The retailer's markup is a permitted expense 
because the retailer has not been ``hired'' by the surety.
    In general, SBA would consider ``mark-up on expenses'' to include 
any add-on to the actual cost of an expense item. ``Overhead'' means 
the general costs of running a business. Some examples of overhead 
include rent, electricity, and heating and air conditioning costs.

Salvage and Recovery

    SBA received three comments on proposed Sec. 115.17(b)(2), the 
subsection establishing SBA's share of the salvage and recovery 
received by a surety when a principal defaults on a bonded contract 
that SBA has guaranteed. The three comments opposed SBA's proposal that 
it share not only in any recovery received by the surety in connection 
with the guaranteed bond for the principal, but also in any recovery 
received in connection with any other bond issued by the surety on 
behalf of that principal. The commenters suggested that the surety be 
allowed to apply contract funds from the defaulted non-guaranteed 
project to that project's losses first, and then give SBA any excess it 
receives. Ordinarily, the excess would be paid over to the principal.
    Upon reconsideration, SBA believes its proposal was overly broad. 
Under the final rule, SBA will not share in contract proceeds and other 
forms of salvage and recovery that are clearly identifiable as related 
solely to a bonded contract that SBA has not guaranteed. On the other 
hand, if the surety's recovery could apply to both a contract without a 
guaranteed bond and a contract with a guaranteed bond, SBA will be 
entitled to its share of the entire amount of that recovery. For 
example, if the surety collects from an individual who has indemnified 
the surety for its losses under both a guaranteed bond and a non-
guaranteed bond, the entire recovery from that party will be assumed to 
relate to the guaranteed bond for purposes of determining SBA's share.

Renegotiation of guarantee percentage

    Several comment letters requested clarification of SBA's ability 
under proposed Sec. 115.18(a)(3) to renegotiate a surety's guarantee 
percentage in the event the surety experiences excessive losses. In 
response to those requests, SBA assures the participants in the SBG 
Program that the guarantee percentage for bonds already written by a 
surety cannot be renegotiated. In the event a surety's losses are 
determined to be excessive by SBA, the surety may be required to 
renegotiate the guarantee percentage for bonds issued after that date. 
The final version of proposed Sec. 115.18(a)(3), now designated 
Sec. 115.18(a)(4), clarifies this point.

Denial of Liability--Excess Bond Amount

    Under proposed Sec. 115.19(a), SBA would not be liable under its 
guarantee if the bond amount at any time exceeded the total contract 
amount determined at the time of the bond's execution. The four 
comments received on this subsection made two points. The first point 
was that certain public (government) projects require bonding in excess 
of 100% of the contract amount. An exception for such projects was 
requested. SBA's proposal limiting bonds to 100% of the contract 
amount, while new to the regulations, has long been a policy of the SBG 
Program. The restriction has been a part of the Program's Standard 
Operating Procedure for over ten years. See SOP 50 45, Revision 1, page 
22. The reason for the restriction is that SBA has determined that any 
situation in which the surety and SBA have a greater liability than the 
obligee is inherently not reasonable in light of the risks involved. It 
would be statutorily impermissible for SBA to issue a guarantee under 
those circumstances. See 15 USC 694b(a)(4)(D). Public projects 
requiring bonding in excess of 100% will have to continue to be bonded 
outside of the SBG Program.
    The second point raised in the comment letters was that as contract 
amounts increase by change order, bond amounts may increase as well. If 
the bond can never exceed the original contract amount, there is no 
possibility for increases in the bond amount when the contract amount 
is increased. SBA has reconsidered its position on this issue. The 
final rule permits the bond amount to exceed the original contract 
amount but, as discussed in the preceding paragraph, the bond amount 
must never exceed the contract amount measured at the same time.

Denial of Liability--Substantial Regulatory Violation

    Under proposed Sec. 115.19(d), SBA would not be liable under its 
guarantee if the surety committed a substantial violation. A 
substantial violation was proposed to include a violation which caused 
an increase in the contract or bond amount of 25% or $50,000. Upon 
consideration of the one comment received on this paragraph, SBA has 
concluded that it is extremely unlikely that a regulatory violation 
could cause an increase in the contract amount. SBA's real concern is 
with increases in the bond amount. The final rule deletes the reference 
to the contract amount in Sec. 115.19(d).

[[Page 3269]]

Denial of Liability--Alteration

    Under proposed Sec. 115.19(e), SBA would not be liable under its 
guarantee if the surety agreed to or acquiesced in any material 
alteration of the contract or bond without SBA's prior written 
approval. This differs from the current regulation, Sec. 115.13(e), 
which does not include alterations in the contract as a basis for SBA 
to deny liability. The single comment received on proposed 
Sec. 115.19(e) pointed out that the standard bond form in the surety 
industry provides that the surety waives notice of changes to the 
contract. Changes to the contract frequently occur without any approval 
from the surety. Accordingly, SBA has decided to remove contract 
alterations as a basis for denial of liability in the final rule.

Denial of Liability--Timeliness

    Under proposed Sec. 115.19(f), SBA would not be liable under its 
guarantee if the surety executed the bond before SBA's guarantee was 
executed. This provision complies with the statutory requirement that 
an SBA bond guarantee may be issued only if the principal is not able 
to obtain the bond on reasonable terms and conditions without the 
guarantee. See 15 USC 694b(a)(4)(C). A bond dated prior to SBA's 
guarantee is a bond that is obtainable without such guarantee.
    The two comments received on this subsection expressed concern that 
the current industry practice of back-dating the bond at the request of 
the obligee could result in an SBA determination to deny liability 
under the guarantee. Apparently, many obligees require that the bond be 
dated the same date as the contract, regardless of the actual execution 
date of the bond. SBA does not object to a bond carrying an ``effective 
date'' (e.g., ``dated as of July 1, 1996'') that is earlier than its 
execution date (e.g., ``signed July 20, 1996'') as long as there is 
proper documentation of the actual date of execution of the bond and 
such execution date is no earlier than the date of SBA's guarantee. SBA 
does not believe that any change to the proposed language in 
Sec. 115.19(f) is necessary, as the proposal speaks only of execution 
of the bond. The provision is finalized as proposed.

Denial of Liability--Other Regulatory Violations

    In accordance with the suggestion in the one comment received on 
proposed Sec. 115.19(h)(6), SBA is correcting the language of the 
proposed subsection to clarify that sureties are permitted to make 
payments under payment bonds even though such payments may not result 
from the principal's breach of the bonded contract. SBA had not 
intended for the proposal to be interpreted any other way. The final 
version of Sec. 115.19(h)(6) makes this technical correction.

Audits and Investigations

    In connection with the requirement under the final version of 
Sec. 115.15(b) for sureties to document the job status inquiries they 
make, SBA is including such documentation, together with any job status 
reports received by the surety, in the list of records required to be 
maintained by the surety under the final version of Sec. 115.21(b).

Prior Approval Program--SBA Approval

    SBA is finalizing proposed Sec. 115.30(b) without change. The 
proposal, which provided that SBA's written approval of a guarantee 
application would control over any conflicting verbal approval, was not 
different substantively from the current regulation (Sec. 115.31(a)). 
Nevertheless, SBA appreciates the concern of the two commenters who 
requested some protection for sureties relying on a verbal approval 
from an SBA officer, only to learn that the guarantee agreement was not 
signed until the following day. SBA intends to make clear to all SBG 
Program personnel that no verbal approval of a guarantee application 
may be communicated unless the guarantee application has already been 
executed by an authorized official. Sureties requiring greater 
certainty than the regulation affords are advised to request a telecopy 
of the signed guarantee form as confirmation.

Prior Approval Program--Principal's and Surety's Fees

    Ten of the eleven comments received on the proposed increase in the 
principal's fee (proposed Sec. 115.32(b)) were opposed to the increase. 
The eleventh comment commended SBA's attempt to make the program self-
financing and recommended an even greater increase in the principal's 
fee than had been proposed by SBA. The vast majority of the comments on 
this topic, however, cited the adverse impact on the contractors and on 
the SBG Program. In particular, there was concern that the increase 
would impose a financial burden on the contractors in the program and 
would result in a dramatic cut-back in program participation. Only the 
higher risk contractors--those without collateral or other alternatives 
to the SBG Program--were predicted to remain in the program.
    Ten comments were also received on the proposed increase in SBA's 
charge to the surety (proposed Sec. 115.32(c))--all opposed. According 
to several sureties, writing bonds in the SBG Program already costs the 
surety more than writing equivalent bonds with standard reinsurance. It 
was predicted that some sureties would leave the program and that 
sureties remaining in the program would attempt to pass the increase on 
to the contractor by raising premium rates.
    SBA has given careful consideration to the concerns surrounding the 
proposed increases in the principal's fee and the surety's fee. SBA 
continues to believe that the long-term goals of the SBG Program will 
be best served if the program can become self-financing. However, the 
costs of any transition to a self-funding program should not outweigh 
the benefits to be derived from the change.
    To allow time for further consideration, SBA has decided to keep 
the fees at their current levels (.06% of the contract amount for the 
principal fee; 20% of the bond premium for the surety fee) at this 
time. Future changes in the fee percentages will be published by SBA in 
the form of a Notice in the Federal Register. SBA is completing an 
analysis of the performance of the SBG Program and evaluating whether 
changes in the fees are warranted, and will publish a Notice within 30 
days of the date of publication.

Prior Approval Program--Contract Increases/Decreases

    Proposed Sec. 115.32(d) elicited nine comments from readers, none 
of which supported the proposal. The proposal contained several 
components. First, sureties would be required to notify SBA of all 
increases or decreases in the contract or bond amount as soon as the 
surety learned of the change. All notifications of increases would have 
to be accompanied by the associated increase in the principal's fee. 
The increase in the surety's fee would be payable in the ordinary 
course of business. Under the current regulation, by contrast, 
notification is required only when the changes in the contract or bond 
amount aggregate at least $10,000 (current Sec. 115.35(c)). No increase 
in the principal's or the surety's fee is computed at that time.
    Second, under the proposal, any single change in the contract or 
bond amount of at least 25% or $50,000 would require prior SBA 
approval. Under the current regulation, changes in the bond amount 
aggregating at least 

[[Page 3270]]
25% or $50,000 require SBA's approval and simultaneous payment of any 
increase in the principal's fee. The increase in the surety's fee is 
payable in the normal course of business.
    Third, under the proposal, payment for the increased fees would be 
due and payable regardless of the size of the check. No exception would 
be made for small sums. Under the current regulation, if the increase 
in the principal's or the surety's fee is less than $40, the amount is 
``disregarded''.
    Fourth, under both the proposal and the current regulation, 
decreases in the contract or bond amount are treated the same as 
increases of an equivalent amount would be treated. Decreases resulting 
in refunds from SBA of a portion of the principal's fee, however, are 
paid directly to the principal under the proposal, but are paid to the 
surety (who then transmits the refund to the principal) under the 
current regulation.
    The comment letters uniformly registered objections to the greater 
administrative burden considered to be imposed by the proposed 
notification and payment requirements. Opposition to the removal of the 
$40 threshold was also expressed consistently, although some commenters 
suggested a $100 threshold in its place. No objection was raised to the 
proposed mechanism for refunding the excess principal's fee.
    SBA has reconsidered its proposal in light of the comments 
received. Instead of requiring notification of all increases and 
decreases in the contract or bond amount, and the payment of associated 
fees, the final rule requires notification of increases or decreases 
only when they aggregate 25% of the contract or bond amount or $50,000. 
Such notification must be accompanied by the increase in the 
principal's fee; however, increases (or decreases) in the principal's 
or the surety's fee will not be due and payable until they aggregate at 
least $40. Increases in the surety's fee will be payable in the 
ordinary course of business, as they are presently. Any single change 
order that increases the bond amount by 25% or $50,000 will require the 
prior approval of SBA. Except for the changes discussed in this 
paragraph, Sec. 115.32(d) is finalized as proposed.

Prior Approval Program--Events Requiring Notification

    Under proposed Sec. 115.35(a)(1)(iv), SBA would require sureties in 
the Prior Approval Program to notify SBA if the surety were to receive 
any adverse information concerning the principal's financial condition 
or possible inability to complete the project or to pay laborers or 
suppliers. One commenter expressed concern that if such notification 
were to be the cause of a principal's loss of eligibility for the 
program, lawsuits against the surety by the principal could follow. SBA 
believes such concern to be unfounded. Section 115.14 of this final 
rule details the grounds for a principal's loss of eligibility to 
participate in the program; adverse information, absent anything else, 
is not among the permitted grounds. SBA's proposal to require 
notification of adverse information is adopted without change.

PSB Program--Premium Rates

    The Surety Association of America has advised SBA that it no longer 
keeps advisory premium rates for the surety industry. Proposed 
Sec. 115.60(a)(2), as well as current Sec. 115.10(d)(2), require that 
PSB Sureties charge principals no more than the Association's advisory 
premium rates. The Association suggested using their advisory premium 
rates in effect on August 1, 1987, as the standard. SBA considers that 
a satisfactory solution for now, but will continue to explore 
alternatives. The final version of Sec. 115.60(a)(2) incorporates that 
change.

PSB Program--Retention of Information

    SBA agrees with the two comment letters received on proposed 
Sec. 115.60(g)(1). PSB Sureties should not be required to keep a record 
of the time of execution of each bond. A record of the date of 
execution of the bond is sufficient. The final version of the 
subsection, redesignated Sec. 115.65(a), reflects this correction.

PSB Program--Principal's and Surety's Fees

    The proposal to increase the principal's and surety's fees in the 
PSB Program (Sec. 115.60(g)(4)) is being revised in the same manner as 
the equivalent provisions in the Prior Approval Program. See the 
discussion above under ``Prior Approval Program--Principal's and 
Surety's fees.''

PSB Program--Contract Increases/Decreases

    The final version of Sec. 115.60(g)(5), redesignated Sec. 115.67, 
mirrors the changes made to the equivalent provision in the Prior 
Approval Program (Sec. 115.32 (b) and (c)), as discussed above under 
``Prior Approval Program--Contract increases/decreases.''

Miscellaneous

    A comment from one of the surety trade associations was received on 
the substitution of SBA form names for SBA form numbers in the proposed 
rule. According to the comment, sureties refer to SBA documents by 
their respective SBA form numbers, not names. SBA recognizes that the 
names of its forms are not as familiar to program participants as its 
form numbers. In order to avoid confusion, SBA has retained the form 
numbers in the final rule.
    In the Supplementary Information section of the proposed rule, SBA 
discussed the proposed deletion of current Sec. 115.30(b), including 
the requirement for the principal to file SBA Form 1624 (Lower Tier 
Certification form) with its initial guarantee application. As SBA 
explained, the requirement would be removed from the regulations and 
would be issued as internal guidance, with the following change: the 
Lower Tier Certification would have to be submitted with each 
application for a principal, not simply the principal's first 
application. One commenter objected to the change as overly burdensome. 
Nevertheless, as was explained in the proposed rule, SBA believes the 
change is necessary to comply with Part 146 of Title 13 of the Code of 
Federal Regulations and that it is consistent with current practice in 
SBA field offices.
    Except as discussed above, SBA adopts as final its proposal to 
amend Part 115.

Compliance With Executive Orders 12778, 12612 and 12866, the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act and the Paperwork Reduction Act

    SBA certifies that this final rule will not constitute a 
significant regulatory action for purposes of Executive Order 12866, 
since it is not likely to result in an annual effect on the economy of 
$100 million or more.
    For purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 604, SBA 
has determined that this rule will not have a significant impact on a 
substantial number of small entities. Final action on the proposed 
increases in the principal's and the surety's fees has been deferred 
until further study of the issue has been completed. There are no fee 
increases in this final rule.
    There are no reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance 
requirements not approved by the Office of Management and Budget which 
would come under the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35.
    SBA certifies that this rule is drafted, to the extent practicable, 
in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 2 of Executive 
Order 12778.
    SBA certifies that this regulation does not warrant the preparation 
of a Federal 

[[Page 3271]]
Assessment in accordance with Executive Order 12612.

List of Subjects in 13 CFR Part 115

    Small business, Surety bonds.

    For the above reasons, SBA is revising part 115, title 13 of the 
Code of Federal Regulations, to read as follows:

PART 115--SURETY BOND GUARANTEE

Sec.
115.1  Overview of regulations.
115.2  Savings clause.

Subpart A--Provisions For All Surety Bond Guarantees

115.10  Definitions.
115.11  Applying to participate in the Surety Bond Guarantee 
Program.
115.12  General program policies and provisions.
115.13  Eligibility of Principal.
115.14  Loss of Principal's eligibility for future assistance.
115.15  Underwriting and servicing standards.
115.16  Determination of Surety's Loss.
115.17  Minimization of Surety's Loss.
115.18  Refusal to issue further guarantees; suspension and 
termination of PSB status.
115.19  Denial of liability.
115.20  Insolvency of Surety.
115.21  Audits and investigations.

Subpart B--Guarantees Subject to Prior Approval

115.30  Submission of Surety's guarantee application.
115.31  Guarantee percentage.
115.32  Fees and Premiums.
115.33  Surety bonding line.
115.34  Minimization of Surety's Loss.
115.35  Claims for reimbursement of Losses.
115.36  Indemnity settlements and reinstatement of Principal.

Subpart C--Preferred Surety Bond (PSB) Guarantees

115.60  Selection and admission of PSB Sureties.
115.61  Duration of PSB Program.
115.62  Prohibition on participation in Prior Approval Program.
115.63  Allotment of guarantee authority.
115.64  Timeliness requirement.
115.65  General PSB procedures.
115.66  Fees.
115.67  Changes in Contract or bond amount.
115.68  Guarantee percentage.
115.69  Imminent Breach.
115.70  Claims for reimbursement of Losses.
115.71  Denial of liability.

    Authority: 5 U.S.C. app. 3; 15 U.S.C. 687b, 687c, 694a, 694b; 
Pub. L. 101-574, 104 Stat. 2823 (1990).

Sec. 115.1  Overview of regulations.

    The regulations in this part cover the SBA's Surety Bond Guarantee 
Programs under Part B of Title IV of the Small Business Investment Act 
of 1958, as amended. Subpart A of this part contains regulations common 
to both the program requiring prior SBA approval of each bond guarantee 
(the Prior Approval Program) and the program not requiring prior 
approval (the PSB Program). Subpart B of this part contains the 
regulations applicable only to the Prior Approval Program. Subpart C of 
this part contains the regulations applicable only to the PSB Program.

Sec. 115.2  Savings clause.

    Transactions affected by this part 115 are governed by the 
regulations in effect at the time they occur.

Subpart A--Provisions for All Surety Bond Guarantees

Sec. 115.10  Definitions.

    AA/SG means SBA's Associate Administrator for Surety Guarantees.
    Affiliate is defined in part 121 of this chapter.
    Ancillary Bond means a bond incidental and essential to the 
performance of a Contract for which there is a guaranteed Final Bond.
    Bid Bond means a bond conditioned upon the bidder on a Contract 
entering into the Contract, and furnishing the required Payment and 
Performance Bonds. The term does not include a forfeiture bond unless 
it is issued for a jurisdiction where statute or settled decisional law 
requires forfeiture bonds for public works.
    Contract means a written obligation of the Principal requiring the 
furnishing of services, supplies, labor, materials, machinery, 
equipment, or construction. A Contract must not prohibit a Surety from 
performing the Contract upon default of the Principal. A Contract does 
not include a permit, subdivision contract, lease, land contract, 
evidence of debt, financial guarantee (e.g., a contract requiring any 
payment by the Principal to the Obligee), warranty of performance or 
efficiency, warranty of fidelity, or release of lien (other than for 
claims under a guaranteed bond). It includes a maintenance agreement of 
2 years or less which covers defective workmanship or materials only. 
With SBA's written approval, it can also include a longer maintenance 
agreement covering defective workmanship or materials, or a maintenance 
agreement covering something other than defective workmanship or 
materials. To qualify for such approval, the agreement must be 
ancillary to the Contract for which SBA is guaranteeing a bond, must be 
required to be performed by the same Principal, and must be customarily 
required in the relevant trade or industry.
    Execution means signing by a representative or agent of the Surety 
with the authority and power to bind the Surety.
    Final Bond means a Performance Bond and/or a Payment Bond.
    Imminent Breach means a threat to the successful completion of a 
bonded Contract which, unless remedied by the Surety, makes a default 
under the bond appear to be inevitable.
    Investment Act means the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 
U.S.C. 661), as amended.
    Loss has the meaning set forth in Sec. 115.16.
    Obligee means:
    (1)(i) In the case of a Bid Bond, the Person requesting bids for 
the performance of a Contract; or
    (ii) In the case of a Final Bond, the Person who has contracted 
with a Principal for the completion of the Contract and to whom the 
primary obligation of the Surety runs in the event of a breach by the 
Principal.
    (2) In either case, no Person (other than a Federal department or 
agency) may be named co-Obligee or Obligee on a bond or on a rider to 
the bond unless that Person is bound by the Contract to the Principal 
(or to the Surety, if the Surety has arranged completion of the 
Contract) to the same extent as the original Obligee. In no event may 
the addition of one or more co-Obligees increase the aggregate 
liability of the Surety under the bond.
    OSG means SBA's Office of Surety Guarantees.
    Payment Bond means a bond which is conditioned upon the payment by 
the Principal of money to persons who have a right of action against 
such bond, including those who have furnished labor, materials, 
equipment and supplies for use in the performance of the Contract. A 
Payment Bond can not require the Surety to pay an amount which exceeds 
the claimant's actual loss or damage.
    Performance Bond means a bond conditioned upon the completion by 
the Principal of a Contract in accordance with its terms.
    Person means a natural person or a legal entity.
    Premium means the amount charged by a Surety to issue bonds. The 
Premium is determined by applying an approved rate (see Secs. 115.32(a) 
and 115.60(a)(2)) to the bond or contract amount. The Premium does not 
include surcharges for extra services, whether or not considered part 
of the ``premium'' under local law.

[[Page 3272]]

    Principal means, in the case of a Bid Bond, the Person bidding for 
the award of a Contract. In the case of Final Bonds and Ancillary 
Bonds, Principal means the Person primarily liable to complete the 
Contract, or to make Contract-related payments to other persons, and is 
the Person whose performance or payment is bonded by the Surety. A 
Principal may be a prime contractor or a subcontractor.
    Prior Approval Agreement means the Surety Bond Guarantee Agreement 
(SBA Form 990) entered into between a Prior Approval Surety and SBA 
under which SBA agrees to guarantee a specific bond.
    Prior Approval Surety means a Surety which must obtain SBA's prior 
approval on each guarantee and which has entered into one or more Prior 
Approval Agreements with SBA.
    PSB Agreement means the Preferred Surety Bond Guarantee Agreement 
entered into between a PSB Surety and SBA.
    PSB Surety means a Surety that has been admitted to the Preferred 
Surety Bond (PSB) Program.
    Surety means a company which:
    (1)(i) Under the terms of a Bid Bond, agrees to pay a sum of money 
to the Obligee if the Principal breaches the conditions of the bond;
    (ii) Under the terms of a Performance Bond, agrees to pay a sum of 
money or to incur the cost of fulfilling the terms of a Contract if the 
Principal breaches the conditions of the Contract; and
    (iii) Under the terms of a Payment or an Ancillary Bond, agrees to 
make payment to all who have a right of action against such bond, 
including those who have furnished labor, materials, equipment and 
supplies in the performance of the Contract.
    (2) The term Surety includes an agent, independent agent, 
underwriter, or any other company or individual empowered to act on 
behalf of the Surety.

Sec. 115.11  Applying to participate in the Surety Bond Guarantee 
Program.

    Sureties interested in participating as Prior Approval Sureties or 
PSB Sureties should apply in writing to the AA/SG at 409 3rd Street, 
SW., Washington, DC 20416. OSG will determine the eligibility of the 
applicant considering its standards and procedures for underwriting, 
administration, claims and recovery. Each applicant must be a 
corporation listed by the U.S. Treasury as eligible to issue bonds in 
connection with Federal procurement contracts.

Sec. 115.12  General program policies and provisions.

    (a) Description of Surety Bond Guarantee Programs. SBA guarantees 
Sureties participating in the Surety Bond Guarantee Programs against a 
portion of their Losses incurred and paid as a result of a Principal's 
breach of the terms of a Bid Bond, Final Bond or Ancillary Bond, on any 
eligible Contract. In the Prior Approval Program, the Surety must 
obtain SBA's approval before a guaranteed bond can be issued. In the 
PSB Program, selected Sureties may issue, monitor, and service SBA 
guaranteed bonds without further SBA approval.
    (b) Eligibility of bonds. Bid Bonds and Final Bonds are eligible 
for an SBA guarantee if they are executed in connection with an 
eligible Contract and are of a type listed in the ``Contract Bonds'' 
section of the current Manual of Rules, Procedures and Classifications 
of the Surety Association of America (100 Wood Avenue South, Iselin, 
New Jersey 08830). Ancillary Bonds may also be eligible for SBA's 
guarantee. A Performance Bond must not prohibit a Surety from 
performing the Contract upon default of the Principal.
    (c) Expiration of Bid Bond Guarantee. A Bid Bond guarantee expires 
120 days after Execution of the Bid Bond, unless the Surety notifies 
SBA in writing before the 120th day that a later expiration date is 
required. The notification must include the new expiration date.
    (d) Guarantee agreement. The terms and conditions of SBA's bond 
guarantee agreements, including the guarantee percentage, may vary from 
Surety to Surety, depending on past experience with SBA. If the 
guarantee percentage is not fixed by the Investment Act, it is 
determined by OSG after considering, among other things, the rating or 
ranking assigned to the Surety by recognized authority, and the 
Surety's Loss rate, average Contract amount, average bond penalty per 
guaranteed bond, and ratio of Bid Bonds to Final Bonds, all in 
comparison with other Sureties participating in the same SBA Surety 
Bond Guarantee Program (Prior Approval or PSB) to a comparable degree. 
Any guarantee agreement under this part is made exclusively for the 
benefit of SBA and the Surety, and does not confer any rights (such as 
a right of action against SBA) or benefits on any other party.
    (e) Amount of Contract.--(1) Statutory ceiling. The amount of the 
Contract to be bonded must not exceed $1,250,000 in face value at the 
time of the bond's Execution.
    (2) Aggregation of Contract amounts. The amounts of two or more 
Contracts for a ``single project'' are aggregated to determine the 
Contract amount unless the Contracts are to be performed in phases and 
the prior bond is released before the beginning of each succeeding 
phase. A bond may be considered released even if the warranty period it 
is covering has not yet expired. For purposes of this paragraph, a 
``single project'' means one represented by two or more Contracts of 
one Principal or its Affiliates with one Obligee or its Affiliates for 
performance at the same location, regardless of job title or nature of 
the work to be performed.
    (3) Service and supply contracts. A service or supply Contract 
covering more than a 1 year period is eligible for an SBA guaranteed 
bond if neither the annual Contract amount nor the penal sum of the 
bond exceeds $1,250,000 at any time.
    (f) Transfers or sales by Surety. Sureties must not sell or 
otherwise transfer their files or accounts, whether before or after a 
default by the Principal has occurred, without the prior written 
approval of SBA. A violation of this provision is grounds for 
termination from participation in the program. This provision does not 
apply to the sale of an entire business division, subsidiary or 
operation of the Surety.

Sec. 115.13  Eligibility of Principal.

    (a) General eligibility. In order to be eligible for a bond 
guaranteed by SBA, the Principal must comply with the following 
requirements:
    (1) Size. Together with its Affiliates, it must qualify as a small 
business under part 121 of this title.
    (2) Character. It must possess good character and reputation. A 
Principal meets this standard if each owner of 20% or more of its 
equity, and each of its officers, directors, or general partners, 
possesses good character and reputation. A Person's good character and 
reputation is presumed absent when:
    (i) The Person is under indictment for, or has been convicted of a 
felony, or a final civil judgment has been entered stating that such 
Person has committed a breach of trust or has violated a law or 
regulation protecting the integrity of business transactions or 
business relationships; or
    (ii) A regulatory authority has revoked, canceled, or suspended a 
license of the Person which is necessary to perform the Contract; or
    (iii) The Person has obtained a bond guarantee by fraud or material 
misrepresentation (as described in Sec. 115.19(b)), or has failed to 
keep the Surety informed of unbonded contracts or of a contract bonded 
by another Surety, as required by a bonding line commitment under 
Sec. 115.33. 

[[Page 3273]]

    (3) Need for bond. It must certify that a bond is expressly 
required by the bid solicitation or the original Contract in order to 
bid on the Contract or to serve as a prime contractor or subcontractor.
    (4) Availability of bond. It must certify that a bond is not 
obtainable on reasonable terms and conditions without SBA's guarantee.
    (5) Partial subcontract. It must certify the percentage of work 
under the Contract to be subcontracted. SBA will not guarantee bonds 
for Principals who are primarily brokers or who have effectively 
transferred control over the project to one or more subcontractors.
    (6) Debarment. It must certify that the Principal is not presently 
debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or 
voluntarily excluded from transactions with any Federal department or 
agency, under governmentwide debarment and suspension rules.
    (b) Conflict of interest. A Principal is not eligible for an SBA-
guaranteed bond issued by a particular Surety if that Surety, or an 
Affiliate of that Surety, or a close relative or member of the 
household of that Surety or Affiliate owns, directly or indirectly, 10% 
or more of the Principal. This prohibition also applies to ownership 
interests in any of the Principal's Affiliates.

Sec. 115.14  Loss of Principal's eligibility for future assistance.

    (a) Ineligibility. A Principal and its Affiliates lose eligibility 
for further SBA bond guarantees if any of the following occurs under an 
SBA-guaranteed bond issued on behalf of the Principal:
    (1) Legal action under the guaranteed bond has been initiated.
    (2) The Obligee has declared the Principal to be in default under 
the Contract.
    (3) The Surety has established a claim reserve for the bond of at 
least $1000.
    (4) The Surety has requested reimbursement for Losses incurred 
under the bond.
    (5) The guarantee fee has not been paid by the Principal.
    (6) The Principal committed fraud or material misrepresentation in 
obtaining the guaranteed bond.
    (b) Reinstatement of Principal's eligibility. Prior Approval 
Sureties should refer to Sec. 115.36(b) for provisions on reinstatement 
of the Principal's eligibility. A PSB Surety may reinstate a 
Principal's eligibility upon the Surety's determination that 
reinstatement is appropriate.

Sec. 115.15  Underwriting and servicing standards.

    (a) Underwriting. (1) Sureties must evaluate the credit, capacity, 
and character of a Principal using standards generally accepted by the 
surety industry and in accordance with SBA's Standard Operating 
Procedures on underwriting and the Surety's principles and practices on 
unguaranteed bonds. The Principal must satisfy the eligibility 
requirements set forth in Sec. 115.13. The Surety must reasonably 
expect that the Principal will successfully perform the Contract to be 
bonded.
    (2) The terms and conditions of the bond and the Contract must be 
reasonable in light of the risks involved and the extent of the 
Surety's participation. The bond must satisfy the eligibility 
requirements set forth in Sec. 115.12(b). The Surety must be satisfied 
as to the reasonableness of cost and the feasibility of successful 
completion of the Contract.
    (b) Servicing. The Surety must ensure that the Principal remains 
viable and eligible for SBA's Surety Bond Guarantee Program, must 
monitor the Principal's progress on bonded Contracts guaranteed by SBA, 
and must request job status reports from Obligees of Final Bonds 
guaranteed by SBA. Documentation of the job status requests must be 
maintained by the Surety.

Sec. 115.16  Determination of Surety's Loss.

    Loss is determined as follows:
    (a) Loss under a Bid Bond is the lesser of the penal sum or the 
amount which is the difference between the bonded bid and the next 
higher responsive bid. In either case, the Loss is reduced by any 
amounts the Surety recovers by reason of the Principal's defenses 
against the Obligee's demand for performance by the Principal and any 
sums the Surety recovers from indemnitors and other salvage.
    (b) Loss under a Payment Bond is, at the Surety's option, the sum 
necessary to pay all just and timely claims against the Principal for 
the value of labor, materials, equipment and supplies furnished for use 
in the performance of the bonded Contract and other covered debts, or 
the penal sum of the Payment Bond. In either case, the Loss includes 
interest (if any), but Loss is reduced by any amounts recovered 
(through offset or otherwise) by reason of the Principal's claims 
against laborers, materialmen, subcontractors, suppliers, or other 
rightful claimants, and by any amounts recovered from indemnitors and 
other salvage.
    (c) Loss under a Performance Bond is, at the Surety's option, the 
sum necessary to meet the cost of fulfilling the terms of a bonded 
Contract or the penal sum of the bond. In either case, the Loss 
includes interest (if any), but Loss is reduced by any amounts 
recovered (through offset or otherwise) by reason of the Principal's 
defenses or causes of action against the Obligee, and by any amounts 
recovered from indemnitors and other salvage.
    (d) Loss under an Ancillary Bond is the amount covered by such bond 
which is attributable to the Contract for which guaranteed Final Bonds 
were Executed.
    (e) Loss includes the following expenses if they are itemized, 
documented and attributable solely to the Loss under the guaranteed 
bond:
    (1) Amounts actually paid by the Surety which are specifically 
allocable to the investigation, adjustment, negotiation, compromise, 
settlement of, or resistance to a claim for Loss resulting from the 
breach of the terms of the bonded Contract. Any cost allocation method 
must be reasonable and must comply with generally accepted accounting 
principles; and
    (2) Amounts actually paid by the Surety for court costs and 
reasonable attorney's fees incurred to mitigate any Loss under 
paragraphs (a) through (e)(1) of this section including suits to obtain 
sums due from Obligees, indemnitors, Principals and others.
    (f) Loss does not include the following expenses:
    (1) Any unallocated expenses, or any clear mark-up on expenses or 
any overhead, of the Surety, its attorney, or any other party hired by 
the Surety or the attorney;
    (2) Expenses paid for any suits, cross-claims, or counterclaims 
filed against the United States of America or any of its agencies, 
officers, or employees unless the Surety has received, prior to filing 
such suit or claim, written concurrence from SBA that the suit may be 
filed;
    (3) Attorney's fees and court costs incurred by the Surety in a 
suit by or against SBA or its Administrator; and
    (4) Fees, costs, or other payments, including tort damages, arising 
from a successful tort suit or claim by a Principal or any other Person 
against the Surety.

Sec. 115.17  Minimization of Surety's Loss.

    (a) Indemnity agreements and collateral.--(1) Requirements. The 
Surety must take all reasonable action to minimize risk of Loss 
including, but not limited to, obtaining from each Principal a written 
indemnity agreement which covers actual Losses under the Contract and 
Imminent Breach payments under Sec. 115.34(a) or Sec. 115.69. The 
indemnity agreement must be secured by such collateral as the Surety or 
SBA finds appropriate. Indemnity 

[[Page 3274]]
agreements from other Persons, secured or unsecured, may also be 
required by the Surety or SBA.
    (2) Prohibitions. No indemnity agreement may be obtained from the 
Surety, its agent or any other representative of the Surety. The Surety 
must not separately collateralize the portion of its bond which is not 
guaranteed by SBA.
    (b) Salvage and recovery.--(1) General. The Surety must pursue all 
possible sources of salvage and recovery. Salvage and recovery includes 
all payments made in settlement of the Surety's claim, even though the 
Surety has incurred other losses as a result of that Principal which 
are not reimbursable by SBA.
    (2) SBA's share. SBA is entitled to its guaranteed percentage of 
all salvage and recovery from a defaulted Principal, its guarantors and 
indemnitors, and any other party, received by the Surety in connection 
with the guaranteed bond or any other bond issued by the Surety on 
behalf of the Principal unless such recovery is unquestionably 
identifiable as related solely to the non-guaranteed bond. The Surety 
must reimburse or credit SBA (in the same proportion as SBA's share of 
Loss) within 90 days of receipt of any recovery by the Surety.
    (3) Multiple Sureties. In any dispute between two or more Sureties 
concerning recovery under SBA guaranteed bonds, the dispute must first 
be brought to the attention of OSG for an attempt at mediation and 
settlement.

Sec. 115.18  Refusal to issue further guarantees; suspension and 
termination of PSB status.

    (a) Improper surety bond guarantee practices.--(1) Imprudent 
practices. SBA may refuse to issue further guarantees to a Prior 
Approval Surety or may suspend the preferred status of a PSB Surety, by 
written notice stating all reasons for such decision and the effective 
date. Reasons for such a decision include, but are not limited to, a 
determination that the Surety (in its underwriting, its efforts to 
minimize Loss, its claims or recovery practices, or its documentation 
related to SBA guaranteed bonds) has failed to adhere to prudent 
standards or practices, including any standards or practices required 
by SBA, as compared to those of other Sureties participating in the 
same SBA Surety Bond Guarantee Program to a comparable degree.
    (2) Regulatory violations, fraud. Acts of wrongdoing such as fraud, 
material misrepresentation, breach of the Prior Approval or PSB 
Agreement, or regulatory violations (as defined in Secs. 115.19(d) and 
115.19(h)) also constitute sufficient grounds for refusal to issue 
further guarantees, or in the case of a PSB Surety, termination of 
preferred status.
    1(3) Audit; records. The failure of a Surety to consent to SBA's 
audit or to maintain and produce records constitutes grounds for SBA to 
refuse to issue further guarantees for a Prior Approval Surety, to 
suspend a PSB Surety from participation, and to refuse to honor claims 
submitted by a Prior Approval or PSB Surety until the Surety consents 
to the audit.
    (4) Excessive Losses. If a Surety experiences excessive Losses on 
SBA guaranteed bonds relative to those of other Sureties participating 
in the same SBA Surety Bond Guarantee Program to a comparable degree, 
SBA may also require the renegotiation of the guarantee percentage and/
or SBA's charge to the Surety for bonds executed thereafter.
    (b) Lack of business integrity. A Surety's participation in the 
Surety Bond Guarantee Programs may be denied, suspended, or terminated 
upon the occurrence of any event in paragraphs (b) (1) through (5) of 
this section involving any of the following Persons: The Surety or any 
of its officers, directors, partners, or other individuals holding at 
least 20% of the Surety's voting securities, and any agents, 
underwriters, or any individual empowered to act on behalf of any of 
the preceding Persons.
    (1) If a State or other authority has revoked, canceled, or 
suspended the license required of such Person to engage in the surety 
business, the right of such Person to participate in the SBA Surety 
Bond Guarantee Program may be denied, terminated, or suspended, as 
applicable, in that jurisdiction or in other jurisdictions. 
Ineligibility or suspension from the Surety Bond Guarantee Programs is 
for at least the duration of the license suspension.
    (2) If such Person has been indicted or otherwise formally charged 
with a misdemeanor or felony bearing on such Person's fitness to 
participate in the Surety Bond Guarantee Programs, the participation of 
such Person may be suspended pending disposition of the charge. Upon 
conviction, participation may be denied or terminated.
    (3) If a final civil judgment is entered holding that such Person 
has committed a breach of trust or violation of a law or regulation 
protecting the integrity of business transactions or relationships, 
participation may be denied or terminated.
    (4) If such Person has made a material misrepresentation or 
willfully false statement in the presentation of oral or written 
information to SBA in connection with an application for a surety bond 
guarantee or the presentation of a claim, or committed a material 
breach of the Prior Approval or PSB Agreement or a material violation 
of the regulations (all as described in Sec. 115.19), participation may 
be denied or terminated.
    (5) If such Person is debarred, suspended, voluntarily excluded 
from, or declared ineligible for participation in Federal programs, 
participation may be denied or terminated.
    (c) Notification requirement. The Prior Approval or PSB Surety must 
promptly notify SBA of the occurrence of any event in paragraphs (b) 
(1) through (5) of this section, or if any of the Persons described in 
paragraph (b) of this section does not, or ceases to, qualify as a 
Surety. SBA may require submission of a Statement of Personal History 
(SBA Form 912) from any of these Persons.
    (d) SBA proceedings. Decisions to suspend, terminate, deny 
participation in, or deny reinstatement in the Surety Bond Guarantee 
program are made by the AA/SG. A Surety may file a petition for review 
of suspensions and terminations with the SBA Office of Hearings and 
Appeals (OHA) under part 134 of this chapter. SBA's Administrator may, 
pending a decision pursuant to Part 134 of this chapter, suspend the 
participation of any Surety for any of the causes listed in paragraphs 
(b) (1) through (5) of this section.
    (e) Effect on guarantee. A guarantee issued by SBA before a 
suspension or termination under this section remains in effect, subject 
to SBA's right to deny liability under the guarantee.

Sec. 115.19  Denial of liability.

    In addition to equitable and legal defenses and remedies under 
contract law, the Act and the regulations in this part, SBA is not 
liable under a Prior Approval or PSB Agreement if any of the 
circumstances in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section exist.
    (a) Excess Contract or bond amount. The total Contract amount at 
the time of Execution of the bond exceeds $1,250,000 in face value (see 
Sec. 115.12(e)), or the bond amount at any time exceeds the total 
Contract amount.
    (b) Misrepresentation or fraud. The Surety obtained the Prior 
Approval or PSB Agreement, or applied for reimbursement for losses, by 
fraud or material misrepresentation. Material misrepresentation 
includes (but is not limited to) both the making of an untrue statement 
of material fact and the omission of a statement of material fact 
necessary to make a statement not 

[[Page 3275]]
misleading in light of the circumstances in which it was made. Material 
misrepresentation also includes the adoption by the Surety of a 
material misstatement made by others which the Surety knew or under 
generally accepted underwriting standards should have known to be false 
or misleading. The Surety's failure to disclose its ownership (or the 
ownership by any owner of at least 20% of the Surety's equity) of an 
interest in a Principal or an Obligee is considered the omission of a 
statement of material fact.
    (c) Material breach. The Surety has committed a material breach of 
one or more terms or conditions of its Prior Approval or PSB Agreement. 
A material breach is considered to have occurred if:
    (1) Such breach (or such breaches in the aggregate) causes an 
increase in the Contract amount or in the bond amount of at least 25% 
or $50,000; or
    (2) One of the conditions under Part B of Title IV of the 
Investment Act is not met.
    (d) Substantial regulatory violation. The Surety has committed a 
``substantial violation'' of SBA regulations. For purposes of this 
paragraph, a ``substantial violation'' is a violation which causes an 
increase in the bond amount of at least 25% or $50,000 in the 
aggregate, or is contrary to the purposes of the Surety Bond Guarantee 
Programs.
    (e) Alteration. Without obtaining prior written approval from SBA 
(which may be conditioned upon payment of additional fees), the Surety 
agrees to or acquiesces in any material alteration in the terms, 
conditions, or provisions of the bond, including but not limited to the 
following acts:
    (1) Naming as an Obligee or co-Obligee any Person that does not 
qualify as an Obligee under Sec. 115.10; or
    (2) In the case of a Prior Approval Surety, acquiescing in any 
alteration to the bond which would increase the bond amount by at least 
25% or $50,000.
    (f) Timeliness. (1) Either:
    (i) The bond was Executed prior to the date of SBA's guarantee; or
    (ii) The bond was Executed (or approved, if the Surety is legally 
bound by such approval) after the work under the Contract had begun, 
unless SBA executes a ``Surety Bond Guarantee Agreement Addendum'' (SBA 
Form 991) after receiving all of the following from the Surety:
    (A) Satisfactory evidence, including a certified copy of the 
Contract (or a sworn affidavit from the Principal), showing that the 
bond requirement was contained in the original Contract, or other 
documentation satisfactory to SBA, showing why a bond was not 
previously obtained and is now being required;
    (B) Certification by the Principal that all taxes and labor costs 
are current, and listing all suppliers and subcontractors, indicating 
that they are all paid to date, and attaching a waiver of lien from 
each; or an explanation satisfactory to SBA why such documentation 
cannot be produced; and
    (C) Certification by the Obligee that all payments due under the 
Contract to date have been made and that the job has been 
satisfactorily completed to date.
    (2)(i) For purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, work 
under a Contract is considered to have begun when a Principal takes any 
action at the job site which would have exposed its Surety to liability 
under applicable law had a bond been Executed (or approved, if the 
Surety is legally bound by such approval) at the time.
    (ii) For purposes of this paragraph (f), the Surety must maintain a 
contemporaneous record of the Execution and approval of each bond.
    (g) Principal fee. The Surety has not remitted to SBA the 
Principal's payment for the full amount of the guarantee fee within the 
time period required under Sec. 115.30(d) for Prior Approval Sureties 
or Sec. 115.66 for PSB Sureties. SBA may reinstate the guarantee upon a 
showing that the Contract is not in default and that a valid reason 
exists why a timely submission was not made.
    (h) Other regulatory violations. The occurrence of any of the 
following:
    (1) The Principal on the bonded Contract is not a small business;
    (2) The bond was not required under the bid solicitation or the 
original Contract;
    (3) The bond was not eligible for guarantee by SBA because the 
bonded contract was not a Contract as defined in Sec. 115.10;
    (4) The loss occurred under a bond that was not guaranteed by SBA;
    (5) The loss incurred by the Surety was not a Loss as determined 
under Sec. 115.16; or
    (6) The Surety's loss under a Performance Bond did not result from 
the Principal's breach or Imminent Breach of the Contract.

Sec. 115.20  Insolvency of Surety.

    (a) Successor in interest. If a Surety becomes insolvent, all 
rights or benefits conferred on the Surety under a valid and binding 
Prior Approval or PSB Agreement will accrue only to the trustee or 
receiver of the Surety. SBA will not be liable to the trustee or 
receiver of the insolvent Surety except for the guaranteed portion of 
any Loss incurred and actually paid by such Surety or its trustee or 
receiver under the guaranteed bonds.
    (b) Filing requirement. The trustee or receiver must submit to SBA 
quarterly status reports accounting for all funds received and all 
settlements being considered.

Sec. 115.21  Audits and investigations.

    (a) Audits.--(1) Scope of audit. SBA may audit in the office of a 
Prior Approval or PSB Surety, the Surety's attorneys or consultants, or 
the Principal or its subcontractors, all documents, files, books, 
records, tapes, disks and other material relevant to SBA's guarantee, 
commitments to guarantee a surety bond, or agreements to indemnify the 
Prior Approval or PSB Surety. See Sec. 115.18(a)(3) for consequences of 
failure to comply with this section.
    (2) Frequency of PSB audits. Each PSB Surety is subject to audit at 
least once each year by examiners selected and approved by SBA.
    (b) Records. The Surety must maintain the records listed in this 
paragraph (b) for the term of each bond, plus any additional time 
required to settle any claims of the Surety for reimbursement from SBA 
and to attempt salvage or other recovery, plus an additional 3 years. 
If there are any unresolved audit findings in relation to a particular 
bond, the Surety must maintain the related records until the findings 
are resolved. The records to be maintained include the following:
    (1) A copy of the bond;
    (2) A copy of the bonded Contract;
    (3) All documentation submitted by the Principal in applying for 
the bond;
    (4) All information gathered by the Surety in reviewing the 
Principal's application;
    (5) All documentation of any of the events set forth in 
Sec. 115.35(a) or Sec. 115.65(c)(2);
    (6) All records of any transaction for which the Surety makes 
payment under or in connection with the bond, including but not limited 
to claims, bills (including lawyers' and consultants' bills), 
judgments, settlement agreements and court or arbitration decisions, 
consultants' reports, Contracts and receipts;
    (7) All documentation relating to efforts to mitigate Losses, 
including documentation required by Sec. 115.34(a) or Sec. 115.69 
concerning Imminent Breach;
    (8) All records of any accounts into which fees and funds obtained 
in mitigation of Losses were paid and from which payments were made 
under the 

[[Page 3276]]
bond, and any other trust accounts, and any reconciliations of such 
accounts;
    (9) Job status reports received from Obligees and documentation of 
each unanswered request for a job status report; and
    (10) All documentation relating to any collateral held by or 
available to the Surety.
    (c) Purpose of audit. SBA's audit will determine, but not be 
limited to:
    (1) The adequacy and sufficiency of the Surety's underwriting and 
credit analysis, its documentation of claims and claims settlement 
procedures and activities, and its recovery procedures and practices;
    (2) The Surety's minimization of Loss, including the exercise of 
bond options upon Contract default; and
    (3) The Surety's loss ratio in comparison with other Sureties 
participating in the same SBA Surety Bond Guarantee Program to a 
comparable degree.
    (d) Investigations. SBA may conduct investigations to inquire into 
the possible violation by any Person of the Small Business Act or the 
Investment Act, or of any rule or regulation under those Acts, or of 
any order issued under those Acts, or of any Federal law relating to 
programs and operations of SBA.

Subpart B--Guarantees Subject to Prior Approval

Sec. 115.30  Submission of Surety's guarantee application.

    (a) Legal effect of application. By submitting an application to 
SBA for a bond guarantee, the Prior Approval Surety certifies that the 
Principal meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Sec. 115.13 
and that the underwriting standards set forth in Sec. 115.15 have been 
met.
    (b) SBA's determination. SBA's approval or decline of a guarantee 
application is made in writing by an authorized SBA officer. The 
officer may provide telephone notice before the Prior Approval Surety 
receives SBA's guarantee approval form if the officer has already 
signed the form. In the event of a conflict between the telephone 
notice and the written form, the written form controls.
    (c) Reconsideration-appeal of SBA determination. A Prior Approval 
Surety may request reconsideration of a decline from the SBA officer 
who made the decision. If the decision on reconsideration is negative, 
the Surety may appeal to an individual designated by the AA/SG. If the 
decision is again adverse, the Surety may appeal to the AA/SG, who will 
make the final decision.
    (d) Notice and payment to SBA. When the Surety has Executed a Final 
Bond, including a Final Bond under a bonding line, the Surety must 
complete the Prior Approval Agreement, and submit the form, together 
with the Principal's payment for its guarantee fee (see Sec. 115.32(b)) 
to SBA within 45 days, or in the case of a bonding line, within 15 
business days (see Sec. 115.33(d)(2)) after Execution of the bond.

Sec. 115.31  Guarantee percentage.

    (a) Ninety percent. SBA reimburses a Prior Approval Surety for 90% 
of the Loss incurred and paid if:
    (1) The total amount of the Contract at the time of Execution of 
the bond is $100,000 or less; or
    (2) The bond was issued on behalf of a small business owned and 
controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. See 
part 124 of this chapter for applicable definitions and criteria.
    (b) Eighty percent. SBA reimburses a Prior Approval Surety in an 
amount not to exceed 80% of the Loss incurred and paid on bonds for 
Contracts in excess of $100,000 which are executed on behalf of non-
disadvantaged concerns.
    (c) Contract increase to over $100,000. If the Contract amount 
increases to more than $100,000 after Execution of the bond, the 
guarantee percentage decreases by one percentage point for each $5,000 
of increase or part thereof, but it does not decrease below 80%. This 
provision applies only to guarantees which qualify under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section.
    (d) Contract increase to over $1,250,000. If the Contract amount 
increases above the statutory limit of $1,250,000 after Execution of 
the bond, SBA's share of the Loss is limited to that percentage of the 
increased Contract amount which the statutory limit represents, 
multiplied by the guarantee percentage approved by SBA. For example, if 
a Contract amount increases to $1,375,000, SBA's share of the Loss 
under an 80% guarantee is limited to 72.73% [1,250,000 / 
1,375,000=
FR Doc. 96-1347 Surety Bond Guarantee
90.91% x 80%=72.73%].
    (e) Contract decrease to $100,000 or less. If the Contract amount 
decreases to $100,000 or less after Execution of the bond, SBA's 
guarantee percentage increases to 90% if the Surety provides SBA with 
evidence supporting the decrease and any other information or documents 
requested.

Sec. 115.32  Fees and Premiums.

    (a) Surety's Premium. A Prior Approval Surety must not charge a 
Principal an amount greater than that authorized by the appropriate 
insurance department. The Surety must not require the Principal to 
purchase casualty or other insurance or any other services from the 
Surety or any Affiliate or agent of the Surety. The Surety must not 
charge non-Premium fees to a Principal unless the Surety performs other 
services for the Principal, the additional fee is permitted by State 
law, and the Principal agrees to the fee.
    (b) SBA charge to Principal. SBA does not charge Principals 
application or Bid Bond guarantee fees. If SBA guarantees a Final Bond, 
the Principal must pay a guarantee fee equal to a certain percentage of 
the Contract amount. The percentage is determined by SBA and is 
published in Notices in the Federal Register from time to time. The 
Principal's fee is rounded to the nearest dollar and is to be remitted 
to SBA by the Surety together with the form required under 
Sec. 115.30(d). See paragraph (d) of this section for additional 
requirements when the Contract amount changes.
    (c) SBA charge to Surety. SBA does not charge Sureties application 
or Bid Bond guarantee fees. Subject to Sec. 115.18(a)(4), the Surety 
must pay SBA a guarantee fee on each guaranteed bond (other than a Bid 
Bond) in the ordinary course of business. The fee is a certain 
percentage of the bond Premium, determined by SBA and published in 
Notices in the Federal Register from time to time. The fee is rounded 
to the nearest dollar. SBA does not receive any portion of a Surety's 
non-Premium charges. See paragraph (d) of this section for additional 
requirements when the bond amount or the Contract amount changes.
    (d) Contract or bond increases/decreases.--(1) Notification and 
approval. The Prior Approval Surety must notify SBA of any increases or 
decreases in the Contract or bond amount that aggregate 25% or $50,000, 
as soon as the Surety acquires knowledge of the change. Whenever the 
original bond amount increases as a result of a single change order of 
at least 25% or $50,000, the prior written approval of such increase by 
SBA is required on a supplemental Prior Approval Agreement 
(Supplemental Form 990) and is conditioned upon payment by the Surety 
of the increase in the Principal's guarantee fee as set forth in 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
    (2) Increases; fees. Notification of increases in the Contract or 
bond amount under this paragraph (d) must be accompanied by payment of 
the increase in the Principal's guarantee fee computed on the increase 
in the Contract amount. If the increase in the Principal's fee is less 
than $40, such 

[[Page 3277]]
increase is not due until all unpaid increases in the Principal's fee 
aggregate at least $40. The Surety's check for payment of the increase 
in the Surety's guarantee fee, computed on the increase in the bond 
Premium, may be submitted in the ordinary course of business. Increases 
in the Surety's fee are not due until they aggregate at least $40.
    (3) Decreases; refunds. Whenever SBA is notified of a decrease in 
the Contract or bond amount, SBA will refund to the Principal a 
proportionate amount of the Principal's guarantee fee and rebate to the 
Surety a proportionate amount of SBA's Premium share in the ordinary 
course of business. If the amount to be refunded or rebated is less 
than $40, such refund or rebate will not be made until the amounts to 
be refunded or rebated, respectively, aggregate at least $40. Upon 
receipt of the refund, the Surety must promptly pay a proportionate 
amount of its Premium to the Principal.

Sec. 115.33  Surety bonding line.

    A surety bonding line is a written commitment by SBA to a Prior 
Approval Surety which provides for the Surety's Execution of multiple 
bonds for a specified small business strictly within pre-approved 
terms, conditions and limitations. In applying for a bonding line, the 
Surety must provide SBA with information on the applicant as requested. 
In addition to the other limitations and provisions set forth in this 
part 115, the following conditions apply to each surety bonding line:
    (a) Underwriting. A bonding line may be issued by SBA for a 
Principal only if the underwriting evaluation is satisfactory. The 
Prior Approval Surety must require the Principal to keep it informed of 
all its contracts, whether bonded by the same or another surety or 
unbonded, during the term of the bonding line.
    (b) Bonding line conditions. The bonding line contains limitations 
on the following:
    (1) The term of the bonding line, not to exceed 1 year subject to 
renewal in writing;
    (2) The total dollar amount of the Principal's bonded and unbonded 
work on hand at any time, including outstanding bids, during the term 
of the bonding line;
    (3) The number of such bonded and unbonded contracts outstanding at 
any time during the term of the bonding line;
    (4) The maximum dollar amount of any single guaranteed bonded 
Contract;
    (5) The timing of Execution of bonds under the bonding line--bonds 
must be dated and Executed before the work on the underlying Contract 
has begun, or the Surety must submit to SBA the documentation required 
under Sec. 115.19(f)(1)(ii); and
    (6) Any other limitation related to type, specialty of work, 
geographical area, or credit.
    (c) Excess bonding. If, after a bonding line is issued, the 
Principal desires a bond and the Surety desires a guarantee exceeding a 
limitation of the bonding line, the Surety must submit an application 
to SBA under regular procedures.
    (d) Submission of forms to SBA.--(1) Bid Bonds. Within 15 business 
days after the Execution of any Bid Bonds under a bonding line, the 
Surety must submit a ``Surety Bond Guarantee Underwriting Review'' (SBA 
Form 994B) to SBA for approval. If that form is already on file with 
SBA and no new financial statements are required or have been received 
from the Principal, a ``Surety Bond Guarantee Review Update'' (SBA Form 
994C) may be submitted instead. If the Surety fails to submit either 
form within this time period, SBA's guarantee of the bond will be void 
from its inception unless SBA determines otherwise upon a showing that 
a valid reason exists why the timely submission was not made.
    (2) Final Bonds. Within 15 business days after the Execution of any 
Final Bonds under a bonding line, the Surety must submit a signed Prior 
Approval Agreement and a ``Surety Bond Guarantee Underwriting Review'' 
(SBA Form 994B) to SBA for approval. If that form is already on file 
with SBA and no new financial statements are required or have been 
received from the Principal, a ``Surety Bond Guarantee Review Update'' 
(SBA Form 994C) may be submitted instead. If the Surety fails to submit 
these forms together with the Principal's payment for its guarantee fee 
within this time period, SBA's guarantee of the bond will be void from 
its inception unless SBA determines otherwise upon a showing that the 
Contract is not in default and a valid reason exists why the timely 
submission was not made.
    (3) Additional information. The Surety must submit any other data 
SBA requests.
    (e) Cancellation of bonding line.--(1) Optional cancellation. 
Either SBA or the Surety may cancel a bonding line at any time, with or 
without cause, upon written notice to the other party. Upon the receipt 
of any adverse information concerning the Principal, the Surety must 
promptly notify SBA, and SBA may cancel the bonding line.
    (2) Mandatory cancellation. Upon the occurrence of a default by the 
Principal, whether under a contract bonded by the same or another 
surety or an unbonded contract, the Surety must immediately cancel the 
bonding line.
    (3) Effect of cancellation. Cancellation of a bonding line by SBA 
is effective upon receipt of written notice by the Surety. Bonds issued 
before the effective date of cancellation remain guaranteed by SBA. 
Upon cancellation by SBA or the Surety, the Surety must promptly notify 
the Principal in writing.

Sec. 115.34  Minimization of Surety's Loss.

    (a) Imminent Breach.--(1) Prior approval requirement. SBA will 
reimburse its guaranteed share of payments made by a Surety to avoid or 
attempt to avoid an Imminent Breach of the terms of a Contract covered 
by an SBA guaranteed bond only if the payments were made with the prior 
approval of OSG. OSG's prior approval will be given only if the Surety 
demonstrates to SBA's satisfaction that a breach is imminent and that 
there is no other recourse to prevent such breach.
    (2) Amount of reimbursement. The aggregate of the payments by SBA 
to avoid Imminent Breach cannot exceed 10% of the Contract amount, 
unless the Administrator finds that a greater payment (not to exceed 
the guaranteed share of the bond penalty) is necessary and reasonable. 
In no event will SBA make any duplicate payment pursuant to this or any 
other provision of this part 115.
    (3) Recordkeeping requirement. The Surety must keep records of 
payments made to avoid Imminent Breach.
    (b) Salvage and recovery. A Prior Approval Surety must pursue all 
possible sources of salvage and recovery until SBA concurs with the 
Surety's recommendation for a discontinuance or for a settlement. The 
Surety must certify that continued pursuit of salvage and recovery 
would be neither economically feasible nor a viable strategy in 
maximizing recovery. See also Sec. 115.17(b).

Sec. 115.35  Claims for reimbursement of Losses.

    (a) Notification requirements.--(1) Events requiring notification. 
A Prior Approval Surety must notify OSG of the occurrence of any of the 
following:
    (i) Legal action under the bond has been initiated.
    (ii) The Obligee has declared the Principal to be in default under 
the Contract.
    (iii) The Surety has established a claim reserve for the bond.
    (iv) The Surety has received any adverse information concerning the 

[[Page 3278]]
Principal's financial condition or possible inability to complete the 
project or to pay laborers or suppliers.
    (2) Timing of notification. Notification must be made in writing at 
the earlier of the time the Surety applies for a guarantee on behalf of 
an affected Principal, or within 30 days of the date the Surety 
acquires knowledge, or should have acquired knowledge, of any of the 
listed events.
    (b) Surety action. The Surety must take all necessary steps to 
mitigate Losses resulting from any of the events in paragraph (a) of 
this section, including the disposal at fair market value of any 
collateral held by or available to the Surety. Unless SBA notifies the 
Surety otherwise, the Surety must take charge of all claims or suits 
arising from a defaulted bond, and compromise, settle and defend such 
suits. The Surety must handle and process all claims under the bond and 
all settlements and recoveries as it does on non-guaranteed bonds.
    (c) Claim reimbursement requests. (1) Claims for reimbursement for 
Losses which the Surety has paid must be submitted (together with a 
copy of the bond, the bonded Contract, and any indemnity agreements) 
with the initial claim to OSG on a ``Default Report, Claim for 
Reimbursement and Record of Administrative Action'' (SBA Form 994H), 
within 1 year from the time of each disbursement. Claims submitted 
after 1 year must be accompanied by substantiation satisfactory to SBA. 
The date of the claim for reimbursement is the date of receipt of the 
claim by SBA, or such later date as additional information requested by 
SBA is received.
    (2) The Surety must also submit evidence of the disposal of all 
collateral at fair market value.
    (3) SBA may request additional information prior to reimbursing the 
Surety for its Loss.
    (4) Subject to the offset provisions of part 140, SBA pays its 
share of the Loss incurred and paid by the Surety within 90 days of 
receipt of the requisite information.
    (5) Claims for reimbursement and any additional information 
submitted are subject to review and audit by SBA, including but not 
limited to the Surety's compliance with SBA's regulations and forms.
    (d) Status updates. The Surety must submit semiannual status 
reports on each claim 6 months after the initial default notice, and 
then every 6 months. The Surety must notify SBA immediately of any 
substantial changes in the status of the claim or the amounts of Loss 
reserves.
    (e) Reservation of SBA rights. The payment by SBA of a Surety's 
claim does not waive or invalidate any of the terms of the Prior 
Approval Agreement, the regulations set forth in this part 115, or any 
defense SBA may have against the Surety. Within 30 days of receipt of 
notification that a claim or any portion of a claim should not have 
been paid by SBA, the Surety must repay the specified amounts to SBA.

Sec. 115.36  Indemnity settlements and reinstatement of Principal.

    (a) Indemnity settlements. (1) An indemnity settlement occurs when 
a defaulted Principal and its Surety agree upon an amount, less than 
the actual loss under the bond, which will satisfy the Principal's 
indebtedness to the Surety. Sureties must not agree to any indemnity 
settlement proposal or enter into any such agreement without SBA's 
concurrence.
    (2) Any settlement proposal submitted for SBA's consideration must 
include current financial information, including financial statements, 
tax returns, and credit reports, together with the Surety's written 
recommendations. It should also indicate whether the Principal is 
interested in further bonding.
    (3) The Surety must pay SBA its pro rata share of the settlement 
amount within 90 days of receipt. Prior to closing the file on a 
Principal, the Surety must certify that SBA has received its pro rata 
share of all indemnity recovery.
    (b) Conditions for reinstatement. At any time after a Principal 
becomes ineligible for further bond guarantees under Sec. 115.14(a), 
the Surety may recommend that such Principal's eligibility be 
reinstated. OSG may agree to reinstate the Principal and its Affiliates 
if:
    (1) The Principal's guarantee fee has been paid to SBA and SBA 
receives evidence that the Principal has paid all delinquent amounts 
due to the Surety (including amounts for Imminent Breach); or
    (2) The Surety has settled its claim with the Principal for an 
amount and on terms accepted by OSG; or
    (3) The Principal contests a claim and provides collateral, 
acceptable to the Surety and OSG, which has a liquidation value of at 
least the amount of the claim including related expenses; or
    (4) The Principal's indebtedness to the Surety is discharged by 
operation of law (e.g., bankruptcy discharge); or
    (5) OSG and the Surety determine that further bond guarantees are 
appropriate.
    (c) Underwriting after reinstatement. A guarantee application 
submitted after reinstatement of the Principal's eligibility is subject 
to a very stringent underwriting review.

Subpart C--Preferred Surety Bond (PSB) Guarantees

Sec. 115.60  Selection and admission of PSB sureties.

    (a) Selection of PSB Sureties. SBA's selection of PSB Sureties will 
be guided by, but not limited to, these factors:
    (1) An underwriting limitation of at least $1,250,000 on the U.S. 
Treasury Department list of acceptable sureties;
    (2) An agreement to charge Principals no more than the Surety 
Association of America's advisory premium rates in effect on August 1, 
1987;
    (3) Premium income from contract bonds guaranteed by any government 
agency (Federal, State or local) of no more than one- quarter of the 
total contract bond premium income of the Surety;
    (4) The vesting of underwriting authority for SBA guaranteed bonds 
only in employees of the Surety;
    (5) The vesting of final settlement authority for claims and 
recovery under the PSB program only in employees of the Surety's 
permanent claims department; and
    (6) The rating or ranking designations assigned to the Surety by 
recognized authority.
    (b) Admission of PSB Sureties. A Surety admitted to the PSB program 
must execute a PSB Agreement before approving SBA guaranteed bonds. No 
SBA guarantee attaches to bonds approved before the AA/SG or designee 
has countersigned the Agreement.

Sec. 115.61  Duration of PSB program.

    The PSB program terminates on September 30, 1997, unless extended 
by legislation. SBA guarantees effective under this program on or 
before September 30, 1997, will remain in effect after such date.

Sec. 115.62  Prohibition on participation in Prior Approval program.

    Neither a PSB Surety nor any of its Affiliates is eligible to 
submit applications under subpart B of this part.

Sec. 115.63  Allotment of guarantee authority.

    (a) General. SBA allots to each PSB Surety a periodic maximum 
guarantee authority. No SBA guarantee attaches to bonds approved by a 
PSB Surety if the bonds exceed the allotted authority for the period in 
which the bonds are approved. No reliance on future authority is 
permitted. An allotment can be increased only by prior written 
permission of SBA. 

[[Page 3279]]

    (b) Execution of Bid Bonds. When the PSB Surety Executes a Bid 
Bond, SBA debits the Surety's allotment for an amount equal to the 
guarantee percentage of the estimated penal sum of the Final Bond SBA 
would guarantee if the Contract were awarded. If the Contract is then 
awarded for an amount other than the bid amount, or if the bid is 
withdrawn or the Bid Bond guarantee has expired (see Sec. 115.12(c)), 
SBA debits or credits the Surety's allotment accordingly.
    (c) Execution of Final Bonds. If the PSB Surety Executes a 
guaranteed Final Bond, but not the related Bid Bond, SBA debits the 
Surety's allotment for an amount equal to the guarantee percentage of 
the penal sum of the Final Bond. SBA will debit the allotment for 
increases, and credit the allotment for decreases, in the bond amount.
    (d) Release and non-issuance of Final Bonds. The release of Final 
Bonds upon completion of the Contract does not restore the 
corresponding allotment. If, however, a PSB Surety approves a Final 
Bond but never issues the bond, SBA will credit the Surety's allotment 
for an amount equal to the guarantee percentage of the penal sum of the 
bond. In that event, the Surety must notify SBA as soon as possible, 
but in no event later than 5 business days after the non-issuance has 
been determined. Until the Surety has so notified SBA, it cannot rely 
on such credit.

Sec. 115.64  Timeliness requirement.

    There must be no Execution or approval of a bond by a PSB Surety 
after commencement of work under a Contract unless the Surety obtains 
written approval from the AA/SG. To apply for such approval, the Surety 
must submit a completed ``Surety Bond Guarantee Agreement Addendum'' 
(SBA Form 991), together with the evidence and certifications described 
in Sec. 115.19(f)(1)(ii).

Sec. 115.65  General PSB procedures.

    (a) Retention of information. A PSB Surety must comply with all 
applicable SBA regulations and obtain from its applicants all the 
information and certifications required by SBA. The PSB Surety must 
document compliance with SBA regulations and retain such certifications 
in its files, including a contemporaneous record of the date of 
approval and Execution of each bond. See also Sec. 115.19(f). The 
certifications and other information must be made available for 
inspection by SBA or its agents and must be available for submission to 
SBA in connection with the Surety's claims for reimbursement. The PSB 
Surety must retain the certifications and other information for the 
term of the bond, plus such additional time as may be required to 
settle any claims of the Surety for reimbursement from SBA and to 
attempt salvage or other recovery, plus an additional 3 years. If there 
are any unresolved audit findings in relation to a particular bond, the 
Surety must maintain the related certifications and other information 
until the findings are resolved.
    (b) Usual staff and procedures. The approval, Execution and 
administration by a PSB Surety of SBA guaranteed bonds must be handled 
in the same manner and with the same staff as the Surety's activity 
outside the PSB program. The Surety must request job status reports 
from Obligees in accordance with its own procedures.
    (c) Notification to SBA. (1) Approvals. A PSB Surety must notify 
SBA by electronic transmission or monthly bordereau, as agreed between 
the Surety and SBA, of all approved Bid and Final Bonds, and of the 
Surety's approval of increases and decreases in the Contract or bond 
amount. The notice must contain the information specified from time to 
time in agreements between the Surety and SBA. SBA may deny liability 
with respect to Final Bonds for which SBA has not received timely 
notice.
    (2) Other events requiring notification. The PSB Surety must notify 
SBA within 30 calendar days of the name and address of any Principal 
against whom legal action on the bond has been instituted; whenever an 
Obligee has declared a default; whenever the Surety has established or 
added to a claim reserve; of the recovery of any amounts on the 
guaranteed bond; and of any decision by the Surety to bond any such 
Principal again.

Sec. 115.66  Fees.

    The PSB Surety must pay SBA a certain percentage of the Premium it 
charges on Final Bonds. The PSB Surety must also remit to SBA the 
Principal's payment for its guarantee fee, equal to a certain 
percentage of the Contract amount. The fee percentages are determined 
by SBA and are published in Notices in the Federal Register from time 
to time. Each fee is rounded to the nearest dollar. The Surety must 
remit SBA's Premium share and the Principal's guarantee fee with the 
bordereau listing the related Final Bond, as required in the PSB 
Agreement.

Sec. 115.67  Changes in Contract or bond amount.

    (a) Increases. The PSB Surety must process Contract or bond amount 
increases within its allotment in the same manner as initial guaranteed 
bond issuances (see Sec. 115.65(c)(1)). The Surety must present checks 
for additional fees due from the Principal and the Surety on increases 
aggregating 25% of the contract or bond amount or $50,000, and attach 
such payments to the respective monthly bordereau. If the additional 
Principal's fee or Surety's fee is less than $40, such fee is not due 
until all unpaid increases in such fee aggregate at least $40.
    (b) Decreases. If the Contract or bond amount is decreased, SBA 
will refund to the Principal a proportionate amount of the guarantee 
fee, and adjust SBA's Premium share accordingly in the ordinary course 
of business. No refund or adjustment will be made until the amounts to 
be refunded or rebated, respectively, aggregate at least $40.

Sec. 115.68  Guarantee percentage.

    SBA reimburses a PSB Surety in an amount not to exceed 70% of the 
Loss incurred and paid. Where the Contract amount, after the Execution 
of the bond, increases beyond the statutory limit of $1,250,000, SBA's 
share of the Loss is limited to that percentage of the increased 
Contract amount which the statutory limit represents, multiplied by the 
guarantee percentage approved by SBA. For an example, see 
Sec. 115.31(d).

Sec. 115.69  Imminent Breach.

    (a) No prior approval requirement. SBA will reimburse a PSB Surety 
for the guaranteed portion of payments the Surety makes to avoid or 
attempt to avoid an Imminent Breach of the terms of a Contract covered 
by an SBA guaranteed bond. The PSB Surety does not need SBA approval to 
make Imminent Breach payments.
    (b) Amount of reimbursement. The aggregate of the payments by SBA 
under this section cannot exceed 10% of the Contract amount, unless the 
Administrator finds that a greater payment (not to exceed the 
guaranteed portion of the bond penalty) is necessary and reasonable. In 
no event will SBA make any duplicate payment under any provision of 
these regulations in this part.
    (c) Recordkeeping requirement. The PSB Surety must keep records of 
payments made to avoid Imminent Breach.

Sec. 115.70  Claims for reimbursement of Losses.

    (a) How claims are submitted. A PSB Surety must submit claims for 
reimbursement on a form approved by SBA no later than 1 year from the 
date the Surety paid the amount. Loss is determined as of the date of 
receipt by 

[[Page 3280]]
SBA of the claim for reimbursement, or as of such later date as 
additional information requested by SBA is received. Subject to the 
offset provisions of part 140, SBA pays its share of Loss within 90 
days of receipt of the requisite information. Claims for reimbursement 
and any additional information submitted are subject to review and 
audit by SBA.
    (b) Surety responsibilities. The PSB Surety must take all necessary 
steps to mitigate Losses when legal action against a bond has been 
instituted, when the Obligee has declared a default, and when the 
Surety has established a claim reserve. The Surety may dispose of 
collateral at fair market value only. Unless SBA notifies the Surety 
otherwise, the Surety must take charge of all claims or suits arising 
from a defaulted bond, and compromise, settle or defend the suits. The 
Surety must handle and process all claims under the bond and all 
settlements and recoveries in the same manner as it does on non-
guaranteed bonds.
    (c) Reservation of SBA's rights. The payment by SBA of a PSB 
Surety's claim does not waive or invalidate any of the terms of the PSB 
Agreement, the regulations in this part 115, or any defense SBA may 
have against the Surety. Within 30 days of receipt of notification that 
a claim or any portion of a claim should not have been paid by SBA, the 
Surety must repay the specified amounts to SBA.
Sec. 115.71  Denial of liability.

    In addition to the grounds set forth in Sec. 115.19, SBA may deny 
liability to a PSB Surety if:
    (a) The PSB Surety's guaranteed bond was in an amount which, 
together with all other guaranteed bonds, exceeded the allotment for 
the period during which the bond was approved, and no prior SBA 
approval had been obtained;
    (b) The PSB Surety's loss was incurred under a bond which was not 
listed on the bordereau for the period when it was approved; or
    (c) The loss incurred by the PSB Surety is not attributable to the 
particular Contract for which an SBA guaranteed bond was approved.

    Dated: January 22, 1996.
John T. Spotila,
Acting Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1347 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1162 Disaster Loan Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3304-3310]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1162]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
13 CFR Part 123

Disaster Loan Program

AGENCY: Small Business Administration.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In response to President Clinton's regulatory review 
directive, the Small Business Administration has completed a page-by-
page and line-by-line review of its regulations. As a result, SBA is 
clarifying and streamlining its regulations. This final rule 
reorganizes the entire Part 123 covering the disaster loan program to 
make it clearer and easier to use.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This rule is effective on March 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Bernard Kulik, Associate Administrator 
for Disaster Assistance, at (202) 205-6734.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Part 123 of Chapter I, 13 CFR contains 
policies governing the eligibility of disaster victims to obtain low-
cost loans to restore their damaged property to its pre-disaster 
condition. On November 24, 1995, SBA published a proposed rule in the 
Federal Register (60 FR 58014) to reorganize the entire Part 123 to 
make it clearer and easier to use. SBA did not receive any comments in 
response to the proposed rule. Thus, SBA is finalizing that rule 
without any material changes. The rule eliminates references to 
disasters which occurred years ago, and it would eliminate Subpart D--
Persian Gulf Troop Deployment Economic Injury Loans because the 
authority for that loan program has expired. A conversion table 
follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Existing section            Action                 New section       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
123.1................  Revise...............  123.1                     
123.2................  Revise...............  123.101                   
123.3................  Revise...............  123.3, 123.4, 123.5,      
                                               123.10, 123.101          
123.4................  Revise...............  123.5                     
123.5................  Delete...............  ..........................
123.6................  Revise...............  123.8                     
123.7................  Revise...............  123.3                     
123.8................  Delete...............  ..........................
123.9................  Revise...............  123.101, 123.104, 123.105 
123.10...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.11...............  Revise...............  123.11                    
123.12...............  Revise...............  123.13                    
123.13...............  Revise...............  123.16, 123.104           
123.14...............  Revise...............  123.101                   
123.15...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.16...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.17...............  Revise...............  123.201                   
123.18...............  Revise...............  123.12                    
123.19...............  Revise...............  123.9                     
123.20...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.21...............  Revise...............  123.100, 123.200          
123.22...............  Revise...............  123.3                     
123.23...............  Revise...............  123.3                     
123.24...............  Revise...............  123.6, 123.7, 123.12,     
                                               123.101, 123.105,        
                                               123.106, 123.107,        
                                               123.201, 123.202         
123.25...............  Revise...............  123.15, 123.105           
123.26...............  Revise...............  123.202, 123.203          
123.27...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.28...............  Revise...............  123.202                   
123.29...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.40...............  Delete...............  ..........................
123.41...............  Revise...............  123.14, 123.301, 123.302, 
                                               123.303                  
123.60-69............  Delete...............  ..........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compliance With Executive Orders 12612, 12778, and 12866, the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5.U.S.C. 601, et seq.), and the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 35).

    SBA certifies that this rule does not have a significant economic 
impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of 
Executive Order 12866, or the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, 
et seq.
    For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35, SBA 
certifies that this rule contains no new reporting or recordkeeping 
requirements.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12612, SBA certifies that this rule 
has no federalism implications warranting preparation of the federalism 
assessment.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12778, SBA certifies that this rule 
is drafted, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards 
set forth in Section 2 of that Order.

List of Subjects in 13 CFR Part 123

    Disaster assistance, loan programs--business, Small businesses.

    Pursuant to the authority set forth in sections 5(b)(6), 7(b)(1), 
and 7(c)(6) of the Small Business Act, SBA revises Part 123 of Title 13 
of the Code of Federal Regulations, to read as follows:

PART 123--DISASTER LOAN PROGRAM

Overview

123.1  What do these rules cover?
123.2  What are disaster loans and disaster declarations?
123.3  How are disaster declarations made?
123.4  What is a disaster area and why is it important?
123.5  What kinds of loans are available?
123.6  What does SBA look for when considering a disaster loan 
applicant?
123.7  Are  there restrictions on how disaster loans can be used?
123.8  Does SBA charge any fees for obtaining a disaster loan?
123.9  What happens if I don't use loan proceeds for the intended 
purpose?
123.10  What happens if I cannot use my insurance proceeds to make 
repairs?
123.11  Does SBA require collateral for any of its disaster loans?
123.12  Are books and records required?
123.13  What happens if my loan application is denied?
123.14  How does the Federal Debt Collection Procedures Act of 1990 
apply?
123.15  What if I change my mind?
123.16  How are loans administered and serviced?
123.17  Do other Federal requirements apply?

Home Disaster Loans

123.100  Am I eligible to apply for a home disaster loan?
123.101  When am I not eligible to apply for a home disaster loan?
123.102  What circumstances would justify my relocating?
123.103  What happens if I am forced to move from my home?
123.104  What interest rate will I pay on my home disaster loan?
123.105  How much can I borrow with a home disaster loan and what 
limits apply on use of funds and repayment terms?
123.106  What is eligible refinancing?
123.107  What is mitigation?

Physical Disaster Business Loans

123.200  Am I eligible to apply for a physical disaster business 
loan?
123.201  When am I not eligible to apply for a physical disaster 
business loan?
123.202  How much can my business borrow with a physical disaster 
business loan?
123.203  What interest rate will my business pay on a physical 
disaster business loan and what are its repayment terms?

Economic Injury Disaster Loans

123.300  Is my business eligible to apply for an economic injury 
disaster loan?
123.301  When would my business not be eligible to apply for an 
economic injury disaster loan?

[[Page 3305]]

123.302  What is the interest rate on an economic injury disaster 
loan?
123.303  How can my business spend my economic injury disaster loan?

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 634(b)(6), 636(b), 636(c) and 636(f); Pub. 
L. 102-395, 106 Stat. 1828, 1864; and Pub. L. 103-75, 107 Stat. 739.

Overview

Sec. 123.1  What do these rules cover?

    This part covers the disaster loan programs authorized under the 
Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 636(b), (c), and (f). Since SBA cannot 
predict the occurrence or magnitude of disasters, it reserves the right 
to change the rules in this part, without advance notice, by publishing 
interim emergency regulations in the Federal Register.

Sec. 123.2  What are disaster loans and disaster declarations?

    SBA offers low interest, fixed rate loans to disaster victims, 
enabling them to repair or replace property damaged or destroyed in 
declared disasters. It also offers such loans to affected small 
businesses to help them recover from economic injury caused by such 
disasters. Disaster declarations are official notices recognizing that 
specific geographic areas have been damaged by floods and other acts of 
nature, riots, civil disorders, or industrial accidents such as oil 
spills. These disasters are sudden events which cause severe physical 
damage, and do not include slower physical occurrences such as 
shoreline erosion or gradual land settling. Sudden physical events that 
cause substantial economic injury may be disasters even if they do not 
cause physical damage to a victim's property. Past examples include 
ocean conditions causing significant displacement (major ocean 
currents) or closure (toxic algae blooms) of customary fishing waters, 
as well as contamination of food or other products for human 
consumption from unforeseeable and unintended events beyond the control 
of the victims.

Sec. 123.3  How are disaster declarations made?

    (a) There are four ways in which disaster declarations are issued 
which make SBA disaster loans possible:
    (1) The President declares a Major Disaster and authorizes Federal 
assistance, including individual assistance (temporary housing and 
Individual and Family Grant Assistance).
    (2) SBA makes a physical disaster declaration, based on the 
occurrence of at least a minimum amount of physical damage to 
buildings, machinery, equipment, inventory, homes and other property. 
Such damage usually must meet the following tests:
    (i) In any county or other smaller political subdivision of a State 
or U.S. possession, at least 25 homes or 25 businesses, or a 
combination of at least 25 homes, businesses, or other eligible 
institutions, each sustain uninsured losses of 40 percent or more of 
the estimated fair replacement value or pre-disaster fair market value 
of the damaged property, whichever is lower; or
    (ii) In any such political subdivision, at least three businesses 
each sustain uninsured losses of 40 percent or more of the estimated 
fair replacement value or pre-disaster fair market value of the damaged 
property, whichever is lower, and, as a direct result of such physical 
damage, 25 percent or more of the work force in their community would 
be unemployed for at least 90 days; and
    (iii) the Governor of the State in which the disaster occurred 
submits a written request to SBA for a physical disaster declaration by 
SBA (OMB Approval No. 3245-0121). This request should be delivered to 
the SBA Disaster Area Office serving the region where the disaster 
occurred within 60 days of the date of the disaster.
    (3) SBA makes an economic injury disaster declaration in response 
to a determination of a natural disaster by the Secretary of 
Agriculture.
    (4) SBA makes an economic injury declaration in reliance on a state 
certification that at least 5 small business concerns in a disaster 
area have suffered substantial economic injury as a result of the 
disaster and are in need of financial assistance not otherwise 
available on reasonable terms. The state certification must be signed 
by the Governor, must specify the county or counties or other political 
subdivisions in which the disaster occurred, and must be delivered 
(with supporting documentation) to the servicing SBA Disaster Area 
Office within 120 days of the disaster occurrence.
    (b) SBA publishes notice of any disaster declaration in the Federal 
Register. The published notice will identify the kinds of assistance 
available, the date and nature of the disaster, and the deadline and 
location for filing loan applications. Additionally, SBA will use the 
local media to inform potential loan applicants where to obtain loan 
applications and otherwise to assist victims in applying for disaster 
loans. SBA will accept applications after the announced deadline only 
when SBA determines that the late filing resulted from substantial 
causes beyond the control of the applicant.

Sec. 123.4  What is a disaster area and why is it important?

    Each disaster declaration defines the geographical areas affected 
by the disaster. Only those victims located in the declared disaster 
area are eligible to apply for SBA disaster loans. When the President 
declares a major disaster, the Federal Emergency Management Agency 
defines the disaster area. In major disasters, economic injury disaster 
loans may be made for victims in contiguous counties or other political 
subdivisions. Disaster declarations issued by the Administrator of SBA 
include contiguous counties for both physical and economic injury 
assistance. Contiguous counties or other political subdivisions are 
those land areas which abut the land area of the declared disaster area 
without geographic separation other than by a minor body of water, not 
to exceed one mile between the land areas of such counties.

Sec. 123.5  What kinds of loans are available?

    SBA offers three kinds of disaster loans: physical disaster home 
loans, physical disaster business loans, and economic injury business 
loans. SBA makes these loans directly or in participation with a 
financial institution. If a loan is made in participation with a 
financial institution, SBA's share in that loan may not exceed 90 
percent.

Sec. 123.6  What does SBA look for when considering a disaster loan 
applicant?

    There must be reasonable assurance that you can repay your loan out 
of your personal or business cash flow, and you must have satisfactory 
credit and character. SBA will not make a loan to you if repayment 
depends upon the sale of collateral through foreclosure or any other 
disposition of assets owned by you. SBA is prohibited by statute from 
making a loan to you if you are engaged in the production or 
distribution of any product or service that has been determined to be 
obscene by a court.

Sec. 123.7  Are there restrictions on how disaster loans can be used?

    You must use disaster loans to restore or replace your primary home 
(including a mobile home used as a primary residence) and your personal 
or business property as nearly as possible to their condition before 
the disaster occurred, and within certain limits, to protect damaged or 
destroyed real property from possible future similar disasters. 

[[Page 3306]]

Sec. 123.8  Does SBA charge any fees for obtaining a disaster loan?

    SBA does not charge points, closing, or servicing fees on any 
disaster loan. You will be responsible for payment of any closing costs 
owed to third parties, such as recording fees and title insurance 
premiums. If your loan is made in participation with a financial 
institution, SBA will charge a guarantee fee to the financial 
institution, which then may recover the guarantee fee from you.

Sec. 123.9  What happens if I don't use loan proceeds for the intended 
purpose?

    (a) When SBA approves each loan application, it issues a loan 
authorization which specifies the amount of the loan, repayment terms, 
any collateral requirements, and the permitted use of loan proceeds. If 
you wrongfully misapply these proceeds, you will be liable to SBA for 
one and one-half times the proceeds disbursed to you as of the date SBA 
learns of your wrongful misapplication. Wrongful misapplication means 
the willful use of any loan proceeds without SBA approval contrary to 
the loan authorization. If you fail to use loan proceeds for authorized 
purposes for 60 days or more after receiving a loan disbursement check, 
such non-use also is considered a wrongful misapplication of the 
proceeds.
    (b) If SBA learns that you may have misapplied your loan proceeds, 
SBA will notify you at your last known address, by certified mail, 
return receipt requested. You will be given at least 30 days to submit 
to SBA evidence that you have not misapplied the loan proceeds or that 
you have corrected any such misapplication. Any failure to respond in 
time will be considered an admission that you misapplied the proceeds. 
If SBA finds a wrongful misapplication, it will cancel any undisbursed 
loan proceeds, call the loan, and begin collection measures to collect 
your outstanding loan balance and the civil penalty. You may also face 
criminal prosecution or civil or administrative action.

Sec. 123.10  What happens if I cannot use my insurance proceeds to make 
repairs?

    If you must pay insurance proceeds to the holder of a recorded lien 
or encumbrance against your damaged property instead of using them to 
make repairs, you may apply to SBA for the full amount needed to make 
such repairs. If you voluntarily pay insurance proceeds to a recorded 
lienholder, your loan eligibility is reduced by the amount of the 
voluntary payment.

Sec. 123.11  Does SBA require collateral for any of its disaster loans?

    Generally, SBA will not require that you pledge collateral to 
secure a disaster home loan or a physical disaster business loan of 
$10,000 or less, or an economic injury disaster loan of $5,000 or less. 
For loans larger than these amounts, you will be required to provide 
available collateral such as a lien on the damaged or replacement 
property, a security interest in personal property, or both.
    (a) Sometimes a borrower, including affiliates as defined in Part 
121 of this title, will have more than one loan after a single 
disaster. In deciding whether collateral is required, SBA will add up 
all physical disaster loans to see if they exceed $10,000 and all 
economic injury disaster loans to see if they exceed $5,000.
    (b) SBA will not decline a loan if you lack a particular amount of 
collateral as long as it is reasonably sure that you can repay your 
loan. If you refuse to pledge available collateral when requested by 
SBA, however, SBA may decline or cancel your loan.

Sec. 123.12  Are books and records required?

    You must retain complete records of all transactions financed with 
your SBA loan proceeds, including copies of all contracts and receipts, 
for a period of 3 years after you receive your final disbursement of 
loan proceeds. If you have a physical disaster business or economic 
injury loan, you must also maintain current and accurate books of 
account, including financial and operating statements, insurance 
policies, and tax returns. You must retain applicable books and records 
for 3 years after your loan matures including any extensions, or from 
the date when your loan is paid in full, whichever occurs first. You 
must make available to SBA or other authorized government personnel 
upon request all such books and records for inspection, audit, and 
reproduction during normal business hours and you must also permit SBA 
and any participating financial institution to inspect and appraise 
your assets. (OMB Approval No. 3245-0110.)

Sec. 123.13  What happens if my loan application is denied?

    (a) If SBA denies your loan application, SBA will notify you in 
writing and set forth the specific reasons for the denial. Any 
applicant whose request for a loan is declined for reasons other than 
size (not being a small business) has the right to present information 
to overcome the reason or reasons for the decline and to request 
reconsideration in writing. (OMB Approval No. 3245-0122.)
    (b) Any decline due to size can only be appealed as set forth in 
Part 121 of this chapter.
    (c) Any request for reconsideration must be received by the SBA 
office that declined the original application within six months of the 
date of the declined notice. After six months, a new loan application 
is required.
    (d) A request for reconsideration must contain all significant new 
information that you rely on to overcome SBA's denial of your original 
loan application. Your request for reconsideration of a business loan 
application must also be accompanied by current business financial 
statements.
    (e) If SBA declines your application a second time, you have the 
right to appeal in writing to the Area Director's Office. All appeals 
must be received by the office that declined the prior reconsideration 
within 30 days of the decline action. Your request must state that you 
are appealing, and must give specific reasons why the decline action 
should be reversed.
    (f) The decision of the Area Director is final unless:
    (1) The Area Director does not have authority to approve the 
requested loan;
    (2) The Area Director refers the matter to the Associate 
Administrator for Disaster Assistance; or
    (3) The Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance, upon a 
showing of special circumstances, requests the Area Director's office 
to forward the matter to him or her for final consideration. Special 
circumstances may include, but are not limited to, policy 
considerations, alleged improper acts by SBA personnel or others in 
processing the application, and conflicting policy interpretations 
between two Area Offices.

Sec. 123.14  How does the Federal Debt Collection Procedures Act of 
1990 apply?

    (a) Under the Federal Debt Collection Procedures Act of 1990 (28 
U.S.C. 3201(e)), a debtor who owns property which is subject to an 
outstanding judgment lien for a debt owed to the United States 
generally is not eligible to receive physical and economic injury 
disaster loans. The SBA Associate Administrator for Disaster 
Assistance, or designee, may waive this restriction as to disaster 
loans upon a demonstration of good cause. Good cause means a written 
representation by you under oath which convinces SBA that:
    (1) The declared disaster was a major contributing factor to the 
delinquency which led to the judgment lien, regardless of when the 
original debt was incurred; or 

[[Page 3307]]

    (2) The disaster directly prevented you from fulfilling the terms 
of an agreement with SBA or any other Federal Government entity to 
satisfy its pre-disaster judgment lien; in this situation, the judgment 
creditor must certify to SBA that you were complying with the agreement 
to satisfy the judgment lien when the disaster occurred; or
    (3) Other circumstances exist which would justify a waiver.
    (b) The waiver determination by the Associate Administrator for 
Disaster Assistance, or designee, is a final, non-appealable decision. 
The granting of a waiver does not include loan approval; a waiver 
recipient must then follow normal loan application procedures.

Sec. 123.15  What if I change my mind?

    If SBA required you to pledge collateral for your loan, you may 
change your mind and rescind your loan pursuant to the Consumer Credit 
Protection Act, 15 U.S.C. 1601, and Regulation Z of the Federal Reserve 
Board, 12 CFR Part 226. Your note and any collateral documents signed 
by you will be canceled upon your return of all loan proceeds and your 
payment of any interest accrued.

Sec. 123.16  How are loans administered and serviced?

    (a) If you obtained your disaster loan from a participating lender, 
that lender is responsible for closing and servicing your loan. If you 
obtained your loan directly from SBA, your loan will be closed and 
serviced by SBA. The SBA rules on servicing are found in Part 120 of 
this chapter.
    (b) If you are unable to pay your SBA loan installments in a timely 
manner for reasons substantially beyond your control, you may request 
that SBA suspend your loan payments, extend your maturity, or both.

Sec. 123.17  Do other Federal requirements apply?

    As a condition of disbursement, you must be in compliance with 
certain requirements relating to flood insurance, lead-based paint, 
earthquake hazards, coastal barrier islands, and child support 
obligations, as set forth in Secs. 120.170 through 120.175 of this 
chapter.

Home Disaster Loans

Sec. 123.100  Am I eligible to apply for a home disaster loan?

    (a) You are eligible to apply for a home disaster loan if you:
    (1) Own and occupy your primary residence and have suffered a 
physical loss to your primary residence, personal property, or both; or
    (2) Do not own your primary residence, but have suffered a physical 
loss to your personal property. Family members sharing a residence are 
eligible if they are not dependents of the owners of the residence.
    (b) Losses may be claimed only by the owners of the property at the 
time of the disaster, and all such losses will be verified by SBA. SBA 
will consider beneficial ownership as well as legal title (for real or 
personal property) in determining who suffered the loss.

Sec. 123.101  When am I not eligible for a home disaster loan?

    You are not eligible for a home disaster loan if:
    (a) You have been convicted, during the past year, of a felony 
during and in connection with a riot or civil disorder or other 
declared disaster;
    (b) You acquired voluntarily more than a 50 percent ownership 
interest in the damaged property after the disaster, and no contract of 
sale existed at the time of the disaster;
    (c) Your damaged property can be repaired or replaced with the 
proceeds of insurance, gifts or other compensation, including 
condemnation awards (with one exception, these amounts must either be 
deducted from the amount of the claimed losses or, if received after 
SBA has approved and disbursed a loan, must be paid to SBA as principal 
payments on your loan. You must notify SBA of any such recoveries 
collected after receiving an SBA disaster loan (OMB Approval No. 3245-
0124)). The one exception applies to amounts received under the 
Individual and Family Grant Program of the Federal Emergency Management 
Agency solely to meet an emergency need pending processing of an SBA 
loan. In such an event, you must repay the financial assistance with 
SBA loan proceeds if it was used for purposes also eligible for an SBA 
loan);
    (d) SBA determines that you assumed the risk (for example, by not 
maintaining flood insurance as required by an earlier SBA disaster loan 
when the current loss is also due to flood);
    (e) Your damaged property is a secondary home (although if you 
rented the property out before the disaster and the property would not 
constitute a ``residence'' under the provisions of Section 280A of the 
Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 280A), you may be eligible for a 
physical disaster business loan);
    (f) Your damaged property is the type of vehicle normally used for 
recreational purposes, such as motorhomes, aircraft, and boats;
    (g) Your damaged property consists of cash or securities;
    (h) The replacement value of your damaged personal property is 
extraordinarily high and not easily verified, such as the value of 
antiques, artworks, or hobby collections;
    (i) You or other principal owners of the damaged property are 
presently incarcerated, or on probation or parole following conviction 
for a serious criminal offense;
    (j) Your only interest in the damaged property is in the form of a 
security interest, mortgage, or deed of trust;
    (k) The damaged building, including contents, was newly constructed 
or substantially improved on or after February 9, 1989, and (without a 
significant business justification) is located seaward of mean high 
tide or entirely in or over water; or
    (l) You voluntarily decide to relocate outside the business area in 
which the disaster has occurred, and there are no special or unusual 
circumstances leading to your decision (business area means the 
municipality which provides general governmental services to your 
damaged home or, if not located in a municipality, the county or 
equivalent political entity in which your damaged home is located).

Sec. 123.102  What circumstances would justify my relocating?

    SBA may approve a loan if you intend to relocate outside the 
business area in which the disaster has occurred if your relocation is 
caused by such special or unusual circumstances as:
    (a) demonstrable risk that the business area will suffer future 
disasters;
    (b) a change in employment status (such as loss of job, transfer, 
lack of adequate job opportunities within the business area or 
scheduled retirement within 18 months after the disaster occurs);
    (c) medical reasons; or
    (d) special family considerations which necessitate a move outside 
of the business area.

Sec. 123.103  What happens if I am forced to move from my home?

    If you must relocate inside or outside the business area because 
local authorities will not allow you to repair your damaged property, 
SBA considers this to be a total loss and a mandatory relocation. In 
this case, your loan would be an amount that SBA considers sufficient 
to replace your residence at your new location, plus funds to cover 
losses of personal property and eligible refinancing. 

[[Page 3308]]

Sec. 123.104  What interest rate will I pay on my home disaster loan?

    If you can obtain credit elsewhere, your interest rate is set by a 
statutory formula, but will not exceed 8 percent per annum. If you 
cannot obtain credit elsewhere, your interest rate is one-half the 
statutory rate, but will not exceed 4 percent per annum. Credit 
elsewhere means that, with your cash flow and disposable assets, SBA 
believes you could obtain financing from non-federal sources on 
reasonable terms. If you cannot obtain credit elsewhere, you also may 
be able to borrow from SBA to refinance existing recorded liens against 
your damaged real property. Under prior legislation, some SBA disaster 
loans had split interest rates. On any such loan, repayments of 
principal are applied first to that portion of the loan with the lowest 
interest rate.

Sec. 123.105  How much can I borrow with a home disaster loan and what 
limits apply on use of funds and repayment terms?

    (a) For all disasters occurring on or after October 26, 1993, there 
are limits on how much money you can borrow for particular purposes:
    (1) $40,000 for repair or replacement of household and personal 
effects;
    (2) $200,000 for repair or replacement of a primary residence 
(including upgrading in order to meet minimum standards of safety and 
decency or current building code requirements). Repair or replacement 
of landscaping and/or recreational facilities cannot exceed $5,000;
    (3) $200,000 for eligible refinancing purposes; and
    (4) 20 percent of the loan amount (not including refinancing) up to 
a maximum of $48,000 for mitigation (see Sec. 123.107).
    (b) You may not use loan proceeds to repay any debts on personal 
property, secured or unsecured, unless you incurred those debts as a 
direct result of the disaster.
    (c) SBA determines the loan maturity and repayment terms based on 
your needs and your ability to pay. Generally, you will pay equal 
monthly installments of principal and interest, beginning five months 
from the date of the loan, as shown on the Note securing the loan. SBA 
will consider other payment terms if you have seasonal or fluctuating 
income, and SBA may allow installment payments of varying amounts over 
the first two years of the loan. The maximum maturity for a home 
disaster loan is 30 years. There is no penalty for prepayment of home 
disaster loans.

Sec. 123.106  What is eligible refinancing?

    (a) If your home (primary residence) is totally destroyed or 
substantially damaged, and you do not have credit elsewhere, SBA may 
allow you to borrow money to refinance recorded liens or encumbrances 
on your home. Your home is totally destroyed or substantially damaged 
if it has suffered uninsured or otherwise uncompensated damage which, 
at the time of the disaster, is either:
    (1) 40 percent or more of the home's market value or replacement 
cost at the time of the disaster, including land value, whichever is 
less; or
    (2) 50 percent or more of its market value or replacement cost at 
the time of the disaster, not including land value, whichever is less.
    (b) Your home disaster loan for refinancing existing liens or 
encumbrances cannot exceed an amount equal to the lesser of $200,000, 
or the physical damage to your primary residence after reductions for 
any insurance or other recovery.

Sec. 123.107  What is mitigation?

    Mitigation means specific measures taken by you to protect against 
recurring damage in similar future disasters. Examples include 
retaining walls, sea walls, grading and contouring land, relocating 
utilities and modifying structures. The money that you can borrow for 
mitigation is limited to the lesser of the cost of mitigation, or 20 
percent of your loan to repair or replace your damaged primary 
residence and personal property. SBA will not accept a request for a 
loan increase for mitigation filed after final disbursement of your 
original loan unless you can show that your request was late because of 
substantial reasons beyond your control.

Physical Disaster Business Loans

Sec. 123.200  Am I eligible to apply for a physical disaster business 
loan?

    (a) Almost any business concern or charitable or other non-profit 
entity whose real or tangible personal property is damaged in a 
declared disaster area is eligible to apply for a physical disaster 
business loan. Your business may be a sole proprietorship, partnership, 
corporation, limited liability company, or other legal entity 
recognized under State law. Your business' size (average annual 
receipts or number of employees) is not taken into consideration in 
determining your eligibility for a physical disaster business loan. If 
your damaged business occupied rented space at the time of the 
disaster, and the terms of your business' lease require you to make 
repairs to your business' building, you may have suffered a physical 
loss and can apply for a physical business disaster loan to repair the 
property. In all other cases, the owner of the building is the eligible 
loan applicant.
    (b) Damaged vehicles, of the type normally used for recreational 
purposes, such as motorhomes, aircraft, and boats, may be repaired or 
replaced with SBA loan proceeds if you can submit evidence that the 
damaged vehicles were used in your business at the time of the 
disaster.

Sec. 123.201  When am I not eligible to apply for a physical disaster 
business loan?

    (a) You are not eligible for a physical disaster business loan if 
your business is an agricultural enterprise or if you (or any principal 
of the business) fit into any of the categories in Sec. 123.101. 
Agricultural enterprise means a business primarily engaged in the 
production of food and fiber, ranching and raising of livestock, 
aquaculture and all other farming and agriculture-related industries.
    (b) Sometimes a damaged business is engaged in both agricultural 
and non-agricultural business activities. If the primary business 
activity of your damaged business is not an agricultural enterprise, 
you may apply for a physical disaster business loan, but loan proceeds 
may not be used, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of your 
agricultural enterprises, even if they also suffered damage.
    (c) If your business is going to relocate voluntarily outside the 
business area in which the disaster occurred, you are not eligible for 
a physical disaster business loan. If, however, the relocation is due 
to uncontrollable or compelling circumstances, SBA will consider the 
relocation to be involuntary and eligible for a loan. Such 
circumstances may include, but are not limited to:
    (1) The elimination or substantial decrease in the market for your 
products or services, as a consequence of the disaster;
    (2) A change in the demographics of your business area within 18 
months prior to the disaster, or as a result of the disaster, which 
makes it uneconomical to continue operations in your business area;
    (3) A substantial change in your cost of doing business, as a 
result of the disaster, which makes the continuation of your business 
in the business area not economically viable;
    (4) Location of your business in a hazardous area such as a special 
flood hazard area or an earthquake-prone area;
    (5) A change in the public infrastructure in your business area 
which occurred within 18 months or as a result of the disaster that 
would result 

[[Page 3309]]
in substantially increased expenses for your business in the business 
area;
    (6) Your implementation of decisions adopted and at least partially 
implemented within 18 months prior to the disaster to move your 
business out of the business area; and
    (7) Other factors which undermine the economic viability of your 
business area.

Sec. 123.202  How much can my business borrow with a physical disaster 
business loan?

    (a) Disaster business loans, including both physical disaster and 
economic injury loans to the same borrower, together with its 
affiliates, cannot exceed the greater of the uncompensated physical 
loss and economic injury or $1.5 million. Physical disaster loans may 
include amounts to meet current building code requirements. If your 
business is a major source of employment, SBA may waive the $1.5 
million limitation. A major source of employment is a business concern 
which has one or more locations in the disaster area which:
    (1) Employed 10 percent or more of the entire work force within the 
commuting area of a geographically identifiable community (no larger 
than a county), provided that the commuting area does not extend more 
than 50 miles from such community; or
    (2) Employed 5 percent of the work force in an industry within the 
disaster area and, if the concern is a non-manufacturing concern, 
employed no less than 50 employees in the disaster area, or if the 
concern is a manufacturing concern, employed no less than 150 employees 
in the disaster area; or
    (3) Employed no less than 250 employees within the disaster area.
    (b) SBA will consider waiving the $1.5 million loan limit only if:
    (1) Your damaged location or locations are out of business or in 
imminent danger of going out of business as a result of the disaster, 
and a loan in excess of $1.5 million is necessary to reopen or keep 
open the damaged locations in order to avoid substantial unemployment 
in the disaster area; and
    (2) You have used all reasonably available funds from your 
business, its affiliates and its principal owners (20% or greater 
ownership interest) and all available credit elsewhere (as described in 
Sec. 123.104) to alleviate your physical damage and economic injury.
    (c) Physical disaster business borrowers may request refinancing of 
liens on both damaged real property and machinery and equipment, but 
for an amount reduced by insurance or other compensation. To do so, 
your business property must be totally destroyed or substantially 
damaged, which means:
    (1) 40 percent or more of the aggregate value (lesser of market 
value or replacement cost at the time of the disaster) of the damaged 
real property (including land) and damaged machinery and equipment; or
    (2) 50 percent or more of the aggregate value (lesser of market 
value or replacement cost at the time of the disaster) of the damaged 
real property (excluding land) and damaged machinery and equipment.
    (d) Loan funds allocated for repair or replacement of landscaping 
or recreational facilities may not exceed $5,000 unless the landscaping 
or recreational facilities fulfilled a functional need or contributed 
to the generation of business.

Sec. 123.203  What interest rate will my business pay on a physical 
disaster business loan and what are the repayment terms?

    (a) SBA will announce interest rates with each disaster 
declaration. If your business, together with its affiliates and 
principal owners, have credit elsewhere, your interest rate is set by a 
statutory formula, but will not exceed 8 percent per annum. If you do 
not have credit elsewhere, your interest rate will not exceed 4 percent 
per annum. The maturity of your loan depends upon your repayment 
ability, but cannot exceed 3 years if you have credit elsewhere. 
Otherwise, the maximum maturity is 30 years.
    (b) Generally, you must pay equal monthly installments, of 
principal and interest, beginning five months from the date of the loan 
as shown on the Note. SBA will consider other payment terms if you have 
seasonal or fluctuating income, and SBA may allow installment payments 
of varying amounts over the first two years of the loan. There is no 
penalty for prepayment for disaster loans.

Economic Injury Disaster Loans

Sec. 123.300  Is my business eligible to apply for an economic injury 
disaster loan?

    (a) If your business is located in a declared disaster area, and 
suffered substantial economic injury as a direct result of a declared 
disaster, you are eligible to apply for an economic injury disaster 
loan.
    (1) Substantial economic injury is such that a business concern is 
unable to meet its obligations as they mature or to pay its ordinary 
and necessary operating expenses.
    (2) Loss of anticipated profits or a drop in sales is not 
considered substantial economic injury for this purpose.
    (b) Economic injury disaster loans are available only if you were a 
small business (as defined in Part 121 of this chapter) when the 
declared disaster commenced, you and your affiliates and principal 
owners (20% or more ownership interest) have used all reasonably 
available funds, and you are unable to obtain credit elsewhere (see 
Sec. 123.104).
    (c) Eligible businesses do not include agricultural enterprises, 
but do include--
    (1) Small nurseries affected by a drought disaster designated by 
the Secretary of Agriculture (nurseries are commercial establishments 
deriving 50 percent or more of their annual receipts from the 
production and sale of ornamental plants and other nursery products, 
including, but not limited to, bulbs, florist greens, foliage, flowers, 
flower and vegetable seeds, shrubbery, and sod);
    (2) Small agricultural cooperatives; and
    (3) Producer cooperatives.

Sec. 123.301  When would my business not be eligible to apply for an 
economic injury disaster loan?

    Your business is not eligible for an economic disaster loan if you 
(or any principal of the business) fit into any of the categories in 
Secs. 123.101 and 123.201, or if your business is:
    (a) Engaged in gambling, lending, multi-level sales distribution, 
loan packaging, speculation, or investment (except for real estate 
investment with property held for rental when the disaster occurred);
    (b) A non-profit or charitable concern;
    (c) A consumer or marketing cooperative; or
    (d) Not a small business concern.

Sec. 123.302  What is the interest rate on an economic injury disaster 
loan?

    Your economic injury loan will have an interest rate of 4 percent 
per annum or less.

Sec. 123.303  How can my business spend my economic injury disaster 
loan?

    (a) You can only use the loan proceeds for working capital 
necessary to carry your concern until resumption of normal operations 
and for expenditures necessary to alleviate the specific economic 
injury, but not to exceed that which the business could have provided 
had the injury not occurred.
    (b) Loan proceeds may not be used to: 
    
[[Page 3310]]

    (1) Refinance indebtedness which you incurred prior to the disaster 
event;
    (2) Make payments on loans owned by another federal agency 
(including SBA) or a Small Business Investment Company licensed under 
the Small Business Investment Act;
    (3) Pay, directly or indirectly, any obligations resulting from a 
federal, state or local tax penalty as a result of negligence or fraud, 
or any non-tax criminal fine, civil fine, or penalty for non-compliance 
with a law, regulation, or order of a federal, state, regional, or 
local agency or similar matter;
    (4) Repair physical damage; or
    (5) Pay dividends or other disbursements to owners, partners, 
officers or stockholders, except for reasonable remuneration directly 
related to their performance of services for the business.

    Dated: January 19, 1996.
Philip Lader,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1162 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-1157 Government Contracting Assistance
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 21 (Wednesday, January 31, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3310-3316]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-1157]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
13 CFR Part 125

Government Contracting Assistance

AGENCY: Small Business Administration.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In response to President Clinton's Government-wide regulatory 
reform initiative, the Small Business Administration (SBA) has 
completed a page-by-page, line-by-line review of all of its existing 
regulations to determine which should be revised or eliminated. This 
rule would eliminate seven sections which are currently contained in 13 
CFR Part 125 pertaining to SBA's procurement assistance programs. The 
Part will be retitled Government Contracting Assistance.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This rule is effective on March 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John W. Klein, Chief Counsel for 
Special Programs, at (202) 205-6645.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Part 125 of chapter I of title 13 of the 
Code of Federal Regulations sets forth the policies and procedures by 
which SBA regulates Government contracting. On November 27, 1995 (60 FR 
58276), SBA published a proposed rule in the Federal Register to 
reorganize part 125, eliminating seven sections and streamlining other 
sections. SBA proposed minor, but substantive, rule changes--notably, 
removing Walsh-Healey determinations from the Certificate of Competency 
process; increasing the threshold over which a contracting officer 
could appeal the award of a Certificate of Competency to Headquarters 
from $25,000 to $100,000, and clarifying that prospective limitations 
on subcontracting applied to base year contracts, irrespective of 
option years.
    SBA received sixteen timely comments to this proposed revision. 
Eleven of the comments were directed at proposed Sec. 125.4, which 
concerns Government property sale assistance. One was directed at the 
proposed elimination of Sec. 125.10, the Procurement Automated Source 
System (PASS). The remainder raised objections to proposed Sec. 125.6, 
dealing with subcontracting limitations.
    SBA proposed a streamlined section on government property sales at 
Sec. 125.4. The proposed section described the purpose of the 
Government property sales assistance program; described what the 
program does; described what sorts of economic activities are covered 
by the program; and referred the reader to the appropriate sections in 
Part 121 to obtain the size standards for the program. This section 
replaces present Sec. 125.8, which recites the size standards in 
detail, describes who in SBA is responsible for administering the 
program, sets forth what interagency agreements SBA has concerning the 
program and with whom, sets forth the form number of the applicable 
certification, describes penalties for contract breach, and sets forth 
the program's ``emphasis'', not only in the present but in the past as 
well.
    Eight of the eleven comments discussing this section expressed the 
mistaken belief that the proposed revision would eliminate all 
references to the Government property sales assistance program. All 
eleven of the comments expressed concern that in the absence of the 
current detailed regulation, the general public, the timber industry 
and employees of the Federal Government would lack sufficient 
information to properly utilize the program. Some of these commenters 
expressed concern that in the absence of the particulars of present 
Sec. 125.8, other agencies having interagency agreements with the SBA 
would be unaware of their responsibilities under those agreements. 
Conversely, other commenters were concerned that the proposed revision 
would somehow ``signal'' those other agencies that they were no longer 
bound by their agreements. Some commenters were concerned that without 
a regulation which assigns specific duties to specific SBA employees, 
SBA would soon eliminate those employees. Finally, one commenter claims 
that were SBA not to designate in the Code of Federal Regulations which 
employees were to carry out which responsibilities under the Government 
property sales assistance program, SBA would be in violation of the 
Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552).
    SBA has considered all of these comments, but believes that 
Sec. 125.4 as proposed is an appropriate regulation. Current Sec. 125.8 
has little useful information for either interested small businesses or 
for federal agencies conducting sales under the program. The statutory 
language replicated in current Sec. 125.8 is among the most general in 
the entire Small Business Act, guaranteeing only that a ``fair'' 
proportion of sales and leases be given to small businesses. The bare 
recitation of which agencies have Interagency Agreements with SBA which 
relate to the Government Property Sales Assistance Program provides no 
useful information to the interested small business. The contents of 
those agreements, which may be obtained from the Small Business 
Administration upon request, may be of help, but they are not printed 
in the present regulation, and to include them in the Code of Federal 
Regulations would be impractical. The agencies themselves, of course, 
know what the agreements require them to do, and a regulation is not 
needed to create enforceability.
    SBA's own obligations under the Government Property Sales 
Assistance Program remain unaffected by removing specific references to 
which SBA employee performs which task. Descriptions of duties of 
employees and other internal management matters need not be contained 
in regulations.
    The size standards relevant to the timber set-aside program will be 
restated, with more clarity, in new Secs. 121.506-121.508 of this 
chapter. A proposed rule revising Part 121 of these regulations was 
published on November 24, 1995, and will become final when this rule 
becomes effective. There is no substantive change to the size standard.
    SBA disagrees with the contention that the Freedom of Information 
Act requires that SBA set forth in regulation the responsibilities of 
the property sales industrial representative, as the current regulation 
does. FOIA merely requires that agencies publish descriptions of their 
organization, not that they publish specific responsibilities for 
specific staff. Moreover, FOIA merely requires that this publication be 
in the Federal Register, not in regulations.
    One commenter urges that Sec. 125.10 be retained if its deletion 
``in any way diminishes the quality, availability, or emphasis for this 
program.'' The 

[[Page 3311]]
deletion of this regulation will have none of these adverse effects.
    Three of the commenters objected to proposed Sec. 125.6(e), which 
would measure a small business offeror's compliance with subcontracting 
limitation percentages on the basis of the work it will perform during 
the base contract period only, regardless of the work it does during 
contract option years.
    The commenters argued that SBA's proposed regulation was contrary 
to the legislative intent behind the statute, which was to apply the 
subcontracting limitations to the anticipated length of the contract, 
rather than to individual task orders. One of the commenters also 
argued that such a regulation would make it particularly difficult for 
small businesses to bid in high-tech fields, where the common practice 
of the industry is to subcontract large portions of the contract at the 
beginning phases and to gradually perform more and more of the work in-
house. Another commenter also pointed out that the proposed rule was 
inconsistent with Sec. 17.206(a) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation 
(48 CFR Sec. 17.206(a)), which requires purchasing agencies to evaluate 
proposals over their full length, rather than simply the base year.
    Unfortunately, the mere existence of option years in a contract is 
not necessarily dispositive of the question of the anticipated length 
of that contract. Some agencies offer contracts with short base periods 
and many option years as the best way to protect the agency's 
interests, without any real expectation that the awardee will perform 
the contract for the full period. It would defeat the purpose of 
Sec. 644(o) to permit, for example, an award to a concern which ends up 
subcontracting most of the performance during the actual period of 
performance on the basis of its promise to perform with its own 
personnel during option years which are never awarded.
    However, SBA agrees that where the purchasing activity awards the 
contract on the basis of an evaluation of more than the base period, 
SBA should accept this evaluation as evidence of the anticipated length 
of the contract. Accordingly, SBA has modified new Sec. 125.6(e) so 
that where a proposal is evaluated on the basis of more than the base 
year, the contract awardee must perform the statutory minimum over the 
period of time upon which the evaluation is made. In all other 
instances, the contract awardee must perform the statutory minimum over 
the base period.
    Another commenter objected to the language of Sec. 125.6(a), which 
sets forth the subcontracting limitations, where applicable, for each 
type of procurement. This commenter contended that the language of 
present Sec. 124.314, which sets forth subcontracting limitations on 
8(a) concerns, is more clear. SBA disagrees. SBA believes the wording 
of Sec. 125.6 merely eliminates unnecessary wording. No substantive 
difference is intended.
    One commenter asked why proposed Sec. 125.6(a)(2), which 
establishes a 50% performance of work requirement for contractors for 
supplies (other than procurement from a regular dealer in such 
supplies) establishes no performance or work requirement for regular 
dealers. SBA believes that the statute imposes no requirement on 
regular dealers to perform any percentage of the work.
    A commenter noted that the language of proposed Sec. 125.6(b), 
which establishes the definition of certain accounting terms for 
purposes of complying with the limitations on subcontracting, may be 
too burdensome for small business offerors who normally have less 
formal accounting procedures. SBA does not consider it unduly 
burdensome for small business offerors to employ these terms. The terms 
need defining in a consistent way and the definitions are not overly 
complex.
    Two commenters noted that in many instances small business offerors 
have not made at the time of their offer the decisions they need to 
make in order to determine how much of the contract they intend to 
subcontract. SBA must respect the need of federal agencies to determine 
the eligibility of small business bidders by a date certain. In the 
instance of a sealed bid, the contracting officer must be able to 
determine whether a bidder is responsible at the time of bid opening 
and, if it is not, must be able to move on to the next bidder. 
Similarly, in the instance of a negotiated procurement, the small 
business offeror will have substantially completed its subcontracting 
intentions by the time it makes its best and final offer, and must be 
able to commit to compliance with statutory limitations on 
subcontracting at that point.
    A commenter noted proposed Sec. 125.6(d) treated subcontracting 
limitations as a responsibility, rather than a size, issue and stated 
that this decision would raise questions as to whether the proposed 
regulation was a renunciation of the ostensible subcontractor rule 
found in Sec. 121.401(l)(4). SBA has decided to treat limitations on 
subcontracting as a responsibility matter because it relates to how a 
contractor intends to perform a specific contract and is analogous to 
traditional responsibility issues such as capacity and credit. 
Moreover, treating the issue in this way places the obligation to 
question compliance with the contracting officer, and insures that the 
contracting agency will be consulted before a negative determination is 
overruled by SBA. This new rule will not affect the ostensible 
subcontractor rule, which is being restated in new Sec. 121.103(f)(3). 
Size protests will continue to be processed where the protester alleges 
an anticipated awardee exceeds the applicable size standard due to a 
joint venture relationship with a purported subcontractor, regardless 
of whether the limitations on subcontracting percentages will be met by 
the awardee.
    Another comment was an objection to the provision of Sec. 125.6(f), 
which provides that work which a concern intends to subcontract to 
subsidiaries and affiliates would not count as work performed by the 
concern. The commenter points out that SBA does not treat the affiliate 
as a separate entity for purposes of size determination and argues that 
it is inconsistent to treat the affiliate as a separate entity for 
purposes of subcontracting. The commenter also points out that an 
applicant can easily defeat this restriction by bidding as a joint 
venture with its affiliate.
    SBA believes that the governing statute, 15 U.S.C. 644(o), urges 
this result. That statute refers to ``employees of the concern'' 
(contracts for services) and ``the concern will perform work'' 
(contracts for supplies). SBA regulations define a ``concern'' as ``a 
business entity organized for profit * * * (which) may be in the legal 
form of an individual proprietorship, partnership, corporation, joint 
venture, association, trust or a cooperative * * *.'' (13 CFR 121.403).
    An offeror and its affiliates are separate legal entities. Even if 
the statute were construed to permit a different rule, SBA believes a 
regulation defining ``concern'' differently for different purposes 
could be burdensome and confusing. While it is true that SBA aggregates 
for size purposes the employees or revenues of subsidiaries or 
affiliates of a concern, SBA does not treat the different legal 
entities as having merged or lost their separate identities in terms of 
ownership, management, assets and liabilities. To credit work performed 
by a subsidiary or an affiliate as work performed by the concern itself 
would be inconsistent with this approach.
    Finally, two commenters inquired as to how SBA or a contracting 
officer can 

[[Page 3312]]
determine an offeror's compliance with subcontracting restrictions 
before an award. As a responsibility matter, the contracting officer 
will determine whether an offeror intends to comply and if so, whether 
it is capable of complying. SBA may then review adverse determinations. 
If award occurs, the contracting officer will have a continuing 
responsibility to monitor contract performance to assure compliance 
with contract terms, including subcontracting limitations.
    In addition to modifying the provision governing the period of time 
considered for measuring compliance with statutory subcontracting 
limitations, the final rule makes minor changes from the proposed rule 
in order to further streamline the part. SBA has removed the list of 
``additional responsibilities'' assigned to commercial marketing 
representatives (CMRs) set forth in proposed Sec. 125.3(e). CMRs will 
be assigned responsibilities in addition to their matching tasks as the 
need arises. SBA has also deleted the last sentence of proposed 
Sec. 125.6(b)(4), which was inadvertently included in the proposed 
regulation. The treatment of leasing utility distribution facilities in 
the context of this section is still under review. SBA also corrected 
an inadvertent error contained in the proposed rule as to the 
eligibility of kit assemblers for a certificate of competency 
(Sec. 125.5(b)(1)(v)(B) of the proposed rule). The final rule will 
continue SBA's policy of making COCs available to kit assemblers 
regardless of the size of the manufacturer where the procurement is 
unrestricted, and of making COCs available to kit assemblers on small 
business set-asides only where they provide components manufactured 
only by domestic small businesses. SBA has also removed language in 
that subparagraph relating to the treatment of components manufactured 
by directed sources where the sources are large businesses. Under 
current regulations, contracting agencies must first obtain a waiver of 
the nonmanufacturing rule from SBA before they may direct large 
business sources in a small business set-aside. Accordingly, there is 
no need to include additional language governing directed sources.

Compliance With Executive Orders 12612, 12778, and 12866, the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.), and the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 35)

    SBA certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic 
impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of 
Executive Order 12866 or the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, 
et seq. This rule eliminates seven sections of SBA's regulations that 
SBA has determined to be obsolete, unnecessary, or duplicative. The 
remaining regulations have been rewritten for clarity and ease of use. 
No contracting opportunities for small business will be affected by 
this rule. Therefore, it is not likely to have an annual economic 
impact of $100 million or more, result in a major increase in costs or 
prices, or have a significant adverse effect on competition or the U.S. 
economy.
    For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Ch. 35, SBA 
certifies that this rule contains no new reporting or recordkeeping 
requirements.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12612, SBA certifies that this rule 
does not have any federalism implications warranting the preparation of 
a Federalism Assessment.
    For purposes of Executive Order 12778, SBA certifies that this rule 
is drafted, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards 
set forth in Section 2 of that Order.

List of Subjects in 13 CFR Part 125

    Government contracts, Government procurement, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses, Technical assistance.
    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority set forth in Section 4 of 
Public Law 101-515 (104 Stat. 2140), Section 610(a) of Public Law 100-
202 (101 Stat. 1329-39), sections 5(b)(6), 8 and 15 of the Small 
Business Act, 72 Stat. 384, as amended (15 U.S.C. 631, et seq.), 31 
U.S.C. 9701, 9702, SBA hereby revises Part 125 of Title 13 of the Code 
of Federal Regulations to read as follows:

PART 125--GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING PROGRAMS

Sec.
125.1  Programs included.
125.2  Prime contracting assistance.
125.3  Subcontracting assistance.
125.4  Government property sales assistance.
125.5  Certificate of Competency program.
125.6  Prime contractor performance requirements (limitations on 
subcontracting).

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 634(b)(6), 637, and 644; 31 U.S.C. 9701, 
9702.

Sec. 125.1  Programs included.

    The regulations in this part relate to the Government contracting 
assistance programs of SBA. There are four main programs: Prime 
contracting assistance; Subcontracting assistance; Government property 
sales assistance; and the Certificate of Competency program. The 
objective of the programs is to assist small businesses in obtaining a 
fair share of Federal Government contracts, subcontracts, and property 
sales.

Sec. 125.2  Prime contracting assistance.

    (a) Traditional PCR responsibilities. (1) SBA Procurement Center 
Representatives (PCRs) are located at Federal agencies and buying 
activities which have major contracting programs. PCRs review all 
acquisitions not set aside for small businesses to determine whether a 
set-aside would be appropriate. In cases where there is disagreement 
between a PCR and the contracting officer over the suitability of a 
particular acquisition for a small business set-aside, the PCR may 
initiate an appeal to the head of the contracting activity. If the head 
of the contracting activity agrees with the contracting officer, SBA 
may appeal to the secretary of the department or head of the agency. 
The procedures and time limits for such appeals are set forth in 
Sec. 19.505 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) (48 CFR 
19.505).
    (2) PCRs review and evaluate the small business programs of Federal 
agencies and buying activities and make recommendations for 
improvement. They also recommend small business, small women-owned 
business, and small disadvantaged business sources for use by 
contracting activities and assist these businesses in obtaining Federal 
contracts and subcontracts. Other authorized duties of a PCR are set 
forth in the FAR in 48 CFR 19.402(c) and in the Small Business Act (the 
Act) in Section 15(a) (15 U.S.C. 644(a)).
    (b) BPCR responsibilities. (1) SBA is required by section 403 of 
Public Law 98-577 (15 U.S.C. 644(l)) to assign a breakout PCR (BPCR) to 
major contracting centers. A major contracting center is a center that, 
as determined by SBA, purchases substantial dollar amounts of other 
than commercial items, and which has the potential to achieve 
significant savings as a result of the assignment of a BPCR.
    (2) BPCRs advocate full and open competition in the Federal 
contracting process and recommend the breakout for competition of items 
and requirements which previously have not been competed. They may 
appeal the failure by the buying activity to act favorably on a 
recommendation in accord with the appeal procedures set forth in 
Sec. 19.505 of the FAR (48 CFR 19.505). BPCRs also review restrictions 
and obstacles to competition and make recommendations for improvement. 
Other authorized functions of a BPCR are set forth in 48 CFR 19.403(c) 
of the 

[[Page 3313]]
FAR and Section 15(l) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 644(l)).

Sec. 125.3  Subcontracting assistance.

    (a) The purpose of the subcontracting assistance program is to 
achieve maximum utilization of small business by major prime 
contractors. The Act requires other-than-small firms awarded contracts 
that offer subcontracting possibilities by the Federal Government in 
excess of $500,000, or $1 million for construction of a public 
facility, to submit a subcontracting plan to the contracting agency. 
The FAR sets forth the requirements for subcontracting plans in 48 CFR 
part 19, subpart 19.7, and 48 CFR 52.219-9.
    (b) Upon determination of the successful subcontract offeror, but 
prior to award, the prime contractor must inform each unsuccessful 
subcontract offeror in writing of the name and location of the apparent 
successful offeror. This is applicable to all subcontracts over 
$10,000.
    (c) SBA Commercial Market Representatives (CMRs) facilitate the 
process of matching large prime contractors with small, small 
disadvantaged, and small women-owned subcontractors. CMRs identify, 
develop, and market small businesses to the prime contractors and 
assist the small firms in obtaining subcontracts.
    (d) Each CMR has a portfolio of prime contractors and conducts 
periodic compliance reviews and needs assessments of the companies in 
this portfolio. CMRs are also required to perform opportunity 
development and source identification. Opportunity development means 
assessing the current and future needs of the prime contractors. Source 
identification means identifying those small, small disadvantaged, and 
small women-owned firms which can fulfill the needs assessed from the 
opportunity development process.

Sec. 125.4  Government property sales assistance.

    (a) The purpose of SBA's Government property sales assistance 
program is to:
    (1) Insure that small businesses obtain their fair share of all 
Federal real and personal property qualifying for sale or other 
competitive disposal action; and
    (2) Assist small businesses in obtaining Federal property being 
processed for disposal, sale, or lease.
    (b) SBA property sales assistance primarily consists of two 
activities:
    (1) Obtaining small business set-asides when necessary to insure 
that a fair share of Government property sales are made to small 
businesses; and
    (2) Providing advice and assistance to small businesses on all 
matters pertaining to sale or lease of Government property.
    (c) The program is intended to cover the following categories of 
Government property:
    (1) Sales of timber and related forest products;
    (2) Sales of strategic material from national stockpiles;
    (3) Sales of royalty oil by the Department of Interior's Minerals 
Management Service;
    (4) Leases involving rights to minerals, petroleum, coal, and 
vegetation; and
    (5) Sales of surplus real and personal property.
    (d) SBA has established specific small business size standards and 
rules for the sale or lease of the different kinds of Government 
property. These provisions are contained in Secs. 121.501 through 
121.514 of this chapter.

Sec. 125.5  Certificate of Competency Program.

    (a) General. (1) The Certificate of Competency (COC) Program is 
authorized under section 8(b)(7) of the Small Business Act. A COC is a 
written instrument issued by SBA to a Government contracting officer, 
certifying that one or more named small business concerns possess the 
responsibility to perform a specific Government procurement (or sale) 
contract. The COC Program is applicable to all Government procurement 
actions. For purposes of this Section, the term ``United States'' 
includes its territories, possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto 
Rico.
    (2) A contracting officer must, upon determining an apparent low 
small business offeror to be nonresponsible, refer that small business 
to SBA for a possible COC, even if the next low apparently responsible 
offeror is also a small business.
    (3) A small business offeror referred to SBA as nonresponsible may 
apply to SBA for a COC. Where the applicant is a non-manufacturing 
offeror on a supply contract, the COC applies to the responsibility of 
the non-manufacturer, not to that of the manufacturer.
    (b) COC Eligibility. (1) The offeror seeking a COC has the burden 
of proof to demonstrate its eligibility for COC review. To be eligible 
for the COC program, a firm must meet the following criteria:
    (i) It must qualify as a small business concern under the size 
standard applicable to the procurement. Where the solicitation fails to 
specify a size standard or Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) 
code, SBA will assign the appropriate size standard to determine COC 
eligibility. SBA determines size eligibility as of the date described 
in Sec. 121.404 of this chapter.
    (ii) A manufacturing, service, or construction concern must 
demonstrate that it will perform a significant portion of the proposed 
contract with its own facilities, equipment, and personnel. The 
contract must be performed or the end item manufactured within the 
United States.
    (iii) A non-manufacturer making an offer on a small business set-
aside contract for supplies must furnish end items that have been 
manufactured in the United States by a small business. A waiver of this 
requirement may be requested under Secs. 121.1301 through 121.1305 of 
this chapter for either the type of product being procured or the 
specific contract at issue.
    (iv) A non-manufacturer making an offer on an unrestricted 
procurement or a procurement utilizing simplified acquisition threshold 
procedures with a cost that does not exceed $25,000 must furnish end 
items manufactured in the United States to be eligible for a COC.
    (v) An offeror intending to provide a kit consisting of finished 
components or other components provided for a special purpose, is 
eligible if:
    (A) It meets the Size Standard for the SIC code assigned to the 
procurement;
    (B) Each component comprising the kit was manufactured in the 
United States; and
    (C) In the case of a set-aside, each component comprising the kit 
was manufactured by a small business under the size standard applicable 
to the component provided. A waiver of this requirement may be 
requested under Secs. 121.1301 through 121.1305 of this chapter.
    (2) SBA will determine a concern ineligible for a COC if the 
concern, or any of its principals, appears in the ``Parties Excluded 
From Federal Procurement Programs'' section found in the U.S. General 
Services Administration Office of Acquisition Policy Publication: List 
of Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement 
Programs. If a principal is unable to presently control the applicant 
concern, and appears in the Procurement section of the list due to 
matters not directly related to the concern itself, responsibility will 
be determined in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (3) An eligibility determination will be made on a case-by-case 
basis, where a concern or any of its principals appears in the 
Nonprocurement Section of the publication referred to in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section. 

[[Page 3314]]

    (c) Referral of nonresponsibility determination to SBA. (1) A 
contracting officer who determines that an apparently successful 
offeror that has certified itself to be a small business with respect 
to a specific Government procurement lacks any element of 
responsibility (including competency, capability, capacity, credit, 
integrity or tenacity or perseverance) must refer the matter in writing 
to the SBA Government Contracting Area Office (Area Office) serving the 
area in which the headquarters of the offeror is located. The referral 
must include a copy of the following:
    (i) Solicitation;
    (ii) Offer submitted by the concern whose responsibility is at 
issue for the procurement (its Best and Final Offer for a negotiated 
procurement);
    (iii) Abstract of Bids, where applicable, or the Contracting 
Officer's Price Negotiation Memorandum;
    (iv) Preaward survey, where applicable;
    (v) Contracting officer's written determination of 
nonresponsibility;
    (vi) Technical data package (including drawings, specifications, 
and Statement of Work); and
    (vii) Any other justification and documentation used to arrive at 
the nonresponsibility determination.
    (2) Contract award must be withheld by the contracting officer for 
a period of 15 working days (or longer if agreed to by SBA and the 
contracting officer) following receipt by the appropriate Area Office 
of a referral which includes all required documentation.
    (3) The COC referral must indicate that the offeror has been found 
responsive to the solicitation, and also identify the reasons for the 
nonresponsibility determination.
    (d) Application for COC. (1) Upon receipt of the contracting 
officer's referral, the Area Office will inform the concern of the 
contracting officer's negative responsibility determination, and offer 
it the opportunity to apply to SBA for a COC by a specified date.
    (2) The COC application must include all information and 
documentation requested by SBA and any additional information which the 
firm believes will demonstrate its ability to perform on the proposed 
contract. The application should be returned as soon as possible, but 
no later than the date specified by SBA.
    (3) Upon receipt of a complete and acceptable application, SBA may 
elect to visit the applicant's facility to review its responsibility. 
Where a service or construction contract will be performed outside the 
United States, SBA will rely solely on documentation and other relevant 
information obtained within the United States. SBA personnel may obtain 
clarification or confirmation of information provided by the applicant 
by directly contacting suppliers, financial institutions, and other 
third parties upon whom the applicant's responsibility depends.
    (e) Incomplete applications. If an application for a COC is 
materially incomplete or is not submitted by the date specified by SBA, 
SBA will close the case without issuing a COC and will notify the 
contracting officer and the concern with a declination letter.
    (f) Reviewing an application. (1) The COC review process is not 
limited to the areas of nonresponsibility cited by the contracting 
officer. SBA may, at its discretion, independently evaluate the COC 
applicant for all elements of responsibility, but it may presume 
responsibility exists as to elements other than those cited as 
deficient. SBA may deny a COC for reasons of nonresponsibility not 
originally cited by the contracting officer.
    (2) A small business will be rebuttably presumed nonresponsible if 
any of the following circumstances are shown to exist:
    (i) Within three years before the application for a COC, the 
concern, or any of its principals, has been convicted of an offense or 
offenses that would constitute grounds for debarment or suspension 
under FAR subpart 9.4 (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4), and the matter is 
still under the jurisdiction of a court (e.g., the principals of a 
concern are incarcerated, on probation or parole, or under a suspended 
sentence); or
    (ii) Within three years before the application for a COC, the 
concern or any of its principals has had a civil judgment entered 
against it or them for any reason that would constitute grounds for 
debarment or suspension under FAR subpart 9.4 (48 CFR part, subpart 
9.4).
    (g) Decision by Area Director (``Director''). After reviewing the 
information submitted by the applicant and the information gathered by 
SBA, the Area Director will make a determination, either final or 
recommended as set forth in the following chart:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SBA official or         Finality of    
                                   office with        decision; options 
     Contracting actions        authority to make      for contracting  
                                    decision              agencies      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
$100,000 or less, or in       Director may approve  Final. The Director 
 accordance with Simplified    or deny.              will notify both   
 Acquisition Threshold                               applicant and      
 procedures.                                         contracting agency 
                                                     in writing of the  
                                                     decision.          
Between $100,000 and $25      (1) Director may      (1) Final.          
 million.                      deny.                                    
                              (2) Director may      (2) Contracting     
                               approve, subject to   agency may proceed 
                               right of appeal and   under paragraph (h)
                               other options.        or paragraph (i) of
                                                     this section.      
Exceeding $25 million.......  (1) Director may      (1) Final.          
                               deny.                                    
                              (2) Director must     (2) Contracting     
                               refer to SBA          agency may proceed 
                               Headquarters          under paragraph (j)
                               recommendation for    of this section.   
                               approval.                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (h) Notification of intent to issue on a contract with a value 
between $100,000 and $25 million. Where the Director determines that a 
COC is warranted, he or she will notify the contracting officer of the 
intent to issue a COC, and of the reasons for that decision, prior to 
issuing the COC. At the time of notification, the contracting officer 
has the following options:
    (1) Accept the Director's decision to issue the COC and award the 
contract to the concern. The COC issuance letter will then be sent, 
including as an attachment a detailed rationale of the decision; or
    (2) Ask the Director to suspend the case for one of the following 
purposes:
    (i) To forward a detailed rationale for the decision to the 
contracting officer for review within a specified period of time;
    (ii) To afford the contracting officer the opportunity to meet with 
the Area Office to review all documentation contained in the case file;
    (iii) To submit any information which the contracting officer 
believes SBA has not considered (at which time, SBA will establish a 
new suspense date mutually 

[[Page 3315]]
agreeable to the contracting officer and SBA); or
    (iv) To permit resolution of an appeal by the contracting agency to 
SBA Headquarters under paragraph (i) of this section.
    (i) Appeals of Area Director determinations. For COC actions with a 
value exceeding $100,000, contracting agencies may appeal a Director's 
decision to issue a COC to SBA Headquarters by filing an appeal with 
the Area Office processing the COC application. The Area Office must 
honor the request to appeal if the contracting officer agrees to 
withhold award until the appeal process is concluded. Without such an 
agreement from the contracting officer, the Director must issue the 
COC. When such an agreement has been obtained, the Area Office will 
immediately forward the case file to SBA Headquarters.
    (1) The intent of the appeal procedure is to allow the contracting 
agency the opportunity to submit to SBA Headquarters any documentation 
which the Area Office may not have considered.
    (2) SBA Headquarters will furnish written notice to the Director, 
Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization (OSDBU) at the 
secretariat level of the procuring agency (with a copy to the 
contracting officer), that the case file has been received and that an 
appeal decision may be requested by an authorized official at that 
level. If the contracting agency decides to file an appeal, it must 
notify SBA Headquarters through its Director, OSDBU, within 10 working 
days (or a time period agreed upon by both agencies) of its receipt of 
the notice under paragraph (h) of this section. The appeal and any 
supporting documentation must be filed within 10 working days (or a 
different time period agreed to by both agencies) after SBA receives 
the request for a formal appeal.
    (3) The SBA Associate Administrator for Government Contracting (AA/
GC) will make a final determination, in writing, to issue or to deny 
the COC.
    (j) Decision by SBA Headquarters where contract value exceeds $25 
million. (1) Prior to taking final action, SBA Headquarters will 
contact the contracting agency at the secretariat level or agency 
equivalent and afford it the following options:
    (i) Ask SBA Headquarters to suspend the case so that the agency can 
meet with Headquarters personnel and review all documentation contained 
in the case file; or
    (ii) Submit to SBA Headquarters for evaluation any information 
which the contracting agency believes has not been considered.
    (2) After reviewing all available information, the AA/GC will make 
a final decision to either issue or deny the COC. If the AA/GC's 
decision is to deny the COC, the applicant and contracting agency will 
be informed in writing by the Area Office. If the decision is to issue 
the COC, a letter certifying the responsibility of the firm will be 
sent to the contracting agency by Headquarters and the applicant will 
be informed of such issuance by the Area Office. Except as set forth in 
paragraph (l) of this section, there can be no further appeal or 
reconsideration of the decision of the AA/GC.
    (k) Notification of denial of COC. The notification to an 
unsuccessful applicant following either an Area Director or a 
Headquarters denial of a COC will briefly state all reasons for denial 
and inform the applicant that a meeting may be requested with 
appropriate SBA personnel to discuss the denial. Upon receipt of a 
request for such a meeting, the appropriate SBA personnel will confer 
with the applicant and explain the reasons for SBA's action. The 
meeting does not constitute an opportunity to rebut the merits of the 
SBA's decision to deny the COC, and is for the sole purpose of giving 
the applicant the opportunity to correct deficiencies so as to improve 
its ability to obtain future contracts either directly or, if 
necessary, through the issuance of a COC.
    (l) Reconsideration of COC after issuance. (1) An approved COC may 
be reconsidered and possibly rescinded, at the sole discretion of SBA, 
where an award of the contract has not occurred, and one of the 
following circumstances exists:
    (i) The COC applicant submitted false or omitted materially adverse 
information;
    (ii) New materially adverse information has been received relating 
to the current responsibility of the applicant concern; or
    (iii) The COC has been issued for more than 60 days (in which case 
SBA may investigate the firm's current circumstances).
    (2) Where SBA reconsiders and reaffirms the COC the procedures 
under paragraph (h) of this section do not apply.
    (m) Effect of a COC. By the terms of the Act, a COC is conclusive 
as to responsibility. Where SBA issues a COC on behalf of a small 
business with respect to a particular contract, contracting officers 
are required to award the contract without requiring the firm to meet 
any other requirement with respect to responsibility.
    (n) Effect of Denial of COC. Denial of a COC by SBA does not 
preclude a contracting officer from awarding a contract to the referred 
firm, nor does it prevent the concern from making an offer on any other 
procurement.
    (o) Monitoring performance. Once a COC has been issued and a 
contract awarded on that basis, SBA may monitor contractor performance.

Sec. 125.6  Prime contractor performance requirements (limitations on 
subcontracting).

    (a) In order to be awarded a full or partial small business set-
aside contract, an 8(a) contract, or an unrestricted procurement where 
a concern has claimed a 10 percent small disadvantaged business (SDB) 
price evaluation preference, a small business concern must agree that:
    (1) In the case of a contract for services (except construction), 
the concern will perform at least 50 percent of the cost of the 
contract incurred for personnel with its own employees.
    (2) In the case of a contract for supplies or products (other than 
procurement from a regular dealer in such supplies or products), the 
concern will perform at least 50 percent of the cost of manufacturing 
the supplies or products (not including the costs of materials).
    (3) In the case of a contract for general construction, the concern 
will perform at least 15 percent of the cost of the contract with its 
own employees (not including the costs of materials).
    (4) In the case of a contract for construction by special trade 
contractors, the concern will perform at least 25 percent of the cost 
of the contract with its own employees (not including the cost of 
materials).
    (b) Definitions. The following definitions apply to this section:
    (1) Cost of the contract. All allowable direct and indirect costs 
allocable to the contract, excluding profit or fees.
    (2) Cost of contract performance incurred for personnel. Direct 
labor costs and any overhead which has only direct labor as its base, 
plus the concern's General and Administrative rate multiplied by the 
labor cost.
    (3) Cost of manufacturing. Those costs incurred by the firm in the 
production of the end item being acquired. These are costs associated 
with the manufacturing process, including the direct costs of 
fabrication, assembly, or other production activities, and indirect 
costs which are allocable and allowable. The cost of materials, as well 
as the profit or fee from the contract, are excluded.
    (4) Cost of materials. Includes costs of the items purchased, 
handling and 

[[Page 3316]]
associated shipping costs for the purchased items (which includes raw 
materials), off-the-shelf items (and similar proportionately high-cost 
common supply items requiring additional manufacturing or incorporation 
to become end items), special tooling, special testing equipment, and 
construction equipment purchased for and required to perform on the 
contract. In the case of a supply contract, the acquisition of services 
or products from outside sources following normal commercial practices 
within the industry are also included.
    (5) Off-the-shelf item. An item produced and placed in stock by a 
manufacturer, or stocked by a distributor, before orders or contracts 
are received for its sale. The item may be commercial or may be 
produced to military or Federal specifications or description. Off-the-
shelf items are also known as Nondevelopmental Items (NDI).
    (6) Personnel. Individuals who are ``employees'' under Sec. 121.106 
of this chapter.
    (7) Subcontracting. That portion of the contract performed by a 
firm, other than the concern awarded the contract, under a second 
contract, purchase order, or agreement for any parts, supplies, 
components, or subassemblies which are not available off-the-shelf, and 
which are manufactured in accordance with drawings, specifications, or 
designs furnished by the contractor, or by the government as a portion 
of the solicitation. Raw castings, forgings, and moldings are 
considered as materials, not as subcontracting costs. Where the prime 
contractor has been directed by the Government to use any specific 
source for parts, supplies, components subassemblies or services, the 
costs associated with those purchases will be considered as part of the 
cost of materials, not subcontracting costs.
    (c) SBA will determine compliance with the Prime Contractor 
Performance Requirements as of the following dates:
    (1) In a sealed bid procurement, as of the date the bid was 
submitted;
    (2) In a negotiated procurement, as of the date the concern submits 
its best and final offer. If a concern is determined not to be in 
compliance at the time it submits its best and final offer, it may not 
come into compliance later for that procurement by revising its 
subcontracting plan.
    (d) Compliance will be considered an element of responsibility and 
not a component of size eligibility.
    (e) The period of time used to determine compliance will be the 
period of performance which the evaluating agency uses to evaluate the 
proposal or bid. If the evaluating agency fails to articulate in its 
solicitation the period of performance it will use to evaluate the 
proposal or bid, the base contract period, excluding options, will be 
used to determine compliance. In indefinite quantity contracts, 
performance over the guaranteed minimum will be used to determine 
compliance unless the evaluating agency articulates a different period 
of performance which it will use to evaluate the proposal or bid in its 
solicitation.
    (f) Work to be performed by subsidiaries or other affiliates of a 
concern is not counted as being performed by the concern for purposes 
of determining whether the concern will perform the required percentage 
of work.
    (g) The procedures of Sec. 125.5 apply where the contracting 
officer determines non-compliance, the procurement is a full or partial 
small business set-aside or an SDB has claimed a preference, and refers 
the matter to SBA for a COC determination.

    Dated: January 19, 1996.
Philip Lader,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-1157 Filed 1-30-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8025-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude

Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.